Skip to main content

Full text of "The metaphysics of ethics. Translated with an introd. and appendix by J.W. Semple"

See other formats


f 


<?^C/G6 


THE 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS; 


BY 


IMMANUEL   KANT, 

PROFESSOR   OF   LOGIC    AND   METAPHYSIC   IN   THE    UNIVERSITY  OF 

KOMGSBERG,    MEMBER   OF   THE   ROYAL  ACADEMY   OF 

SCIENCES,  BERLIN,  &C.  &C.  &C.  &C. 


TBANSLATEI)  OUT  OF  THE  ORIGINAL  GERMAN, 

WITH  AN  INTRODUCTION  AND  APPENDIX, 

BY 

J.  W.  SEMPLE,  Advocate. 


EDINBURGH : 

THOMAS  CLARK,  38  GEORGE  STREET; 

HAMILTON,  ADAMS,  &  CO.  LONDON  ;    AND  ^ 

NESTLER  «Sr  MELLE,  HAMBURGH;  j]>      ^ y 

—  ->     !    /     1   ,  ) 

M.DCCC.XXXVI.  '\         ^  y"^    , 


3     ■ 


EDINBURGH: 

Printed  by  Thomas  Allah  &  Company, 

265  High  Street. 


CONTENTS. 


# 


List  of  Kant's  Works, 

PRELIMINARY  DISSERTATION. 

Explanation  of  Terms, 

PART  I. 

L  On  the  Forms  of  Phenomena, 

II.  On  the  System  of  the  Categories, 

III.  On  the  Ideas  of  Reason, 

PART  II. 

IV.  On  the  Moral  Law  and  Summum  Bonum, 

V.  On  the  Falsehood  of  every  other  System, 


Page 

VII 


XXXVII 

XLIX 

LXXXIX 

CVII 

cxvr 


KANT'S  ETHICS. 

GROUNDWORK  OF  THE  METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 

Chapter  I.    Transit  from  the  Common  Notions  of  Mora- 
lity to  the  Philosophical,         ...  1 

Chapter  II.   Transit  from  Common  Moral  Philosophy  to 

the  Metaphysic  of  Ethics,  .  .  18 

Autonomy  of  Will  is  the  Supreme  Principle  of  Morality^     59 

Chapter  III.    Transit  from  the  metaphysic  of  Ethics  to 

an  Inquiry  into  the  a  priori  Operations  of  the  Will,         61 
The  Idea  Freedom  explains  that  of  Autonomy,  .  ib. 


IV  CONTENTS. 

^..JvKFreedom  must  be  postulated  as  the  Property  of  the  Will 

of  every  Intelligent  whatsoever,  .  .63 

Of  the  Interest  attaching  to  the  Idea  of  Morality,         .       64 
How  is  a  Categorical  Imperative  possible  ?         .  .       70^ 

Of  the  extremest  Verge  of  all  Practical  Philosophy,      .       73 

INQUIRY  INTO  THE  A  PRIORI  OPERATIONS  OF  THE 
WILL. 

Chapter  IV.    Analytic  of  the   Principles   of  Practical 

Reason,  .  .  .  .  85 

§  I.  Exposition  of  the  notions — Principle,  Rule,  Max- 
im, Law,  .        .  .  .  ib. 
§  2.  Position  I.  Every  material  principle  whatsoever  is 

a /)o*^mon,  and  so  can  beget  NO  practical  LAW,  88 
§  3.  Position  2.  All  material  practical  principles,  how 
different  soever,  agree  in  this,  that  they  belong  to 
ONE  AND  THE  SAME  SYSTEM,  whether  distinguish- 
ed or  disguised  by  the  names  of  Epicureanism, 
EuDAiMONisM,  Benthamry  or  Utilitarianism, 
and  rest  on  self-love,  ...  89 

iote  I.  On  the  distinction  betwixt  the  higher  and  low- 
er powers  of  Will,  ...  90 
Note  2.  On  the  problem — Happiness,     .             .           (94  ^ 
§  4.  Position  3.  Under  what  condition  maxims  and  laws 

stand,  .....  97 

Note.  Contains  an  example  illustrative,.  .  ib. 

— ^5§  5.  The  Will's  Freedom  demonstrated,  .  99 

•»>v§  6.  On  the  Hypothesis  that  a  Will  is  Free  to  assign  a 

Formula  for  the  law  regulating  its  causality,      100 

§  7.  The  required  Formula  found,  .  .  102 

§  8.  Wherein  the  Ethical  Nature  of  Man  consists,  105 

Notes  1  and  2.  Of  Autonomy  and  Heteronomy,     106,  108 

Tabular  View  of  every  possible  false  System  of 

Ethic,  113 


CONTENTS.  •  "^ 

Page 

Chapter  V.  On  the  a  priori  Spring  of  the  Will,  116 

-t^  Chapter  VI.  Farther   explanation   of  the  Will's   Causal 

Freedonn,  •  •  •  ' 


140 


THE  METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


Preface, 
Introduction, 


165 
171-250 


PART  I.   ELEMENTOLOGY  OF  ETHICS,  .  251 


4^ 


BOOK  I. 

Of  the  Duties  owed  by  Man  to  himself.— Introduction,     253-290 
Apotome  I.  Of  the  Duties  of  Strict  and  Determinate 
Obligation,  •  •  •  * 

Chapter  I.  Of  the  Vices  opposed  to  the  Duty  owed 

by  Man  to  himself  as  an  AnimcU,  .  »h* 

(A.)  Self-Murder.      (B.)  Self-Defilement. 
(C.)  "Seif^bstupefaction. 
Chapter  II.   Of  the  Vices  opposed  to  the  Duty 
owed  by  Man  to  himself  as  a  Moral  Being 

.     ,  266 

smgly,      ...•*"" 

(A.)  Lying.     (B.)    Avarice.      (C.)  False 
Humility. 
Chapter  III.  Of  Conscience :  and  the  Duty  owed 

by  Man  to  himself  as  constituted  his  own  Judge,         277 
Of  the  first  Commandment  of  Con- 
science— Self-Examination,  281 
Episode.      Of  an  Amphiboly  of  certain   Reflex 

Moral  Notions,         .  •  •  ~®^ 

Apotome  II.  Of  the  Duties  of  Lax  and  Indeterminate^ 

Obligation,  ....  286 

I.  Of  Physical  Perfection,  .  •  »b. 

II.  Of  Moral  Perfection,        .  •  288 


VI  CONTENTS. 

Page 

BOOK   II. 

Of  the  Duties  owed  to  Others. 
)Av  Apotome  I.  Of  the  Duty  owed  to  others  considered 
^^     simply  as  Men,        ....  291 

Chapter  I.  Of  the  Offices  of  Charity,  -  ib. 

(A.)  Beneficence.  (B.)  Gratitude.  (C.)  Sym- 
pathy, .  .  .  297 
Chapter  II.  Of  the  Vices  contrary  to  Charity. 

(A.)  Envy.   (B.)  Ingratitude.     (C.)  Malice,      304 

Apotome  II.  Of  the  Duty  of  Reverence,         ,  .        312 

(A.)  Pride.   (B.)  Detraction.   (C.)  Sneering,       ib. 

CONCLUSION  OF  THE  ELEMENTOLOGY. 

Of  the  Union  of  Love  with  Reverence  in  Friendship,  317 

Appendix  :  On  the  Social  Virtues,  .  .  322 

PART  II.    METHODOLOGY  OF  ETHICS,  .  325 

Apotome  I.  Ethical  Didactics,         .  .  .  327 

Apotome  II.  The  Ascetic  Exercise  of  Ethics,  .  ib. 

Conclusion  of  the  Metapkysic  of  Ethics,         .     340 


TRANSLATOR'S  APPENDIX. 
On  Rationalism  and  Supra- Rationalism,         .  .  349 


LIST  OF  WORKS  COMPRISING  KANT'S  SYSTEM. 


I.  Critik  der  reinen  Vernunft  ;  that  is,  Inquiry  into  the 
Reach  and  Extent  of  the  a  priori  Operations  of  the  Human 
Understanding ;  first  published  at  Riga  in  1781j^ 

II.  In  1783,  Kant  published  a  defence  of  the  Critik,  entitled 
Metaphysical  Prolegomena.  At  the  same  time  the  first  part  of 
the  Ethics  appeared,  under  the  title  of  Grundlegung  zur  Me- 
taphysik  der  Sitten ;  i.  e.  Groundwork  of  the  Metaphysic  of 
Ethics.  Both  works  have  been  translated  into  English :  the 
first  by  Mr  Richardson  in  1819  ;  the  second  by  an  anonymous 
writer,  who  published  two  miscellaneous  volumes  in  1799,  under 
the  title  of  Kant's  Essays.  The  work  of  Mr  Richardson  is  to 
be  had  at  any  bookseller's.  The  Essays  are  apparently  ren- 
dered by  a  foreigner,  and  printed  abroad,  although  graced  with 
a  London  title-page.  The  only  copy  of  this  Miscellany  I  have 
ever  been  able  to  procure,  is  the  copy  in  the  Advocates'  Library. 
No  translation  of  any  other  part  of  Kant's  Philosophy  has  hither- 
to been  attempted  in  this  country. 

III.  In  1786,  The  Metaphysic  of  Physics.  Tliis  expounds  the 
metaphysical  foundations  of  natural  philosophy. 

IV.  In  1788,  Critik  der  Praktischen  Vernunft;  that  is.  Inquiry 
into  the  a  priori  Functions  and  Operations  of  the  Will,  or,  as 
we  might  say,  a  Dissertation  on  the  Active  and  Moral  Powers  of 
Man.  This  is  the  superstructure  "reared  upon'Hie  groundwork. 
It  treats  of  the  Causality  and  Spring  of  the  Will,  and  of  the  Sum- 
mum  Bonum.  Three  chapters  of  this  work  will  be  found  in  the 
following  sheets,  under  the  title  of  Inquiry  into  the  a  priori  Ope- 
rations of  the  Will. 

V.  Critik  der  Urtheilskraft,  at  Berlin,  in  1790 :  which  is  a  Dis- 
sertation on  the  Emotions  of  Beauty  and  Sublimity,  and  on  the 
Adaptation  of  the  Material  Universe  to  itself,  and  to  the  Logical 
Functions  of  the  Human  Intellect. 


VIII  LIST  OF  WORKS. 

VI.  In  1796-97,  there  appeared  the  Metaphysic  of  Ethics — a 
work  which  bears  evident  traces  of  the  great  age  of  the  author. 
He  died  seven  years  afterwards,  at  the  advanced  age  of  eighty. 
In  translating  this  book  I  have  derived  great  assistance  from  the 
Latin  translation  of  Konig^^  ^Z?^»  ^^^  ^^°™  *^^  French  version 
ofM.  Tissot,  1833. 

These  six  works  constitute  all  that  in  strict  propriety  of  speech 
can  be  called  Kant's  St/stem  of  Philosophy, 

In  intimate  connection  with  this  system,  however,  stand — 

VII.  His  Theory  of  Religion.  Religion  innerhalb  der  Gran- 
zen  der  reinen  Vernunft,  Konigsberg,  1793. 

VIII.  Der  Srreit  der  Facultiiten,  Konigsberg,  1798. 

These  two  works  contain  the  eerm  of  the  Rationalism  of 
Germany.  ts*.-^ 

Lastly, 

IX.  Anthropologic,  1799. 

The  extreme  abstruseness  and  difficulty  of  Kant's  specula- 
tions afforded  ample  room  for  the  ingenuity  of  commentators, 
who  with  various  success  have  alternately  elucidated  and  dark- 
ened the  text.  Some  comments  are  mere  catch-pennies  and 
bare-faced  impositions  on  the  public.  Others  may  be  consult- 
ed with  great  advantage.  The  best  expositions  are  those  of 
Beck,  Kiesewetter,  and  Buhle.*  To  their  labours  I  have  been 
much  indebted  in  preparing  the  Synopsis  of  the  Critik  prefixed 
to  this  version  of  the  Ethic.  I  have  taken  from  them,  without 
scruple,  whatever  seemed  needful  for  my  purpose. 

*  Beck,  Einzig-moglicher  Standpunkt  zur  Beurtheilung  der  Critiscben 
Philosophie,  Riga,  17&6. 
Kiesewetter,  Darstellung  der  wichtigsten  Wahrheiten  der  Kritischen 

Philosophie,  Berlin,  r.  y. 
Buhle,  Entwuif  der  Transscendental  Philosophie, Gottingen,  1798, re- 
produced in  the  eighth  volume  of  his  History  of  Philosophy,  1804. 


PRELIMINARY  DISSERTATION 

BY  THE  TRANSLATOR. 

BEING  AN  OUTLINE    OF  THE  CRITICAL    INQUIRY  INTO   THE    REACH  AND 

EXTENT  OF  THE  A  PRIORI  OPERATIONS  OF  THE 

HUMAN  UNDERSTANDING. 


EXPLANATION  OF  TERMS. 


To  REPRESENT— REPKESENTATioN  is  a  general  expression  used 

to  denote  any  state  of  mind  whatsoever. 
A  REPRESENTATION,  combined  with  consciousness,  is  called 

PERCEPTION. 

Consciousness  is  the  permanent  representation  I— myself. 

This  I  is  just  the  intellect — the  power  of  self-represen- 
tation is  understanding. 

All  PERCEPTIONS  are  either  subjective  or  objective. 

Whatever  holds  or  is  valid  only  for  ray  own  private  indivi- 
dual subject,  is  subjective. 

Whatever  is  universally-valid  is  objective. 

A  SUBJECTIVE  PERCEPTION  is  Called  a  SENSATION,  IMPRESSION, 

or  FEELING  {Conf.  Met.  Eth.  p.  172  in  not.) 

An  objective  perception  is  called  knowledge. 

A  singular  perception  is  called  an  intuition  (Anschau- 
ung)* 

An  universal  perception  is  called  a  thought,  notion,  or 
conception,  sometimes  idea. 

Knowledge  is  compounded  of  singulars  and  universals  ;  it 
is  however  called  either  intuitive  or  discursive, 
according  as  it  mainly  rises  on  the  former,  e.  g.  Geo- 
metry, or  on  the  latter,  e.  g.  Logic. 

Singulars  are  perceived  by  sense. 

Universals  are  perceived  by  the  understanding. 

*  For  anschauen,  to  have  a  sikgul^r  pebceftion.    The  Trans- 
lator begs  leave  to  propose  the  word  to  envisage. 


XII  EXPLANA^TION  OF  TERMS. 

The  sensory  (Sinnlichkeit)  is  our  susceptibility  of  receiving 
IMPRESSIONS  or  SENSATIONS,  and  of  CONVERTING  these 
into  INTUITIONS.  As  soon  as  an  impression  is  spread 
OUT  and  arranged  in  space  and  time,  it  is  intuition. 
This  arrangement  is  the  work  of  fancy  :  our  receptive 
part  then  divides  itself  into  two  branches — the  senses, 
whether  external  or  internal,  and  imagination. 

Understanding  is  the  power  of  dealing  with  universals,  and 
is  divided  into  reason,  judgment,  and  the  under- 
standing strictly  so  called. 
To  raise  universals  out  of  singulars,  is  the  office  of  the 

UNDERSTANDING. 

To  subsume  a  singular  under  its  corresponding  univer- 
sal, is  the  work  of  judgment. 

To  SYLLOGIZE,  i.  c.  to  know  by  the  intervention  of  an  uni- 
versal or  PRINCIPLE  (the  major),  i.  e.  to  conclude 
upon  GROUNDS,*  is  the  province  of  reason. 

But  this  distinction  is  merely  Formal  or  Logical.  All 
these  operations  are  functions  of  one  and  the  same 
intellect.  There  is  no  material  difference;  and,  for 
the  most  part,  it  is  optional  whether  we  speak  of  intel- 
lect—^I— consciousness  REASON understand- 
ing— powers  of  THOUGHT,  ot  the  cognitive  fa- 
culty. 
The  difference,  however,  betwixt  singulars  and  universals 
is  not  only  formal,  but  material  too.  It  may  be 
otherwise  expressed,  by  saying  that  we  have  the  power 
of  becoming  aware  of  things,  and  of  the  rules  of 
things. 
Perceiving  or  being  aware  of  a  thing,  is  an  incomplex 
representation,  i.  e.  is  a  singular,  or  intuition  of 
sense. 

"  What  is  understood  upon  latt  gKtunds,  we  are  said  to  comfrehemd. 


EXPLANATIOM;  OF  TERMS.  XIII 

The  rule  of  a  thing  is  its  universal,  i.  e.  is  the  notion  of 
it  framed  by  the  understanding.  Thus,  from  the 
intuition  of  singular  trees,  dogSi  stars,  8fc.  the  under- 
standing  ABSTRACTS   a   GENERAL    RULE   applicable   tO 

all  dogs,  trees,  stars,  8^.  whatsoever.  Thus  the  ab- 
stract notion  of  a  DOG,  or  of  a  triangle,  is  nothing 
more  than  a  rule  I  am  aware  of,  directing  me  how  to 
proceed  in  drawing  a  particular  quadruped  or  figure 
infancy,  or  on  paper. 

When  a  universal  represents  a  genus,  it  is  called  a  general 
notion. 

Perceptions  originated  by  the  mind  itself,  are  said  to  be  a 
parte  priori  ;  those  not  so,~a  posteriori. 

Singulars  a  priori,  are  the  intuitions — space  and  time, 

Universals  a,  priori  are  the  twelve  categories  of  the  un- 
derstanding, the  eight  reflex-notions  of  the 
judgment,  and  the  three  ideas  of  reason.* 

The  categories  are,  l.ofQUANTiTY  or  extension — unity,  plu- 
rality, totality  -^  2.  those  of  quality  or  inten- 
sity— reality,  negation,  limitation;  3.  of  sub- 
stance— substance,  cause,  re-action  ;  4.  of  mo- 
dality— possibility,  existence,  necessity. 

The  eight  reflex  notions  of  the  judgment  are,  1.  identity  and 

DIVERSITY  ;    2.  HARMONY  and  CONTRADICTION  ;  3.  the 

outward  and  inward  ;  4.  matter  and  form. 

•  There  are,  therefore,  in  Kant's  system,  twknty-five  a  priori  kk- 
PRESENTATioNS,  or,includingconsciousness — the  I — twenty-six.  They 
are  all  produced  by  the  cog  it  akt  himself.  Kvery  other  perception 
HE  gets  acquainted  with  by  experience  and  observation. 

•\  From  LOGIC,  we  know  that  every  phoposition  is  determined  all 
at[once  in  relation 'to  four  cardinal  points  of  judoino,  (Whate- 
ly's  Logic,  p.  67,  68.  fifth  eA),  viz.  1.  ocantitt,  2.  auALiTV,  3.  sub- 
stance,  and  4.  modality  :  and  farther  (Fries,  SyUem  der  Logik,  1819, 
p.  133  et  scq.\  that  quantity  respects  the  subject — quality,  the 
predicate — substance,  the  copula — and  modality,  the  certainty 
of  the  judgment.     Each  copula  depends  upon  a  particular  function  of 


XIV  EXPLANATION  OF  TERMS. 

From  the  conditioned,  reason  advances  to  the  uncondition- 
ed.* The  representing  of  a  last  ground,  is  possible 
only  by  an  idea.  An  idea  is,  therefore,  always  the  re- 
presentation of  a  MAXIMUM  or  SUMMUM  GENUS.f    ThE 

IDEAS  are,  the  soul,  the  world,  God. 

sYKTHEsis,  the  abstract  general  notion  of  which  synthesis  is  what  is 
called  by  Kant  a  category.  Thus,  in  regard  of  substance,  the  co- 
PULA  of  a  categorical  proposition  is  the  substantive,  or  it  may  be  its 
AUXILIARY  verbs — MAY,  MUST,  IS  ;  that  of  a  hypothetic  is  the  illative 
PARTICLES — IF,  THEN  ;  that  of  a  disjunctive,  the  disjunctive  con- 
junctions— EITHER,  OR:  the  general  notions  of  which  various  copulce 
give  the  categories  substance,  causality,  be-action.  We  shall  con- 
fine ourselves  to  the  copula  of  conditional  judgments,  which  has  an  ilia- 
five  force,  the  notion  of  which  illative  force  is  just  the  notion  of  the  neces- 
sary nexus  or  synthesis  cogitated  in  the  category  causality.  Whately  (p. 
108,)  has  these  words  :  "  A  conditional  proposition  has  in  it  an  illative 
force,  i.  e.  it  contains  two,  and  only  two,  categorical  propositions,  where- 
of one  results  from  the  other  {or  follows  from  the  other).  •  •  •  That 
from  which  the  other  results  is  called  the  antecedent,  that  which  results 
from  it  the  consequent,"  &c.  Now  this  notion  of  resulting,  of  following 
from  an  antecedent,  is  precisely  that  notion  of  necessary  connection 
which  Hume  called  in  question,  and  which  is  understood  by  the  word 
cause.  And  so.  mutatis  mutandis,  of  all  the  other  categories  or  no- 
tions of  intellectual  synthesis. 

•  What  falls  beyond  time  and  space  is  said  to  be  transcendent  ; 
what  not  so,  immanent. 

-f-  The  following  quotation  from  Beck's  Logik,  p.  6,  may  serve  to  clear 
up  the  nature  of  this  function  of  reason.  "  We  divert  our  attention  now 
from  THINGS,  and  direct  it  solely  to  the  understanding,  and  we  be- 
come conscious  of  its  laws  when  we  carefully  watch  its  operations.  We 
find  that  we  can  become  conscious  of  rules  apart  from  any  present  per- 
ception of  the  THING  itself.  This  is  therefore  the  frst  activity  of  the 
understanding.  I.  The  understanding,  in  this  part,  displays  itself  as  the 
power  of  notions.  We  find,  secondly,  II.  That  we  can  subsume  a  thing 
under  such  a  cogitated  rule,  and  that  we  are  then  conscious  that  it 
really  and  truly  falls  under  this  rule,  or  the  reverse.  Lastly,  III.  Where 
there  are  many  such  singular  truths,  we  become  convinced  all  at  once 
and  on  a  sudden,  of  the  universality  of  the  truth.  Such  a  universal  truth 
serves  afterward  to  enable  us  to  recognise  (by  syllogism)  an  indefinite  va- 
riety of  singular  truths.     There  are  therefore  in  all  three  functions  of 


EXPLANATION  OF  TERMS.  XV 

Every  universal  is  a  rule.  If  the  notion  be  a  priori,  such 
RULE  a  priori,  is  what  is  called  a  law.* 

The  terms  relating  to  the  practical  or  active  powers  are  ex- 
plained in  the  Metaphysic  of  Ethics,  p.  171,  et  seq.  of 
this  Translation.  It  may,  however,  be  worth  while  to 
add,  that  although  the  will  is  practical  reason  it- 
self, yet  in  a  wider  sense  the  will  is  used,  as  in  com- 
mon conversation,  for  the  whole  appetitive  facul- 
ty. A  remarkable  instance  of  this  is  found  at  p.  36, 
where  (line  2d)  Kant  gives  a  definition  of  will  appli- 
cable to  any  kind  of  will  whatever,  even  to  the  divine 
will,  and  in  the  rest  of  the  paragraph  uses  the  word 
WILL  as  it  is  taken  in  common  parlance. 

Maxims  often  mean  in  English  proverbial  sayings  ;  but  in 
the  following  pages  the  word  stands  for  rules  of 
CONDUCT  deliberately  adopted  by  an  agent-intelli- 
gent {regulcB  quae  inter  maximas  liaberi  debent).  The 
rule  is  regarded  as  having  subjective- validity  only, 
it  is  therefore  no  practical  law  of  deportment. 
Hence  we  saj' 

Maxim  is  the  subjective  principle  of  volition. 

Propensity  {Hang)  is  the  subjective  ground  of  desire ;  in- 
stinct is  the  physical  feeling  of  a  want. 

the  understanding  ;  these  give  rise  to  notion,  judgment,  or  particular 
knowledge,  and  universal  or  general  knowledge :  the  notion  is  ascribed 
to  the  understanding  in  its  most  limited  sense,  particular  knowledge  to 
the  judgment,  and  universal  knowledge  to  reason."  (^uhVe,  Geschichte 
d.  Philosophic,  torn,  viii.)  "  Reason,  then,  is  that  faculty  by  which  the 
mind  rises  from  any  given  judgment  or  conception  to  a  still  higher  judg- 
ment  or  conception,  and  so  on  backwards  till  it  arrive  at  that  ultimate 
conception  beyond  which  nothing  farther  can  be  cogitated.  This  process 
of  generalization  leads  eventually  to  the  notion  of  a  Summum  Genus,  be- 
yond which  reason  cannot  go.  Such  a  Summum  Genus  is  an  idea,  and  the 
representation  of  a  maximum;  and  in  stopping  at  such  perception,  rea- 
son arrives  at  the  unconditioned  and  absolute,  as  the  ne  plus  ultra 
of  all  abstraction  and  generalization." 

"  A  universal  representing  the  genus  law  would  be  called  the  no- 
tion of  LAW  in  genere. 


XVI  EXPLANATION  OF  TERMS. 

Transcendental  philosophy  is  the  doctrine  of  the  possibi- 
lity oi  a  priori  knowledge  ;  a  perception  is  there- 
fore TRANSCENDENTAL,  not  merely  when  it  is  apriori, 
but  when  it  serves  to  explain  the  origin  of  some  apri- 
ori science.  Thus  SPACE  and  time  are  called  trans- 
cendental representations,  when, by  the  theory 
of  their  being  intuitions  apriori,  we  understand  how 
geometry  and  algebra  arise.  In  the  same  way  free- 
dom is  a  transcendental  idea,  for  by  its  means 
the  origin  of  the  moral  law,  which  is  a  synthetical 
a  priori  proposition,  is  understood,  i.  e.  compre- 
hended, 

METAPHYSic,ybr»j«%  considered,  is  transcendental  philo- 
sophy. 

Metaphysic,  materially  considered,  is  the  science  by  which  the 
UNDERSTANDING  passes  from  its  knowledge  of  the 
SENSIBLE  to  a  knowledge  of  the  supersensible. 

Ethic,  formally  considered,  is  the  science  of  the  ground 
whereon  the  moral  law  obliges  (chap.  iii.  of  the 
Groundwork). 

Ethic,  materially  considered,  is  thr?  doctrine  of  the  system 
of  the  ends  whereunto  the  law  obliges  (i.  e.  morals). 

Morals,  therefore,  is  ethic  materially  considered  (p.  210, 
et  seq.). 


INTRODUCTION. 


PART  I. 

OF   METAPHYSIC  FORMALLY  CONSIDERED. 
(^Critik  der  reinen  Vermmft.) 


BACO  DE  VERULAMIO 

INSTAURATIO  MAGNA.      rE^FATIO. 


De  nobis  ipsis  sileraus  ;  de  re  autem,  quae  agitur,  petimus,  ut  homi- 
nes earn  non  Opinionem  sed  Opus  esse  cogitent ;  ac  pro  certo  habeant, 
non  Sectse  nos  alicujus,  aut  Placiti,  sed  utilitatis  et  amplitudinis  bumanse 
fundamenta  moliri.  Eeinde  ut  suis  commodis  sequi  in  commune  con- 
sulant,  et  ipsi  in  partem  veniant.  Praeterea,  ut  bene  sperent,  neque 
Instaurationem  nostram  ut  quiddam  infinitum  et  ultra  mortale  fingant, 
et  animo  concipiant,  quum  revera  sit  infiniti  eiToris  finis  et  terminus 
legitimus. 


INTRODUCTION, 


CONTAINING  SOME  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  INQUIRIES  INTO  THE  REACH 
AND  EXTENT  OF  THE  A  PRIORI  OPERATIONS  OF  THE  HUMAN 
MIND. 


Shortly  after  the  Great  Advancer  of  Learning      -A4^ 
had  swept  from  its  Halls  the  cobweb  and  vermiculate  ^'^^<\i^^_\  , 
questions  of  the  Schoolmen — England,  now  at  length   ^  e^*^^ 
disenthralled  from  the  encumbrance  of  those  Stygian 
Sophisters,  found  herself  at  leisure  to  bring  forth  and 
offer  to  the  notice  of  the  world  new  Systems  and  new 
Sciences  of  her  own.     These  she  owed  to  the  Genius 
of  a  Newton  and  a  Locke ;  and  the  Principia,  the 
Method  of  Fluxions,  the  elegant  Theory  of  Light 
and  Colours,  together  with  the  Book  of  Ideas,  were 
the  first  fruits  of  this  regained  Freedom. 

The  highly  flattering  reception  given  to  the  "  Book 
of  Ideas,"  was  owing  partly  to  the  native  interest  this 
inquiry  has,  partly  to  the  sifting  discernment  of  the 
writer,  but  principally  to  the  method  of  investigation 
he  pursued.   The  English  were  gratified  by  consider- 


XX  INTRODUCTION. 

ing  the  Essay  on  the  Understanding  as  a  fresh  shoot 
of  the  Baconian  Induction,  and  of  that  new  style  in 
philosophy  which  was  altogether  insular,  and  which 
Sic  Isaac  had  just  cultivated  so  successfully.  Locke's 
work  was  held  and  reputed  quite  a  domestic  and  na- 
tional system ;  and,  contrasting  the  clearness  and  lu- 
cidness  of  his  language  with  the  strange  and  deformed 
jargon*  usually  employed  on  such  topics,  his  country- 
men received  it  with  enthusiasm  and  applause  ;  and, 
under  a  great  variety  of  modifications,  it  still  asserts 
the  rank  of  the  chief  and  principal  authority  in  Bri- 
tish speculations.  The  work  was  carried  by  Condillac 
into  France,  where  it  continued  for  a  long  time  after, 
in  such  esteem,  that  we  find  its  author  styled  by  Vol- 
taire the  only  philosopher  who  had  arisen  since  the 
days  of  Plato. 

The  system  of  Locke  was  keenly  contested  by 
Leibnitz,  whose  controversy  with  Sir  Isaac  Newton 
as  to  the  invention  of  the  Calculus,  as  well  as  his  dis- 
putes with  DrClarke,  had  introduced  him  to  thenotice 
of  the  learned  in  this  country ;  controversies,  about 
which  the  Elector  of  Hanover,  now  become  King  of 
Great  Britain,  and  naturally  interested  for  his  country- 
man, was  pleased  frequently  to  inquire.  Owing  to 
some  such  circumstances  as  these,  we  became  pretty 
well  acquainted  with  the  theory  of  the  monads,  and  the 

*  Technicalities,  alas  I  that  tlevgi?  can  be  separated  from  any 
formal  metaphysic. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXI 

doctrine  of  the  pre-established  harmony ;  but,  since  a 
narrative  of  the  revolutions  in  philosophical  opinion 
is  of  value  only  in  so  far  as  it  serves  to  explain  the 
circumstances  from  which  the  system  of  Kant  took 
its  rise,  it  would  be  quite  beside  the  purpose  to  tarry 
upon  matters  so  antiquated  and  exploded  as  the 
dreams  of  Leibnitz.  Suffice  it  to  say,  that  two  of  the 
principles  introduced  by  Leibnitz  into  his  speculations, 
as  explanatory  of  the  phenomena  of  thought,  were, 
the  principle  of  the  sufficient  reason,  and  the  principle 
of  contradiction ;  two  positions  taken  afterwards  by 
Wolf  into  his  protection,  and  which  continued  to 
constitute,  for  more  than  half  a  century,  the  ground- 
work of  the  tenets  held  by  philosophers  in  Germany. 
But  while  in  Europe  the  schools  were  long  regard- 
ed as  one  source  of  the  current  of  opinion,  the  church 
had  from  time  immemorial  been  regarded  as  in  pos- 
session of  another,  till,  about  the  middle  of  the  last 
century,  the  continued  march  of  investigation  indu- 
ced the  Protestant  Church  in  Germany  to  abandon 
its  opinion  of  inspiration,  as  incapable  of  defence.* 
With  the  loss  of  this  ancient  and  most  venerable 
dogma,  the  creed  of  the  church  fell,  and  with  it  there 
passed  away  and  vanished  to  oblivion  every  part  of 
that  speculative  theology  which  the  labour  of  ages  had 
been  exhausted  in  erecting  and  supporting. 

*  St'audlin.     Geschichte  d.  Rationalismus  und  Supernatura- 
lismus.     Gottingen,  1826,  p.  133-4. 


XXII  INTRODUCTION. 

In  Britain  the  attitude  of  public  opinion  was  dia- 
metrically opposed  to  that  assumed  in  Germany ;  for 
when,  about  the  same  time,  Locke's  system  had  grown 
in  the  hands  of  Berkeley  into  the  most  fantastical  and 
extravagant  idealism,  and  its  insufficiency  had  become 
still  more  apparent,  by  Hume's  showing,  on  the  in- 
ductive method^  that  we  had  no  such  notions  as  cause 
and  power i  our  public,  more  inclined  by  their  open 
maritime  situation  to  active  habits  than  to  specu- 
lation, became  disgusted  with  all  inquiries  of  the 
Schools,  and  Metaphysics  fell,  as  absurd,  under  con- 
tempt. 

Again,  as  the  Anglican  establishment  had  ably  sup- 
ported the  Divine  authority  on  which  the  church  af- 
firms itself  to  be  based,*  when  our  ingenious  country- 
man, Mr  Hume,  contrived  to  raise  his  doubts  as  to 
the  notions  cause  and  power,  and  even  urged  his 
scepticism  to  the  extent  of  calling  in  question  the  fu- 
ture existence  of  the  soul,  and  the  moral  government 
of  the  world,  those  who  were  bewildered  by  the 
subtlety  of  the  schools,  eagerly  sought  refuge  in  that 
other  source  of  opinion,  the  church  ;  and  it  was  even 
argued,  that  this  visible  weakness  and  frailty  of  the  hu- 
man powers  afforded  an  extra  ground  for  distrusting 
the  light  of  reason,  and  hastening  to  follow  a  guide 
which  claimed  to  be  Divine. 

*  The  Divine  Legation  of  Moses  demonstrated,  by  William 
Warbiirton.  The  Analogy  of  Revealed  to  Natural  Religion, 
by  Joseph  Butler. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXIII 

This  fundamental  dissimilarity  betwixt  the  posture 
of  opinion  in  Germany  and  at  home,  enables  us  to 
understand  why  a  thorough  reply  was  given  to  Hume 
in  Germany,  while  no  effective  answer  was  ever  fur- 
nished by  his  countrymen :  for  while  Germany  was 
distracted  with  the  most  opposite,  unsatisfactory,  and 
shallow  disputes,*  and  the  school  of  Wolf,  resting 
on  the  postulates  advanced  by  Leibnitz,  alone  pos- 
sessed sufficient  independence  to  deserve  the  name  of 
a  philosophy,  the  books  of  Mr  Hume  began  to 
gain  a  hearing,  and  the  astonished  followers  of  Wolf 
saw  all  at  once,  in  the  attack  upon  cause  and  effect, 
their  system,  which  rested  on  the  principle  of  the  suf- 
ficient reason,  struck  at,  and  shaken  from  the  foun- 
dation. 

Accordingly,  the  footstep  of  "  deliberate  doubty' 
trod  with  far  more  destroying  violence,  among  the 
Teutonic  systems  of  opinion,  than  it  did  elsewhere ; 
there  was  absolutely  nothing  to  oppose  to  it.  The 
understanding,  scathed  and  defenceless,  had  neither 
prop  nor  stay  on  which  to  rest.  The  abysses  of 
unreason  yawned  for  it  from  beneath.  There  was  in 
Germany  no  system,  whether  human  or  divine,  of 
sufficient  potency  to  fill  up  the  chasm — no  metaphy- 
sic  Curtius,  as  yet,  to  dash  into  the  gap. 

In  such  crises,  master-minds  usually  arise;  nor 
could  the  great  interests  of  man,  the  independency 

*  Mainly  started  at  the  Court  of  Frederick  the  Great. 


XXIV  INTRODUCTION 

and  freedom  of  his  will,  the  immortality  of  his  think- 
ing part,  and  the  supremacy  of  ordet  and  design,  to 
the  exclusion  of  chance  and  mechanic  fate,  in  the 
frame-work  and  constitution  of  the  universe,  he  re- 
signed without  a  desperate  conflict. 

After  thirty  years  of  elaborate  cogitation,  Kant  ap- 
peared in  support  of  these  great  interests  of  man, 
and  gave  to  the  world  the  most  magnijficent  and  su- 
blime attempt  it  ever  saw,  in  his  Inquiry  into  the 
Reach  and  Extent  of  the  a  priori  Operations  of  the 
Human  Mind. 

Kant  had  remarked,  that  the  system  of  Locke, 
which  ascribed  the  origin  of  all  our  perceptions  to  the 
action  of  the  senses  and  to  reflection,  laboured  under 
the  most  glaring  defects ;  and  even  Locke  seems  to 
have  been  in  part  aware  of  this  :  for  it  is  highly  im- 
portant to  remark,  that  Locke  himself  acknowledges 
that  he  cannot  account  for  the  origin  of  the  notion 
SUBSTANCE  ;*  and  for  that  reason  he  puts  off  his 
reader  by  calling  it  an  obscure  expression,  employed 
to  denote  something  unknown.  But  the  candid  theo- 
rist might  have  applied  the  same  remark  to  the  no- 
tion CAUSE,  and,  in  fact,  to  any  other  necessary  per- 
ception of  the  mind.    This  Hume  detected ;  and,  pro- 

*  Book  II.  chap.  xxii.  §  2,  and  book  I.  ch.  iv.  §  18.  I  confess 
there  is  another  idea,  which  would  be  of  general  use  for  man- 
kind to  have  ;  as  it  is,  of  general  talk,  as  if  they  had  it :  and 
that  is  the  idea  substance,  which  we  neither  have,  nor  can  have, 
by  sensation  or  reflection. 


INTRODUCTION.  XXV 

ceediiig  upon  Mr  Locke's  principles,  he  showed,  that 
by  the  way  of  observation  and  experience,  no  notion 
of  causality  could  be  formed,  and  hence  inferred  the 
representations  cause  and  power  to  be  fantastical. 
But  since  it  is  certain  and  undoubted  that  all  man- 
kind have  notions  both  of  substance  and  causa- 
tion, a  system  not  accounting  for  their  origin,  however 
praiseworthy  and  ingenious  it  otherwise  may  be,  does 
not  satisfy  the  demands  a  complete  and  exact  ana- 
lysis of  the  mind  must  answer. 

Finding  that  the  phenomena  of  mind  could  not  be 
explained  upon  the  inductive  method,  Kant  esta- 
blished a  new  postulate,  which  he  advanced  as  the 
basis  and  groundwork  whereon  his  whole  system 
rested ;  and  this  fundamental  proposition,  if  admitted, 
is  sufficient  to  carry  us  through  every  stage  of  the  ar- 
gument. It  is  a  principle  pervading  the  most  remote 
and  apparently  detached  parts  of  this  system,  and 
gives  coherence  to  every  link  in  the  chain  of  rea- 
soning. 

This  weighty  postulate  is — 
"  What  truth  soever  is  necessary,  and  of  univer- 
sal extent,  is  derived  to  the  mind  from  its  own  ope- 
ration, and  does  not  rest  on  observation  and  expe- 
rience ;  as,  conversely,  what  truth  or  perception 
soever  is  present  to  the  mind,  with  a  consciousness, 
not  of  its  necessity,  hut  of  its  contingency,  is  ascrib- 
able  not  to  the  origifial  agency  of  the  mind  itself, 


XXVI  INTRODUCTION. 

hut  derives  its  origin  from  observation  and  expe* 
rience." 

And  here  it  is  of  importance  to  observe,  that  an  in- 
quiry, conducted  on  this  principle,  is,  in  the  strictest 
sense  of  the  words,  that  inquiry  into  the  mind,  on  the 
principles  of  common  sense,  attempted,  but  not  suc- 
ceeded in,  by  our  Scotch  Psychologists.  The  common 
sense  of  mankind,  if  any  thing  at  all,  is  the  aggre- 
gate of  those  sentiments  and  opinions,  which,  by  the 
constitution  and  frame-work  of  his  mind,  man  must 
necessarily  and  inevitably  hold.  Upon  this  account, 
common  sense  is  that  whereon  all  men  in  all  ages  are 
agreed  ;  and  which,  however  darkly,  they  represent  to 
themselves  as  the  common  notices  of  reason.  Consi- 
dered from  this  station,  it  is  indeed  the  strongest  and 
most  fatal  objection  that  can  be  urged  against  any 
speculative  system,  to  say  that  it  is  subversive  of  com- 
mon sense ;  for,  in  other  words,  that  is  just  asserting 
that  the  system  militates  against  the  necessary  and 
immutable  laws  of  thought.  Common  sense,  then,  so 
far  from  being  lost  sight  of  by  Kant,  is  the  very  soul 
and  principle  of  his  investigation ;  and  this  I  point 
at  those  who  talk  of  the  "  tremendous  apparatus  of 
the  German  school :"  and  pronounce  his  system  the 
most  plain  downright  common  sense  ever  uttered. 

Bearing  then  in  mind  the  foregoing  postulate,  let 
us  see  what  it  is  employed  to  solve.  The  matter  to  be 
explained  is  the  origin  and  constitution  of  knowledge 
a  priori ;  an  inquiry  into  the  origin  of  the  a  priori 


INTRODUCTION.  XXVII 

sciences  being,  in  effect,  just  an  inquiry  into  those  a 
priori  functions  of  thought  whereby  science  has  been 
brought  about. 

But  this  great  object  of  investigation,  in  short,  the 
stating  of  the  "  general  question''  of  the  Critique^  it 
may  be  as  well  to  express  in  the  words  of  Kant  him- 
self. 

Every  truth  expressed  in  a  judgment  is  either 
NECESSARY  or  CONTINGENT ;  and  again,  farther, 
all  JUDGMENTS  are  either  analytic  or  synthe- 
tic. Thus,  "  in  every  judgment  into  which  the  rela- 
tion of  subject  and  predicate  can  enter,  that  relation 
must  be  constituted  in  one  of  two  ways.  Either  the 
predicate  B  belongs  to  the  subject  A,  as  something 
already  contained,  though  covertly,  in  it,  or  B,  the 
predicate,  lies  utterly  without  the  idea  y/,  although 
conjoined  with  it.  In  the  first  case,  I  call  the  propo- 
sition analytic,  in  the  second  synthetic.  An  analytic 
proposition,  then,  is  that  in  which  the  connection  of 
the  subject  with  the  predicate  arises  from  their  iden- 
tity ;  but  that  is  a  synthetic  proposition  where,  with- 
out identity,  the  combination  is  effected.  The  first 
of  these  I  might  call  explanatory  propositions,  be- 
cause they,  by  means  of  the  predicate,  add  nothing 
to  our  knowledge  of  the  object;  but,  merely  resolve  or 
dissect  that  knowledge  into  those  component  parts, 
which  were  already  covertly  contained  in  it ;  whereas 
the  latter  add  to  our  representation  of  the  object  a 


XXVIII  INTRODUCTION. 

predicate  not  contained  in  it,  and  which  could  not  by 
any  analysis  have  been  educed  out  of  it. 

"  For  example,  when  I  say  all  bodies  are  extend- 
ed, or  gold  is  a  yellow  metal,  the  proposition  can  be 
regarded  as  analytic  only,  or  explanatory  of  our  know- 
ledge ;  for  I  am  not  obliged  to  go  beyond  the  con- 
ception I  have  of  body  or  of  gold,  in  order  to  find 
the  predicates  which  already  constitute  a  component 
part  of  the  perception  :  these  propositions  are  there- 
fore analytic.  But  when  I  say  somebodies  are  heavy, 
or  gold  does  not  rust,  the  predicate  is  entirely  differ- 
ent from  the  component  perceptions  contained  in  that 
of  gold  or  body,  and  the  addition  of  such  a  predicate 
gives  rise  to  a  synthetic  proposition,  xi  ff  si; 
;.L  *'  All  knowledge  founded  on  observation  and  expe- 
rience is,  without  exception,  synthetical ;  for  it  were 
altogether  absurd  to  found  an  analytical  judgment  on 
experience,  it  not  being  necessary  in  such  a  case  to 
quit  the  given  conception,  in  order  to  compose  the 
proposition ;  and,  consequently,  I  do  not  require  any 
farther  assistance  from  experience  to  satisfy  myself 
that  body  is  extended,  and  that  gold  is  yellow.  And 
in  my  notion  of  the  extension  and  colour  of  these  sub- 
stances, I  already  find  every  thing  requisite  to  frame 
the  foregoing  judgments.     *  aih  i 

"  Again,  although  in  the  perception  *  body,'  there 
is  not  involved  that  of  *  weight*  nor  in  gold  that  of 
rust,  still,  from  experience  and  observation,  I  may 


INTRODUCTION.  XXIX 

learn  to  connect  them ;  and,  in  such  a  case,  the  truth 
rests  on  a  posteriori  evidence. 

"  But  in  the  case  of  synthetic  judgments  a  priori, 
the  assistance  of  experience  is  altogether  wanting. 
The  mind  here  passes  from  the  subject  A,  to  discover 
a  predicate  B  as  connected  with  it ;  and  the  question 
is,  how  are  such  propositions  extending  our  know- 
ledge a  priori  framed ;  and  what  is  the  fulcrum 
which  supports  the  synthesis  ?"  There  must  be  some 
latent  function  of  mind,  hitherto  unknown  and  unat- 
tended to,  giving  birth  to  our  synthetical  a  priori 
knowledge ;  and  to  track  out  and  investigate  these 
deeply  hidden  processes  of  thought,  is  the  end  and 
aim  of  Kant's  disquisition. 

That  knowledge  is  a  priori  which  the  mind  at- 
tains independently  of  experience ;  and  that  we  really 
possess  such,  the  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philo- 
sophy concur  to  attest.  When  it  is  asserted  that  the 
asymptote  and  hyperbola  continually  approach,  yet 
without  ever  meeting,  a  position  is  advanced,  obviously 
transcending  the  possibility  of  experience,  and  the 
evidence  and  certainty  of  it  cannot  be  sought  in  an 
inductive  method  plainly  falling  short  of  its  extent. 
In  like  manner,  when  it  is  asserted  that  the  hypo-, 
thenuse  squared  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  squares  of 
the  sides,  the  proposition  is  not  only  seen  to  be  of 
NECESSITY  true,  but  to  be  further  of  universai, 
EXTENT  (?.  e.  admitting  no  exception),  and  to  em- 
brace every  right-angled-triangle  whatsoever,  although 


XXX        THERE  ARE  A  PRIORI  OPERATIONS 

there  are  many  possible  triangles  which  have  not  fal- 
len within  the  scope  of  the  geometer's  investigation. 
It  cannot,  therefore,  be  from  experimenting  upon 
figures,  that  the  geometer  arrives  at  the  universality 
of  his  conclusions ;  for,  in  the  former  instance,  expe- 
rience was  literally  impossible,  and  in  the  latter,  one 
investigation  effectuates  the  certainty  of  the  conclu- 
sion ;  nor  is  that  certainty,  as  in  experimental  che- 
mistry, increased  by  successive  observations. 

Again,  when  the  natural  philosopher  maintains 
that  bodies  at  rest  continue  at  rest,  and  those  in  mo- 
tion move  on  for  ever,  he  advances  a  position  far 
transcending  all  limits  of  experience,  which,  notwith- 
standing, he  holds  to  be  necessary,  and  of  universal 
extent ;  and  which,  in  fact,  if  denied,  would  involve 
the  denial  of  all  physics.  The  following  may  serve 
still  farther  to  instance  the  kind  of  position  whence 
the  physical  philosopher  takes  his  flight.  The  natural 
philosopher  maintains  many  such  positions  :  he  holds 
that,  amidst  all  the  transmutation  of  phenomena,  the 
quantum  of  substance  throughout  the  world  remains 
unaltered  and  the  same ;  and  yet  it  is  these  mutations 
alone  which  are  objected  by  observation  and  expe- 
rience to  his  senses.  He  goes  still  farther,  and  as- 
serts that  all  phenomena  and  their  changes  depend 
upon  the  law  of  cause  and  effect ;  and,  apart  from 
these  positions,  physical  science  would  have  no  wj  aru^ 
and  could  not  advance  a  step. 

It  might,  upon  a  hasty  survey,  seem  that  every 


OF  THE  UNDEBSTANDING.  XXXI 

man  is  just  as  well  satisfied  that  the  sun  will  rise  to- 
morrow, as  he  is  that  two  and  two  make  four ;  and,  be- 
yond all  controversy,  we  should  rightly  judge  him 
verging  on  insanity,  who  should  give  himself  much 
concern  lest  either  should  prove  false.  But,  betwixt 
the  two  judgments,  how  great  a  difference  is  percep- 
tible, the  instant  we  bring  to  bear  upon  them  the  test 
contained  in  the  fundamental  postulate  of  the  system. 
For,  while  every  one  unhesitatingly  represents  to  him- 
self as  undoubted,  the  future  rising  of  the  sun  to- 
morrow, no  one  finds  the  least  difficulty  in  conceiving 
that  perhaps  it  might  not  rise — in  the  nature  of  things, 
it  might  very  well  be  otherwise ;  but  that  two  and  two 
should  ever  come  to  be  anything  else  than  four,  is 
what  no  man  is  able  even  to  depicture,  or  to  state  to 
himself  in  thought.  The  internal  and  absolute  ne- 
cessity of  the  truth,  then,  in  the  one  case,  leads  us  to 
hold  it  not  taken  from  experience;  while  the  other, 
not  possessing  this  characteristic  mark,  must  rest  on 
such  grounds  as  an  induction  of  facts  has  supplied. 

The  difference  obtaining  betwixt  the  necessary  and 
contingent  parts  of  knowledge  is  so  striking  and 
unique,  that  it  may  perhaps  not  be  out  of  place  to  add, 
that  if  the  postulate  on  which  the  system  rests  is  red- 
argued, those  who  refuse  to  grant  it  their  assent, 
may  be  called  on  to  assign  some  other  and  better  ra- 
tionale^ whereby  to  explain  the  origin  of  necessary 
truth. 

But  not  only  are  many  synthetical  judgments  a 


XXXII    MATHEMATICS  AND  PHYSICS  ARE 

priori,  but,  which  is  exceedingly  to  be  remarked,  single 
perceptions,  their  elements,  and  which  go  to  constitute 
the  judgment,  are  also  themselves  a  'priori.  Space,  for 
example,  is  so  ;  and  it  is  because  space  is  a  perception 
a  priori,  as  we  shall  immediately  evince,  that  mathe- 
matics consists  of  a  continued  suite  of  synthetic  a  pri- 
ori judgments  relative  to  the  configurations  of  space,  all 
based  on  the  a  priori  representing  space  itself.  That 
space  is  a  priori,  any  common  example  may  serve  to 
manifest,  e.  g.  an  orange.    An  inductive  philosopher 
declares  that  the  representation  of  the  orange  is  en- 
tirely framed  by  the  impressions  made  upon  the  senses 
from  without.     Now,  were  this  the  case,  then  Kant 
remarks,  by  decomposing  the  conception,  i  e.  by  ab- 
stracting from  it  the  colour,  smell,  weight,  flavour,  and 
so  on,  the  whole  representation  ought  to  be  abolish- 
ed.   Let  us  try  if  it  really  be  so,  and  if  any  thing  re- 
main after  we  have  thrown  off  the  different  elements 
received  by  the  senses,  it  remains  that  we  pronounce 
this  residuum  no  product  of  sensation  from  without ; 
abstracting  then,  from  the  orange,  the  colour,  taste,  &c., 
and  the  other  particulars  derived  to  us  through  the 
senses :  let  us,  to  make  quite  sure  of  the  experiment,  at 
last  abolish  it  in  thought,  and  it  is  immediately  obser- 
vable that  the  space  it  occupied  will  still  remain; 
the  vacant  form  of  the  annihilated  body  still  presents 
itself;  nor  can  I  by  any  force  of  imagination  oblite- 
rate this  part  of  the  perception.    We  hence  conclude, 
remaining  true  to  our  postulate,  that  the  necessity 


A  PRIORI  WORKS  OF  UNDERSTANDING.     XXXIII 

with  which  space  obtrudes  itself  in  consciousness 
teaches  an  origin,  not  from  observation  and  experience, 
but  from  the  a  priori  action  of  the  mind  itself. 

From  Psychology  we  receive  the  division  of  the 
mental  faculties  into  sense  and  understanding,  or,  in 
other  words,  into  receptivity  and  spontaneity.  In  or- 
der, then,  to  investigate  the  nature  of  our  singular  in- 
complex  perceptions,  let  us  isolate  the  sensory,  and  at- 
tend to  its  impressions  in  order  to  detect  their  neces- 
sary part,  and  we  straightway  remark,  that  through 
our  external  organs  of  sense  all  sensible  phenomena 
present  themselves  in  space,  and  that  their  whole  state 
and  mode  of  existence  is  represented  to  the  mind  in 
time ;  in  other  words,  the  mind  invariably  and  ne- 
cessarily represents  all  objects  of  experience  as  lying 
out  of  arid  beyond  one  another  (i.  e.  in  space)^  and 
also  as  occurring  one  after  another  (i.  e.  in  time). 
Space  and  time  are  intimately  interwoven  and  en- 
twined with  all  our  impressions ;  so  much  so,  that 
were  space  awanting,  the  whole  external  world  would 
cease  to  be  cogitable ;  and,  apart  from  time,  no  change 
of  our  internal  state  of  mind,  ?.  e.  no  representation, 
could  at  all  be  conceivable  of  any  sort.  These  two 
perceptions,  then,  first  claim  attention  ;  for  it  is  plain, 
that  if  our  sensitive  perceptions  have  a  necessary  part, 
that  necessary  part  is  to  be  sought  for  in  space  and 
time ;  and  if  so,  then  are  space  and  time  intuitions 
begotten  by  the  mind  itself,  and  so  a  priori.  Space 
and  time  are  intuitions  a  priori.     But  before  em- 

c 


XXXIV     MATHEMATICS  AND  PHYSICS  ARE 

barking  upon  this  broad  speculation.  Logic  has  died 
out  so  much  in  this  country,  that  it  may  be  requisite 
to  make  a  prelude  from  common  logic,  on  the  specific 
difference  of  intuitons  and  conceptions. 

The  perceptions  of  sense  are  immediate,  those  of  the 
understanding  mediate  only :  sense  refers  its  percep- 
tion directly  and  immediately  to  an  object.  Hence 
the  perception  is  singular,  incomplex,  and  immediate, 
i.  e.  is  intuition.  When  I  see  a  star,  or  hear  the 
tones  of  a  harp,  the  perceptions  are  immediate,  incom- 
plex, and  intuitive.  This  is  the  good  old  logical  mean- 
ing of  the  word  intuition.  In  our  philosophic  writ- 
ings, however,  intuitive  and  intuition  have  come  to  be 
applied  solely  to  propositions :  it  is  here  extended  to 
the  first  elements  of  perception,  whence  such  proposi- 
tions spring.  Again,  intuition,  in  English,  is  restrict- 
ed to  perceptions  a  priori ;  but  the  established  logi- 
cal use  and  wont  applies  the  word  to  every  immediate 
incomplex  representation  whatsoever ;  and  it  is  left 
for  farther  and  more  deep  inquiry  to  ascertain  what 
intuitions  are  founded  on  observation  and  experience, 
and  what  arise  from  a  priori  sources. 

The  understanding  is  in  the  possession  of  the  uni- 
versals  ;  and  these  it  uses  to  hold  fast  the  singulars, 
which  flit  across  the  sensory.  The  whole  operation 
of  the  understanding  consists  in  judging,*  that  is, 

*  Even  the  raising  a  universal,  which  is  thinking,  may  be 
called  JUDGING ;  for,  formally/  considered,  every  notion  is  a 
judgment.     This  is  obvious,  as  both  are  rules. 


A  PRIORI  WORKS  OF  UNDERSTANDING.    XXXV 

for  the  most  part,  in  subsuming  singulars  under  their 
universals ;   the  consolidating  and  binding  together 
of  which  with  one  another,  gives  birth  to  knowledge. 
Thus  a  child  has  for  a  long  time  nothing  but  sen- 
sations :  by  and  by  he  becomes  conscious  of  things, 
and  this  is  as  yet  only  an  operation  of  the  sensory. 
But  from  the  thing  the  understanding  extracts,  and 
generalizes  its  rule ;  and  when  the  thing  again  recurs 
to  sense,  the  child  recognises  it,  i.  e.  he  makes  a  sub- 
sumtion  of  the  thing  under  its  universal  or  notion, 
and  so  knows  it.   The  understanding  lays  hold  of  the 
thing  by  help  of  the  rule,  and  so  fixes  and  deter- 
mines the  particular  impression,  by  superinducing  up- 
on it  the  notion  it  belongs  to.      As  yet,  however,  it 
is  only  in  this  given  use  that  the  child  is  conscious 
of  imiversals  (i.  e.  in  concreio) ;  and  it  is  only  after  a 
while  that  it  can  represent  to  itself  the  rules  of  things, 
even  apart  from  the  presence  of  the  things  themselves 
(i.  e.  in  abstracto).     This  is  the  distinction  betwixt 
the  concrete  and  abstract  use  of  notions.     When,  for 
the  first  time,  I  see  a  star,  I  am  conscious  only  of  a 
thing,     I  have  no  knowledge  of  anywhat.     The  un- 
derstanding, however,  takes  occasion  to  learn  to  know 
it,  i.  e,  to  acquaint  itself  with  the  intuition  {kennen). 
This  it  does  by  framing  to  itself  the  universal ;  and 
when  the  object  recurs  a  second  time,  and  it  applies 
the  rule,  it  then  recognises  the  object  {erkennen), 
and  this  is  knowledge.   To  frame  a  notion,  is  to  get  ac- 
quainted with  the  object  {kennen  lernen) ;  to  apply 


XXXVI  HOW  IS  MATHEMATICAL 

the  notion,  is  to  know  or  recognise  the  object.  By 
the  universals,  then,  knowledge  of  an  object  is  consti- 
tuted ;  and,  properly  speaking,  every  universal  is  just 
the  notion  of  an  object  which  may  be  subsumed  un- 
der it.  Regarded  from  this  point  of  view,  we  may 
explain  a  universal  to  be  the  notion  of  a  poten- 
tial OBJECT ;  for  it  is  the  predicate  of  some  possible 
object  whereof  it  may  become  the  distinguishing  mark. 
Exactly  in  the  same  manner,  a  category,  or  pure 
INTELLECTUAL  NOTION,  uudcr  which  some  particu- 
lar intuition  may  be  subsumed,  is  just  the  notion  of 
a  potential  object,  to  which  it  may  apply  and  be  re- 
ferred ;  and  this  is  what  is  meant  by  saying  that 
categories  are  notions  of  a  potential  object  in 
genere. 

Having  premised,  with  all  possible  brevity,  these 
remarks,  which  belong  not  to  this  investigation,  but 
to  common  Logic  merely,  we  go  on  with  the  disqui- 
sition upon  the  nature  of  the  perceptions,  Space  and 
Time. 


SCIENCE  POSSIBLE  ?  XXXVII 


ON  THE  FORMS  OF  PHENOMENA. 

Space  is  Intuition  a  priori. 

The  investigation  has  here  two  points  to  establish : 
1.  That  space  is  a  representation  a  priori;  and,  2. 
That  the  representation  is  intuitive^  and  not  discur- 
sive, i.  e.  is  a  singular,  not  a  universal. 

I.  Space  is  a  necessary  representation ;  no  human 
subject  is  devoid  of  it,  and  each  individual  must  have 
it,  as  his  thinking  faculty  presents  it  to  him.  It  is 
unalterably  present  to  the  mind,  and  by  no  eiFort  can 
any  man  rid  himself  of  it.  It  is  very  easy  to  imagine 
that  there  are  no  external  objects,  but  it  is  impossible 
to  figure  in  thought  the  non-existen«e  of  space.  It  is, 
therefore,  to  be  regarded  as  independent  on  the  ob- 
jects it  contains,  and  as  a  fundamental  representation, 
lying  at  the  bottom  of  all  our  perception  of  external 
phenomena ;  and  since  it  is  of  the  essence  of  our  pos- 
tulate, that  no  necessary  absolute  perception  can  be 
explained  upon  the  supposition  of  its  proceeding  from 
observation  and  experience,  v^re  infer  that  space  is  a 
representation  originated  by  the  mind  itself. 

II.  Upon  the  same  account,  space  cannot  be  held 
to  be  a  representation  borrowed  from  the  impressions 
of  external  bodies.  Condillac  alleges  that  we  form 
the  perception  by  passing  our  hand  along  the  surfaflfe 
of  solids.     But  this  hypothesis  is  unsatisfactory  ;  for 


XXXVIII  HOW  IS  MATHEMATICAL 

when  he  speaks  of  surfacCy  he  avails  himself  of  a  con- 
ception which  is  to  be  understood  only  by  pre-suppos- 
ing  space,  which  last,  therefore,  cannot  be  derived 
from  it : — besides,  it  is  uncontroverted  that  space  is 
no  object  of  sensation. 

III.  Space  is  a  representation  a  priori  ;  for  we  are 
in  possession  of  a  priori  truths  concerning  it : — a  thing 
impossible,  were  space  a  perception  framed  by  any  in- 
duction or  experiment.  It  is  by  virtue  of  the  a  priori 
necessity  of  space,  that  we  are  able  to  say  "  space 
has  three  dimensions.^'  "  The  different  parts  of 
space  are  contemporaneous,  and  not  successive ;  as,  on 
the  contrary,  we  say,  the  different  parts  of  time  are 
not  co-existent,  but  successive.  Such  positions  can- 
not take  their  rise  from  observation  and  experience,  for 
then  they  would  have  neither  absolute  universality 
nor  apodictic  certainty,  and  we  could  only  say,  such 
are  phenomena  of  Space,  so  far  as  our  observa- 
tion has  extended.  But  we  never  could  venture  to 
affirm,  what  is  the  test  of  an  a  priori  original,  that 
so  it  must  be.  However,  we  not  only  state  parts  of 
space  to  be  co-existent,  but  we  have  the  necessary  in- 
sight, that  it  would  be  absurd  to  figure  the  matter  to 
be  otherwise. 

IV.  Again,  since  space  is  alleged  to  be  a  discur- 
sive or  general  perception,  it  is  to  be  observed  that 
space  is  no  abstract  general  notion  obtained  by  the 
mind,  owing  to  its  having  been  impinged  upon  by 
any  real  actual  spaces  in  the  particular ;  for  every  ab- 


SCIENCE  POSSIBLE  ?  XXXIX 

stract  notion  differs  from  the  singular  perceptions 
whence  it  has  been  taken,  by  containing  singly  the 
general  characteristics  common  to  all  those  intuitions 
it  belongs  to.  For  example,  the  abstract  general  no- 
tion "  redy^  differs  from  any  singular  red,  such  as 
rose-red,  or  scarlet-red,  or  purple-red,  by  containing 
merely  the  general  marks  common  to  all  red  colours. 
But  the  representation  of  any  given  lesser  spaces  does 
not  differ  at  all  from  the  representation  of  the  one 
great  space  they  are  in.  On  the  contrary,  indivi- 
dual spaces  are  clearly  part  of,  and  identically  one  and 
the  same  with,  the  vast,  all-containing  space,  alleged 
to  be  abstracted  from  them.  The  one  great  space  is 
therefore  no  abstraction  of  the  lesser  spaces,  but  the 
lesser  spaces  are  merely  partial  limitations  of  the  ori- 
ginary  representing  of  an  absolute  and  prior  space. 
Whence  it  follows  that  space  is  no  conception,  but  is 
intuition. 

V.  Space  is  one  single,  incomplex  representation, 
for  we  can  figure  to  ourselves,  one  space  singly  ;  and 
when  we  talk  of  spaces,  we  mean  only  partial  limi- 
tations of  one  and  the  same  all-containing  space; 
but  a  representation  which  is  single  and  incomplex,  is 
called  intuition.  Farther,  were  space  not  an  intui- 
tion, but  a  conception,  there  could  not  be  any  axiomatic 
truths  extensive  of  our  knowledge  regarding  it.  In 
an  axiom,  two  representations  are  combined  in  a  judg- 
ment :  if  then  space  were  a  conception,  it  is  plain 
that  no  axiomatic  proposition  could  be  formed  regard- 


XL  HOW  IS  MATHEMATICAL 

ing  it,  and  the  notion  could  give  birth  only  to  analy- 
tic judgments  ;  but  never  to  synthetical  a  priori  pro- 
positions, extending  our  knowledge,  which  the  mathe- 
^tnatics  do.  When  I  assert  that  every  thing  which  hap- 
pens has  a  cause,  I  combine  two  conceptions,  and  leave 
the  notion  of  somewhat  which  happens,  in  order  to  find 
the  farther  notion  cause,  which  I  connect  with  it ; 
but  when  I  assert  space  has  three  dimensions,  or  that 
two  straight  lines  do  not  inclose  space,  I  continue 
within  the  representation  space.  The  whole  science 
of  geometry  consists  of  such  propositions  ;  and  yet  it 
never  quits,  nor  goes  out  of  and  beyond,  the  originary 
perception  space  ;  and  since  we  extend  our  knowledge, 
and  yet  remain  within  the  representation,  it  results 
that  space  cannot  be  a  conception,  but  that  geome- 
try is  given  in  one  originary  intuition  space. 

VI.  Lastly,  Space  is  the  representing  of  infinite 
extent ;  but  by  experience  and  observation  are  fur- 
nished no  impressions  of  infinite  extent.  Space  is 
therefore  an  originary  representing.  Upon  the  very 
same  account  it  cannot  be  a  notion  ;  for  although  a 
notion  may  perhaps  belong  to  an  infinite  variety  of 
objects,  yet  it  is  never  cogitated  as  belonging  to  them 
all  at  once.  Space,  however,  is  figured  as  containing 
under  it  an  infinite  variety  of  lesser  spaces ;  whence  it 
results  that  space  cannot  be  a  notion,  but  must  be 
intuition. 


SCIENCE  POSSIBLE?  XH 


Of  Time. 

What  has  been  just  advanced  with  regard  to  space, 
iSi  mutatis  mutandis,  tnie  of  time ;  and  the  repetition 
of  an  argument  so  similar,  will  tend  greatly  to  facili- 
tate the  understanding  of  the  one  just  used  in  re- 
spect of  space. 

I.  Time  is  a  necessary  and  unalterable  percep- 
tion, which  lies  at  the  bottom  of  all  sensitive  repre- 
sentation. In  respect  of  phenomena,  we  cannot  even 
in  thought  abolish  time ;  but  we  can  easily  remove 
all  phenomena  appearing  in  it.  Adhering  to  our 
postulate,  we  conclude  time  to  be  a  representation 
a  priwi.  ^ 

II.  Time  is  no  perception  borrowed  from  observa- 
tion and  experience ;  for  co-existence  and  succession 
could  never  be  perceived  if  the  representation  of 
time  did  not  first  of  all  make  them  possible,  and  it  is 
only  by  presupposing  time  that  there  is  room  to 
speak  of  things  being,  either  one  after  the  other  or 
together. 

III.  It  is  upon  this  necessity  a  priori  that  rests 
the  certainty  of  those  propositions  which  we  are  able 
to  make  with  regard  to  it.  Thus,  we  say,  time  has 
only  one  dimension.  Different  parts  of  time  are  not 
together,  but  successive.  These  are  facts  which  can- 
not be  explained  by  experience,  because  experience 
and  observation  never  yield  propositions  invested  with 


XLII  HOW  IS  MATHEMATICAL 

absolute  universality  or  axiomatic  certainty ;  and  in 
the  above  instance  the  mind  not  only  perceives  that 
so  the  fact  is,  but,  which  is  the  strict  criterion  to  be 
applied,  that  so  it  must  necessarily  be. 

IV.  Time  is  not  an  abstract  notion,  which  has  been 
derived  to  the  mind  from  the  observation  and  expe- 
rience of  particular  little  times ;  for  these  lesser  times 
are  parts  of  it,  and  do  not  differ,  except  in  limitation, 
from  the  representation  of  one  great  all-containing 
time :  again,  since  every  abstract  notion  differs  from 
the  singular  perception  whence  it  has  been  generalised, 
and  here  lesser  times  do  not  differ  from  the  major 
representation  of  time,  alleged  to  be  abstracted  from 
them,  but  are  on  the  contrary  parts  of  it,  and  seen 
to  be  identic  with  it,  it  follows  that  time  is  not  ab- 
stracted or  generalised  from  any  experience  of  parti- 
cular lesser  times,  but  is  an  intuition  a  priori. 

V.  Time  is  one  single,  incomplex  representation ; 
it  is  therefore  intuition :  and  if  it  were  a  notion, 
neither  arithmetic  nor  algebra  could  be  given :  the 
moments  of  time  are  number,  as  the  parts  of  space 
were  magnitude.  The  whole  of  arithmetic  consists 
of  synthetic  a  priori  propositions ;  and  since  by  these 
we  extend  our  knowledge,  arithmetic  and  algebra 
cannot  consist  in  analysing  a  conception.  -Again, 
when  we  say  that  6  and  4  make  ten,  we  continue 
within  the  representation  of  the  genesis  of  the  suc- 
cessive moments  of  time,  and  never  quit  it ;  whence  it 
follows  that  time  is  not  a  notion,  but  is  intuition. 


SCIENCE  POSSIBLE?  XLIII 

VI.  Time  represents  an  immensity  of  duration,  but 
experience  and  observation  teach  no  permanents  of 
illimitable  extent :  time  is  therefore  a  priori,  and  for 
the  same  reason  it  cannot  be  a  notion,  but  is  intui- 
tion. 

Space  and  Time  are,therefore  originary  intuitions  a 
priori ;  but  this  is  not  to  be  understood  as  if  space 
and  time  were  two  perceptions  stamped  upon  the 
sensory :  that  were  a  ludicrous  opinion  of  the  matter. 
All  human  knowledge  begins  undeniably  with  expe- 
rience, and,  prior  to  our  being  stimulated  by  objects 
different  from  ourselves,  there  is  no  representation 
whatever  in  the  mind.  Space  and  time  are  developed 
in  the  sensory,  only  after  our  receptive  part  has  been 
impinged  upon  by  objects  from  without ;  that  is  to 
say,  the  impressions  and  sensations  received  by  our 
sensory,  it  arranges,  as  external  and  successive.  Space 
and  Time,  therefore,  express  two  lawsof  our  receptivity, 
by  virtue  of  which  it  arranges  every  change  of  its  state 
according  to  its  own  necessary  and  unalterable  laws 
of  externality  and  succession.  Of  this  its  own  ope- 
ration the  mind  is  conscious,  and  by  the  originary 
genesis  of  space  and  time  these  two  intuitions  are 
presented  in  the  sensory  ;  they  become  interwoven 
with  every  thing  experienced  and  observed,  and  make 
a  part  and  necessary  constituent  of  all  our  singular 
perceptions.  There  is  really  very  little  difficulty  in 
understanding  this  exposition  of  the  laws  of  the  sen- 
sory ;  and  whatever  difficulty  or  obscurity  there  may 


XLlV  HOW  IS  MATHEMATICAL 

be,  arises  chiefly  from  this,  that  we  can  treat  of  the 
matter  only  by  notions  (i.  e.  by  words),  whereas,  what 
we  want  to  arrive  at  is,  that  our  notion  of  space  and 
time  is  that  they  are  intuitions,  i.  e.  are  each  an  ori- 
ginary  representing,  and  into  this  originary  represent- 
ing the  student  must  transplant  himself,  i.  e.  he  must 
himself  generate  space  and  time ;  and  it  is  only  by 
transplanting  one's  self  into  the  originary  genesis  of 
space  and  time  that  we  fully  apprehend  what  is  meant 
by  calling  space  and  time  intuitions  a  priori. 

From  all  this  it  is  clear,  that  space  does  not  repre- 
sent any  quality  of  external  objects,  or  any  relation 
which  they  bear  one  to  another,  but  is  merely  a  func- 
tion of  the  sensory ;  and  it  expresses  the  relation  ob- 
taining singly  betwixt  objects  unknown  to  us,  and 
our  mode  of  perceiving  them.  The  objects  we  per- 
ceive are  therefore  modified  by  these  a  priori  per- 
ceptions, and  hence  our  intuitions  represent  pheno- 
mena only,  not  things-in-themselves,  that  is,  we  per- 
ceive things,  not  as  they  are,  but  as  they  appear  to  us 
in  space  and  time ;  which  two  last  are  called  upon 
that  account  the  forms  of  phenomena.  Different 
finite  intelligents  may  have  quite  different  laws  of 
perception,  and  it  is  quite  possible  that  persons  in 
other  worlds  may  envisage  the  self-same  objects  in  a 
wholly  different  kind  of  way.  Space  then  does  not 
in  any  wise  adhere  to  bodies  different  from  ourselves, 
nor  would  it  be  any  predicate  of  them,  when  we  ab- 
stract from  the  operations  of  our  own  mind.' 


SCIENCE  POSSIBLE  ?  XLV 

Upon  these  grounds,  Space  is  2iform  of  perception, 
by  which  alone  external  impressions  are  rendered 
possible ;  and  since  the  susceptibility  of  the  thinking 
subject  to  be  affected  in  any  given  way  must  pre- 
cede in  the  order  of  things   his  being  so  affected, 
we  easily  understand  how  the  forms  of  phenomena  can 
be  a  priori,  and  may  reside  within  the  mind,  while 
the  impressions  constituting  the  matter  of  those  phe- 
nomena are  a  posteriori  singly.     It  is  therefore  as 
human  subjects  alone  that  we  can  speak  of  extension, 
and,  apart  from  the  conditions  of  our  own  receptivity, 
space  and  time  are  terms  void  of  meaning,  and  wholly 
nothing ;  but,  in  so  far  as  our  perceptions  are  concern- 
ed, they  have  all  reality  and  meaning,  constituting, 
as  we  have  seen,   elements  of  every  representation 
which  can  enter  into  the  mind ;  and  when  we  say 
space  contains  all  objects,  that  means,  so  far  as  they 
are  phenomena,  what  the  objects  are  in  themselves : 
independently  of  our  mode  of  perceiving  them,  we 
have  no  knowledge. 

In  exactly  the  same  manner.  Time  is  not  anything 
possessed  of  a  real  absolute  existence,  and  which 
would  remain  if  our  perception  of  it  were  to  fall  away. 
It  is  only  the  form  of  all  internal  intuitions  ;  and 
since  all  impressions  even  of  external  objects  pass  into 
the  mind,  and  there  effect  changes  in  its  state,  and 
Time  is  the  law  by  which  all  modifications  of  our  inter- 
nal state  are  arranged,  it  is  clear,  that  while  Space  is 
the  condition  a  priori  of  our  receiving  impressions  from 


XL VI  HOW  IS  MATHEMATICAL 

without,  Time  is  a  condition  apriori  regulating  all  sen- 
sitive perceptions  whatsoever,  whether  from  within  or 
from  without.  But  the  states  of  our  mind  are  also  in 
Time  a  form  of  phenomena ;  whence  it  is  clear  that  of 
mind  itself  we  discover  no  more  than  the  phenomena. 
What  the  soul  may  be  in  itself,  and  apart  from  our 
mode  of  perceiving  it,  we  cannot  tell. 

I.  This  exposition  puts  us  in  possession  of  the  real 
nature  of  space  and  time,  whereas,  formerly,  when 
space  and  time  were  supposed  to  be  realities,  two  huge 
phantoms  were  assumed,  the  nature  of  which  was 
perfectly  incomprehensible,  and  the  theory  of  which 
has  at  all  times  been  loaded  with  exhaustless  difficul- 
ties.    Again,  when  space  and  time  were  held  to  be 
nothing,  motion,  and  the  whole  universe  of  things  dif- 
ferent from  ourselves,  were  endangered,  and  a  system 
of  extravagant  or  dreaming  idealism  introduced,  not 
to  say  that  upon  this  last  assumption  the  science  of 
mathematics  remained   a   complete   enigma ;  for  if 
space  be  truly  nothing,  then  mathematics  would  be 
the  science  of  nothing,  which  is   unintelligible,  and 
the  axioms  on  which  it  rests  would  be  propositions 
regarding  a  nonentity.     Whereas,  when  we  know 
that  space  and  time  are  laws  of  sense,  these  difficul- 
ties are  removed ;  for, 

II.  The  reason  is  now  clearly  seen  of  the  peculiar 
nature  of  the  exact  sciences,  space  and  time  being 
intuitions  a  priori ;  an  insight  this  into  the  nature  of 
Geometry  and  the  Calculus  unattained  so  long  as 


SCIENCE  POSSIBLE  ?  XLVII 

sipace  and  time  were  mistaken  for  abstract  notions. 
It  is  owing  to  this  high  priori  source  that  mathema- 
tics has  its  self- evidencing  certainty,  the  intuitiveness 
of  its  relations,  and  its  demonstrative  method.  This 
new  theory  also  explains  the  last  ground  of  the  differ- 
ence obtaining  betwixt  mathematic  and  metaphysic 
speculation  :  metaphysic  has  to  do  with  abstract  no- 
tions, and  so  cannot  attempt  to  copy  the  axiomatic 
intuitions  of  the  former,  nor  yet  its  methodic  march 
of  demonstration.  The  topics  with  which  metaphysic 
are  conversant,  are  not  intuitive  or  perceptible  by 
sense,  as  are  space  and  time,  whereon  the  mathema- 
tics exercises  itself,  but  abstract  notions,  which  do  not 
admit  of  being  delineated  in  any  sensible  configura- 
tion a  priori.  Thus,  to  become  convinced  that  6  and 
4  make  ten,  I  depicture  the  notion  4  by  counting 
over  my  four  fingers  ;  the  other  notion  6  by  the  intui- 
tion of  six  fingers  more ;  thus  I  supply  the  intuition 
ten,  and,  rising  upon  this  intuition  of  number,  con- 
clude that  the  notion  ten  is  equivalent  to  the  notions 
of  6  and  of  4. — But  in  metaphysical  philosophy  this 
is  impracticable.     {Comp.  p.  159.) 

III.  A  third  result  from  this  new  theory  of  space 
and  time  is,  that  it  teaches  us  the  line  of  demarca- 
tion betwixt  the  sensory  and  the  understanding,  and 
affords  an  unerring  criterion  by  which  to  discriminate 
them  ;  a  point  in  which  the  Greek  philosophy  contin- 
ually erred,  and  which  is  of  the  most  vital  moment 
toward  a  clear  understanding  of  the  sciences  of  Geome- 


XLVIII  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

try  and  Ethic.  The  Greeks  mistook  the  groundwork 
of  the  mathematic  sciences  to  be  notions,  abstract  pro- 
ducts of  the  understanding,  and  hence  fancied  that 
metaphysic  was  capable  of  a  similar  extent,  and  of 
piercing  beyond  the  senses  into  a  world  merely  cogi- 
table, and  of  predicating  a  priori  concerning  things 
invisible  and  no  way  objected  to  the  senses,  although, 
on  more  sifting  examination,  those  airy  structures 
were  generally  sapped  and  overturned  by  the  sceptics. 
But  we  now  see  that  space  and  time  belong  to  the 
sensory,  and  constitute  the  conditions  only  of  sensi- 
tive perception ;  and  that  whatever  appears  in  space 
and  time  must  be  held  objected  to  the  sensory.  Thus 
the  territory  and  domain  of  the  understanding  is  at 
once  and  for  ever  cut  off  and  entirely  separated  from 
that  of  the  sensory. 

.  IV.  Lastly,  there  is  no  other  intuition  a  priori,  or 
law  of  the  sensory,  for  there  is  no  other  condition  thus 
fundamental  to  our  thinking  system  ;  for  though  cer- 
tain impressions  must  be  pre-supposed  for  particular 
senses,  as  light  for  vision,  and  solidity  for  touch,  yet 
these  affect  single  senses  only,  and  are  not,  like 
space  and  time,  conditions  of  the  whole  sensory  at 
large.  Besides,  they  are  obviously  a  posteriori; 
they  are  differently  modified  in  different  percipients. 
Nor  are  we  in  possession  of  any  axioms  or  a  priori 
truths  concerning  them. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  XLIX 

1 
ON  THE  SYSTEM  OF  THE  CATEGORIES. 

Having  thus  investigated  the  laws  of  the  sensory, 
Kant  proceeds  to  an  analysis  of  the  operations  of  tlie 
understanding.  The  sensory  exhibited  two  unalter- 
able intuitions,  which  by  their  necessity  and  univer- 
sality of  extent,  we  discovered  to  be  a  priori ;  and  in 
like  manner,  by  virtue  of  the  same  postulate,  we  in- 
stantly become  aware  that  the  understanding  possesses 
a  standing  necessary  a  priori  representation,  that  of 
MYSELF,  or  "  /." 

This  standing  unalterable  representation  of  myself 
is  called  consciousness,  or  more  particularly  self- 
consciousness.  Although  uncompounded  and  in- 
complex,  "  /"  is  no  singular  perception,  for  we  are  in 
possession  of  no  axiomatic  truth  concerning  it.  Nei- 
ther is  it  an  universal,  for  then  it  might  become  the 
predicate  of  something  different  from  itself,  which  is 
impossible  ;  it  is  therefore  a  naked  representation,  al- 
together sui  generis,  and  is  just  consciousness.  It  is 
the  general  form  of  all  singulars  and  universals  what- 
ever. In  short  the  "  /  "  is  the  intellect  itself,  being 
neither  more  nor  less  than  the  understanding's  self- 
consciousness  of  its  own  spontaneity — the  power  of 
self-representation  is  understanding. 

The  sensory  receives  impressions  and  modifications 
of  various  kinds.  These  it  arranges  by  virtue  of  its 
laws,  according  to  a  system  of  externality  and  suc- 

D 


L  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

cession  ;  but  impressions  are  quite  detached  and  vague 
as  they  enter  the  sensory:  they  must  be  combined 
by  the  understanding,  so  as  to  constitute  knowledge 
of  an  object.  The  orange  I  behold  I  figure  to  myself 
as  ONE  ;  but  the  different  elements  of  that  objective 
perception,  the  smell,  colour,  weight,  &c.  have  entered 
through  as  many  different  gateways  into  the  mind, 
and  it  is  plain  that,  so  far  as  our  receptive  part  is  con- 
cerned, they  lie  scattered  and  disjointed  on  its  sur- 
face. That  which  is  represented  is  notwithstanding 
ONE ;  whence  we  infer  that  the  understanding  must 
have  effected  a  combination  of  those  diverse  intuitions; 
for,  of  all  representations,coMBiNATiONor  SYNTHESIS 
is  the  only  one  which  cannot  possibly  be  suggested  by 
an  object,  or  come  into  the  mind  through  its  senses, 
but  must  be  performed  by  the  thinking  subject  him- 
self, i.  e.  be  operated  by  an  act  of  his  own  spontaneity. 
Again,  to  call  any  perception  mine,  it  is  perfectly 
obvious  that  I  must  have  combined  it  some  how  or 
other  WITH  myself  ;  this  synthesis  is  what  first 
consolidates  the  stuff  and  variety  of  sensitive  percep- 
tion into  an  unum  quid,  or  one  whole,  and  is  a  com- 
bination which  must  NECESSARILY  obtain  between  in- 
tuitions and  the  originary  unalterable  representation 
of  MYSELF  THE  COGITANT.  Every  change  of  state, 
then,  which  can  be  represented  on  my  sensory,  has  of 
NECESSITY  some  definite  and  assignable  relation  to 
that  function  of  mind  whereby  I  represent  myself  to 
be  THE  COGITANT  ;  for  were  the  impressions  of  my 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LI 

sensory  not  such  as  to  admit  of  being  combined  and 
consolidated  with  this  suhstratal  consciousness,  then 
I  never  could  become  aware  of  them  so  as  to  call  them 
or  think  of  them  as  mine  ;  in  other  words,  such  mo- 
dification of  my  sensory,  if  not  conjungible  with  my 
"  /,*'  were  for  me  entirely  null,  and  void  of  import. 

The  representation  of  composite  union*  is  then, 
as  suchy  no  intuition,  but  demands  composition,  i.  e. 
an  act  of  synthesis.  This  notion,  therefore,  together 
with  its  anti-part,  the  uncompounded  or  simple 
{the  notion  of  the  "  /"),  is  one  not  derived  from  any 

*  The  notion  union  implies,  over  and  above  the  conception 
of  a  stuff  and  variety,  and  of  the  synthesis  of  such  multifarUms, 
that  of  UNITY.  Combination  is  therefore  the  representing  of  a 
COMPOSITE  UNITY  of  the  multifarious.  But  this  unity  must  not 
be  regarded  as  a  product  of  the  synthesis ;  on  the  contrary,  it  is 
the  supra-accession  of  this  unity  (tJie  a  priori  vinculum  "  /") 
to  the  stuff  and  variety  which  makes  a  synthesis  first  of  all  pos- 
sible ;  and  this  originary  apperception  "  /"  it  is,  that  does,  by 
force  of  its  standing  identity,  introduce  unity  into  the  midst  of 
all  the  chequered  sensations  of  my  receptivity ;  and  this  repre- 
sentation, while  itself  unaccompanied  by  any  other,  pervades 
every  thought,  and,  by  extending  itself  throughout  all  the  most 
remote  and  otherwise  disconnected  parts  of  the  phenomena,  lends 
to  them  that  order,  uniformity,  and  coherence  they  are  seen  to 
have.  Even  Space  and  Time,  though  singulars  a  priori,  do,  so 
far  forth  as  they  consist  oi partes  extra  partes,  exhibit  a  multiplex, 
and  are  incomplex  perceptions  only  when  regard  is  had  to  their 
potential  conjungibility  with  the  "  /."  It  is,  therefore,  merely 
owing  to  the  necessary  and  unalterable  dependency  and  rela- 
tionship obtaining  betwixt  the  sense  and  the  understanding,  i.  e. 
owing  to  what  Kant  calls  the  synthetic  influence  of  the  "  /" 
on  the  sensory,  that  the  forms  of  phenomena  are  incomplex. 


Lll  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

intuition,  but  is  a  main-notion  of  the  understand- 
ing— a  notion  a  priori — and,  moreover,  the  only  main 
notion  a  priori  which  lies  originally  at  the  bottom  of 
all  representing  of  objects  of  sense. 

There  will  therefore  be  as  many  notioniS  a  primi 
originated  by  the  understanding,  under  which  all 
things  objected  to  sense  must  stand,  as  there  are  func- 
tions or  modes  of  intellectual  synthesis. 

The  inquiry  into  the  originary  main  notions  of  the 
understanding  has  therefore  now  resolved  itself  into 
this  very  intelligible  question  :  In  what  way  and  by 
what  means  does  the  understanding  effect  an  union 
betwixt  the  multifarious  stuff  and  variety  objected  to 
it  in  the  sensory,  and  the  unchanging  perception  of 

ITSELF  THE  COGITANT  ? 

This  UNION  or  synthesis  the  understanding  ef- 
fects according  to  certain  laws,  whereby  the  combina- 
tion is  brought  about,  and  apart  from  which  no  know- 
ledge of  any  object  can  be  constituted.  Such  laws  are 
prior  to  experience,  not  actually,  but  virtually ;  for 
they  develope  themselves  when  excited  by  phenomena. 
Again,  those  laws  {of  Synthesis)  express  the  forms 
according  to  which  the  understanding  acts  by  force  of 
its  nature  and  constitution.  They  will,  therefore,  be 
stamped  universally  on  every  part  of  human  know- 
ledge ;  and,  as  inward  regulators  of  the  use  of  the  in- 
tellect, they  are  necessarily  and  indelibly  pre- 
sent to  every  person's  consciousness. 

The  modes  of  synthesis,  or  forms  of  thought,  have, 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LIII 

however,  long  been  known  ;  and  we  have  to  thank  the 
noble  inventor  of  logic  that  our  course  of  investiga- 
tion is  so  much  shortened.  The  laws  by  which  the 
understanding  combines  perceptibles  in  originary 
consciousness,  are  neither  more  nor  less  than  the  logi- 
cal laws  of  the  intellect.  The  understanding's  logical 
laws  of  synthesis  are  the  ground-forms  of  thought : 
and  when  these  ground-forms  are  cogitated  in  ab- 
stractor then  such  ground-forms  are  notions  (i.  e. 
predicates  or  xarjjyog/a/)  a  priori  of  all  objects  whatso- 
ever. We  may  therefore  say  that  the  a  priori  notions 
of  the  objects  given  in  a  possible  intuition  whatsoever 
{i.  e.  whether  according  to  our  mode  of  sensitive  per- 
ception or  not),  are  just  the  notions  of  these  logical 
functions  of  the  understanding. 

Hence  it  is  obvious  that  the  category  will  ex- 
actly tally  and  correspond  to  the  form  of  logical 
judgment  whence  it  sprang ;  and  when  a  phenomenon 
is  subsumed  under  a  category,  the  category  does  no- 
thing more  than  determine  which  form  of  synthesis 
is  to  be  applied  to  the  phenomenon,  so  as  to  unify 
the  singular  perceptibles  of  which  it  is  composed. 
This  parallelism  betwixt  the  categories  and  the  formal 
laws  of  thought  is  exhibited  in  the  following  table. 


LIV 


HOW  IS  NATURAL 


TABLE  OF  THE 


Logical  Forms  of  Jxidging, 

I.  Quantity. 

Singular. 

Plurative. 

Universal. 

II.  Quality. 
Affirmative. 


Negative. 
Illimitable. 

III.  Substance. 

Categorical. 

Hypothetical. 

Disjunctive. 

IV.  Modality. 

Problematical. 

Assertive. 

Apodictic. 


whence  the  Categories. 

I.  Quantity  or  extension. 

One  (the  measure). 
Many  (the  quantum). 
All  (the  whole). 

II.  Gradation  or  intensity. 
Something  («.  e.  Affirmation  of  a 
certain  grade  of  in- 
tensity or  reality). 
Nothing — negation. 
Anything — limitation. 

III.  Substance. 

Substantiality — inherence. 
Causality — dependency. 
Reciprocity  of  action — re-action. 

IV.  Modality. 

Possibility — impossibility. 
Entity — non-entity. 
Necessity — contingency.* 


*  Such,  then,  are  the  main  apriori  notions  or  pure  elementary 
conceptions  of  the  understanding :  but  from  their  conjunction 
with  one  another,  or  with  the  a  priori  forms  of  intuition,  spring 
other  a  priori  universals  secundi  ordinis.  They  might  be  called 
derivative  or  quasi-categories.  Of  this  sort  is  the  notion  power  : 
it  consists  of  the  categories  causality  and  substance.  These 
two  are  ultimate  notions,  and  admit  of  no  farther  explanation ; 
but  when  causality  is  attributed  to  substance,  the  notion  power 
emerges  :  the  definition  of  power  (which  Hume  called  in  ques- 
tion) therefore  is,  that  it  is  causality  considered  as  residing  in 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LV 

It  must  well  be  noted,  that  these  categories  do  not 
presuppose  or  depend  upon  any  particular  intuition, 
or  even  upon  any  particular  kind  of  intuition, — such 
as  Space  and  Time,  which  may  belong  to  us  mankind 
only.  The  categories  are,  on  the  contrary,  ground- 
forms  or  main-notions  for  cogitating  any  object  of  in- 
tuition whatever,  and  of  what  kind  or  sort  soever, 
even  although  the  object  envisaged  were  supersen- 
sible :  as  to  the  nature  of  which  supersensible  intui- 
tion, we  can  frame  to  ourselves  no  conception  at  all. 
For  we  must  first  of  all  have  a  pure  notion  framed 
by  the  understanding  of  any  object  concerning  which 

a  substance.  On  the  other  hand,  should  we  subsume  sub- 
stance under  dependency,  the  compound  thence  arising  is 
the  notion  creation.  If  existence  (i.  e.  entity)  be  farther 
represented  as  a  quantum,  the  quasi-category  duration  is  be- 
gotten :  if  the  quantum  of  duration  be  farther  figured  as  incom- 
mensurable with  time,  everlasting  duration  is  then  cogitated  : 
if  existence  be  represented  with  different  and  contrary  acci- 
dents, we  have  the  notion  change  ;  e.  g.  in  different  parts  of 
space  then  we  have  change  of  place,  i.  e.  motion,  all  which  are, 
it  is  clear,  a  priori  notions,  and  a  system  of  such  notions  might 
be  drawn  up,  and  a  complete  and  e^chaustive  catalogue  of  them 
made  out.  Kant  seems  at  one  time  to  have  intended  giving  a 
complete  chronicle  of  all  composite  a  priori  notions.  It  is  very 
much  to  be  regretted  that  he  never  completed  this  gallery  of 
the  intellectual  antiques.  Such  a  museum  would  have  been  a 
favourite  and  frequented  study  by  all  future  m'etaphysic  dilettanti. 
From  the  combination  of  the  category  with  ideas  spring  the 
various  cogitations  treated  of  in  psychology,  theology,  and  cos- 
mology. By  subsuming  the  cosmological  idea  under  the  no- 
tion cause,  we  receive  the  idea  of  an  absolutely  unconditioned 
cause,  I.  e.  the  idea  freedom. 


LVI  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

we  wish  to  predicate  somewhat  a  priori,  even  though 
we  should  afterwards  find  that  such  object  were  trans- 
cendent, and  for  us  altogether  incognisable ;  so  that 
the  category  is  in  itself  quite  independent  on  the 
forms  of  our  sensory  {Space  and  Time),  and  may  have 
in  other  sensitive  percipients  quite  diverse  and  un- 
imaginable FORMS  to  work  upon,  provided  only  these 
forms  constitute  the  subjective,  which  may  go  a  pri- 
ori before  all  knowledge,  and  make  synthetical  a  pri- 
ori judgments  possible. 

And  now  the  main  problem  of  the  Critique  is  solv- 
ed. We  see  clearly  how  mathematical  and  physical 
science  are  founded.  Space  and  Time  are  intuitions  a 
priori.  To  convert  a  representation  into  know- 
ledge demands  a  notion  and  an  intuition  welded 
together  into  one  perception  ;  but  from  the  a  priori 
singulars  are  derived  all  the  notions  of  the  configura- 
tions of  space  and  of  the  combinations  of  numbers 
discoursed  of  in  geometry  and  arithmetic.  What- 
ever arbitrary  conjunction  may  be  made  of  those  no- 
tions, is  at  once  either  proved  or  disproved  by  refer- 
ring to  the  originary  intuitions  whence  those  notions 
come,  and  when  that  is  clearly  envisaged  in  the  cor- 
responding singular  {e.  g.  Euclid,  book  i.  prop,  iv.) 
which  is  cogitated  in  the  universal  {i.  e.  stated  in  the 
enunciation),  then  we  have  a  self-evident,  intuitive, 
and  ostensively-demonstrated  truth.  Physical  science, 
in  the  same  way,  consists  of  the  continuous  synthesis 
of  singulars  with  universals ;  but  in  physics  the  no- 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LVII 

tions  alone  are  a  priori ;  the  phenomena  to  which  cate- 
gories are  applied  are  given  only  in  experience  and  ob- 
servation. Consequently,  natural  philosophy  is  not 
intuitive,  nor  has  it  any  self-evident  axioms.  It  has, 
however,  a  mathematical  part;  for  the  universals 
MOTION  and  force  are  quasi-categories,  into  which 
space  or  time  has  entered.  But  such  fundamental 
positions  of  physics  as  rest  originally  on  the  catego- 
ries, e.  g.   EVERY  EVENT    IS  CAUSED, AMID  ALL 

CHANGES  OF  PHENOMENA  THE  SUBSTANCE  PER- 
SISTS, are  quite  independent  of  geometry  and  analy- 
sis, and  spring  solely  from  that  subsumtion  of  sin- 
gular perceptions  under  categories,  whereby  the  phy- 
sical system  is  first  of  all  represented  and  constitut- 
ed ;  but  how  such  subsumtion  of  singulars  a  poste- 
riori under  universals  a  priori  is  effected,  requires  still 
some  explanation — an  explanation  not  needed  in  any 
mathematical  subsumtion,  since  both  notion  and  in- 
tuition were  not  only  a  priori,  but  also  quite  homoge- 
neous. 


LVIII  HOW  IS  NATURAL 


ON  THE  SCHEME  OR  EFFIGIATION  OF  THE     ^ 
CATEGORY. 

The  categories  regarded  as  notions  are  predicates 
of  a  potential  object  in  genere ;  and  hence  the  ques- 
tion arises,  how  can  intuitions  a  posteriori  be  sub- 
sumed under  categories  which  are  nowise  like  them. 
To  effect  a  subsumtion,  there  must  always  antecede 
some  given  and  assignable  resemblance  betwixt  the 
representations  compared  and  unified.  Thus  a  plate 
has  similarity  to  the  a  priori  geometric  notion  circle ; 
the  roundness  cogitated  in  this  last  being  envisaged 
in  the  configuration  and  shape  of  the  former.  A  cate- 
gory, however,  is  quite  unanalogous  to  any  a  posteri- 
ori perception,  and  it  is  not  at  first  sight  easy  to  per- 
ceive how  the  category  is  to  apply  to  intuitions.  In 
every  subsumtion  it  is  manifest  that  the  represen- 
tation conjoined  must  adapt  itself  to  the  conception 
under  which  it  is  to  be  subsumed.  Thus,  in  the  in- 
stance above  given,  roundness  is  that  which  assimilates 
the  representations  plate  and  circle,  and  enables  the 
understanding  to  subsume  the  one  under  the  other  ; 
but  betwixt  an  a  posteriori  representation  and  an  a 
priori  form  of  thought,  nothing  homogeneous  is  dis- 
cernible ;  and  how,  it  will  again  be  asked,  can  the 
category,  Causality  suppose,  be  applied  to  sensible 
phenomena  which  noway  resemble  it ;  for  that  must 
be  actually  envisaged  in  the  singular,  which  is  no 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LIX 

more  than  potentially  cogitated  in  the  category. 
There  must,  by  necessary  consequence,  be  some  mid- 
dle term  which  serves  as  a  prop  or  fulcrum  for  the 
understanding,  when  it  establishes  a  connection  be- 
twixt phenomena  and  its  own  categories,  which  last 
do  then  become  predicates  of  the  objects  thought  in 
them. 

Such  an  intermediate  representation  facilitating  the 
subsumtion,  must  assimilate  itself  on  the  one  hand  to 
the  a  priori  notion,  and  on  the  other  to  the  sensitive 
perception.  A  representation  of  this  sort  we  find  in 
Time,  which,  as  a  Formal  Law  of  the  Mind  regulat- 
ing all  representations  of  sense,  is  homogeneous  with 
the  intuitions  it  arranges,  and  also  with  the  catego- 
ries which  are  formal  laws  of  understanding.  Time, 
therefore,  is  the  middle  term  we  seek,  and  by  dint  of 
which,  the  synthetic  a  priori  propositions  of  physics 
are  attained. 

Let  us,  however,  try  to  make  this  statement  more 
determinate  and  precise,  by  saying  that  the  imagina- 
tion always  exerts  itself  to  supply  a  figure  to  any 
notion  the  understanding  may  happen  to  possess. 
Thus,  when  we  read  the  Iliad,  the  understanding  in- 
voluntarily frames  to  itself  a  notion  of  Homer,  and 
then  Fancy  tries  to  depicture  to  us,  conformably  to 
the  notion,  an  image  of  the  poet.  In  reading  a  life  of 
Buonaparte,  whom  we  perchance  never  saw,  a  similar 
operation  would  unawares  go  on ;  and,  generally  speak- 
ing, in  every  instance  where  no  singular  is  or  can  be 


LX  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

given,  fancy  endeavours  to  supply  it.  In  the  two 
cases  just  instanced,  the  notions  were  a  posteriori ; 
but  even  when  the  notion  is  a  priori,  the  same  thing 
happens,  only  that  whereon  fancy  exercises  its  de- 
pictive power  must  be  a  perception  a  priori.  Hence 
to  the  understanding's  categories,  the  fancy  endea- 
vours to  supply  a  sensible  image.  This  it  does  by 
certain  configurations  and  determinations  of  Time, 
and  such  sensible  fixing  of  Time  is  what  is  called  the 
Scheme  or  Effigiation  of  the  Category.  Of  these 
schemes  there  are  eight,  not  twelve ;  for  the  categories 
of  quantity  and  quality  differ  only  in  degree,  not, 
like  those  of  substance  and  modality,  in  kind.  These 
schemes  are,  moreover,  to  be  regarded  as  a  priori 
products  of  fancy,  and  so  as  necessary,  not  as  ar- 
bitrary, as  when  fancy,  by  adjoining  the  figure  of  a 
horse  to  that  of  a  man,  paints  to  itself  a  centaur. 
On  the  contrary,  the  effigiation  is  that  which  stamps 
a  necessary  unity  upon  Time  and  its  contents,  ena- 
bling all  the  perceptions  of  the  internal  sense  to  com- 
bine in  the  "  /,"  into  which  focus  of  self-conscious- 
ness, all  intuitions  converge  by  the  instrumentality  of 
the  categories.  The  instant,  impressions  are  exhibited 
to  sense,  they  converge  toward  the  "/,"  and  this  instant 
convergence  is  what  stamps  ofJ)  both  upon  them  and 
their  form  Time,  that  incomplexity  whereby  they  are 
singular  perceptions,  and  which  as  a  necessary  shaping 
of  time,  i.  e.  of  the  whole  sensory,  into  a  conformity 
with  the  laws  of  the  understanding,  is  what  is  fitly 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXI 

called  the  scheme  or  necessary  effigiation  of  the  cate- 
gory. 

The  scheme  of  the  category  extension  is  Time 
itself,  i.  e.  number.  In  the  genesis  of  Time,  the 
mind  adds  successive  units,  in  other  words,  generates 
number. 

The  scheme  of  the  category  intensity,  is  Time 
considered,  not  in  its  genesis,  but,  when  generated,  as 
either  a  vacuum  or  plenum.  The  synthesis  of  quan- 
tity goes  from  the  parts  to  the  whole,  whereas  that 
of  quality  begins  with  the  whole,  and  thence  de- 
scends to  the  parts.  This  is  the  difference  betwixt 
extensive  and  intensive  magnitudes ;  the  apprehen- 
sion of  a  steeple  is  an  example  of  the  former,  that  of 
the  tone  of  a  harp-string  of  the  latter.  When  a  chord 
is  struck,  the  synthesis  or  apprehension  begins  with 
the  whole  intensity  of  the  sensation,  and  this  grade 
may  decrease  down  to  that  point  where  the  impres- 
sion vanishes,  i.  e.  becomes  equal  to  zero  ;  in  fact,  it 
is  only  by  this  gradual  remission  that  the  volume  of 
sound  is  known  to  be  a  quantum.  Now,  every  intui- 
tion, as  a  phenomenon  in  Time,  must  be  considered 
as  occupying  or  filling  up  a  certain  portion  of  it,  where- 
fore the  scheme  of  the  categories  of  quality  or  degree 
is  Time  effigiated,  as  aforesaid — thus 
Reality  =  Time  figured  as  a  plenum. 
Negation  =  Non-implement  of  Time. 
Limitation  =  Transit  from  the  former  to  the  latter. 

The  categories  of  substance  are  effigiated  upon 


LXII  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

the  orders  or  modes  of  Time.  The  modes  of  Time  are 
three,  Duration,  Succession,  and  Simultaneousness. 
Hence  the  notion  substance  is  effigiated  when  we 
represent  to  ourselves,  not  merely  a  self-subsisting 
thing,  but  such  a  thing  as  persists  throughout  all 
time  in  space,  and  so  is  the  permanent  groundwork 
of  certain  modifications  and  changes.  In  the  same 
way  CAUSALITY  is  effigiated,  not  merely  by  cogitat- 
ing a  WORKER,  but  by  representing  such  an  ac- 
tuating thing  as  antecedes  in  time,  and  upon  which 
somewhat  else  invariably  follows.  The  category  ac- 
tion and  RE-ACTION  is  effigiated  by  representing 
as  co-existent  the  modification  of  the  accidents  of 
substance. 

The  scheme  of  the  categories  of  modality  is  the 
representing  of  the  relation,  not  of  phenomena  to  one 
another,  but  of  the  relation  which  a  phenomenon  bears 
to  Time  itself. 

Possibility  is  effigiated  by  representing  an  ob- 
ject as  at  any  time. 

Entity  or  Existence  is  effigiated  by  represent- 
ing an  object  as  at  some  fixed  given  time. 

Necessity  is  effigiated  by  representing  an  object 
as  at  all  times. 

The  scheme  qua  fixing  of  Time  a  pinori,  is  the  de- 
termining the  internal  sense  audits  form,  by  the  "/" 
and  its  laws;  the  scheme  gives  objectivity  to  the  per- 
ceptions of  sense,  by  enabling  them  to  be  subsumed 
under  an  universal  representation  of  an  object  in  ge- 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXIII 

nerCy  which  subsumtion  is  what  both  constitutes  and 
represents  the  singular  as  the  object. 

This  constitution  of  the  object-phenomenon 
may  be  thus  otherwise  expressed  by  saying,  all 
judging  is  twofold,  according  as  perceptions  are  con- 
joined in  a  mere  consciousness  of  my  state,  or  in  con- 
sciousness whatsoever :  the  first  judgment  is  subjec- 
tively-valid only,  i.  e.  expresses  singly  somewhat  re- 
lative to  my  own  experienced  and  observed  states  of 
consciousness.  But  when  perceptibles  are  conjoined 
in  an  originary  "  /"  whatsoever,  then  such  judgment 
or  synthesis  will  be  valid  for  every  "  /"  who  may 
happen  to  be  percipient  as  we  are,  by  the  interven- 
tion of  a  sensory.  A  junction  of  this  sort  in  original 
consciousness  is  universally- valid,  i.  e.  for  every  *'  /;" 
but  universal- validity  and  objective-validity  are  equi- 
valent and  exchangeable,  though  not  identic  expres- 
sions ;  for  if  the  ground  of  the  judgment  lay  in  the 
object  and  not  in  consciousness,  then  every  precipient 
would  be  forced  to  have  his  notion  of  the  object  as 
the  object  occasioned  it,  and  this  objective-validity 
would  be  plainly  universal -validity  :  so  that,  converse- 
ly, when  a  judgment  is  universally-valid  from  a 
GROUND  IN  consciousness,  such  judgment, — the 
universal-validity  being  tantamount  to  objective, — 
comes  to  be  regarded  as  if  it  expressed  somewhat  of 
the  object  in  itself,  although,  strictly  speaking,  it  does 
so  only  of  the  object  in  its  phenomenon,  which  very 


LXIV  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

OBJECT-PHENOMENON*   is   moreover   begotten   by 
that  very  judgment. 

*  ON  SUBJECT  AND  OBJECT. 

Such  extraordinary  debates  have  been  raised,  since  Kant 
wrote,  on  the  meaning  of  the  word  object,  that  a  brief  digres- 
sion may  be  thought  needful ;  and  since,  to  understand  object, 
an  exact  knowledge  of  what  is  subject  is  indispensable,  the  fol- 
lowing farther  remarks  on  the  "  /"  will  not  be  found  out  of  place. 

I  AM  CONSCIOUS  OF  MYSELF,  is  a  thought  Containing  a  twofold 
a  /."  «  /"  as  Subject,  and  "  /"  as  Object.  How  it  is  possible 
that  "  /"  the  cogitant,  can  become  an  object  of  my  own  intuition, 
and  so  contradistinguish  mi/self  from  mi/self,  is  quite  inexplica- 
ble, and  yet  a  most  undoubted  fact.  This  does  not,  however, 
import  any  double  personality  ;*  only  I  who  cogitate  and  envi- 
sage am  the  person,  while  the  "  /"  of  the  object,  which  "  /"  is 
envisaged,  is,  just  like  any  other  object  different  from  myself,  the 
thing. 

Of  the  "  1"  in  the  former  signification  (the  Subject  of  Apper- 
ception), i.  e.  the  logical  "  /,"  qua  representation  a  ^n'oW,  nothing 
can  at  all  be  known.  It  may  be  likened  to  the  substantial  which 
remains  after  abstraction  has  been  made  from  it,  of  all  the  acci- 
dents inhering  in  it,  yet  of  which  I  can  know  nothing  farther, 
because  the  accidents  were  just  that  whereby  I  knew  its  nature. 

But  the  "  /,"  in  the  second  signification  (the  Subject  of  Per- 
ception), i.  e.  the  Anthropological  "  /,"  qua  experienced  and  ob- 
served states  of  consciousness,  affords  the  stuff  and  variety  for  all 
knowledge, — which  intuitions  do  however  show  us  and  things  to 
ourselves  only  as  we  and  they  appear,  and  are  phenomena; 
whereas  the  Logical  "  /"  denotes  the  Subject  as  it  is  in  itself  in 
pure  consciousness,  not  as  receptive,  but  spontaneous,  and  admits 
of  no  farther  increment  to  this  knowledge  of  its  nature. 

•  Cicero,  Tusc.  Disp.  lib.  ii/c.  xix.  Tute  tibi  imperes.  Quanquam 
hoc  nescio,  quo  modo  dicatur,  quasi  duo  simus,  ut  alter  imperet  alter 
pareat :  non  inscite  tamen  dicitur. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXV 

Suppose  now,  that,  with  Kant,  we  call  the  act  of  cogitation  re- 
flection, and  the  receptivity  of  impressions  apprehension,  and 
let  us  further  figure  to  ourselves  both  states  of  mind  as  combined 
with  consciousness;  then  Self- Consciousness  (i.  e.  appercep- 
tion) will  fall  to  be  divided  into  (1.)  that  of  reflection,  and  (2.) 
into  that  of  apprehension.  The  former  is  a  consciousness  of  the 
understanding,  the  other  is  the  internal  sense  itself; — that 
a  priori,  this  a  posteriori,  consciousness.  Psychology  examines 
the  last ;  logic  deals  with  the  intellectual  cogitant. 

This  twin  "  /"  is  what  has  started  the  puzzling  question, 
whether  or  not  the  various  internal  changes  of  state  a  man  is 
conscious  of,  ought  not  to  prevent  him  from  holding  himself  to 
be  one  and  the  self-same  person.  It  is,  however,  just  as  absurd  as, 
and  very  nearly  akin  to,  the  question,  if  mankind  have  not  a  two- 
fold personality  ?  and  the  same  answer  replies  to  both  ;  for  he  is 
conscious  of  those  changes  only  by  representing  himself  through- 
out all  those  states  (which  affect  only  the  sensitive  "  /")  as  one 
and  the  same  Subject ;  so  that  the  human  "  /"  is  twain  formally 
only,  e.  e.  according  to  the  bi-formal  branches  of  our  sensitive 
and  intellectual  framework ;  but,  materially  considered,  the  "  /'* 
is  not  bi-personal. 

Farther,  the  latter  '*  1,"  the  internal  sense,  is  always  coupled 
with  an  external  sense ;  i.  e.  with  a  consciousness  of  a  "  NOT- 
/,"*  i.  e.  of  a  thing  different  from  all  my  representations,  and  ex- 
ternal to  myself;  the  existence  of  which  thing  different  from  my- 
self, and  without  me,  being  invariably  conjoined  with  the  con- 
sciousness of  my  own  existence  in  time,  is  just  as  certain  and  in- 
dubitable as  is  my  own  existence.  But  how  the  "  /"  and  "  NOT- 
I"  come  to  be  thus  co-associated,  is  utterly  inexplicable,  and  yet 
neither  more  nor  less  unintelligible  than  that  the  "  J"  itself  should 
branch  off  into  an  a  priori  and  into  an  a  posteriori  state,  seeing 
that  it  is  only  owing  to  the  welding  of  the  "  /"  with  a  *'  NOT- 
I"  that  there  are  experienced  and  observed  phenomena  of  con- 
sciousness, whereby  alone  it  is  that  the  latter  "  /"  is  rendered  a 
posteriori,  and  so  fitly  spoken  of  as  the  internal  sense. 

•  Vorrede,  p.  xli. ;  Critik,  d.  JR.  V.  (infra,  p.  Ixxxi.  «t  teg.) 
£ 


LXVI  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

Having  thus  cleared  up  the  nature  of  the  thinking  and  perci- 
pient Subject,  it  will  be  the  more  easy  to  explain  what  it  is  we 
are  to  understand  by  the  word  object. 

All  knowledge,  and  indeed  every  perception,  has  a  twofold  re- 
ference, viz.  to  object  and  to  subject.  In  the  former  respect,  it 
refers  to  the  representation ;  in  the  latter,  to  consciousness.  Every 
thing,  therefore,  not  consciousness  is  fitly  spoken  of  as  object. 
Hence  not  only  is  the  "  NOT- 1,"  and  all  perceptions  of  external 
sense,  an  object,  but  even  the  representations  of  the  internal 
sense  itself,  whereby  we  perceive  nothing  different  from  our- 
selves, but  only  our  mental  feelings  and  states  are  so  far  forth  as 
such  representations  differ  from  the  pure  "  /,"  likewise  objects. 

In  this  way  it  is  clear  that  object  is  a  very  wide  word.  More- 
over, in  addition  to  the  above,  object  frequently  means  in  Kant's 
system  an  intuition.  The  reason  of  this  denomination  is  ob- 
vious, and  it  is  in  this  sense  that  Space  and  Time,  as  singulars, 
are  called  objects.  Farther,  object  often  means  the  whole 
PHENOMENON  into  which  the  singular  perceptions  are  combined 
by  the  category.  In  the  latter  sense  the  phenomenon  is  spoken 
of  as  the  object  of  the  intuition,  although  in  the  former  sense  the 
intuition  is  called  the  object  of  the  category. 

The  phenomenon,  as  the  object  of  intuition,  may  be  either  a 
REAL  object  or  a  formal  object,  e.  g.  when  the  phenomenon 
has  in  it  no  given  matter  or  sensation.  In  either  case  the  percep- 
tibles  are  brought  into  synthetic  union ;  and  hence  the  synthetic 
unity  of  consciousness  is  in  any  event  the  object  of  our  intui- 
tions, whether  the  phenomenon  be  only  formal,  or  moreover  rea/. 
Want  of  attention  to  these  different  uses  of  the  word  object  has 
wrought  the  greatest  confusion  among  Kant's  expositors.  Some 
of  them  have  overlooked  the  difference  betwixt  the  inward  and 
oiitward  sense,  whereby  the  existence  of  the  external  world  has 
been  endangered,  and  a  dreamy  idealism  introduced.  Others  for- 
got the  bi-form  phase  of  the  "  /,"  and  so  were  forced  to  identi- 
fy the  a  priori  intuitions  with  the  a  priori  notions ;  all  which 
monstrous  figments  might  have  been  avoided,  had  those  hasty 
writers  only  bethought  themselves,  that  since  by  object  every 
thing  NOT-coNSCiousNESs  may  be  meant,  it  is  necessary  to  con- 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXVII 

sider  the  context,  in  order  to  know  which  way  the  w«rd  is  to  be 
taken. 

The  synthetic  unity  of  consciousness  is,  then, — whatever  else 
it  may  be, — always  a  iphenomenon  formally,  and  thus  far  the  ob- 
ject is  constituted  by  being  represented  ;  but  that  most  assured- 
ly does  not  mean  that  the  representation  begets  the  object  quoad 
existentiam.     The  object  or  phenomenon,  materially  considered, 
is  the  solidity  of  matter.     Whatever  holds  true  of  the  formal  ob- 
ject, must  also  be  true  of  the  actual  object ;  for  did  this  last  not 
harmonize  with  the  formal  conditions  of  our  knowledge,  such 'mat- 
ter never  could  become  for  us  any  object  of  perception  at  all. 
This  phrase  ^/orma/  object  may  to  some  seem  absurd ;  but  it  is 
not :  any  geometrical  solid  may  serve  as  an  instance  o^st.  formal 
object.    A  cube,  pyramid,  or  cone,  regarded  as  a  mere  geometri- 
cal configuration  of  space,  exhibits  a  synthetic  unity,  and  the 
space  occupied  by  those  formal  entities  is  penetrable.     Suppose 
now  these  geometrical  turned  into  real  actual  cubes,  cones,  &c. 
then  is  the  space  filled  by  the  one,  incompenetrable  by  the  other ; 
and  this  sensation  of  resistance  is   the   ground,   the   real, 
GROUND,  of  representing  cubical  or  conical  bodies.   All  the  ma- 
thematical properties,  however,  of  the  bare  geometric  solid,  hold 
true  of  the  physical ;  and  thus  theorems,  valid  for  any  formal  ob- 
ject, may  with  all  justice,  and  in  truth  mvist,  be  applied  to  the  ac- 
tual material  object.     The  case  of  any  other  intellectual  syn- 
thetic unity,— a  dynamical,*  suppose,— is  quite  analogous  to  that 
of  the  mathematical.    The  geometrical,  became  a  physical  solid, 
by  adding  to  it,  the  category  substance,  and  to  the  formal  intui- 
tion space,  a  material  singular,  i.  e.  one  in  which  sensation  was 
involved.     Let  us,  however,  abstract  from  the  matter  felt,  and 
we  have  a  formal  phenomenon  generated  by  a  dynamical  cate- 
gory.    Such  a  synthetic  unity  differs  from  the  synthetic  unity 
brought  forth  by  the  mathematic  categories ;  but  both  coincide 
in  this,  that  they  are  formal  objects.     As  in  the  one,  so  in  the 
other,  whatever  is  true  of  the  formal  object,  is  of  necessity  true  of 

"  The  categories  of  quantity  and  quality  are  called  mathematical ; 
those  of  substance  and  modality,  dynamical. 


LXVIII  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

the  material.  The  truths  of  geometry  held  of  their  formal  solid, 
and  likewise  of  the  real  physical  solid.  Of  the  formal  dynamical 
object,  represented  and  constituted  by  the  category  substance, 
the  position  is  {infra,  p.  Ixxii.)  "  Every  phenomenon  contains  a 
permanent  substratum,"  which,  by  parity  of  reason,  will  hold  true 
of  any  given  corresponding  physical  phenomenon.  The  unity 
generated  by  the  categories  contains  all  the  a  priori  conditions, 
and  nothing  but  the  a  priori  conditions,  of  representing  objects. 
The  mental  laws  of  generating  a  synthetic  union  are  therefore 
the  laws  of  representing  o\i]eci&  formally  considered;  and  these 
laws  will  be  equally  valid  for  all  material  objects  whatsoever.  A 
whole  physical  phenomenon  or  object  is  therefore,  \st,  The  sensa- 
tion, which  is  neither  in  Space  nor  Time  ;  2d,  The  formal  perma- 
nent, which  is  in  bothj;  and  from  the  first  and  second  taken  to- 
gether, it  is  the  incompenetrability  of  body  ;  and  of  this  physical 
body,  all  synthetical  a  priori  knowledge  will  be  found  true.  And 
thus  much  with  regard  to  the  matter  of  the  external  sense,  the 
Not-I  as  object. 

Of  the  Not-I  we  can  say  nothing  farther,  than  that  we  are 
conscious  that  it  exists.  All  that  we  can  predicate  a  priori  con- 
cerning it,  is  of  it  in  its  phenomenon  ;  for,  leaving  the  external 
sense  and  its  objects  in  Space,  all  singular  perceptions  whatsoever 
must,  before  they  can  be  adjoined  in  the  "  /,"  come  into  the  in- 
ternal sense,  and  be  objected  to  the  understanding  under  the 
form  Time ;  and  here  we  have  to  consider  how  the  phenomenon 
is  made  up  by  joint  action  of  the  originary  and  derived  "  /." 
Under  this  light  alone  is  the  question  of  the  constitution  of  a 
phenomenon  considered  by  Kant — where,  however,  the  pheno- 
menon is  not  necessarily  an  object  formally  only ;  for  in  Time  are, 
so  to  speak,  Space  and  its  contents.  And  yet  whatever  is  mere- 
ly present  in  the  psychological  "  /,"  is  so  far  forth  subjective 
only  (i.e.  is  not  knowledge;)  but,  when  combined  in  ori- 
ginal consciousness,  it  becomes  objective,  for  then  it  is  cogi- 
tated according  to  laws  valid  for  every  logical  "  I"  whatsoever. 
Again,  to  unify  perceptions  in  consciousness  is  judging.  Hence 
a  synthesis  of  singulars  in  the  sensitive  "  /,"  is  a  subjective  judg- 
ment only ;  for  it  is  only  a  judgment  in  the  modification  of  my 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXIX 

own  private  and  particular  state.  To  make  such  judgment  ob- 
jective, it  must  be  conjoined  in  the  originary  "  /."  But  this 
can  only  be  done  by  some  one  or  other  of  the  logical  functions  of 
judging,  which  represents  the  perceptibles,  not  as  belonging  to 
certain  states  of  mind,  whether  my  own  or  others,  but  deter- 
mines the  perceptibles  all  at  once,  as  necessarily  related  to  a 
form  of  judging  in  genere.  In  effecting  this,  the  understanding 
reduces  the  whole  a  posteriori  "  /"  to  the  unity  cogitated  in 
one  or  other  of  the  categories.  Thus  the  form  of  the  internal 
sense  (Time)  receives  the  stamp  of  the  category  ;  and  this  effi- 
giation  on  the  form  of  the  sensitive  "  /"  of  the  synthesis  cogi- 
tated in  the  pure  a  priori  notion,  is  called  the  scheme  of  the  ca. 
tegory.  Wherefore,  we  conclude,  as  before,  that  the  scheme  is 
that  which  gives  objectivity  to  the  category  ;  or,  inversely,  that 
which  procures  for  a  mere  subjective  synthesis,  objective  and 
universal  validity. 

After  this  explanation,  we  run  no  risk  of  misapprehending  the 
meaning  of  Kant's  famous  proposition,  that,  by  its  categories, 

THE  UNDERSTANDING  GIVES  LAW  TO  PHENOMENA  IN  GENERM, 
AND   DOES,    BY    REPRESENTING,  CONSTITUTE  (qUOAD   ITS  FORM) 

THE  PHYSICAL  SYSTEM  ;  but  need  only  to  set  forth  those  laws  in 
the  order  of  the  respective  categories  w  hence  they  spring. 


LXX  now  IS  NATURAL 


GROUNDWORK  OF  THE  METAPHYSIC  OF  PHYSICS. 

We  shall  now  express  verbally  the  originary  syn- 
thetic acts  of  the  understanding ;  and  these  will  fur- 
nish eight  propositions  a  priori,  not  indeed  intui- 
tive, but  nevertheless  as  certain  and  necessary  as  any 
proposition  in  the  mathematics  ;  on  which  eight  posi- 
tions the  whole  of  natural  philosophy  depends. 

I.  The  first  position  regards  the  category  quantity. 
The  elements  here  to  be  combined  are,  the  category, 
its  scheme,  time  or  number,  and  an  intuition  to  be 
subsumed  by  an  originary  representing  under  the  ca- 
tegory. Now,  since  this  is  a  procedure  of  the  under- 
standing, by  which  quantity  is  what  is  predicated 
of  objects,  it  is  clear  that  every  phenomenon  has  ex- 
tension, i.  e.  either  magnitude  or  number. 

Ihis  first  synthetic  a  priori  judgment  is  what 
warrants  the  application  of  mathematics  and  the  cal- 
culus to  phenomena ;  and  it  is  already  proved  by 
showing  that  the  above  words  state  merely  an  origi- 
nary unalterable  synthesis  of  the  understanding. 

II.  Second  proposition,  of  quality.  The  elements  here 
represented  and  conjoined  in  the  synthesis  of  quality, 
a.re,Jirst,  an  impression  a  posteriori  (for  the  intuitions 
a  priori  never  are  qualities),  the  scheme,  a  vacuum  or 
plenum  of  time,  and  the  category,  which  varies  from 
reality  to  negation,  according  as  the  complement  of 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXI 

time,  may  pass  through  various  grades  of  impletiou, 
down  to  zero  =  0,  when  the  impression  vanishes. 

Every  phenomenon  has  intensity,  i.  e.  a  grade  of 
reality. 

Time  is  filled  by  sensation :  L  e.  to  become  aware  of 
time,  I  must  have  an  a  posteiimi  intuition,  begotten 
by  an  impression  or  sensation.  The  sensation  itself  is 
no  intuition  ;  and  we  distinguish  the  sensation  as  the 
ground  of  an  intuition,  from  the  intuition  itself:  the 
sensation  itself,  qua  mere  impression,  cannot  be 
regarded  as  in  Space  or  Time,  although  the  intui- 
tion begotten  by  it  is  in  both ;  and  the  size  of  the 
sensation,  i.  e.  the  size  of  the  ground  of  the  intuition, 
can  only  be  estimated  by  the  ratio  of  1  to  0. 

However  faint  the  grade  of  any  reality  may  be  in 
our  perception  of  it,  still  we  readily  admit  that  a  still 
smaller  grade  exists.  How  weak  soever  the  sound 
of  a  harp  may  be,  or  how  little  vivid  the  green  I  be- 
hold, we  still  presuppose  weaker  and  more  declining 
grades  and  shades  of  sound  and  light ;  even  though 
we  diminish  them  away  till  they  are  no  longer  per- 
ceptible. Proof  sufficient  almost  of  itself  alone,  to 
show  that  this  law  is  not  derived  from  observation 
and  experience. 

III.  In  respect  of  the  categories  of  substance.  The 
synthetic  act  of  the  understanding  expressed  in  words 
is  experience  (knowledge  of  phenomena)  is  only  pos- 
sible, by  representing  phenomena  as  conjoined  in  a 
necessary  nexus. 


LXXII  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

Impressions  are  nowise  connected,  nor  do  we  dis- 
cover any  necessity  in  their  sequence  ;  but  since  Time 
is  the  form  of  all  phenomena,  and  we  have  no  mode 
of  arriving  at  any  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  phe- 
nomena, except  by  combining  them  in  self-conscious- 
ness, it  follows  that  the  perceived  relation  of  pheno- 
mena in  Time,  is  fixed  and  determined  a  priori,  by 
the  necessary  relation  in  which  all  intuitions  stand  to 
self-consciousness ;  but  a  representation  a  priori  car- 
ries with  it  necessity  and  universality.  We  shall 
therefore  say.  All  experience  and  observation  is  of  ne- 
cessity fixed,  according  to  some  one  or  other  of  the 
modes  of  Time. 

Time  has  three  modes.  Duration,  Sequence,  and  Si- 
multaneousness ;  and  all  phenomena  are  aifected  and 
determinable  in  one  or  other  of  these  three  modes, 
for  either  a  phenomenon  endures  in  Time,  or  it  ensues 
upon  some  prior  phenomenon,  or  else  phenomena  are 
represented  to  the  mind  together.  . 

A.  Duration. 

Amid  all  mutations  of  phenomena  the  substance 
endures,  and  its  quantum  suffers  neither  increment 
nor  diminution. 

The  elements  to  be  combined  are,  the  category 
substance  and  accident,  the  scheme,  a  permanent 
throughout  all  time  in  space,  and  an  intuition. 

Time  is  itself  a  permanent, — its  parts  only  are  suc- 
cessive ;  for,  suppose  that  absolute  or  empty  Time  were 
mutable,  then  an  ulterior  time  behoved  to  be  postulated. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXIII 

in  which,  the  former's  flux  might  become  represented ; 
and  as  Time  is  the  invariable  form  of  all  phenomena, 
it  is  plain  that  there  is  a  formal  permanent  in  all 
phenomena,  while  the  phenomena  themselves  conti- 
nually vary.  Again,  whatever  holds  of  the  form  of 
intuitions,  must  hold  with  regard  to  the  intuitions 
themselves, — time  being  in  itself  no  direct  object  of 
perception,  but  only  so  far  forth  as  it  is  filled  by  phe- 
nomena. The  perdurability  of  time  must,  therefore, 
be  attached  to  the  phenomena,  and  must  rest  on 
somewhat  in  phenomena,  which  is  their  permanent 
substratum.  Such  a  permanent  corresponds  to,  and 
is  called,  substance. 

In  effect,  it  is  singly  by  cogitating  substance, 
that  Time  itself  can  be  represented  ;  i.  e.  the  notion 
of  a  permanent,  is  the  groundwork  whereon  rests  the 
perception  of  Time  itself;  through  it  alone  does  ex- 
istence receive  duration  in  time ;  and  apart  from  the 
representing  of  a  permanent,  the  modes  of  time  would 
themselves  fall  away. 

Hence  we  are  necessitated  to  attribute  substantia- 
lity* to  the  phenomena,  since,  otherwise,  all  know- 
ledge of  succession  and  co-existence  would  be  ren- 
dered impossible  and  evacuated.  Farther,  since  the 
substance  is  the  permanent,  i.  e.  is  that  whose  ex- 
istence changes  not,  it  follows  that  its  quantum  can 
neither  be  added  to,  nor  diminished  ;  and  the  changes 

*  The  incompenetrability  of  matter  is  the  substance  of  the 
phenomenon.  It  is  by  virtue  of  this  substratal  solidity  that  it 
persists  as  a  permanent  in  space. 


LXXIV  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

experienced  and  observed  by  us,  to  affect  phenomena, 
do  not  refer  to  the  substance,  but  singly  to  the  mode 
and  fashion  of  its  existence. 

All  phenomena,  therefore,  which  we  know,  contain 
a  permanent  in  Space  {substance ^  i.  e.  the  object); 
and  a  transitory  {accident,  i.  e.  the  mode  in  which 
the  permanent  subsists  in  time).* 

]No  philosopher  ever  attempted  a  deduction  of  this 
position  before ;  upon  it,  however,  rests  the  old  well- 
known  dogma,  "  De  nihilo  nil  fieri ;  in  nihilum  nil 
posse  reverti ;"  a  position  most  absolutely  true  and 
certain ;  but  which  of  late  has  been  excepted  at, 
through  the  mistaken  notion,  that  the  law  militated 
against  the  dependence  of  the  world  on  a  Supreme 
Creator ;  an  apprehension  altogether  baseless,  for  the 
proposition  refers  singly  to  phenomena  as  presented 
in  our  experience ;  and  as  to  the  actual  substance  of 
the  universe  and  its  relations  we  know  nothing,  but 
are  totally  in  the  dark.  The  law  expresses  nothing 
except  the  necessary  mode  in  which  we  cogitate  the 
existence  of  things  as  phenomena. 

B.  Succession. 

Against  Hume. 

All  mutations  of  phenomena  happen  according 
to  the  law  of  the  causaLnexv^.  The  elements  to  be 
combined  are  causality  and  dependence,  the  scheme, 
and  a  given  mutation. 

*  The  EXISTENCE  of  the  substance  is  called  subsistence  ; 
that  of  the  accident,  inherence. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXV 

That  somewhat  happens,  cannot  be  known,  except 
in  so  far  as  a  phenomenon  have  preceded,  not  con- 
taining the  phenomenon  considered  in  it.  Every  per- 
ception of  somewhat  as  occurrent,  supposes  somewhat 
precedent,  on  which  it  has  followed,  and  that  too  in 
such  a  manner  that  this  order  of  sequence  cannot  be 
inverted.  When  I  see  a  house,  or  other  permanent, 
my  apprehension  of  its  diflPerent  parts  is  optional, 
though  successive ;  and  it  is  quite  indifferent  whether 
I  begin  from  above  or  below,  or  effect  the  synthesis 
of  its  parts,  backwards  or  forwards :  the  order  of  the 
sequence  of  perceptibles  is  in  sucii  event  arbitrary ;  and 
to  this  unregulated  sequence,  the  notion  cause  can- 
not be  applied.  But  if  a  ship  drift  down  a  stream, 
the  order  of  the  perceptibles  is  fixed ;  and  this  se- 
quence cannot  be  inverted  (for  were  it  not  fixed,  then 
were  no  mutation  given — only  a  subjective  play  of 
perceptibles  in  fancy).  In  like  manner,  upon  frost, 
water  freezes ;  and  this  flux  of  events  is  never  other- 
wise. But  the  flux  of  time  is  also  necessary,  and  a 
regulated  sequence,  the  former  part  of  time  inevita- 
bly determining  the  present.  Again,  whatever  holds 
true  of  the  form  of  phenomena,  is  rightly  predicated 
of  the  phenomena  themselves.  And  since  this  neces- 
sary sequence  is  just  what  is  cogitated  in  the  cate- 
gory causality,  it  follows  that  every  mutation  is,  by 
virtue  of  the  foregoing,  subsumptible  under  the  law  of 
cause  and  effect. 

So,  theo,  as  it  is  an  inevitable  law  of  the  sensory, 


LXXVI  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

/.  e.  a  formal  a  p?iori  condition  of  all  human  per- 
ception, that  every  antecedent  time  draws  after  it  of 
necessity  the  next  consecutive  times  ;  so  it  is 
as  uncontroverted  a  law  of  our  perception  of  a  real 
succession  that  the  phenomena  of  time  bygone 
determine  all  entities  in  time  following ;  and  that 
these  last  cannot  fall  out  or  happen  except  in  so  far 
as  those  fix  to  these  their  place  and  spot  in  time; 

FOR  it  is  only  upon  PHENOMENA  THAT  WE  CAN 
BECOME  AWARE  OF  THE  CONTINUITY  OF  TIME  IT- 
SELF. The  understanding  therefore  represents  any 
given  mutation  as  a  real  event,  by  clothing  it  upon, 
with  this  particular  mode  or  order  of  time ;  and  this 
is  done  by  adjudging  to  each  phenomenon,  as  it 
passes  before  sense,  i.  e.  happens,  its  a  priori  assign- 
able spot  in  time,  apart  from  which  allotment,  the 
phenomenon  would  not  harmonise  with  time  itself, 
which  determines  to  all  its  parts  a  given  and  fixed 
place  a  priori. 

Every  effect  leads  back  to  a  permanent,  whereby 
the  effect,  as  a  change  and  mutation  of  state,  can 
alone  become  perceptible.  But  actuation  by  a  cause 
is  something  which  happens ;  whence  causality  refers 
of  necessity  to  a  permanent  substratum,  whereon  it 
rests.  This  justifies  the  application  of  the  notions 
action  and  power  {i.  e.  substance  cogitated  as  cause) 
to  phenomena,  and  is  the  only  and  the  true  gi'ound 
why  "  action  "  is  regarded  as  the  criterion  of  the  sub- 
stantiality of  the  agent. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXVII 

The  law  of  the  causal-nexus  can,  it  is  clear,  refer 
singly  to  accidents,  never  to  substances,  they  being 
the  perdurable.  The  origination  and  preterition  of 
substances,  qua  effect  of  an  intelligible  cause, 
is  what  is  called  creation,  a  notion  not  admissible 
among  phenomena.  It  consists  in  cogitating  sub- 
stances qua  things-in-themselves,  under  the  notion 
dependency  ;  but  this  cogitation  cannot  be  any  far- 
ther defined  or  fixed. 

Lastly,  it  is  to  be  noted,  that  how  a  mutation  hap- 
pens is  altogether  inexplicable. 

G.  Contemporaneousness. 

yill  substances  which  co-exist  as  perceptibles  in 
space,  act  and  re-act  mutually. 

Together  are  those  things  which  in  our  a  poste- 
riori intuition  of  them  may  reciprocally  follow  one 
another — a  process  of  optional  inversion  that  cannot 
take  place  with  all  sequences  of  phenomena,  which  last 
are  upon  that  account  subsuraptible  under  the  notion 
CAUSE.  Since  my  perception  of  the  stellar  system 
Jupiter  may  begin  first  at  his  moons,  and  proceed 
thence  to  the  main  star,  or,  conversely,  may  begin 
with  Jupiter  and  end  at  the  circum-jovial  lumina- 
ries— this  is  the  reason,  viz.  because  the  intuitions 
of  those  bodies  may  reciprocally  follow — why  I  say 
that  Jupiter  and  his  satellites  exist  together.  Co-ex- 
istence is  the  representing  of  the  being  of  the  mul- 
tiplex or  VARIOUS  at  the  same  time.  Bare  time, 
however,  is  no  object  of  perception  ;  so  that  we  can- 


LXXVlii  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

not,  by  finding  things  in  the  same  time,  thence  infer 
that  our  perceptions  of  them  may  follow  ad  libitum. 
The  apprehension  in  the  Anthropological  "  /,"  would 
only  show  that  each  of  the  above  perceptions  took 
place,  while  the  other  was  not  in  the  mind,  and  vice 
versa;  but  it  could  not  suggest  to  us  both  objects 
were  together ;  i.  e.  would  not  enable  us  to  say,  while 
the  one,  so  the  other,  in  the  very  self-same  time,  and 
that  this  double  occupying  of  time  must  of  necessity 
obtain  before  the  perceptions  could  mutually  exchange 
sequences.  For  this  an  a  priori  notion  of  the  un- 
derstanding is  indispensable,  viz.  a  notion  of  the  re- 
ciprocal and  mutual  action  of  things  on  one  ano- 
ther. Consequently,  our  knowledge  of  the  co- ex- 
istence of  substances  in  Space  is  first  of  all  rendered 
possible  by,  and  depends  upon,  the  category  re-ac-^ 
TiON,  which  therefore  we  rightly  predicate  of  all  con- 
subsisting  phenomena,  and  hold  that  none  of  them 
are  isolated  or  unconnected. 
IV.  And,  lastly,  Modality. 

A.  Whatever  coincides  with  the  formal  condi- 
tions of  experience  is  possible. 

B.  Whatever  is  connected  with  sensation,  and  the 
a  posteriori  conditions  of  experience,  is  actual. 

C.  That  which  stands  connected  with  the  actual, 
as  determined  according  to  the  universal  conditions  of 
experience,  exists  necessarily ;  e.  g.  if  the  moon  enter 
the  earth's  shadow,  then  it  must  be  eclipsed. 

These  eight  laws  regulating  all  observation  and 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXIX 

experience  are  fundamental  laws,  and  so  admit  not  of 
any  proof,  i.  e.  they  cannot  be  deduced  from  any  other 
proposition,  otherwise  they  would  cease  to  be  the  su- 
preme and  uppermost  laws  of  the  understanding. 
Nevertheless  their  accuracy  and  justness  must  be 
shown ;  and  this  has  been  effected  by  showing  that 
experience  is  only  possible  in  so  far  as  these  laws  are 
valid.  The  possibility  of  experience  depends  on  the 
standing  identity  of  self-consciousness  "  / ;"  and  this 
again  is  only  possible  by  the  uniformity  of  the  in- 
tellectual act  whereby  our  spontaneity  consolidates 
the  stuff  and  variety  of  given  intuitions  into  know- 
ledge. This  synthetic  act  the  understanding  ope- 
rates according  to  its  own  laws,  and  these  main  laws 
of  understanding,  are  the  laws  of  nature,  for  by  them 
detached  perceptibles  are  wrought  up  into  the  phy- 
sical system.  By  Nature  or  the  physical  system  is 
meant  the  whole  of  objects,  or  the  aggregate  of  all 
phenomena,  so  far  forth  as  their  existence  is  deter- 
mined conformably  to  necessary  laws ;  and  it  is  evident 
that  the  foregoing  propositions  are  laws  from  which,  as 
a  base  a  priori,  the  whole  physical  system  itself  rises. 
But  since  the  whole  external  world  has  been  quibbled 
out  of  existence,  we  shall  stop  here  to  confute  in  form 
the  assertion  of  the  idealists,  and  so  to  evince ,  the 
truth  and  certainty  of  the  second  modal  proposition. 

Against  Des  Cartes  and  Berkeley. 

Idealism  is  the  theory  which  states  the  existence 
of  objects  in  space,  without  us,  to  be  either  doubtful 


LXXX  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

and  unsusceptible  of  proof,  or  declares  such  existence 
to  be  a  falsehood  and  impossible.  The  former  is  the 
idealism  of  Des  Cartes,  who  allowed  only  "  /  ami'' 
to  be  certain  and  undoubted  ;  the  second  is  that  of 
Berkeley,  who  expounds  space,  and  all  the  things  to 
which  it  adheres,  as  their  inseparable  condition,  to  be 
in  itself  an  impossibility;  and  so  infers  that  the 
things  in  space  are  mere  figments  and  chimeras. 
This  last  idealism  is  inevitable  when  space  is  deemed 
a  property  attaching  to  things-in-them selves,  for  then 
it,  and  every  thing  it  conditions,  is  a  phantasm.  The 
grounds  leading  to  this  idealism  have,  however,  been 
sapped  and  overturned  in  the  doctrine  of  Space  and 
Time  just  delivered.  The  other  idealism,  which 
leaves  the  point  quite  undecided,  and  urges  only  the 
mind's  inability  to  evince  an  existence  separate  from 
our  own,  is  reasonable,  and  in  harmony  with  the  spi- 
rit of  a  philosophic  investigation,  viz.  not  to  pronounce 
peremptorily  until  a  sufficient  reason  has  been  found. 
Since,  then,  both  Berkeley  and  Des  Cartes  hold  the 
judgment  "  /  airC  for  uncontrovertibly  certain,  the 
best  confutation  will  be  to  show  that  this  self-con- 
sciousness of  my  existence  in  time,  involves  and  in- 
cludes in  it  the  immediate  consciousness  of  the  exist- 
ence of  external  objects. 

Lemma. 

The  naked  consciousness  of  my  own  existence  "  in 
Tim£'  demonstrates  the  existence  of  objects  without 
me. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXXI 

I  am  conscious  of  my  existence  as  somewhat  fixed 
and  determined  in  Time.  Every  determination  of 
Time  demands  a  permanent.  This  permanent,  how- 
ever, cannot  be  an  intuition  in  me ;  for  all  grounds 
determinative  of  my  existence  which  can  be  met  with 
in  me  myself,  are  representations,  and  so  require  a 
permanent  different  from  themselves,  whereby  alone 
can  be  fixed,  their  change  and  sequence,  and  so  also 
that  my  Being  in  Time,  in  which  they  vary  and  suc- 
ceed. The  permanent,  then,  cannot  be  any  what 
within  me,  since  my  Being  in  Time  is  first  of  all  fixed 
by  it.  The  perception  of  this  Permanent  is  conse- 
quently only  possible  by  a  thing  without  me,  and  not 
by  merely  representing  a  thing  without  me.  The 
determination  of  my  own  state  of  existence  in  Time 
appears,  then,  to  be  only  possible  by  the  existence  of 
real  things  which  I  perceive  external  to  myself. 
Again,  consciousness  in  Time  is  of  necessity  connected 
with  the  consciousness  of  the  possibility  of  this  deter- 
mination of  Time,  i.  e.  it  stands  necessarily  connected 
with  the  existence  of  Things  without  me,  qua  condi- 
tions of  the  determining  of  Time,  i.  e.  the  conscious- 
ness of  my  own  existence  is  also  at  the  same  time  an 
immediate  consciousness  of  the  Being  of  Things  with- 
out me. 

It  may  perhaps  still  be  urged,  after  all,  we  can  only 
be  conscious  of  what  is  in  ourselves,  i.  e.  we  are  only 
immediately  conscious  of  the  representing  of  external 
objects,  and  that  it  is  still  left  undecided,  whether  there 

F 


LXXXII  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

be  anywhat  without  me  corresponding  to  this  or  not. 
However,  I  am  conscious  of  my  own  existence  in  Time 
(and  so,  consequently,  of  its  determinableness  in  Time) 
by  my  own  inward  experience  and  observation ;  and 
this  is  saying  more  than  being  merely  conscious  to 
myself  of  my  representation,  although  quite  identic 
with  the  a  posteriori  consciousness  of  my  being, 
which  consciousness  is  determinable  singly  by  a  re- 
ference to  somewhat  external  to  myself,  and  connect- 
ed with  my  existence.  This  consciousness  of  my  ex- 
istence in  Time  is  hence  identically  linked  together 
with  a  consciousness  of  a  relation  to  somewhat  with- 
out me ;  and  it  is  therefore  experience,  and  not  fancy, 
which  indissolubly  connects  an  external  to  my  inward 
sense.  In  fact,  external  perception  is  in  itself  a  re- 
ferring of  the  intuition  to  an  actual  without  me  ;  and 
the  reality  of  such  perception,  as  contradistinguished 
from  imagination,  depends  just  on  this,  that  it  is  in- 
separably linked  to  internal  experience  itself  as  the 
condition  of  its  possibility. 

If  I  could  combine  with  the  intellectual  conscious- 
ness of  my  existence  included  in  the  representation 
"  / am"  which  accompanies  all  my  judgments  and 
acts  of  understanding,  a  determination  of  that  exist- 
ence by  an  intellectual  intuition,  then  no  conscious- 
ness of  a  relation  to  somewhat  external  and  different 
from  myself  would  be  required.  And  although  un- 
doubtedly such  intellectual  consciousness  precedes, 
yet  ray  inward  intuition   of  myself,  on  which  alone 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXXIII 

my  existence  can  be  determined,  is  sensitive,  and  con- 
ditioned by  time,  and  since  yet  farther  this  determi- 
nation {i.  e.  inward  observation  and  experience  of  my- 
self) depends  on  somewhat  perdurable  not  within  me, 
i.  e.  without  me,  towards  which  I  stand  in  some  re- 
lation, it  will  follow  that  the  reality  of  external  per- 
ception is  indissolubly  linked  with  that  of  the  inter- 
nal, both  concurring  to  constitute  the  possibility  of 
experience  in  general ;  i.  e.  I  am  as  certainly  conscious 
of  the  existence  of  external  objects  which  stand  in 
connection  with  my  senses,  as  I  am  conscious  that  I 
myself  exist  in  time.  To  which  may  be  added  this 
farther  remark,  that  the  representing  of  somewhat 
perdurable  in  existence,  is  not  the  same  with  a  per- 
manent representation ;  for  this  last  may  be  very  mu- 
table and  changing,  as  are  all  representations,  even  the 
representations  of  matter,  which,  however,  depend  on 
somewhat  permanent,  which  permanent  must  there- 
fore be  an  external  thing,  different  from  all  my  repre- 
sentations, the  existence  whereof  is  necessarily  exclud- 
ed in  the  determining  of  my  own  existence,  both  to- 
gether just  constituting  one  single  experience,  which 
experience  would  not  exist  at  all  inwardly,  were  it 
not  also  at  the  same  time  in  part  outward.  How  this 
twofold  existence  is  conjoined,  is  as  inexplicable  as 
how  we  cogitate  a  standing  permanent  in  Time. 

The  reader  will  have  remarked,  that  in  the  above 
line  of  proof  the  Idealist  is  payed  back  in  his  own 
coin.     He  asserted  that  the  only  immediate  expe- 


LXXXIV  HOW  JS  NATURAL 

rience  was  our  inward,  and  that  from  that,  we  could 
only  conclude  upon  externals,  and  that  unconfident- 
ly,  as  is  always  the  case  when  we  conclude  from  given 
effects  to  individual  causes ;  and  in  the  present  case, 
the  Idealist  contended  that  the  last  ground  of  our 
perceptions  might  lie  in  ourselves,  which  ground  we, 
by  a  mistake,  transferred  to  external  objects.  But  in 
the  foregoing  paragraph  we  have  proved  that  outward 
experience  is  strictly  immediate,  and  that  singly  by 
its  means  could  be  brought  about,  not,  of  course,  the 
consciousness  of  my  own  existence,  but  the  determi- 
nation of  that  existence  in  Time.  It  is  true  that  the 
representation  "  /  am"  expressing  that  conscious- 
ness which  goes  hand-in-hand  with  every  thought,  is 
a  perception  which  includes  immediately  the  exist- 
ence of  the  thinking  subject  himself.  But  this 
affords  as  yet  no  knowledge  of  it,  i.  e.  the  bare  "I  AM" 
gives  us  no  experience ;  for  to  constitute  this  last  there 
belongs,  over  and  above  the  cogitation  "  Being^'^ 
some  intuition  in  regard  to  which  the  subject  can  be 
determined,  i.  e.  in  Time,  and  for  this,  externals  are 
indispensable;  whence  it  results  that  inward  experience 
is  only  indirect,  and  rendered  possible  by  the  outward. 

^^  91?  ylf  *  sIp 

The  preceding  analysis  of  the  powers  of  mind  af- 
fords a  full  and  satisfactory  explanation  of  the  origin 
of  the  synthetic  a  priori  truths  which  constitute  the 
sciences  of  mathematics  and  physics.  The  object  of 
the  mathematics  is  the  combination  of  Time,  i.  e. 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXXV 

number,  and  the  configuration  of  Space  ;  and  since  all 
phenomena  occur  in  Space  and  Time,  the  relations 
and  configurations  of  these  last  must  be  met  with  in 
every  appearance  presented  in  them.  Hence  the 
truths  of  mathematics  hold  universally  of  all  pheno- 
mena. It  is,  however,  obvious,  that  that  science  is 
not  applicable  beyond  the  phenomena  occurring  in 
Space  and  Time.  Physics  has  no  other  end  and  aim 
than  the  fixing  and  ascertaining  of  those  a  priori 
laws,  agreeably  to  which  we  know  nature.  We  can 
have  impressions,  and  can  become  aware  of  objects, 
only  under  the  conditions  of  Space  and  Time ;  and 
in  the  very  same  way  the  connection  and  relation  of 
phenomena  can  only  be  understood  by  help  of  the  ori- 
ginary  Laws  of  the  Understanding.  If,  therefore* 
Physics,  i.  e,  a  systematic  arrangement  of  phenomena 
a  prior  it  is  to  be  possible  to  the  human  mind,  it  can 
only  become  such  by  resting  on  the  synthetic  propo- 
sitions generated  by  the  understanding;  in  other 
words.  Natural  Philosophy  is  seen  to  be  possible, 
when  the  causes  and  relation  of  phenomena  are  cogi- 
tated agreeably  to  the  a  priori  rules  of  thought,  which 
categories  regulate  and  determine  our  acquaintance 
with  the  world  of  sense ;  phenomena  being  only  ad- 
mitted into  the  mind,  conformably  to  the  necessary 
and  invariable  laws  of  the  understanding. 

From  these  remarks  it  is  sufficiently  apparent  that 
all  our  knowledge  and  science  extends  to  phenomena 
only,  i.  e.  to  things  as  we  perceive  them,  and  not  in 


LXXXVI  HOW  IS  NATURAL 

any  wise  to  things-in-them selves ;  and  we  are  confin- 
ed entirely  to  experience  and  to  the  precincts  of  sense. 
There  is  then  no  transcendent  use  of  the  a  priori  no- 
tions, as  Plato,  Cudworth,  and  others,  have  imagined ; 
for  while  the  Categories  denote  the  mode  of  combi- 
nation whereby  the  understanding  introduces  unity 
amidst  heterogeneous  impressions,  the  unity  can  be 
effected  singly  by  the  intervention  of  the  Scheme ;  and 
apart  from  the  Scheme  no  subsumption  of  an  object 
under  the  Category  can  be  effected,  and  the  functions 
indicated  by  the  Category  could  not  be  put  into  opera- 
tion.   Categories  have,  therefore,  no  meaning,  beyond 
that  of  being  mere  empty  forms  of  thought,  except  when 
applied  to  impressions  of  experience  and  observation ; 
for  the  Scheme  Time  is  itself  in  the  sensory,  and 
therefore  restricts  the  exercise  of  the  Category,  and 
prevents  it  from  going  beyond  the  reach  and  extent 
of  what  is  exhibited  in  the  sensory.     A  transcen- 
dent operation  of  the  understanding  were  such  a  one, 
where  it  operated,  not  on  objects  as  phenomena,  but 
on  objects  as  things  in  themselves ;  but  there  is  no 
such  function  of  intellect,  although  a  very  natural 
illusion    might     induce    us    to    fancy,    that    since 
the  Scheme  thus  visibly  restrains  the  use  and  em- 
ployment   of   the    Categories    to    sensible    objects, 
the  Categories  ought  to  have  a  more  extensive  flight 
when  the  scheme  is  dropt,  and,  instead  of  referring  to 
things  as  they  appear,  to  refer  to  them  as  they  are  in 
themselves.     But,  in  such  a  case,  there  would  be  no 


PHILOSOPHY  POSSIBLE  ?  LXXXVII 

object  given  to  which  they  could  be  applied :  they 
are  mere  logical  forms  of  thought,  empty  notions  of 
an  object  in  genere ;  and  as  impressions  are  vague  un- 
til subsumed  under  a  notion,  so  Categories  are  them- 
selves blank  and  empty  till  realised  by  the  sensory, 
which,  however,  at  the  same  time,  circumscribes  their 
use. 

When  the  perceptibles  presented  to  the  mind  are 
thought  agreeably  to  the  a  priori  conditions  of  our 
sensory,  and  to  the  synthetic  unity  of  the  Categories, 
then  such  objects  are  called  phenomena.  It  cannot, 
however,  be  denied,  that  an  understanding  is  con- 
ceivable, which  might  perhaps  be  able  directly  to  en- 
visage objects  without  the  intervention  of  a  sensory 
at  all ;  and  such  objects  would  not  be  phenomena,  but 
noumena,  i.  e.  things  in  themselves.  It  is  upon  this 
fancy  that  Plato  divided  things  into  things  sensible 
and  things  merely  cogitable  {mundus  sensibilis,  and 
mundus  intelligibilis).  But  how  situated  soever 
other  Intelligents  may  be,  there  are  for  man  no  enti- 
ties of  the  understanding ;  and  long  experience  has 
taught  that,  apart  from  the  entities  of  our  sensory, 
knowledge  is  denied  to  us.  We  conclude,  therefore, 
that  there  is  no  world  of  noumena  different  from  the 
world  of  phenomena  which  we  know,  a  fact  pretty  ap- 
parent from  the  cogitable  realms  of  Plato,  where 
the  store  of  impressions  from  his  sensory  is  by  no 
means  scanty.  But  although  a  world  of  noumena, 
in    Plato's   sense,   is   quite  inadmissible,  viz.    as  a 


LXXXVIII  ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

world  of  entities  which  are  the  objects  of  intellectual 
intuition;  still,  in  a  negative  sense,  the  notion  of 
noumena  is  not  only  admissible,  but  is  in  effect  abso- 
lutely necessary ;  for  the  very  statement,  that  the 
things  we  behold  and  deal  with  are  phenomena,  forces 
us  to  assume  somewhat  lying  at  the  back  of  pheno- 
mena, which  cannot  be  again  itself  a  phenomenon, 
but  which  is  the  thing  in  itself.  And  hence,  although 
we  cannot  have  any  knowledge  of  objects  as  things  in 
themselves,  but  singly  as  phenomena,  still  we  must 
cogitate  the  very  self-same  objects  as  things  in  them- 
selves, otherwise  we  should  arrive  at  the  monstrous 
absurdity  of  holding,  that  there  were  appearances, 
without  any  thing  which  appeared ;  this  negative  co- 
gitation of  a  noumenon  merely  serves  to  show  that 
the  sensory  is  not  the  limit  of  all  possible  knowledge, 
and  reminds  us  that  knowledge  not  merely  sensible  is 
suggestible  as  to  its  possibility.     This  remark  comes 
to  be  of  weight  when  we  treat  of  the  Ideas  and  Anti- 
nomies of  Reason  :  these  remind  us  that  we  have  to 
do  with  a  world  only  in  its  phenomenon,  at  the  back 
of  which  aspectable  system  lies  the  world  in  its  re- 
ality, of  which  we  can  know  absolutely  nothing ;  in 
which  cogitable  world  we  are  already,  while  at  the 
same  time  we  exist  in  a  phenomenal  system,  objected 
to  our  senses,  and  where  we  are,  like  every  thing  else, 
known  to  ourselves  only  as  phenomena. 


AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.   LXXXIX 

% 

ON  THE  IDEAS  OF  THE  UNCONDITIONED, 
ABSOLUTE,  AND  SUPERSENSIBLE. 

In  the  operations  of  the  understanding  and  the 
judgment,  the  intellectual  synthesis  was  attached, 
mediately  or  immediately,  to  a  given  singular  percep- 
tion. But  when  the  operation  of  the  cognitive  facul- 
ty is  grounded  on  a  universal  as  its  datum,  then  the 
logical  synthesis  of  perceptibles  is  called  a  syllogism, 
and  the  intellect  is  in  this  particular  use  called  rea- 
son. 

Again,  as  the  originary  procedures  of  the  under- 
standing had  in  the  former  chapter  a  double  use,  lo- 
gical and  metaphysical,  where  the  logical  forms  of 
judging,  thrown  into  a  notion  of  the  intellectual  syn- 
thesis of  singulars,  gave  birth  to  categories  ;  exactly  in 
the  same  way  reason  has,  over  and  above  the  logical 
form  of  syllogising,  a  metaphysical  or  transcendental 
use,  and  gives  birth  in  this  capacity  to  the  a  priori 
ideas  of  the  absolute  and  unconditioned. 

In  a  syllogism,  the  major  is  plainly  the  ground  or 
condition  assigned  by  reason  for  the  conclusion. 
Reason  is  therefore  the  power  of  comprehending  upon 
principles  or  last  grounds.  These  ultimate  principles, 
reason  endeavours  to  reduce  to  the  smallest  possible 
number,  thereby  to  arrive  at  the  supreme  rationale  of 
all  phenomena.  This  reference  of  phenomena  to  their 
last  grounds,  reason  endeavours  to  accomplish  in  a 


XC   ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

threefold  manner; — thus,  one  part  of  the  physical 
system  is,  as  we  have  seen,  exhibited  to  us  as  an  in- 
ternal phenomenon,  by  being  the  object  of  our  in- 
ward intuition,  and  another  part  of  nature  is  objected 
to  our  outward  senses.  Wherefore,  1.  The  idea  of  a 
last  and  absolute  ground  of  all  internal  phenomena,  is 
the  idea  of  the  substratum  of  the  soul ;  and  this  formed 
the  groundwork  of  the  metaphysical  psychology  of 
the  schools.  2.  The  idea  of  the  unconditioned  of  all 
external  phenomena  gave  rise  to  the  theories  of  cos- 
mology. While,  3.  and  lastly,  Reason  undertook  to 
assign  a  last  ground  whence  to  deduce  the  substratum 
both  of  external  and  internal  phenomena,  and  had 
in  the  idea  of  such  ultimate  and  unoriginated  essence 
the  object  of  theology. 

These  ideas  of  the  unconditioned  are  what  have 
constantly  misled  man  to  try  to  pierce  the  veil  of 
space  and  time,  and  to  bring  about  a  science  of  the 
supersensible.  But  all  our  knowledge  is  of  pheno- 
mena only,  2.  e.  of  the  conditioned  in  space  and  time ; 
and  hence  the  metaphysic  sciences  of  which  reason 
projects  the  idea,  cannot  be  realized  by  man,  for  from 
the  conditioned  to  the  unconditioned,  the  step  is 
synthetic ;  although,  from  the  conditioned,  analysis 
would  guide  as  far  as  the  condition  :  the  question  is 
then,  as  before.  How  are  the  synthetical  a  priori 
judgments  on  the  unconditioned  to  be  thought  as 
possible  ?  and  the  answer  is,  that,  unless  an  intuition  of 
the  absolute  and  unconditioned  were  given  to  be  sub- 


AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.         XCI 

sumed  under  its  universal,  no  such  science  can  exist, 
— a  circumstance  which  Kant  shows  at  length,  by 
going  into  a  detailed  examination  of  the  falsehood  of 
the  speculations  of  the  old  Greek  and  modern  schools. 

This  abortive  philosophy  we  will  discuss  with  all 
brevity,  and  only  so  far  as  to  show  the  logical  illu- 
sion whereby  mankind  have  been  so  long  beguiled ; 
adding,  however,  in  a  note,  the  more  important  heads 
of  the  Cosmological  Antithetic,  which  alone,  of  all  the 
ideas  of  reason,  opens  to  us  a  view  into  a  cogitable 
order  of  things,  beyond  all  bounds  of  space  and  time, 
and  so  prepares  a  way,  and  facilitates  the  transit  of 
the  understanding  from  natural  to  moral  philosophy. 

But,  before  embarking  in  this  part  of  the  system, 
it  may  be  advisable  to  state  how  categories  and  ideas 
differ,  and  likewise  to  show  how  the  ideas  above  enu- 
merated admit  likewise  of  being  found  from  the  table 
of  the  logical  forms  of  the  syllogism.  Syllogisms  are 
either  categoric,  hypothetic,  or  disjunctive.  Every 
major  contains  the  totality  of  the  conditions,  whence 
the  conclusion  conditioned  by  it  flows.  But  the  un- 
conditioned alone  can  contain  the  totality  of  its  sub- 
ordinate conditions,  as,  conversely,  the  totum  of 
conditions  must  of  necessity  be  unconditioned. 

Advancing  in  the  direction  of  the  first  syllogism, 
reason  impinges  on  the  idea  of  the  unconditioned, 
which  lies  at  the  bottom  of  all  inherence.  II.  Of 
the  second  form  of  syllogism,  at  the  unconditioned  and 
absolute  ground  of  all  dependency ;  and,  lastly,  in 


XCIl     ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

the  direction  of  the  third  syllc^ism,  at  that  idea  of 
the  absolutely-unconditional,  whereon  is  grounded  all 
concurrerice. 

A  pure  idea  of  the  absolute  and  unconditional  is 
therefore  no  more  than  a  notion  of  substance  expand- 
ed to  a  maximum  ;  and  the  difference  betwixt  the  ca- 
tegories of  substance  raised  by  the  understanding,  and 
the  ideas  begotten  in  the  mind  by  reason,  is,  that  ca- 
tegories are  anterior  to  all  experience,  and  make  it 
possible ;  whereas  ideas  presuppose  experience,  and 
serve  to  cogitate  the  totality  of  its  conditions.  They 
discriminate  betwixt  the  world  of  sense  and  the  world 
in  idea — ^its  groundwork — and  are  laws  bringing  all 
phenomena  under  ultimate  prindples. 

To  realize  the  sciences  of  the  unconditioned  and 
supersensible,  the  human  mind  has  applied  its  a 
priori  perceptions  to  the  ideas,  and  so  endeavoured  to 
beget  knowledge  a  priori.     Thus  : 

The  idea  of  the  unconditioned,  on  which  all  acci- 
dents ultimately  depend,  is  the  idea  of  a  substratal 
THiNG-iN-iTSELF.  A  scicncc  of  the  thing-in-itself 
qua  object,  constituted  ontology,  and  the  science 
of  the  thing-in-itself  g'l^a  subject,  constituted  psycho- 
logy. 

I.  The  old  metaphysic  science  of  ontology  must  be 
abandoned ;  for  all  our  knowledge  is  of  things  as  phe- 
nomena, and  of  things-in-themselves  we  know  abso- 
lutely nothing.  When  we  look  into  any  old  treatise 
of  ontology,  we  observe  immediately  that  the  author 


AND  THEOLOGY,  AllE  IMPOSSIBLE.        XCIII 

deals  merely  with  universals^  and  that  there  is  indeed 
somewhat  cogitated,  but  nothing  known;  it  is  there- 
fore an  elusory  science  only. 

II.  In  precisely  the  same  way,  psychology  was  given 
out  as  the  science  of  the  substance  of  the  human 
mind.  Combining  the  idea  of  the  soul  as  a  thing-iw- 
itself,  with  the  different  categories,  various  conceptions 
are  formed,  but  with  regard  to  which,  no  knowledge 
is  at  all  attainable.  Thus,  by  subsuming  the  pyscho- 
logical  idea  under  the  category  unity,  the  seeming 
judgment  arises,  that  the  substance  of  the  soul  is  one, 
and  that  the  man  himself  is  always  numerically  identic. 
When  combined  with  the  notion  of  gradation, 
i.  e.  uncompoundedness,  and  with  the  category  sob- 
stance,  then  we  have  the  psychological  dogma,  the 
soul  is  a  simple  substance.  From  these  different 
propositions  come  the  current  opinions  of  the  soul's 
spirituality,  that  it  is  indivisible,  indestructible, 
and  immortal.  But  of  the  soul,  all  that  we  know 
are  its  phenomena.  We  know,  indeed,  that  the 
"  /"  exists,  but  what  the  absolute  soul  in  itself  may 
be,  is  incomprehensible  and  totally  unknown.  The 
above  positions  cannot  therefore  be  supported  ;  they 
cannot,  however,  be  denied  or  redargued,  and  are 
therefore  perfectly  allowable  cogitations,  to  which  in- 
deed reason  even  seems  to  invite,  although  scientific 
insight  into  such  a  matter  is  utterly  unattainable. 

III.  Cosmology  was  given  out  to  be  the  science  of 
the  world,  not  as  the  object  of  natural  philosophy,  but 


XCIV     ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

as  the  object  of  an  unconditioned  idea  and  absolute 
THiNG-iN-iTSELF.  It  pretended  to  be  a  demon- 
strated theory  of  the  origination  and  dependency  of  all 
cosmical  arrangements,  not  as  phenomena,  but  as  to 
their  last  and  unconditioned  ground.  It  undertook 
to  prove  that  only  one  world  existed, — that  only  one 
world  could  exist,— that  this  world  was  the  best  pos- 
sible world, — that  it  was  caused,  contingent,  and 
bounded,  both  in  regard  of  its  extent  and  duration. 
But  such  predicates  as  these  teach  knowledge  of  phe- 
nomena only,  and,  when  transferred  to  the  idea  of  an 
absolute  universe,  found  only  a  play  of  notions,  to 
which  no  objective  reality  can  be  ascribed.  But,  as 
in  the  case  of  psychology,  so  in  the  present,  these  pos- 
sible cogitations  are  very  fruitful  and  allowed,  even 
while  we  declare  all  pretence  to  cosmological  science 
an  absurdity.  There  is,  however,  one  very  peculiar 
and  striking  difference  betwixt  the  cosmological  and 
the  psychological  idea.  Reason  did  not  afford  any 
grounds  for  contradicting  its  own  psychological  concep- 
tions ;  but  in  cosmology,  for  every  statement  advanced, 
reason  supplies  a  counter-statement,  and  supports 
either  side  of  this  Logical  Antithetic*  with  equally 
good  arguments.  Thus,  when  it  is  said  that  Space  and 
Time  have  bounds,  i.  e.  that  the  world  in  Space  and 

*  The  cosmological  debates  are  called  by  Kant  the  Antino- 
mies of  reason,  or  the  battle  of  reason  with  itself.  Following 
the  order  of  the  Categories,  the  four  Antinomies  may  be  exhi- 
bited by  the  following  table.  , 


AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.  XCV 

Time  is  not  infinite,  every  body  knows,  who  is  at 
all  acquainted  with  the  cosmological  debates,  that  the 


Thesis. 
The  WORLD  has  an  origin  in 
Time,  and  is  quoad  Space  shut 
up  in  boundaries. 


Antithesis. 
The  WORLD  has  no  begin- 
ning, and  no  bounds  in  Space, 
but  is,  as  well  in  regard  of 
Time  as  of  Space,  illimitable. 


11. 


Every  compound  substance  in 
the  WORLD  consists  of  simple 
parts  ;  and  there  exists  nothing 
but  the  simple,  or  that  which  is 
compounded  from  it. 


No  composite  consists  of 
simple  parts ;  and  there  exists 
nowhat  simple  in  the  world. 


III. 


There  is  no  FREEDOM.  Every 
thing  in  the  world  happens 
according  to  the  laws  of  na- 
ture. 


The  causal-nexus,  according 
to  laws  of  nature,  is  not  the  only 
sort  of  causality  from  which  the 
collective  phenomena  of  the 
WORLD  are  to  be  deduced.  It  is 
requisite  to  assume  a  free  causa- 
lity, in  order  to  their  satisfactory 
explanation. 


IV. 

To  the  WORLD  there  belongs  There  exists  no  absolutely- 

somewhat   which,  either  as  its  necessary  Being,  neither  in 

part  or  its  cause,  is  an  absolute-  the    world   nor  out  of  the 

ly  necessary  Being.  world,  as  its  cause. 

This  product  of  human  reason  is  unquestionably  its  most  ex- 
traordinary phenomenon,  and  is  exactly  what  is  most  cogent- 


XCVI  ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

infinitude  of  Space  and  Time  has  been  one  of  the 
main  hobbies  of  the  schoolmen  ;  the  infinite  divisibi- 


]y  fitted  to  waken  reason  from  its  dogmatic  slumber,  where- 
in it  dreams  that  the  world  in  Space  and  Time  is  not  an  appear- 
ance, but  a  reality.  For  whenever  we  begin  to  hold  that  the 
phenomena  of  the  sensible  universe  are  real  entities,  and 
wlien  we  hold  the  laws  of  the  synthesis  of  perceptibles  to  be 
laws  of  the  things  themselves,  then  on  the  instant  there  emerges 
the  above  embarrassing  and  unexpected  dialectic,  which  has  agi- 
tated the  metaphysic  schools  for  two  thousand  years,  and  of 
which  no  end  was,  or  ever  will  be,  attainable,  because  both  the- 
sis and  antithesis  can  be  supported  on  equally  solid  grounds  of 
reason,  so  long  as  the  universe  in  Space  and  Time  is  mistaken 
for  a  world  in  itself. 

Now  two  contradictory  positions  are  inevitably  both  false, 
though  rigidly  demonstrated,  when  the  notion  around  which  the 
argument  revolves  is  itself  an  impossible  and  contradictory  sup- 
position (intellectual  entity).  Thus  the  theorems,  a  quadrilate- 
ral circle  is  a  curve,  and  a  quadrilateral  circle  is  not  a  curve, 
are  both  false,  because  the  notion  four-sided  circle,  which  is  the 
common  groundwork  of  either,  is  itself  a  surd  and  impossible 
cogitation. 

At  the  bottom  of  the  two  first  antinomies,  called  mathematical, 
because  they  speak  of  the  quantity  and  quality  of  the  homogene- 
ous, there  lies  such  a  self-contradicting  notion  ;  and  hence  we  get 
rid  of  the  difficulty  by  at  once  declaring  that  both  Thesis  and 
Antithesis  are  false,  and  say  nothing.  And  this  fundamental 
absurdity  consists  in  transferring  to  the  world  in  itself  predi- 
cates which  can  be  applied  only  to  a  world  of  phenomena. 

But  though  the  two  latter  antinomies,  called  dynamical,  can  be 
escaped  from  in  the  same  way,  yet  as  another  solution  of  the 
difficulty  can  be  given,  we  must  hold,  that  while  the  four  first 
propositions  are  absolutely  false,  the  four  last  are  only  hypotheti- 
cally  false ;  in  which  last  case  the  false  supposition,  which  makes 
them  seem  to  be  a  contradiction,  would  consist  in  representing 


AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.         XCVIf 

lity  of  matter,  the  question  of  freedom  and  necessity, 
and,  lastly,  the  cosmogony  of  the  world,  its  origin 

that  which  may  be  in  harmony,  as  repugnant,  and  so  both  thesis 
and  antithesis  may  perhaps  be  true. 

The  synthesis  in  the  mathematic  categories  demands  neces- 
sarily, homogeneousness  of  the  perceptibles  conjoined  in  the  ca- 
tegories ;  not  so  the  dynamic.  When  regard  is  had  merely  to 
tlie  quantity  of  an  extended,  then  all  the  subordinate  parts  must 
be  similar  to  the  whole ;  but  in  the  connection  of  a  cause  with 
an  effect,  such  homogeneity  is  not  demanded :  the  effect  and  the 
cause  may  no  doubt  be  of  like  kinds,  but  this  is  not  necessary  ; 
at  least  it  is  not  requisite  to  the  notion  of  causality. 

But  still,  even  in  this  latter  case,  were  the  objects  of  sense 
taken  for  things-in-themselves,  and  the  laws  of  the  physical  sys- 
tem taken  for  the  laws  regulating  the  existence  of  real  entities, 
then  the  above  repugnancy  were  in  any  event  inevitable.  In 
like  manner,  if  the  Subject  of  Freedom  is  figured  again  as  a  phe- 
nomenon, like  phenomenal  events,  then  he  would  be  at  once 
subsumed  under  contradictory  notions,  and  the  same  things  would 
be  at  once  affirmed  and  denied  of  the  same  object  regai'ded  under 
the  same  aspect.  If,  however,  physical  necessity  is  predicated 
only  of  the  phenomena,  and  freedom  only  of  things  in  themselves, 
then  there  is  no  repugnancy  whatever,  even  although  we  hold 
or  admit  both  kinds  of  causation,  how  difficult  soever,  or  even 
impossible,  it  may  be  to  make  comprehensible  a  causality  of  this 
latter  sort. 

In  the  sequences  of  phenomena,  every  effect  is  an  evenly  i.  e. 
something  which  occurs  in  time  ;  and  precedent  to  it  must  go, 
agreeably  to  the  general  laws  of  nature,  a  state  of  its  cause,  upon 
which  it  follows,  according  to  an  universal  rule.  But  this  determi- 
nation of  the  cause  must  itself  be  somewhat  which  happens  or  takes 
place.  The  cause  must  itself  begin  to  act,  for  otherwise  no  flux 
could  be  cogitable  betwixt  it  and  its  effect ;  and  the  effect  would 
have  been  for  ever,  just  like  its  cause.  There  must  therefore  be 
found  among  the  phenomena,  the  determination  of  the  cause  to 
act ;  and  therefore  both  the  cause,  as  well  as  its  effect,  is  an  event 

G 


XCVIII    ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

from  chaos,  or  whence,  are  notorious  as  the  sand-banks 
on  which,  from  time  immemorial,  reason  in  its  specu- 

which  again  must  be  derived  from  some  ulterior  cause,  and 
therefore  physical  necessity  must  be  the  condition  upon  which 
all  efficient  causes  are  determined.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  free- 
dorji  is  to  be  admitted  as  a  property  of  some  causes  of  pheno- 
mena, then  it  must  be  in  respect  of  the  latter  as  events,  a  power 
to  originate  these  by  itself  alone  (sponte)  ;  i.  e.  its  causality  does 
not  itself  need  to  begin,  or  be  originated,  so  that  it  requires  no 
further  ground  to  determine  its  commencement.  Now,  in  such 
a  case,  the  spontaneous  cause  cannot  stand  under  conditions  of 
time,  i.  e,  can  be  in  no  sense  a  phenomenon,  but  must  be  a  thing- 
in-itself,  and  its  effects  alone  can  be  regarded  as  phenomena. 
Dare  we  now,  without  a  contradiction,  to  ascribe  such  an  influ- 
ence upon  phenomena  to  our  understanding,  then  it  will  still  be 
true  that  physical  necessity  is  to  be  predicated  of  the  sequences 
of  cause  and  effect  in  the  world  of  sense,  whereas  to  that  cause 
which  is  no  phenomenon  (although  the  groundwork  of  pheno- 
mena) freedom  will  be  attributed.  Necessity  and  freedom  may 
therefore  be  predicated  of  the  self-same  thing,  but  in  different 
significations ;  in  the  first  as  phenomenon,  in  the  second  as  a 
thing  in  itself. 

Now,  it  will  appear  from  ethics  that  we  have  a  faculty  which 
is  not  merely  connected  with  subjectively-determining  grounds, 
viz.  the  physical  causes  of  our  actions,  and  which  therefore  is  so 
far  forth  a  faculty  of  a  being  which  does  itself  rank  among  the 
phenomena,  but  is  at  the  same  time  connected  with  objective 
grounds  which  are  pure  ideas,  which  synthesis  is  denoted  by 
the  word  shall.  This  faculty  is  called  reason  ;  and,  in  so  far 
as  we  regard  a  being  merely  according  to  this  objectively-deter- 
minable  reason,  it  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  mere  sensitive  exist- 
ent, but  the  aforesaid  property  is  the  property  of  a  thing-in-it- 
self,  whereof  the  possibility  is  totally  incomprehensible,  viz. 
how  the  SHALL  can  determine  its  activity,  and  become  the  cause 
of  actions,  the  effect  of  which  is  a  phenomenon  in  the  sensible 
world.     But  how  incomprehensible  soever  this  may  be,  such 


AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.        XCIX 

lative  course  has  stranded.  Both  thesis  and  antithe- 
sis are  susceptible  of  proof,  and  it  is  in  the  solution  of 

causality  of  i-eason  must  be,  in  respect  of  its  effects  in  the  world 
of  sense,  freedom,  so  far  forth  as  objective  grounds,  which  are 
ideas,  are  figured  as  determining  it ;  for  then  its  acts  would  de- 
pend on  no  subjective  conditions,  and  so  on  no  conditions  of 
time.  They  would  also  be  absolved  from  the  law  of  the  causal- 
nexus,  which  regulates  the  sequences  of  events  in  time ;  for 
grounds  of  reason  assign  rules  to  actions  upon  principles,  irre- 
spective of  any  circumstances  of  time  and  place. 

There  is,  then,  no  contradiction  in  holding  that  all  action  of 
reasonable  beings,  so  far  as  they  are  phenomena,  and  are  met 
with  in  experience  and  observation,  are  subjected  to  the  neces- 
sary mechanism  of  the  physical  system,  although  the  very  same 
action  merely  referred  to  the  rational  subject,  and  its  causality 
to  act  upon  reason,  is  free.  For  what  is  reqtiired  to  constitute 
the  necessity  of  nature  ?  Nothing  farther  than  the  determinable- 
ness  of  every  sensible  event,  according  to  perpetual  and  imva- 
ried  laws,  consequently  a  reference  to  a  phenomenal  cause, 
where  the  thing-in-itself,  which  is  its  groundwork,  remains  un- 
known. I  say,  then,  the  laws  of  nature  remain,  whether  the  ra- 
tional agent  is  by  its  reason,  i.  e.  by  freedom,  cause  of  the  ef- 
fects produced  to  sense,  or  whether  its  causality  is  determined 
upon  no  ground  of  reason  at  all.  For  if  the  former  happen, 
then  the  action  happens  according  to  maxims  whose  phenome- 
nal eifect  must  at  all  times  be  subject  to  certain  and  unvaried 
laws.  If  the  latter,  and  the  action  follow  not  according  to  prin- 
ciples of  reason,  then  it  is  subjected  to  the  laws  of  sense,  and  in 
either  case  the  effects  will  follow  a  necessary  rule.  More  is  not 
needed  for  physical  necessity ;  and  this  is  indeed  all  the  knowledge 
we  have  of  it.  But  in  the  former  case,  reason  is  the  author  of 
the  given  mechanism,  and  is  on  that  account  still  free;  in  the  se- 
cond the  events  flow  along  the  railroad  of  the  sensory,  reason 
exercising  over  them  no  control  at  all,  remaining  equally  unaf- 
fected and  undetermined  by  the  sensory,  and  so  still  free.  Freer 
dom  thferefore  does  not  hinder  the  necessary  nexus  of  pheno- 


C     ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

this  extraordinary  antinomy  that  Kant  is  considered 
to  have  displayed  his  highest  grade  of  dialectical  acu- 

mena,  as  little  as  does  this  nexus  abridge  the  freedom  of  our  rea- 
son, which  stands  connected  with  things-in-themselves  as  its  de- 
termining grounds. 

Practical  freedom,  that  freedom  in  which  reason  possesses 
causality  upon  objectively  determining  grounds,  is  therefore  vin- 
dicated ;  and  yet  the  physical  necessity  of  its  effects  as  pheno- 
mena, is  not  in  any  way  impaired.  Freedom  and  necessity  are 
therefore  conjungible  ;  for,  so  far  as  the  first  is  concerned,  every 
origin  of  the  acting  of  an  intelligent  on  objective  grounds,  is 
when  regard  is  had  to  these  determining  grounds,  a  first  be- 
ginning, although  the  very  same  action  has  in  the  flux  of  events 
a  SUBALTERN  COMMENCEMENT  Only,  before  which  a  state  must 
have  preceded  the  cause,  and  determined  even  it,  which  state 
must  again  have  been  itself  determined  by  the  next  preceding  : 
from  all  which,  it  results  that  we  can,  without  any  absurdity,  as- 
cribe to  intelligents,  or  indeed  to  beings  so  far  forth  as  their 
causality  is  determined  within  them  as  things-in-themselves,  a 
power  of  commencing  sponte  a  series  of  events.  For  the  rela- 
tion of  an  act  to  objective  grounds  of  reason  is  no  relation  in 
time :  here  that  which  determines  the  causality  is  quoad  time  not 
before  the  act ;  for  such  determining  grounds  represent  no  refer- 
ence of  objects  to  sense,  and  so  not  to  causes  in  their  phenome- 
non, but  represent  determining  causes  as  things  in  themselves 
which  stand  under  no  conditions  of  time.  Hence  an  act  may 
be  in  respect  of  the  causality  of  reason  a  first  beginning,  while 
yet,  in  respect  of  the  sequences  of  phenomena,  it  is  no  more  than 
a  subordinate  commencement,  and  so  be,  without  any  contradic- 
tion, in  the  first  respect  free  ;  but  in  the  second,  as  mere  phe- 
nomenon, fettered  by  the  law  of  the  causal-nexus. 

As  for  the  fourth  antinomy,  it  is  cleared  up  and  explairied  in 
the  same  manner;  for  when  the  cause  qua  phenomenon  is 
contradistinguished  from  the  cause  of  phenomena,  so  far 
forth  as  this  last  may  be  a  thing-in-itself,  then  both  propositions 
may  consist  together ;  and  the  thesis  would  mean,  that  of  the 


,  /    AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.  CI 

men.  A  sketch  of  this  dialectic  is  given  in  the  note 
beneath,  where  the  table  and  accompanying  remarks 

sensible  world,  no  cause  (regulated  by  like  laws  of  causation)  is 
to  be  found,  whereof  the  existence  is  absolutely  necessary,  and 
the  antithesis  would  then  mean  that  this  world  is  notwithstand- 
ing related  to  a  necessary  Being  as  its  cause  (a  cause,  however, 
different  in  kind,  and  exempt  from  the  law  of  the  causal  se- 
quences of  phenomena),  the  incompatibility  of  which  two  asser- 
tions depends  entirely  on  the  misunderstanding  of  extending 
what  holds  only  of  phenomena  to  things-in-themselves,  whereby 
we  mix  up  and  confuse  both  in  one  foggy  idea. 

Kant's  inference  from  this  table  of  antinomies  is,  that  since 
it  is  quite  impossible  to  escape  from  such  a  labyrinth  of  rea- 
son, so  long  as  the  objects  of  sense  are  mistaken  for  things- 
in-themselves,  and  are  not  recognised  to  be,  as  they  truly  are, 
phenomena,  this  debate  and  dialectic  of  reason  seems  to  have 
been  implanted  in  the  mind,  for  the  very  purpose  of  telling  us, 
that  the  world  we  have  to  do  with  in  these  debates  is  a  pheno^ 
menon,  and  to  force  our  cogitations  beyond  the  sensible  into 
the  supersensible  ;  and  here  we  see  the  entire  consistency  and 
coherence  of  Kant's  system  in  all  its  parts.  The  clue  to  escape 
from  the  labyrinth  was  given  us  in  the  discovery  that  Space  and 
Time  are  forms  of  phenomena,  and  the  conclusions  then  arrived 
at,  from  an  analysis  of  the  lower  power  of  sense,  that  we  know  ob- 
jects only  so  far  as  they  appear  to  us,  is  now  corroborated  by 
the  separate  and  independent  investigation  just  instituted  into 
the  nature  of  reason.  Nay,  the  solution  of  the  dialectic,  while 
it  confirms  the  results  obtained  from  the  inquiry,  How  is  ma- 
thematics  possible  ?  has  helped  us  on  a  step  to  the  science  of 
ethics,  since,  by  speaking  of  freedom,  a  vista  is  opened  into 
the  supersensible,  and  the  transit  is  already  prepared  from  the 
mere  speculative  to  practical  metaphysic,  and  to  an  inquiry 
into  the  a  priori  operations  of  the  will ;  and  thus  the  cosmologi- 
cal  debates,  long  deemed  the  stronghold  of  the  Sceptic  and  the 
opprobrium  of  reason,  are  now  seen  to  be  the  understanding's 
highest  metaphysic  good. 


CII  ONTOLOGY,  PSYCHOLOGY,  COSMOLOGY, 

are  taken  from  the  Prolegomena,  p.  142.    The  brief 
limits  of  this  Introductory  Outline  compel  me  to  re- 
quest my  reader  to  take  the  arguments  'pro  and  con 
for  granted ;  but  indeed  they  are  generally  to  be  found 
in  any  Encyclopedia  {voce  Metaphysic).  The  point  to 
be  observed  is,  that  Kant  declares  both  positions  equal- 
ly tenable :  the  reason  of  which  is,  that  both  sides  of 
the  question  proceed  on  a  common  mistake,  to  wit, 
that  of  holding  the  world  objected  to  sense  to  be  a 
thing  in  itself,  instead  of,  as  it  really  is,  a  phenome- 
non.    The  debate  and  seeming  antagonism  of  rea- 
son with  itself  is  therefore  avoided,  by  duly  discrimi- 
nating betwixt  the  phenomena  and  their  groundwork, 
and  taking  heed  that  we  do  not  transfer  to  the  uncon- 
ditioned, predicates,  which  hold  only  of  the  conditioned. 
Of  such  vital  consequence  was  the  distinction  with 
which  we  first  set  out,  viz.  the  ideality  of  Space  and 
Time  as  mere  forms  of  phenomena, — a  doctrine  which 
led,  by  necessary  consequence,  to  the  further  assump- 
tion of  an  existence  somewhere,  of  the  same  things,  not 
as  phenomena  in  Space  and  Time,  but  as  existencies 
beyond  all  bounds  of  Space  and  Time  whatever,  in  a 
world  of  absolute  and  unconditioned  reality.     Hence 
the  theory  of  Space  and  Time  is  a  doctrine  of  the 
supersensible  negatively  considered,  while  cosmology 
does  in  its  third  and  fourth  antinomy  deliver  a  doc- 
trine of  the  supersensible  positively.     But  this  posi- 
tive SUPERSENSIBLE  IS  only  as  yet  problematically 
THOUGHT,  not  assertively  known.     It  is  only  by 


AND  THEOLOGY,  ARE  IMPOSSIBLE.         CIII 

the  help  of  ethic  that  the  understanding  achieves 
its  passage  from  the  speculative  knowledge  of  the  sen- 
sible to  a  practicable  knowledge  of  the  supersensible. 
All  the  metaphysic  taught  and  sketched  under  this 
head  can  therefore  be  regarded  as  no  more  than 
formal. 

IV.  Theology  pretended  to  be  the  science  of  the 
Godhead,  so  far  as  pure  reason  could  examine  this. 
It  was  usually  opposed  to  revealed  theology,  whose 
source  was  supposed  to  fall  altogether  beyond  the 
sphere  of  reason.  The  three  methods  of  argument 
which  reason  took  to  bring  about  a  science  of  this 
idea,  were  the  ontological,  the  cosmological,  and  the 
physico-theological  arguments.  But  the  ontological 
argument  may  be  considered  as  dismissed,  when,  as 
previously  stated,  ontology  is  itself  an  impossibility  ; 
and  the  same  remark  holds  with  regard  to  the  cos- 
mological argument.  Only  the  third  is  worthy  of 
examination :  it  founds  on  the  order  and  design  ob- 
servable in  the  material  universe,  and  infers  the  final 
causes  for  which,  and  the  origin ary  cause  by  which, 
all  things  were  founded.  Here,  however,  as  before. 
Theologians  have  overstrained  the  inference.  It  does 
not  follow  that  this  Intelligence,  which  is  observable, 
must  have  been  the  originator  of  the  matter  of  the 
universe.  The  argument  is  only  valid  to  support  the 
conclusion  of  a  highly  wise  and  skilful  Architect. 

The  result  of  this  whole  inquiry  into  the  reach  and 
extent  of  the  human  understanding,  is,  that  specu- 


CIV  THEOLOGY  IS  IMPOSSIBLE. 

lative  reason  is  utterly  unable  to  support  any  one 
proposition  which  has  hitherto  been  advanced  in  on- 
tology, psychology,  cosmology,  or  theology. 


INTRODUCTION. 


PART  11. 

OF  METAPHYSIC  MATERIALLY  CONSIDERED. 
(Critik  der  reinen  praktischen  Vernunft.) 


HOW  IS  THE  MORAL  LAW  POSSIBLE  ?      CVII 

ON  THE  MORAL  LAW  AND  SUMMUM  BONUM. 

As  perceptions  were  divided  into  singular  and  uni- 
versal, so  every  determinator  of  choice  is  either  a  sin- 
gular or  an  universal  one.  That  singulars  are  exhibit- 
ed by  sense,  we  know ;  universals,  by  the  understand- 
ing. These  denote  a  rule ;  and  when  the  universal 
is  raised  by  the  understanding  itself,  the  universal 
a  parte  priori  is  a  rule  a  priori,  i.  e.  is  a  law. 
When  the  starving  cannibal  falls  upon  his  victim 
and  devours  him,  his  choice  is  determined  by  the  sin- 
gular hunger ;  but  the  representations  of  reason  are 
general,  never  singular.  The  causality  of  reason  is 
called  will,  and  the  function  of  reason,  whereby  it  as- 
signs universal  determinators  to  choice,  is  just  this 
practical  causality,  whence  it  results  that  the  will  and 
practical  reason  are  identic.  Suppose  now  that  free- 
dom is  a  real  idea,  viz.  that  freedom  is  just  reason's, 
i.  e.  the  will's  self-consciousness  of  its  own  practical 
spontaneity  as  a  thing-in-itself,  then  may  the 
idea  freedom  be  explained  as  an  universal  law  in  the 
abstract ;  and  since  this  law  refers  to  actions,  it  is  a 
PRACTICAL  LAW,  or,  in  other  words,  and  as  it  is  com- 
monly called,  the  moral  law.  The  idea  of  an  uni- 
versal practical  law  in  the  abstract,  when  thrown  into 
words,  may  run  in  the  following  tenor  :  Act  from  a 
nujuvim  (i.  e.  a  general  determinator)  at  all  times  Jit 
for  law  universal. 


CVIII      HOW  IS  THE  MORAL  I-AW  POSSIBLE  ? 

But  we  must  now  endeavour  to  represent  this  legis- 
lation as  actually  obtaining  a  priori.  In  every  case 
where  reason  begins  to  act,  it  annexes  to  actions 
the  predicates  "  righV  and  "  wrongs*  and  this  is  a 
necessary  and  universal  operation  of  thought.  The 
notion  right  refers  manifestly  to  law ;  and  the  predi- 
cate "  rectitude"  can  be  annexed  to  an  action,  in  con- 
sequence only  of  such  action  being  subsumed  under 
some  law  or  other,  and  judged  of  as  in  harmony  or 
at  variance  with  it.  Again,  we  remark  that  the  law  to 
which  actions  are  referred  as  a  standard,  is  cogitated 
as  applicable  to  every  rational  being ;  and  the  rule 
"  thou  shalt  not  promise  falsely,''  is  valid  not  only 
for  man,  but  reason  cannot  even  figure  to  itself  any 
Intelligent  throughout  the  universe  at  liberty  to  de- 
ceive. Such  a  rule  of  conduct  is,  therefore,  recognised 
not  only  as  necessary,  but  as  possessing  likewise  uni- 
versal extent ;  arid  the  legitimacy  here  predicated  of 
truth  has  both  necessity  and  universality,  i,  e.  is  a 
priori,  and  is  no  perception  taken  from  observation 
and  experience.  That  reason  enjoins  every  Intelli- 
gent (i.  e.  itself)  to  act  rightly,  i,  e.  conformably  to 
an  ideal  practical  law,  is  from  the  foregoing  to  be 
inferred ;  and  since  the  law,  being  a  priori,  has  ob- 
jective and  universal  validity,  the  formula  expressing 
it  may  be  thus  couched :  "  So  act  that  the  maxim  of 
thy  will  might  be  announced  as  law  in  a  system  of 
universal  iiwral  legislation.  That  this  moral  law 
is  a  synthetic  proposition  a  priori  is  obvious,  and 


HOW  IS  THE  MORAL  LAW  POSSIBLE  ?        CIX 

every  man  has,  however  darkly,  an  unchanging  and 
necessary  perception  of  it ;  so  that  the  question  recurs 
as  before,  how  is  such  synthetic  a  p?iori  proposition 
possible.  But  in  the  former  paragraph  we  took  oc- 
casion to  show,  that  were  the  idea  freedom  real, 
which  transplants  us  at  once  into  the  supersensible 
system,  then  this  law  would  necessarily  flow  from 
it,  as  a  corollary ;  and  since  we  have  here  expounded 
the  necessity  and  universality  of  the  law,  we  conclude 
regressively  upon  freedom  of  will  as  the  alone  idea 
whence  we  can  comprehend  the  origin  and  constitu- 
tion of  the  imperatives  of  reason,  and  apart  from 
freedom,  which  establishes  a  synthesis  by  making 
mankind  a  member  of  two  worlds  {Chap.  Hi.  of  the 
Groundwork),  the  synthetic  a  priori  propositions  of 
morality  cannot  be  explained. 

To  almost  every  intellectual  representation  theref 
corresponds  an  emotion  of  the  sensory.  Thus  to  the 
representing  of  the  mathematical  extent  of  the  firma- 
ment, responds  the  emotion  of  the  sublime ;  to  other 
perceptions,  the  emotion  of  the  beaiitifu/.  To  the 
immediate  representing  of  the  moral  law  corresponds 
in  the  sensory  the  emotion  of  reverence :  and  reverence 
is  begotten  in  the  sensory  when  the  moral  law  is  it- 
self the  sole  and  unconditionate  determinator  of  the 
will ;  and  this  reverence  is  the  spring  or  mobile  of 
will.  (Chap.  V.)  Reverence  for  law  is,  however, 
identic  with  reverence  for  a  man's  own  self;  the 
law  being  in  fact  only  the  dictate  of  his  own  rea- 


ex  HOW  IS  THE  MORAL  LAW  POSSIBLE  ? 

son,  and,  which  is  observable,  the  law  itself  gains  more 
easy  entrance  into  the  mind  from  the  actual  positive 
worth  it  gives  a  man  in  his  own  eyes,  and  the  reve- 
rence it  makes  him  feel  for  his  humanity,  now  at  length 
conscious  of  its  supersensible  dignity  and  freedom. 
Upon  this  emotion  of  self-reverence  every  good  senti- 
ment and  disposition  may  be  grafted;  and  when  a 
man  dreads  nothing  so  much  as  the  risk  of  falling 
under  his  own  contempt,  and  of  finding  himself  sunk, 
upon  examination,  under  the  ban  and  self-damnation 
of  his  own  reason,  then  is  such  state  and  frame  of 
mind  the  only  and  the  best  guard  man  can  have 
within,  against  the  inroad  of  ignoble  and  defiling 
feelings. 

This  reverential  determination  of  will  is,  however, 
only  Jbrmal ;  for  the  law  is  nowhat  except  the  limi- 
tation of  the  will  to  the  conditions  of  harmony  with 
the  idea  of  law  whatsoever,  A  positive  determina- 
tion of  will,  and  one  which  is  material,  must  there- 
fore enter  ;  for  no  will  can  be  devoid  of  ends.  But  in 
this  case  the  end  must  be  assigned  to  the  will  by  the 
law  itself,  otherwise,  were  the  end  chosen  without  re- 
gard had  to  the  law,  the  determination  could  not  be 
moral ;  an  end  ordained  by  the  law  to  be  willed  is 
what  is  called  good. 

But  as,  for  every  series  of  conditions,  reason,  in  its 
speculative  use,  demanded  the  unconditioned  to  give 
systematic  unity  to  its  cogitations  ;  so,  in  its  practical 
use,  reason  extends  its  notion  of  the  good  to  a  maxi- 


HOW  IS  THE  SUMMUM  BONUM  POSSIBLE  ?     CXI 

MUM  :  and  under  the  name  of  summum  bonum  rea- 
son figures  to  itself  the  last  end  and  aim  of  all  its 
exertions,  and  insists  on  knowing,  or  at  least  cogitat- 
ing the  unconditioned  exit  all  its  good  actions  are  to 
take. 

Now,  the  end  aimed  at  by  reason  is  absolute  mo- 
rality, or  entire  conformity  with  the  law ;  and  the 
end  aimed  at  by  the  sensory  is  happiness.  These 
are  by  no  means  inconsistent,  and  the  union  of  those 
two  as  a  TOTUM  is  the  last  object  reason  projects  as 
assigned  to  it ;  but  yet,  in  such  a  manner,  that  he 
only  who  by  morality  is  worthy  of  happiness,  should 
become  a  partaker  of  it. 

The  EXACT  CONFORMITY  of  the  WILL  with  the 
LAW  is  called  holiness:  this  conformity  must  be 
regarded  as  possible,  it  being  no  more  than  what  is 
commanded.  But  holiness  is  an  ideal  of  rea- 
son, and  a  representation  of  a  maximum,  to  which 
nothing  adequate  can  be  found  as  a  phenomenon  :  in 
other  words,  no  sensitive  existent  can  at  any  point  of 
time  exhibit  this  required  coincidence ;  and  still,  since 
reason  unremittingly  calls  for  the  realization  of  its  ideal 
standard  of  perfection,  the  law  must  be  understood 
as  meaning  that  man  has  continually  to  advance  in 
an  infinite  progression  towards  its  realization — which 
series,  when  regarded  as  exhausted,  may  amount  to 
an  expression  tallying  with  the  formula  of  the  law ; 
and  the  principles  of  practical  reason  make  it  neces- 
sary for  man  to  postulate  as  real  this  unbroken  and 


CXII    HOW  IS  THE  SUMMUM  BONUM  POSSIBLE  ? 

perpetual  progression  for  ever  onwards.  But  an  in- 
creasing approximation  of  this  sort  is  only  possible  on 
the  supposition  of  the  continued  existence  of  the 
agent  himself,  called  the  immortality  of  his  soul. 
Whoso,  therefore,  determines  his  will  conformably 
to  the  law,  must,  when  he  reflects  on  the  end  aimed 
at  in  such  volition,  postulate  for  that  behoof  the  con- 
tinued existence  or  immortality  of  his  thinking  part. 
But  an  opinion  which  a  man  adopts  upon  grounds 
not  objective,  but  subjective  only,  is  not  knowledge, 
but  a  belief:  the  morally  minded  man  is,  therefore, 
a  believer  in  the  immortality  of  his  soul. 

For  the  same  reason,  he  believes  in  God,  as  a  per- 
son upholding  a  moral  order  of  things,  and  who  will 
assist  him  to  realise  that  junction  betwixt  morality 
and  happiness,  which  man  perceives  himself  unable  at 
any  point  of  time  to  effect.  Practical  reason  repre- 
sents a  bent  of  will  regulated  upon  the  law,  as  the 
worthiness  to  become  happy,  and  so  cogitates  a  syn- 
thesis a  priori  betwixt  virtue  and  happiness.  Again, 
to  bring  about  such  an  impartial,  disinterested  ad- 
justment, he  postulates  a  last  ground  somewhere  esta- 
blishing this  harmony  and  necessary  dependence  of 
happiness  on  morality.  Now,  since  the  laws  of  na- 
ture effect  no  such  establishment  and  connection, 
and  man  has  himself  no  control  or  power  over  the 
physical  system,  he  postulates  or  believes  a  Supreme 
Cause  establishing  this  connection  :  i.  e.  mankind 
observes  that  the  summum  bonum  is  only  conceiv- 


HOW  IS  THE  SUMMUM  BONUM  POSSIBLE?    CXIII 

able  by  presupposing  a  causality  superior  to  nature, 
and  different  from  it,  dealing  out  happiness  and 
misery  in  exact  proportion  to  desert  and  guilt.  This 
distributive  allotment  plainly  requires  that  this  cau- 
sality superior  to  nature  must  be  guided  in  his  deci- 
sions by  the  representation  of  the  law,  not  only  to 
square  the  actions  of  other  intelligents,  but  also  that 
his  own  award  may  be  consistent  with  the  requisi- 
tions of  the  law.  But  such  a  person  is  plainly  the 
ETHICAL  LEGISLATOR  himself,  i.  6.  IS  GoD.  The 
ethically  minded  is  hence  likewise  a  believer  in  the 
existence  of  a  Sovereign  Creator  and  Moral  Governor 
of  the  World,  But  this  faith  in  immortality,  and  in 
the  being  of  his  God,  is  no  knowledge  at  all  about 
the  matter.  These  two  articles  in  the  credenda  of 
reason  express  merely  our  conviction,  that  somehow 
or  other  the  summum  bonum  will  be  eventually  re- 
alized. 

Thus,  ethic  issues  in  religion,  by  presenting  the 
will  with  a  new  kind  of  determination,  and  one 
which  is  no  longer  Jbrmal ;  and  since  the  moral  law 
is  involved  in  the  conception  of  the  summum  bonum, 
the  determination  of  the  will  by  the  idea  of  the  ele- 
ments of  the  summum  bonum  is  quite  disinterested, 
although  it  involves  a  prospect  of  happiness.  But 
the  two  points  of  religious  belief  are  quite  free  and 
unextorted.*   There  is  no  constraint,  or  obligation,  or 

*  Kant's  Preisschrift,  p.  115-117. 
H 


CXIV     HOW  IS  THE  SUMMUM  BONUM  POSSIBLE  ? 

compulsion  to  assent  to  either  of  them ;  and  this 
ethical  belief  is  called  ethico-theology.  The 
belief  in  this  ethico-theology  possesses  in  itself 
a  moral  worth  ;  and  does,  by  its  re-action  on  the  sub- 
jective principles  of  morality  within,  quicken  and  en- 
liven the  practical  growth  of  moral  conduct,  and  so 
entitles  mankind  to  give  to  such  ideas  practical  in- 
fluence on  his  determinations,  as  if  he  received  them 
from  a  given  object.* 

The  result  of  this  whole  inquiry  into  the  reach  and 
extent  of  the  a  priori  operations  of  the  Will  is,  that, 
for  a  practical  behoof,  1.  a  belief  in  God  as  the 
Upholder  and  Administrator  of  the  moral  law  is  suf- 
ficiently established ;  2.  that  freedom,  as  a  super- 
sensible causality  and  unconditioned  Might  of  the 
Human  Will  to  execute  its  duty,  is  an  idea  whose 
REALITY  has  been  proved;  and,  3.  that  a  belief  in 
IMMORTALITY,  as  a  State  where  mankind's  weal  and 
woe  will  be  found  adjusted  in  due  proportion  to  his 
ethical  worth  or  uuworth,  is  likewise  inevitable.  Of 
these  three  ethical  Ideas  of  the  Supersensible,  the 
reality  of  freedom  alone  can  be  apodictically  demon- 
strated; but  since  they  make  up  a  system  among 
themselves,  the  real  truth  of  any  one  being  given, 
draws  after  it  a  solid  conviction  of  the  real  truth  of 
the  others. 

That  is  to  say,  the  idea  God  belongs  to  ethics  alone, 

♦  Preisschrift,  p.  135. 


HOW  IS  THE  SUMMUM  BONUM  POSSIBLE  ?   CXV 

not  to  physics,  or  to  any  part  oi  formal  metaphysics ; 
consequently  there  is  an  ethical  argument  for  the  ex- 
istence of  a  moral  lawgiver,  and  an  ethical  belief  of 
the  same,  after  whicht  the  physico-theological 
{strictly  teleological)  argument  may  be  used  and 
listened  to. 


CXVl    CONCLUSION  OF  THE  INTRODUCTION. 


;     OF  THE  NECESSARY  FALSEHOOD  OF  EVERY 
OTHER  SYSTEM. 

The  exact  sciences  bear  the  most  imcontroverted 
witness  to  the  light,  stability,  and  fixity  of  the  works 
of  reason  ;  and  hence  they  found  not  only  the  hope  of 
achieving  still  farther  systems  of  synthetic  a  priori 
knowledge,  but  they  are  likewise  the  exemplar  and 
pattern  of  the  necessary  evidence  and  certainty  upon 
which  every  system  pretending  to  be  a  science  ought 
to  be  fashioned. 

The  metaphysic  just  expounded  claims  to  be  such 
a  scientific  system,  and  the  reader  must  have  noted 
with  what  fidelity  it  is  trained  to  follow  in  the  foot- 
steps of  its  forerunners  ;  for  the  inquiry  into  the  a 
priori  operations  of  the  mind  consisted  in  solving 
these  two  questions : 

(1.)  How  is  mathematics  possible  ? 

(2.)  How  is  physics  possible  ? 
these  two  sciences  being  the  undoubted  and  ac- 
knowledged operations  a  priori,  wherein  to  the  in- 
quiry desires  to  search.  And  the  answer,  that  Space 
and  Time  are  intuitions  a  priori,  satisfied  the  demand 
made  in  the  former;  while  the  exhibition  of  the 
categories  in  answer  to  the  latter  explained  how  the 
physical  system  itself  was  possible,  and  so  how  a  phi- 
losophy of  nature  arose.  Up  to  this  point,  the  whole 
investigation  was  manifestly  a  priori ;  and  as  it  was 


CONCLUSION  OF  THE  INTRODUCTION.    CXVII 

neither  mathematical  nor  yet  physical,  and  yet  alto- 
gether a  parte  priori,  such  science  is  a  system  of  a 
primi  knowledge  quite  peculiar,  and  sui  generis,  i.  e. 
in  one  word,  is  transcendental  philosophy,  or  meta- 
physic. 

The  inquiry  into  what  the  understanding  does 
when  it  brings  about  a  science,  teaches  what  ought 
to  be  done  in  order  to  bring  about  any  farther  science 
which  may  perhaps  still  be  a  desideratum ;  and  in  this 
way  having  detected  the  latent  and  deeply  hidden 
functions  of  thought  exerted  in  establishing  a  science, 
and  manifested  only  by  that  its  marvellous  and  re- 
splendent effect,  Kant  was  enabled  to  cause  a  new 
science  to  step  forward  into  sight,  the  Science  of  Ethics, 
which  he  fashioned  in  every  point,  after  the  light,  and 
stability,  and  evidence  of  those  others,  when  he  threw 
out  the  third  question,  viz.  How  is  a  categorical  im- 
perative a  priori  possible  ?  This  ethic  is,  however, 
itself  metaphysic,  being  only  a  shoot  from  the  roots  of 
metaphysic  laid  open  by  those  prior  disquisitions. 

The  system  of  metaphysic  ethic  is  now  laid  before 
the  reader ;  and  the  falsehood  of  every  other  system 
of  metaphysic,  which  may  usurp  the  name  of  science, 
will  become  patent,  when  this  standard  test  is  brought 
to  bear  upon  it,— How  is  synthetical  a  priori 
KNOWLEDGE  POSSIBLE :  for  the  fiiture  metaphysic 
must  first  confute  Kant's  answer  to  the  question. 
How  geometry  and  physical  science  are  attained ;  it 
must  next  give  a  different  and  satisfactory  answer  to 


CXVIII    CONCLUSION  OF  THE  INTRODUCTION. 

those  questions,  and  so  pave  the  way  for  the  march  of 
the  new  coming  metaphysic.  Where  this  is  not  done 
{and  in  a  case  of  this  kind,  silence  is  confession), 
the  system  must  needs  of  necessity  be  false ;  and  the 
advantage  of  knowing  this  beforehand  is,  that  hence- 
forward mankind  may  spare  themselves  the  lost  time 
and  trouble  of  reading  theories  like  those  of  Fichte, 
Schelling,  Hegel,  or  Herbart,  which,  being  founded 
on  wilful  mistakes,  keep  moving  ever  after  thjough  a 
sad  labyrinth  of  inextricable  errors. 


^^ 


GROUNDWORK 


OF  THE 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


/ 


GROUNDWORK 


OF  THE 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

TRANSIT  FROM  THE  COMMON  POPULAR  NOTIONS  OF  MORALITY 
TO  THE  PHILOSOPHICAL. 

There  is  nothing  in  the  world  which  can  be  termed 
absolutely  and  altogether  good,  a  good  will  alone  ex- 
cepted. Intellectual  endowments,  wit,  and  extent  of 
fancy,  as  also  courage,  determination,  and  constancy  in 
adhering  to  purposes  once  formed,  are  undeniably  good 
in  many  points  of  view ;  but  they  are  so  far  from  being 
absolutely  good,  that  they  are  qualities  capable  of  being 
rendered  bad  and  hurtful,  when  the  will,  under  whose 
control  they  stand,  is  not  itself  absolutely  good.  With  the 
bounties  of  fortune  it  is  no  otherwise ;  power,  wealth,  ho- 
nours, even  health,  and  those  various  eleinents  which  go  to 
constitute  what  is  called  happiness,  are  occasionally  seen 
to  fill  the  mind  with  arrogance,  and  to  beget  a  lordly  and 
assuming  spirit,  when  there  is  not  a  good  will  to  control 

▲ 


a  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

their  influence,  and  to  subordinate  them,  by  stable  maxims 
of  conduct,  to  the  final  scope  and  end  of  reasonable  agents. 
Nay,  so  paramount  is  the  value  of  a  good  will,  that  it 
ought  not  to  escape  without  notice,  that  an  impartial 
spectator  cannot  be  expected  to  share  any  emotion  of  de- 
light from  contemplating  the  uninterrupted  prosperity  of 
a  being  whom  no  trait  of  a  good  will  adorns.  And  thus  it 
would  appear,  that,  reason  being  judge,  a  good  will  con- 
stitutes a  prior  condition,  without  which  no  one  is  deemed 
worthy  to  be  happy. 

There  are  qualities  which  greatly  aid  and  strengthen  a 
good  will ;  but  they  have  not  any  inward  worth  of  their 
own,  and  will  be  found  always  to  presuppose  a  good  will, 
which  limits  the  praise  they  deservedly  carry,  and  prevents 
us  from  regarding  them  as  absolutely  and  in  every  respect 
good.  Temperance,  self-command,  and  calm  considera- 
tion, are  not  only  good  for  many  things,  but  even  seem  to 
compose  part  of  the  worth  of  personal  character.  There 
is,  however,  much  awanting  to  enable  us  to  designate  them 
altogether  good,  notwithstanding  the  encomiums  passed 
upon  them  by  the  ancients.  For,  apart  from  the  maxims 
of  a  good  will,  they  may  be  perverted ;  and  a  calm,  re- 
solute, calculating  villain,  is  rendered  at  once  more  dan- 
gerous and  more  detestable  by  possessing  such  qualities. 

Ilstf  A  good  will  is  esteemed  to  be  so,  not  by  the  effects 
which  it  produces,  nor  by  its  fitness  for  accomplishing  any 
given  end,  but  by  its  mere  good  volition,  i.  e.  it  is  good  in  it- 
self; and  is  therefore  to  be  prized  incomparably  higher  for 
its  own  sake,  than  any  thing  whatsoever  which  can  be  pro- 
duced at  the  call  of  appetite  or  inclination.  Even  if  it 
should  happen  that,  owing  to  an  unhappy  conjuncture  of 
events,  this  good  will  were  deprived  of  power  to  execute 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  8 

its  benign  intent,  still  this  good  will  (by  which  is  not 
meant  a  wish)  would,  like  a  diamond,  shine  in  itself,  and 
by  virtue  of  its  native  lustre.  Utility  or  uselessness  could 
neither  enhance  nor  prejudice  this  internal  splendour:  they 
resemble  the  setting  of  a  gem,  whereby  the  brilliant  is 
more  easily  taken  in  the  hand,  and  offered  to  the  atten- 
tion of  those  not  otherwise  judges,  but  which  would  not 
be  required  by  any  skilled  lapidary  to  enable  him  to  form 
his  opinion  of  its  worth. 

fi  •  Still  this  idea  of  an  absolutely  good  will,  and  the  state- 
ment just  advanced  of  its  unconditioned  worth,  quite  ir- 
respective of  any  considerations  of  its  expediency  or  con- 
duciveness  to  use,  startles  the  mind  a  little,  and  gives  birth 
to  the  suspicion  that  these  opinions  may  be  founded  only 
on  some  phantastic  conceit ;  and  that  we  mistake  the  end 
proposed  by  nature,  when  we  imagine  that  reason  is  given 
to  man  as  the  governor  of  his  will — ^by  its  sway  to  consti- 
tute it  altogether  good. 

To  make  this  matter  as  clear  as  possible,  let  it  be  re- 
membered that  it  is  a^undamental  position  in  all  philo- 
sophy, that  no— means  are  employed,  except~tKose  only 
most  appropriate  and  conducive  to  the  end  and  aim  pro- 
posed. If,  then,  the  final  aim  of  nature  in  the  constitution 
of  man  {i.  e.  a  being  endowed  with  intelligence  and  will) 
had  been  merely  his  general  welfare  and  felicity,  then  we 
must  hold  her  to  have  taken  very  bad  steps  indeed,  in 
selecting  reason  for  the  conduct  of  his  life ;  for  the  whole 
rule  and  line  of  action  necessary  to  procure  happiness 
would  have  been  more  securely  gained  by  instinct  than 
we  observe  it  to  be  by  reason.  And  should  her  favoured 
creature  have  received  reason  over  and  aboA^e,  and  in 
superaddition  to  its  instincts,  such  gift  could  only  have 


*  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

answered  the  purpose  of  enabling  it  to  observe,  admire, 
and  feel  grateful  for  the  fortunate  arrangement  and  dis- 
position of  the  parts  of  its  system ;  but  never  of  subject- 
ing the  appetitive  faculties  to  the  weak  and  uncertain 
guidance  of  the  contemplative.  In  a  single  word,  nature 
would  have  taken  care  to  guard  against  reason's  straying 
into  any  practical  department,  and  would  have  prevented  it 
from  daring,  with  its  scanty  insights,  to  project  any  schemes 
of  happiness,  and  to  sketch  plans  for  attaining  them. 
Both  end  and  means  behoved,  on  this  supposition,  to  have 
been  determined  exclusively  by  nature,  and  to  have  been 
intrusted  to  instinctive  impulses  implanted  by  herself. 

So  far  is  this,  however,  from  what  is  in  fact  observed, 
that  the  more  a  man  of  refined  and  cultivated  mind  ad^ 
diets  himself  to  the  enjoyment  of  life,  and  his  own  studied 
gratification,  the  farther  he  is  observed  to  depart  from  true 
contentment :  and  this  holds  true  to  so  great  an  extent, 
that  some  have  acknowledged  they  felt  a  certain  hatred  of 
reason,  because  they  could  not  conceal  from  themselves, 
that,  upon  a  deliberate  calculation  of  the  advantages  aris- 
ing from  the  most  exquisite  luxuries,  not  of  the  sensory 
merely,  but  likewise  of  the  understanding  (for  in  many 
cases  science  is  no  more  than  an  intellectual  luxury),  they 
had  rather  increased  their  sources  of  uneasiness  than  really 
made  progress  in  satisfactory  enjoyment ;  and  felt  inclined 
rather  to  envy  than  think  lightly  of  those  inferior  condi- 
tions of  life,  where  man  comes  nearer  to  the  tutelage  of  in- 
stinct, and  is  not  much  embarrassed  by  suggestions  of 
reason  as  to  what  ought  to  be  pursued  or  avoided, — a  cir- 
cumstance furnishing  us  with  a  key  to  explain  the  senti- 
ments of  those  who  state  at  zero  the  pretences  of  reason 
to  afford  satisfaction  and  enjoyment,  and  enabling  us  to 


Miyi'APHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  5 

understand  that  they  do  so  not  out  of  spite  or  Aigratitude 
towards  the  benign  Governor  of  the  world,  but  that  there 
lies  at  the  bottom  of  so  rigid  and  severe  a  reckoning,  the 
idea  of  a  far  higher  and  nobler  end  aimed  at  in  man's  exist- 
ence ;  and  that  this  it  is,  not  happiness,  for  which  reason 
is  bestowed,  and  in  exchange  for  which  all  private  ends 
are  to  be  renounced. 

For,  since  reason  is  insufficient  to  guide  the  will  so  as 
to  obtain  adequate  objects  of  enjoyment  and  the  satisfac- 
tion of  all  our  wants,  and  innate  instinct  would  have 
reached  this  end  more  effectually,  and  yet  reason  is  be- 
stowed on  man  as  a  practical  facultyof  action,  i.  e.  such 
a  faculty  as  influences  his  will  and  cTibice,  it  remains 
that  the  true  end  for  which  reason  is  implanted,  is  to  pro- 
duce a  will  good,  not  as  a  mean  toward  some  ulterior  end, 
but  good  in  itself.  This  will  is  to  be  considered,  not  the 
only  and  whole  good,  but  as  the  highest  good,  and  the 
condition  limiting  every  other  good — even  happiness  ; 
and  in  this  case  it  quite  coincides  with  the  intentions  of 
nature,  that  a  high  cultivation  of  reason  should  fail  in 
producing  happiness,  this  last  being  under  the  condition, 
i.  e.  subordinated  to  the  production,  of  the  first,  viz.  a 
good  will,  which  is  the  absolute  and  unconditional  scope 
and  end  of  man  ;  and  yet,  that  in  so  failing,  there  should 
be  no  inconsistency  in  the  general  plan  of  nature,  because 
reason,  re^ognisingits-deatined  use  tojconsist  in  the  foun- 
daUion^fa_gpod  will,  is  only  susceptible  of  a  peculiar  satis- 
faction, viz.  the  satisfaction  resulting  from  the  attainment 
of  a  final  end,  given  alone  by  reason,  and  given  indepen- 
dently and  witRouT~respect  to  the  objects  proposed  by 
inclination.  In  order  to  explain  tlie  conception  of  a  good 
will,  so  highly  to  be  prized  in  and  for  itself  (and  it  is  a  \ 


'm 


6  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 


notion  common  to  the  most  uncultivated  understanding), 
which  it  is  alone  that  makes  actions  of  any  worth,  we 
shall  analyse  the  jnotion  jliity  ;  a  notion  comprehend- 
ing undeFTrihat  of  a  good  will,  considered  however  as 
affected  hy  certain  inward  hinderances  5  hut  these  last,  str- 
far  from  ohscuring  the  radical  goodness  of  the  volition, 
render  it  more  conspicuous  hy  the  contrast* 

In  proceeding  to  examine  the  cognate  notion  Duty,  I 
omit  all  actions  confessedly  at  variance  with  it,  how 
expedient  soever,  and  useful,  and  conducive  to  this  or  that 
end ;  for,  with  regard  to  them,  no  question  can  he  made, 
whether  they  have  heen  performed  out  of  duty,  it  being 
already  admitted  that  they  collide  with  it.  I  also  leave 
out  of  this  investigation  actions  which  are  in  accordance 
with  duty,  but  are  performed  from  some  by-views  or 
oblique  incentives  of  appetite  and  inclination ;  the  dif- 
ference cannot  be  overlooked  when  an  action  is  performed 
upon  motives  of  private  interest,  and  when  upon  a  dis- 
interested principle  of  duty ;  but  the  difference  is  not  so 
easily  detected  when  an  action  is  in  harmony  with  the 
requirements  of  duty,  and  the  agent  is  likewise  at  the 
same  time  strongly  biassed  by  the  constitution  of  his  na- 
ture to  its  performance.  Thus,  it  is  consonant  to  duty 
that  a  merchant  do  not  overcharge  his  customers ;  and, 
wherever  trade  flourishes,  every  prudent  trader  has  one 
fixed  price,  and  a  child  can  buy  as  cheaply  as  any  other 
person.  In  this  way  the  public  are  honestly  dealt  by ; 
but  that  does  not  entitle  us  to  hold  that  the  trader  so  acted 
out  of  duty,  and  from  maxims  of  honesty ;  his  own  pri- 
vate advantage  calledfor  this  line  of  conduct ;  and  it  were 
too  much  to  suppose  that  he  was  so  charitable  as  to  deal 
fairly  with  all  comers,  out  of  pure  benevolence  ;  in  which 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  ^ 

case  his  conduct  resulted  neither  from  a  principle  of  duty, 
nor  from  affection  towards  his  customers,  hut  from  self- 
love  and  a  view  to  his  own  advantage. 

Again,  to  preserve  one's  life  is  a  duty ;  and,  indepen- 
dently of  this,  every  man  is,  by  the  constitution  of  his  sys- 
tem, strongly  inclined  to  do  so :  and,  upon  this  very  ac- 
count, that  anxious  care  shown  by  most  men  for  their 
own  safety  is  void  of  any  internal  worth ;  and  the  max- 
im from  which  such  care  arises  is  destitute  of  any  moral 
import  {i.  e.  has  no  ethic  content).  Men  in  so  far  pre- 
serve their  lives  conformably  to  what  is  duty,  but  they  do 
it  not  because  it  is  so ;  whereas,  when  distress  and  secret 
sorrow  deprive  a  man  of  all  relish  for  life,  and  the  suffer- 
er, strong  in  soul,  and  rather  indignant  at  his  destiny  than 
dejected  or  timorous,  would  fain  seek  death,  and  yet  es- 
chews it,  neither  biassed  by  inclination  nor  by  fear,  but 
swayed  by  duty  only,  then  his  maxim  of  conduct  posses- 
ses genuine  ethic  content.  To  be  beneficent  when  in  one's 
power  is  a  duty;  and,  besides  this,  some  few  are  so 
sympathetically  constituted,  that  they,  apart  from  any 
motives  of  vanity  or  self-interest,  take  a  serene  pleasure 
in  spreading  joy  ai'ound  them,  and  find  a  reflex  delight 
in  that  satisfaction  which  they  observe  to  spring  from 
their  kindness.  I  maintain,  however,  that  in  such  a  case 
the  action,  how  lovely  soever,  and  outwardly  coincident 
with  the  call  of^duty,  is  entirely  devoid  of  true  moral 
worth,  and  rises  no  higher  than  actions  founded  on  other 
affections,  e.  g.  a  thirst  for  glory,  which  happening  to  con- 
cur with  public  advantage,  and  a  man's  own  duty,  enti- 
tles certainly  to  praise  and  high  encouragement,  but  not 
to  ethic  admiration.  For  the  inward  maxims  of  the  man 
are  void  of  ethical  content,  viz.  the  inward  cast  and  bent 


8  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

of  the  volition  to  act  and  to  perform  these,  not  from  incli- 
nation, but  from  duty  only.  Again,  to  take  a  farther  case, 
let  us  suppose  the  mind  of  some  one  clouded  by  sorrow, 
so  as  to  extinguish  sympathy, — and  that  though  it  still  re- 
mained in  his  power  to  assist  others,  yet  that  he  were  not 
moved  by  the  consideration  of  foreign  distress,  his  mind 
being  wholly  occupied  by  his  own, — and  that  in  this  condi- 
tion he,  with  no  appetite  as  an  incentive,  should  rouse 
himself  from  this  insensibility,  and  act  beneficently  purely 
out  of  duty,^ — then  would  such  action  have  real  moral 
worth;  and  yet  further,  had  nature  given  this  or  that 
man  little  of  sympathy  in  his  temperament,  leaving  him 
callous  to  the  miseries  of  others,  but,  instead,  endowed 
him  with  force  of  mind  to  support  his  own  sorrows,  and 
so  induced  him  to  consider  himself  entitled  to  presuppose 
the  same  qualities  in  others,  would  it  not  be  possible  for 
such  a  man  to  give  himself  a  far  higher  worth  than  that 
of  mere  good  nature  ?  Certainly  it  would ;  for  just  at 
this  point  all  worth  of  character  begins  which  is  moral 
and  the  highest,  viz.  to  act  beneficently,  irrespective  of 
inclination,  because  it  is  a  duty. 

To  secure  one's  own  happiness  is  indirectly  a  duty ;  for 
dissatisfaction  with  one's  lot,  and  exposure  to  want  and 
penury,  might  easily  become  occasions  of  temptation  to 
overstep  the  limits  prescribed  by  duty ;  but,  prior  to  and 
apart  from  all  considerations  of  duty,  mankind  have  a 
strong  and  powerful  appetency  to  their  own  happiness 
(happiness  being  in  fact  the  gratification  of  all  the  ap- 
petites whatsoever),  only  the  access  to  this  happiness  is  so 
rugged  and  toilsome,  that  in  passing  along  it,  many  appe- 
tites, with  their  gratifications,  have  to  be  surrendered;  and 
the  sum  total  of  the  gratification  of  all  the  appetites  call- 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  9 

ed  happiness  is  a  notion  so  vague  and  indeterminate,  that 
we  cannot  wonder  how  one  definite  and  given  appetite 
should,  at  such  time  as  its  inebriate  gratification  is  possi- 
ble, entirely  outweigh  a  faint  conception  (of  happiness) 
only  obscurely  depicted  in  the  mind.  Hence  we  under- 
stand why  a  patient  with  gout  chooses  to  satiate  his  appe- 
tite, and  then  to  suflFer  as  he  best  can ;  for,  in  his  general 
estimate,  the  present  enjoyment  appears  equal  to  his  ex- 
pectation (perhaps  groundless)  of  some  general  happiness 
called  health.  But  even  in  such  a  case  as  this,  where  the 
bent  of  inclination  does  not  excite  to  secure  happiness  as 
consisting  mainly  in  health,  still  the  command  of  rea- 
son remains  to  promote  one's  own  health,  not  because 
man  likes  it,  but  because  it  is  his  duty;  in  which  last 
case  alone  his  actions  have  any  moral  worth. 

It  is  thus,  without  all  question,  that  we  are  to  under- 
stand those  passages  of  Scripture,  where  it  is  ordained 
that  we  love  our  neighbour,  even  our  enemy ;  for,  as  an 
affection,  love  cannot  be  commanded  or  enforced,  but  to 
act  kindly  from  a  principle  of  duty  can,  not  only  where 
there  is  no  natural  desire,  but  also  where  aversion  irresis- 
tibly thrusts  itself  upon  the  mind ;  and  this  would  be  a 
practical  love,  not  a  pathological  liking,  and  would  con- 
sist in  the  original  volition,  and  not  in  any  sensation  or 
emotion,of  the  sensory ;  a  practical  love,  resulting  from 
maxims  of  practical  conduct,  and  not  from  ebullitions  and 
overflowings  of  the  heart. 

2d,  The  second  position  is,  that  an  action  done  out  of 
duty  has  its  moral  worth,  not  from  any  purpose  it  may 
subserve,  but  from  the  maxim  according  to  which  it  is 
determined  on ;  it  depends  not  on  the  effecting  any  given 
end,  but  on  the  principle  of  volition  singly.     That  the 


10  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE  : 

end  aimed  at  in  a  given  action  cannot  impart  to  it  abso- 
lute moral  worth,  is,  from  the  foregoing,  plain.  Wherein, 
then,  consists  this  value,  if  it  is  not  to  be  placed  in  the  re- 
lation of  the  will  to  its  effected  action  ?  It  can  consist 
only  in  the  relation  betwixt  the  will  and  the^ principle  or 
maxim^according  to  wHich  the  volition  was  constructed, 
and  this  apart  from  all  regard  had  to  any  ends  attainable 
by  the  action,  for  the  will  lies  in  the  midst  betwixt  its 
formal  principle  oprtore,  and  the  material  appetites  apos- 
teriori  ;  and  since  the  choice  must  be  determined  by  some- 
thing, the  principle  a  priori  alone  remains,  all  a  posteriori 
considerations  being  taken  away  when  actions  are  to  be 
performed  from  duty  only. 

3c?,  The  third  position  results  from  the  two  preceding. 
Duty  is  the  necessity  of  an  act,  out  of  reverence  felt  for 
law.  Towards  an  object,  as  effect  of  my  own  will,  I  may 
have  inclination,  but  never  reverence  ;  for  it  is  an  effect, 
not  an  activity  of  will.  Nay,  I  cannot  venerate  any  incli- 
nation, whether  my  own  or  another's.  At  the  utmost  I 
can  approve  or  like.  That  alone  which  is  the  basis  and 
not  the  effect  of  my  will  can  I  revere ;  and  what  subserves 
not  my  inclinations,  but  altogether  outweighs  them,  i.  e. 
the  law  alone,  is  an  object  of  reverence,  and  so  fitted  to  be 
a  commandment.  Now,  an  action  performed  out  of  (propter) 
duty  has  to  be  done  irrespective  of  all  appetite  whatsoever; 
and  hence  there  remains  nothing  present  to  the  will,  except 
objectively   law,^  and  subjectively   pure   reverence*   for 

•  Perhaps  some  may  think  that  I  take  refuge  behind  an  obscure  feel- 
ing, under  the  name  of  reverence,  instead  of  throwing  light  upon  the 
subject  by  an  idea  of  reason.  But  although  reverence  is  a  feeling,  it  is 
no  passive  feeling  received  from  without,  but  an  active  emotion  gene- 
rated in  the  mind  by  an  idea  of  reason,  and  so  specifically  distinct  from 
all  feelings  of  the  former  sort,  which  are  reducible  to  either  love  or  fear. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  ll 

it,  inducing  man  to  adopt  this  unchanging  maxim,  to  yield 
obedience  to  the  law,  renouncing  all  excitements  and  emo> 
tions  to  the  contrary. 

The  moral  worth  of  an  action  consists  therefore  not 
in  the  effect  resulting  from  it,  and  consequently  in  no 
principle  of  acting  taken  from  such  effect ;  for  since  all 
these  effects  (e.  g.  amenity  of  life,  and  advancing  the  well- 
fare  of  our  fellow-men)  might  have  been  produced  by 
other  causes,  there  were  no  sufficient  reason  calling  for 
the  intervention  of  the  will  of  a  reasonable  agent,  wherein, 
however,  alone  is  to  be  found  the  chief  and  unconditional 
good.  It  is  therefore  nothing  else  than  the  representation 
of  the  law  itself — a  thing  possible  singly  by  Intelligents — 
which,  and  not  the  expected  effect,  determining  the  will, 
constitutes  that  especial  good,  we  call  moral,  which  re- 
sides in  the  person,  and  is  not  waited  for  until  the  ac- 
tion follow. 

What  I  immediately  apprehend  to  be  my  law,  I  recognise  to  be  so  with 
reverence,  which  word  denotes  merely  the  consciousness  of  the  immediate, 
unconditional,  and  unreserved  subordination  of  my  will  to  the  law.  The 
immediate  determination  of  the  will  by  the  law,  and  the  consciousness  of 
it,  is  called  reverence,  and  is  regarded,  not  as  the  cause,  but  as  the  effect, 
of  the  law  upon  the  person.  Strictly  speaking,  reverence  is  the  repre- 
sentation of  a  worth  before  which  self-love  falls  ;  it  cannot,  therefore,  be 
regarded  as  the  object  of  either  love  or  fear,  although  it  bears  analogy 
to  both.  The  object  of  reverence  is  therefore  alone  the  law,  and  in  par- 
ticular that  law  which,  though  put  by  man  upon  himself^  is  yet  not- 
withstanding in  itself  necessary.  As  law,  we  find  ourselves  subjected  to 
it  without  interrogating  self-love  ;  yet  as  imposed  upon  us  by  ourselves, 
it  springs  from  our  own  will ;  and  in  the  former  way  resembles  fear,  in 
the  latter  love.  Reverence,  even  when  felt  for  a  person,  results  from 
the  law  whereof  that  person  gives  us  the  example  (Cato,  of  integrity). 
If  to  cultivate  talents  be  a  duty,  then  we  figure  to  ourselves  a  learned 
man,  as  if  he  presented  to  our  view  the  image  of  law,  enjoining  us  to  be 
conformed  to  his  example,  and  thus  our  reverence  for  him  arises.  What 
is  called  a  moral  interest,  is  based  solely  on  this  emotion. 


12  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

But  the  question  now  presents  itself,  What  kind  of  law 
is  that,  the  representation  of  which  must  alone  determine 
the  will,  if  this  last  is  to  be  denominated  absolutely  and  al- 
together good  ?  Since  I  have  deprived  the  will  of  every 
spring  resulting  from  obedience  to  any  one  given  parti- 
cular law,  there  remains  nothing  except  the  form  of 
law  in  general,  which  can  serve  as  the  mobile  of  the  will ; 
which  ideal  legality,  reduced  to  words,  is  couched  in  the 
following  formula :  "  Act  from  a  maxim  at  all  times  fit  for 
law  universal."  Here  nothing  is  expressed  except  gene- 
ral legality  (dispensing  with  any  particular  law  pointing 
to  any  given  act),  which  serves  the  will  for  its  determin- 
ing principle,  and  which  must  in  truth  do  so,  unless  the 
whole  notion  of  duty  is  to  be  abandoned  as  chimerical 
and  absurd.  The  above  position  is  in  entire  unison  with 
the  notices  of  the  most  untutored  reason ;  and  the  princi- 
ple of  universal  fitness  is,  however  darkly,  ever  present 
to  the  mind.    A  few  examples  will  set  this  beyond  doubt. 

Let  the  question  be  put,  if,  when  in  difiiculty,  I  may 
not  promise,  although  determined  to  act  otherwise  than  I 
say, — and  every  one  will  at  once  see  the  vast  distinction 
betwixt  an  inquiry,  whether  or  no  it  be  prudent,  and 
whether  it  be  right  {i.  e.  conformable  to  laws  of  duty), 
to  promise  deceitfully.  That  it  were  cleverly  done  is  quite 
conceivable ;  nay,  it  would  require  much  adroitness,  since 
it  were  not  enough,  by  this  evasion,  to  secure  for  once 
my  by-ends  and  interests,  but  it  would  be  requisite  to 
ponder  the  posterior  disadvantages,  and  to  study  whether 
the  consequences  of  this  deceit  might  not  issue  in  depriv- 
ing mankind  of  all  confidence  in  me, — an  evil  perhaps 
gi-eater  than  that  from  which  I  proposed  rescuing  myself. 
So  that  it  might  be  needful  to  consider  if  it  were  not, 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  }^ 

even  in  point  of  prudence,  better  to  act  from  a  maxim  pos- 
sessed of  universal  fitness,  which  could  serve  me  for  ever, 
and  to  adopt  the  principle,  nev^er  to  promise  apart  from 
the  intention  to  perform.  But  still,  in  this  latter  event, 
it  is  obvious  that  the  maxim  were  based  on  an  apprehen- 
sion of  the  troublesome  consequences  attendant  on  decep- 
tion ;  and  it  is  quite  different  to  adhere  to  truth  out  of  a 
principle  of  duty,  and  to  adhere  to  it  from  an  apprehen- 
sion of  unpleasant  sequents.  In  the  former  case,  the  very 
notion  of  speaking  truth  involves  in  it  its  own  law,  com- 
manding how  to  act ;  the  second  compels  me  to  look  be- 
yond the  action,  to  ascertain  how  I  may  be  affected  by  it. 
For,  when  I  swerve  from  the  principle  of  duty,  I  know 
for  certain  my  action  to  be  evil ;  but  if  a  maxim  of  pru- 
dence (expediency)  only  be  departed  from,  I  cannot  tell 
whether  the  result  may  not  fall  out  highly  conducive  to 
my  advantage,  although  the  safer  plan  were  to  abide  by 
it.  Now,  in  order  to  know  whether  a  deceitful  promise 
consists  with  duty,  I  put  the  question,  Can  I  will  my 
maxim  (to  free  myself  from  embarrassment  by  a  false 
promise)  law,  in  a  code  or  system  of  universal  moral  le- 
gislation ?  and  the  answer  is,  that  the  thing  is  impossi- 
ble ;  for  it  were  then  vain  for  any  one  to  say  what  he 
would  do,  others  not  believing  the  declaration,  and  repay- 
ing one  another  after  the  same  fashion  ;  consequently 
my  maxim,  if  elevated  to  the  rank  of  law,  would  become 
self-destructive  and  inconsistent,  i.  e.  unfit  for  law  uni- 
versal. 

•  What,  therefore,  I  have  to  do,  in  order  that  my  volition 
be  morally  good,  requires  no  great  acuteness.  How  in- 
experienced soever  in  the  course  of  external  nature,  I 
only  ask,  Canst  thou  will  thy  maxim  to  become  law  uni- 


14  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

versal  ?  If  not,  it  is  to  be  rejected,  and  that  not  on  ac- 
count of  any  disadvantages  emerging  to  thyself  and  others, 
but  because  it  is  unfit  for  law  in  a  system  of  universal 
moral  legislation.  For  this  potential  legislation,  reason 
forces  me  to  entertain  immediate  disinterested  reverence. 
And  though  we  do  not  yet  descry  on  what  this  emotion 
is  founded,  still  we  understand  thus  much  of  it,  that  it  is 
the  representing  a  worth  far  transcending  the  value  of 
whatever  is  addressed  to  appetite  and  inclination ;  and 
that  the  necessity  of  an  act  out  of  pure  reverence  for  the 
law,  is  that  which  constitutes  duty,  before  the  represen- 
tation of  which  law  every  other  mobile  recedes;  that 
being  the  condition  of  a  will  good  in  itself,  the  worth 
of  which  is  above  all. 

And  now  we  have  evolved  the  principle  whereon  de- 
pend the  common  ethic  notices  we  find  mankind  gene- 
rally possessed  of;  a  principle  not  of  course  cogitated  in 
this  abstract  form,  but  which  is  notwithstanding,  how 
darkly  soever,  always  at  hand,  and  made  use  of  daily  by 
all  mankind  in  their  common  practical  opinions  and  judg- 
ments. The  task  were  easy  to  show  how,  with  the  aid 
of  this  principle  for  a  compass,  reason  can  in  every  instance 
steer  for  good  and  evil,  and  all  this  without  teaching  man- 
kind any  thing  new  or  unknown ;  provided  only,  as  Socra- 
tes did,  we  made  reason  attentive  to  her  own  latent  opera- 
tions ;  and  consequently,  how  we  stand  in  no  need  of  sci- 
ence or  philosophy  to  know  what  it  behoves  us  to  do  that 
we  may  become  honest  and  good,  nay,  even  wise  and  vir- 
tuous. This  might  have  been  surmised  from  the  nature 
of  the  case,  that  an  acquaintance  with  what  was  to  be 
done,  which  for  that  reason  it  concerned  every  man  to 
know,  would  have  lain  at  the  door  of  the  most  common 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  15 

person.     Nor  can  we  sufficiently  admire  how  the  practi- 
cal and  active  powers  of  man  are  so  much  more  easily  ex- 
ercised than  we  find  the  same  powers  to  be  in  their  theo- 
retic and  speculative  use ;  for  whenever  untutored  rea- 
son ventures  upon  this  last,  and  quits  the  field  of  expe- 
rience and  observation,  she  gets  involved  on  the  instant 
in  the  incomprehensible,  and  becomes  entangled  in  her 
own  operations,  or,  however,  errs  through  a  labyrinth  of 
inextricable  doubt  and  uncertainty.     But  as  soon  as  man 
has  for  a  practical  end  excluded  all  a  posteriori  motives 
(every  mobile   taken   from  experience  and  observation) 
from  the  action  of  the  moral  law,  then  it  is  that  his  rea- 
son, all  untutored  as  it  may  be,  shows  itself  in  the  great- 
est vigour ;  it  becomes  even  subtile,  and  chicanes  with  its 
own  conscience  as  to  the  demands  of  duty,  or  sometimes 
may  seek  for  its  own  instruction  to  determine  accurately 
the  worth  of  actions,  and,  what  isilhe  point  to  be  observ- 
ed, may  expect  to  do  so  as  successfully  as  any  sage ;  nay, 
may  solve  such  practical  questions  better ;  for  the  philoso- 
pher can,  after  all,  have  no  other  principles  to  proceed  on, 
than  what  the  unlettered  aud  vulgar  have ;  and  his  deci- 
sion stands  in  hazard  of  being  biassed  by  a  multitude  of 
foreign  considerations,  and  so  of  deflecting  from  the  right 
road  to  truth.     And  this  leads  us  again  to  the  further 
question,  if,  since  all  this  is  so,  it  were  not  better  to  leave 
these  ethic  notions  unphilosophized  upon  ;    at  least  to 
bring  in  the  aid  of  science  only  to  make  the  system  more 
complete,  or  to  assign  rules  for  the  purpose  of  polemical 
debate ;  but  not  to  employ  it  for  any  practical  behoof, 
and  so  distort  the  common  sense   of  mankind  from  its 
native  innocence  and  simplicity. 

Innocence  is  indeed  invaluable,  but  then  it  does  not 


16  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

know  how  to  defend  itself,  and  is  easily  seduced.  Hence  it 
comes,  that  even  wisdom  (which  consists  not  in  knowledge, 
so  much  as  in  what  man  practically  pursues  and  avoids) 
stands  in  need  of  aid  from  science,  not  to  learn  any  thing, 
but  to  procure  an  inlet  and  stable  foundation  for  her  de- 
crees. Man  feels  within  him  a  mighty  counterpoise 
against  those  edicts  of  duty  which  reason  represents  to 
be  so  highly  august  and  venerable  ;  a  counterpoise  arising 
from  his  physical  wants  and  instincts,  the  aggregate  gra- 
tification of  all  which  he  calls  happiness.  Reason,  how- 
ever, unremittingly  issues  her  inexorable  command,  and 
holds  out  to  the  appetencies  no  prospect  or  promise  of  any 
sort ;  and  so  seems  to  disregard  and  hold  for  nought  their 
tumultuous  and  yet  plausible  claims,  although  these  are 
not  put  to  silence  by  the  law.  From  this  there  results  a 
dialectic  within  a  man's  own  self,  i.  e.  a  propensity  or 
proneness  to  quibble  ikvay  these  rigid  laws  of  duty;  at 
least  to  raise  doubts  as  to  their  extent  and  severity,  and  to 
shape  them,  if  possible,  into  a  form  coinciding  with  man's 
appetites  and  wants ;  that  is,  in  other  words,  to  corrupt 
at  the  source  the  fountain  of  duty,  and  to  tarnish  and 
cloud  all  its  dignity,  which,  however,  again  reason  comes 
to  revolt  at,  and  disapproves. 

We  see,  then,  how  it  happens  that  even  unlettered  and 
vulgar  reason  is  forced  to  step  from  home,  and  enter  the 
fields  of  practical  philosophy ;  not  certainly  to  satisfy  a 
speculation  (by  no  fit  of  which  the  reason  of  the  vulgar, 
so  long  as  he  is  sane,  is  at  any  time  invaded),  but  in  or- 
der to  be  resolved  as  to  her  practical  doubts,  and  to  gain 
information  there  as  to  the  origin  and  foundation  of  her 
own  principles,  and  to  be  enabled  to  fix  their  weight  and 
importance,  when  contrasted  with  those  other  maxims 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  IT 

which  rest  siugly  on  appetite  and  want,  and  so  to  be  ex- 
tricated from  the  double  embarrass  caused  by  these  two- 
fold claims,  and  shun  the  hazard  of  making  peril  of  ge- 
nuine ethic  principles.  And  as  reason,  in  its  speculative 
use,  fell  into  a  dialectic  with  itself,  in  the  same  way  we 
find  that  the  practical  reason,  even  of  the  unlettered,  ar- 
rives unawares  at  the  same  antagonism  with  itself.  Nor 
can  either  the  one  or  other  hope  to  attain  security  and  re- 
pose, except  by  instituting  an  accui*ate  inquiry  into  the 
reach  and  extent  of  their  own  a  priori  functions  and  ope- 
rations. 


18  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 


CHAPTER  II. 

TRANSIT  FROM  COMMON  MORAL  PHILOSOPHY  TO  THE    METAPHY- 
SIC  OF  ETHICS. 

Hitherto  we  have  investigated  the  notion  duty,  as  we 
found  it  occurring  in  everyday  practice ;  but  it  must  not 
on  that  account  be  fancied  that  we  have  been  occupied 
with  a  mere  a  posteriori  notion.  On  the  contrary,  when 
we  attend  to  what  experience  teaches  of  the  conduct  of 
mankind,  we  hear  many  complaints,  the  justice  of  which 
we  must  admit,  that  no  certain  instance  can  be  adduced, 
of  actions  flowing  from  the  inward  bent  of  the  will,  to 
act  singly  out  of  regard  to  duty ;  since,  even  in  the  cases 
where  an  action  is  quite  in  accordance  with  what  duty 
would  demand,  experience  and  observation  leave  it  entirely 
in  doubt  how  far  the  action  emanated  from  a  principle  of 
duty,  and  so  possessed  any  moral  worth.  Accordingly 
philosophers  have  at  all  times  been  found  who  denied  the 
real  existence  of  such  inward  dutiful  intent,  and  who 
have  insisted  on  ascribing  all  to  self-love  ;  not  that  they 
called  in  question  the  accuracy  of  the  idea  of  morality, 
but  regretted  rather  the  frailty  and  improbity  of  human 
nature,  which,  while  so  noble  as  to  start  from  the  con- 
templation of  so  highly  reverend  an  idea,  was  at  the  same 
time  too  weak  to  keep  moving  in  its  track,  and  employed 
reason,  the  legislator  and  governor  of  the  will,  to  no  other 
end  than  to  adjust  and  settle  the  discordant  claims  of 
appetite  and  passion. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  19 

So  little,  in  fact,  is  this  notion  borrowed  from  experience 
and  observation,  that  it  is  utterly  impossible  to  assign 
any  instance  where  the  maxims  Oi  an  action  outwardly 
conformable  to  duty  rested  singly  upon  moral  grounds, 
and  flowed  directly  from  the  representation  of  its  law : 
and  although  there  are  unquestionably  cases  where,  after 
the  severest  self-examination,  we  can  discover  nothing  but 
the  ethic  sway  of  duty  sufficiently  mighty  to  have  moved 
the  will  to  this  or  that  action,  and  to  such  vast  self-de- 
nials ;  still  we  are  unable  to  conclude  that  self-love  may 
not  have  co-operated  with  the  law,  or  that  somewhat  as- 
suming the  place  and  likeness  of  duty  may  not,  after  all, 
have  been  the  real  determining  ground  of  acting ;  where- 
upon we  falsely  ascribe  to  ourselves  the  nobler  motive, 
although  in  point  of  fact  the  most  sifting  scrutiny  cannot 
carry  us  into  those  secret  springs.    Since,  where  question 
is  made  of  the  moral  worth  of  a  person,  the  question  turns 
not  on  what  we  see,  but  on  the  inward  principle  regulat- 
ing the  causality  of  the  will ;  and  to  this  no  experience 
and  observation  can  extend. 

It  is  impossible  to  do  a  greater  service  to  those  who 
laugh  to  scorn  the  idea  of  absolute  morality,  as  fantastical 
and  absurd,  than  to  admit  that  duty  and  its  cognate  no- 
tions are  a  postermri^  and  taken  from  observation  and  ex- 
perience (a  position  extended  by  some,  out  of  sheer  indo- 
lence, to  all  perceptions  whatsoever) ;  for  then  we  prepare 
for  them  a  certain  triumph.  I  am  ready  to  grant  that 
the  major  part  of  our  actions  coincide  with  duty  :  on  exa- 
mining, however,  the  aim  and  designs  of  mankind,  self 
is  generally  found  predominant,  and  actions  spring  from 
self,  not  from  the  stern  law  which  in  most  cases  ordains 
self-denial.     Nor  need  he  be  deemed  an  enemy  to  virtue. 


20  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

bat  a  calm  observer  simply — not  inclined  to  mistake  his 
good  hopes  of  mankind  for  the  reality  he  wishes — who 
may  at  times  be  led  to  doubt  whether  genuine  virtue  is 
anywhere  to  be  found  throughout  the  world ;  and,  in 
such  a  state  of  things,  nowhat  can  guard  against  our  to- 
tal apostacy  from  the  idea  duty,  and  uphold  in  our  soul 
reverence  for  its  law,  except  the  clear  insight — that 
even  although  there  never  yet  were  actions  emanating 
from  this  pure  source,  that  cannot  affect  the  question  : 
since  we  do  not  now  inquire  what  phenomena  may  in 
fact  happen,  but  whether  or  not  reason,  irrespective  of  all 
phenomena,  legislate  for  herself,  and  ordain  what  ought  to 
happen  ?  i.  e.  whether  reason  do  not  unremittingly  call  for 
conduct,  whereof  perhaps  the  world  never  yet  saw  an  ex- 
ample, and  the  practicability  of  which  would  be  doubted 
or  denied  by  those  who  advance  singly  on  experience  and 
observation  ? — and  the  consequent  conviction  that, — dis- 
interested friendship  (for  example)  is  not  the  less  justly 
expected  from  mankind,  although  possibly  there  may  never 
yet  have  been  any  moral  friends, — friendship  being  a  duty 
indicated  as  such,  independently  of  and  prior  to  all  expe- 
rience, and  given  with  the  idea  of  a  will  determined  a 
priori  upon  grounds  of  reason. 

Again,  when  it  is  added,  that  unless  whei'e  morality  is 
totally  denied,  no  one  doubts  that  its  law  is  figured  to  be 
of  catholic  extent,  and  valid,  not  adventitiously  or  con- 
tingently, but  absolutely  and  necessarily,  and  that  not 
merely  for  man,  but  for  every  intelligent  nature ;  such 
universality  and  necessity  reminds  us  at  once  that  no  ex- 
pei'iment  or  observation  could  even  suggest  to  us  the 
possibility  of  thinking  such  an  apodictic  legislation.  Nor 
rould  we  have  any  right  to  bring  into  unlimited  reverence, 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  ^i 

as  an  edict  addressed  to  every  Rational,  a  law  dependent 
on  the  particular  and  accidental  structure  of  humanity ; 
nor  could  we  hold  laws  determining  our  will,  for  laws 
determining  all  wills,  regarding  them  in  fact  on  this  last 
account  alone  as  likewise  laws  for  us,  were  their  origin 
in  experience  and  observation,  and  were  they  not  entire- 
ly originated  by  the  pure  a  priori  spontaneity  of  practical 
reason. 

Nor  can  morality  fall  into  the  hands  of  worse  defenders 
than  when  it  happens  into  the  hands  of  those  who  attempt 
to  found  it  on  examples ;  for  every  example  given  to  me 
of  it  must  first  be  compared  with  a  principle  and  stan- 
dard of  morality,  to  know  if  it  be  worthy  of  being  elevat- 
ed to  the  rank  of  an  archetype  or  pattern,  and  so  of  course 
cannot  originate  in  us  the  notion.  Even  the  Holy  One 
in  the  gospel  is  only  recognised  to  be  so  when  compared 
with  our  ideal  of  moral  excellence.  So  much  is  this  the 
case,  that  he  himself  said.  Why  call  ye  me  (whom  ye  see) 
good  ?  there  is  none  good  (the  archetype  of  it)  but  God 
only  (whom  ye  do  not  see).  Whence  this  idea  God,  as  the 
supreme  archetypal  good  ?  singly  from  that  idea  of  ethical 
perfection,  evolved  by  reason  a  priori,  and  connected  by 
it  indissolubly  to  the  notion  of  a  free  will.  Imitation  has 
no  place  in  morals-  Examples  serve  only  to  encourage 
to  moral  practice, — to  put  beyond  doubt  the  possibility  of 
performing  those  duties  unremittingly  commanded  by  the 
law, — and  to  exhibit  to  sense,  in  a  tangible  and  outward 
substance,  what  the  legislation  of  reason  expresses  only  in 
the  abstract  and  general ;  but  their  use  is  perverted  when 
their  original  in  reason  is  overlooked,  and  conduct  regu- 
lated upon  the  model  of  the  example. 

If  there  be  no  genuine  and  supreme  principle  of  mora- 


22  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

lity  given  apart  from  all  observation  and  experience,  and 
resting  upon  reason  only,  then  I  think  it  were  idle  so 
much  as  to  inquire  if  it  were  'good  to  treat  these  a  priori 
notions,  and  to  deliver  their  principles  in  the  abstract ;  un- 
less indeed  we  merely  wished  to  separate  betwixt  the  com- 
mon ethic  notions  of  the  unlettered,  and  a  system  of  them 
which  might  aspire  to  be  called  philosophical.  And  yet 
in  the  present  age  this  last  may  well  be  necessary ;  for 
were  we  to  collect  voices  as  to  whether  a  popular  practi- 
cal philosophy,  or  metaphysic  of  ethics  (t.  e.  rational  cog- 
nition divested  of  every  a  posteriori  part),  were  more  eligi- 
ble, I  know  full  well  on  which  side  I  should  find  most 
votes. 

To  accommodate  a  science  to  the  common  conceptions 
of  the  people  is  highly  laudable,  when  once  the  science 
has  been  established  on  first  principles ;  and  that,  in  the 
present  case,  would  amount  to  founding  ethics  on  tlieir 
true  basis,  metaphysics  ;  after  which  a  popular  dress  may 
carry  and  spread  the  science  more  widely;  but  to  attempt 
such  a  thing  in  a  first  investigation  is  folly.  Not  only 
would  such  procedure  have  no  claim  to  the  signal  and 
rare  merit  of  true  philosophic  popularity,  but  it  would 
lie  open  to  the  objection  of  amounting  to  no  more  than  an 
odious  and  revolting  mixture  of  random  remarks,  crude 
and  half-fledged  opinions, — a  mad  attempt,  which  would 
furnish  the  shallow  with  materials  to  talk  of  and  quote  in 
conversation,  but  which  could  only  embarrass  the  more 
profound,  who,  dissatisfied,  avert  their  eyes,  and  remain 
unaided ;  although  those  who  see  through  the  illusion  are 
little  listened  to  when  they  insist  on  the  abandonment  of 
a  futile  popularity  in  order  to  become  then  only  popular 
when  clear  and  definite  insight  has  been  attained. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  28 

To  illustrate  this  remark,  it  were  only  requisite  to  exa- 
mine popular  modern  treatises  which  have  been  got  up 
in  this  taste,  and  we  find  at  one  time  the  destiny  of 
man,  which  is  particular,  at  another,  the  idea  of  an  intel- 
ligent nature,  which  is  general, — here  perfection,  there 
happiness, — then  somewhat  of  the  moral  sense,  and  of  the 
fear  of  God, — all  mixed  up  in  one  huge  heterogeneous  mass. 
But  nowhere  do  the  authors  seem  to  have  impinged  upon 
the  cardinal  question,  whether  principles  of  morality  were 
to  be  sought  for  in  the  psycology  of  human  nature  ?  (which 
we  know  only  from  experience  and  observation), — or  whe- 
ther, if  this  be  not  the  case,  they  are  not  to  be  met  with 
wholly  a  priori  in  pure  ideas  of  reason,  and  nowhere  else  ? 
Nor  did  it  ever  occur  to  them,  in  this  last  event,  to  com- 
mence an  investigation  of  these  first  principles,  as  a  par- 
ticular and  separate  department  of  philosophic  science, 
called,  if  I  may  be  allowed  the  expression,  "  metaphysic*  of 
ethics," — to  isolate  and  keep  it  by  itself,  in  order  to  ex- 
haust and  complete  its  entire  circuit  and  extent, — divert- 
ing in  the  mean  time  a  public  impatient  for  popularity  till 
the  issue  and  conclusion  of  the  investigation. 

Such  a  system  of  metaphygic  ethics,  isolated  and  clear- 
ed of  all  theology,  anthropology,  physics,  hyperphysics, 
and  occult  qualities,  which  I  may  call  hypophysics,  is  not 
merely  a  substratum  indispensable  for  all  theoretic  know- 
ledge in  the  department  of  duty,  but  is  likewise  a  main 

"  As  pure  mathematics  and  logic  are  distinguished  from  the  same 
sciences  when  mixed,  the  pure  philosophy  of  morals  (metaphysic  of 
ethics)  may  be  distinguished  from  the  "  mixed"  i.  e.  when  applied  to  hu- 
man nature  and  its  phenomena.  Such  an  appellative  reminds  us  that 
the  principles  of  ethics  cannot  be  founded  on  any  peculiarity  in  man's 
nature,  but  must  demand  an  establishment  a  priori,  whence  will  flow  a 
practical  rule  of  life  valid  for  all  Intelligents,  and  so  for  man  likewise. 


24  GUOUNDWORK  OF  THE 

desideratum  towards  the  actual  fulfilment  of  its  law  ;  for 
the  naked  representation  duty,  unadulterated  with  any 
foreign  charms,  in  short  the  moral  law  itself,  is  so  much 
stronger  a  mobile  to  the  will  than  any  other  motive,  that 
reason  first  learns  by  this  method  her  own  causal-force 
and  independency  on  every  sensitive  determinator ;  until 
at  lengthft(!waking  fully  to  the  consciousness  of  her  own  su- 
premacy and  dignity,  she  scorns  to  act  from  any  such,  and 
comes  in  the  sequel  to  be  able  to  control  and  to  command 
them  ,•  which  things  a  system  of  ethics,  not  defecated  from 
the  emotions  of  the  sensory,  cannot  effect;  for  there  the 
mind  is  at  once  perturbed  by  opposing  causes,  and  is  for- 
ced to  waver  betwixt  feelings  and  ideas  which  cannot  be 
reduced  to  any  common  principle,  and  is  accordingly,  ow- 
ing to  this  instability  and  uncertainty,  led  sometimes 
wrong — sometimes  right. 

From  the  above  it  is  clear  that  all  ethical  ideas  have 
their  origin  and  seat  altogether  a  priori  in  reason  (in  the 
reason  of  the  unlettered,  of  course,  as  much  as  in  that  of 
the  most  finished  sage),  that  they  are  not  susceptible 
of  explanation  upon  any  a  posteriori  system ;  that  in  this 
highjonm  source  consists  their  dignity  and  title  to  be  su- 
preme practical  principles  of  life;  thatihe  addition  of  any 
posteriori  motive  lessens  their  native  force  upon  the  will, 
and  destroys  to  that  extent  the  absolute  unconditioned 
worth  of  the  action ;  and  that  it  is  absolutely  necessary,  in 
adjusting  the  speculative  theory  of  ethics,  as  well  as  of  the 
last  practical  importance  in  the  conduct  of  life,  to  deduce 
the  laws  and  ideas  of  morality  from  naked  reason,  to  deliver 
these  pure  arid  unmixed,  and  to  examine  and  exhaust  the 
whole  circuit  of  this  originary  science  of  reason  {?•  e.  to 
ihvestigate  the  a  priori  functions  and  operations  of  reasonj 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  25 

% 

as  a  practical  faculty  of  action)  :  in  which  investigation 
we  cannot,  as  in  speculative  philosophy,  examine  the  par- 
ticular operations  of  the  human  reason,  but  are  forced  to 
examine  reason  as  such,  abstractedly  and  apart  from  the 
nature  of  man ;  the  moral  law  having  ethical  virtue  to 
oblige  all  will  whatsoever,  and  so  demanding  a  deduc- 
tion from  the  abstract  notion  of  intelligent  existence. 
And  in  this  way  alone  can  ethics  (which,  in  their  applica- 
tion to  man,  stand  in  need  of  anthropology)  be  fully  clear- 
ed and  purged  of  this  last,  rendered  a  pure  philosophy, 
andsofit  to  be  prelected  on  as  an  entire  metaphysic  science; 
bearing,  the  while,  well  in  mind,  that,  apart  from  possess- 
ing such  metaphysic,  not  only  is  it  vain  to  attempt  to  de- 
tect speculatively  the  ethical  part  of  given  actions,  but 
that  it  is  impossible,  in  ethical  instruction  {i.  e.  in  the  most 
common  practical  case),  to  base  morality  on  its  true  foun- 
dation, to  eflfcctuate  genuine  moral  sentiments,  and  deter- 
mine the  mind,  by  the  idea  of  the  summum  bonum,  to  ex- 
ert itself  onwards  toward  the  advancement  of  the  general 
welfare  of  humanity. 

Now,  to  advance  in  this  investigation  from  the  common 
opinions,  Avhich  are  highly  venerable,  to  the  philosophi- 
cal, as  was  done  in  the  former  chapter,  and  from  that 
popular  tentative  philosophy  which  I  have  just  denoun- 
ced, up  to  a  system  of  metaphysics  containing  no  a  pos- 
teriori part,  and  rising  in  its  course  even  to  ideas  where 
all  examples  fall  away,  it  is  needful  to  pursue  reason  in 
its  active  function,  from  its  general  law  of  determina- 
tion, up  to  that  point  where  the  notion  duty  is  evolved. 

Every  thing  in  the  world  acts  according  to  laws  ;  an 
Intelligent  alone  has  the  prerogative  of  acting  according 
to  ihc  representation  of  laws,  i.  e,  has  a  will  :  and  since 


26  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

to  deduce  actions  fi*om  laws,  reason  is  required,  it  follows 
that  will  js_iiothing  else  than  practical  reason.  When 
reason  invariably  determines  the  will,  then  the  agent's 
actions  which  are  recognised  as  objectively  necessary,  are 
subjectively  necessary  too  ;  that  is,  tHe  will  is  then  a  fa- 
culty to  choose  that  only  which  reason,  independently 
on  appetite,  recognises  to  be  practically  necessary,  i.  e. 
good.  But  if  reason  do  not  itself  alone  determine  the 
will,  and  the  will  be  subjected  to  inward  impediments 
and  stimuli  not  always  in  unison  with  the  law, — in  one 
word,  if  reason  and  the  will  do  not  exactly  tally  (as  is 
the  case  with  man), — then  are  the  actions  recognised  as 
objectively  necessary,  subjectively  contingent ;  and  the  de- 
termination of  such  a  will,  conformably  to  objective  laws, 
is  necessitation ;  that  is,  the  relation  obtaining  betwixt 
objective  laws  and  a  will  not  altogether  good,  is  repre- 
sented as  the  determining  an  Intelligent's  will  upon 
grounds  of  reason,  but  to  which  the  will  is  not  by  its  na- 
ture necessarily  conformed. 

The  representation  of  an  objective  principle,  so  far  as 
it  necessitates  the  will,  is  called  a  commandment  (of  rea- 
son) ;  and  a  formula  expressing  such  is  called  an  impe- 
rative. 

All  impei'atives  are  expressed  by  the  words  "  shall  or 
ought,''  and  thus  denote  the  relation  obtaining  betwixt 
an  objective  law  of  reason,  and  a  will  so  constituted  as 
not  to  be  necessarily  determined  by  it  (necessitation). 
They  say  that  somewhat  were  good  to  be  pursued  or 
avoided,  but  they  say  so  to  a  will  not  always  acting  be- 
cause it  is  represented  to  him  that  somewhat  is  good. 
That  is  practically  good  which  determines  the  will  by  the 
intervention  of  a  representation  of  reason,  i.  e.  not   by 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHJCS.  27 

force  of  subjective  stimulants,  but  objectively,  i.  e.  upon 
grounds  valid  for  every  Intelligent  as  such.  In  this  respect 
the  good  differs  from  the  agreeable,*  which  last  affects  the 
will  by  means  of  subjective  sensations,  valid  for  the  parti- 
cular taste  of  individuals  only ;  not  like  a  principle  of  rea- 
son, which  is  possessed  of  universal  validity. 

A  perfectly  good  will  would,  equally  with  a  defective 
one,  come  to  stand  under  objective  laws  (of  good)  ;  but 
with  this  difference,  that  it  cannot  be  regarded  as  neces- 
sitated by  the  law  to  the  legal  action, — its  very  nature  be- 
ing such  as  to  render  it  capable  of  determination  only  by 
the  representation  of  what  is  good.  Hence  no  imperative 
is  valid  for  the  Divine  Will,  nor  indeed  for  any  will  figur- 
ed to  be  Holy.  Thou  shalt  were  misapplied  to  such  a  will 
— the  will  being  already  spontaneously  in  harmony  with 
the  law.  An  imperative  is  then  no  more  than  a  formu- 
la, expressing  the  relation  betwixt  objective  laws  of  vo- 
lition and  the  subjective  imperfection  of  particular  wills 
(e.  g.  the  human). 

*  The  dependency  of  the  will  on  sense  is  called  appetite,  and  it  al- 
ways indicates  a  want  or  need ;  but  the  dependency  of  the  will  on  prin- 
ciples of  reason  is  called  an  interest.  This  last  obtains,  therefore,  only 
in  a  dependent  will,  not  spontaneously  conformed  to  reason.  To  the  Di- 
vine Will  no  interest  can  be  ascribed ;  the  human  will  may  take  an  inte- 
rest in  an  action,  without  on  that  accoimt  acting  out  of  interest ;  the 
first  is  the  practical  interest  taken  in  an  action  ;  the  second  would  be  the 
pathological  interest  taken  in  the  end  aimed  at  by  the  action.  The  former 
indicates  merely  the  dependency  of  the  will  on  reason  as  such;  the  se- 
cond dependency  on  rational  principles  subserving  an  appetite,  i.  e.  where 
reason  assigns  a  rule  how  the  wants  oi  appetite  may  be  best  appeased.  In 
the  first  case,  the  action  interests  me,  in  the  second  the  object  of  the  ac- 
tion (in  so  far  as  agreeable).  We  saw  in  the  former  section,  that  in  an 
action  out  of  duty,  the  interest  lay  not  in  the  object  and  end  attained  by 
the  action,  but  singly  in  the  act  itself,  and  its  principle  in  reason  (».  c. 
the  law). 


28  GllOUNDWORK  OF  THE 

An  imperative  commands  either  liypotlietically  or  cate- 
gorically. The  former  expresses  that  an  action  is  neces- 
sary as  a  mean  toward  somewhat  further;  but  the  latter 
is  such  an  imperative  as  represents  an  action  to  be  in  it- 
self necessary,  and  without  regard  had  to  any  what  out 
of  and  beyond  it,  i.  e.  objectively  necessary. 

Because  every  practical  law  represents  some  action  or 
another  as  good,  it  represents  it  to  a  being  determinable 
by  reason,  as  in  so  far  necessary ;  and  hence,  upon  this  ac- 
count, an  imperative  may  be  further  explained  to  be  a  for- 
mula potentially  determining  an  action  deemed  necessary 
by  a  will  good  in  any  sort  of  way.  If  the  action  be  good 
only  for  somewhat  else,  i.  e.  as  a  mean,  then  the  impera- 
tive is  hypothetical ;  but  if  represented  as  good  in  itself, 
t.  e.  necessary  according  to  the  principles  of  a  will  self- 
conformed  to  its  own  reason,  then  it  is  categorical. 

An  imperative,  then,  declares  which  of  the  actions  I 
may  have  it  in  my  power  to  perform  is  good ;  and  it 
presents  to  view  a  practical  rule  taken  in  connection 
with  a  will,  not  constantly  choosing  an  action  because  it 
is  good,  and  this  for  two  reasons :  in  part,  that  it  often 
does  not  know  what  action  is  good ;  and  also  in  part, 
because,  when  it  knows  this,  its  maxims  militate  against 
the  law  objected  to  the  mind  by  reason. 

A  hypothetical  imperative  expresses  merely  the  relative 
goodness  of  an  act,  viz.  as  good  for  some  ulterior  end,  re^ 
garded  either  as  in  posse  or  in  esse.  In  the  prior  case  it 
is  a  problematic  ;  in  the  latter,  an  assertive  position.  But 
the  categorical  imperative  which  propounds  an  act  as  in 
itself  objectively-necessary,  independently  of  every  far- 
ther end  or  aim,  is  an  apodictic  practical  position. 

But  as  it  may  be  needful  to  investigate  more  in  detail 


AIETAI'HYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  ^ 

the  nature  and  constitution  of  these  three  kinds  of  im- 
peratives, I  observe, 

First,  We  may  consider  whatever  the  power  of  an  agent 
may  accomplish,  as  the  potential  end  of  his  will ;  whence 
there  spring  as  many  principles  of  action  as  ends,  which 
the  being  may  regard  as  necessary  in  order  to  gain  some 
given  purposes.     Even  the  sciences  have  a  practical  part, 
consisting  of  problems  demanding  a  solution,  and  of  im- 
peratives announcing  how  such  solution  (the  end)  is  to 
be  effected  ;  and  imperatives  of  this  kind  are  imperatives 
of  art.     Whether  the  end  be  good  or  rational,  is  no  ele- 
ment of  the  investigation,  but  simply  this — what  it  is  re- 
quisite to  do  in  order  to  reach  it.      The  recipe  of  a  phy- 
sician for  thoroughly  re-establishing  his  patient,  and  that 
of  an  assassin  for  poisoning  him,  have  this  value  in  com- 
mon, viz.  that  of  teaching  surely  how  each  may  gain  his 
end ;  and  since  mankind  do  not  know  what  ends  may  oc- 
cur in  life,  youth  is  taught  as  many  things  as  possible, 
and  care  is  taken  to  advance  his  skill  and  accomplish- 
ments so  as  to  facilitate  the  practice  of  various  ends,  though 
no  end  can  yet  be  fixed  on  as  the  fit  choice  of  the  youth 
himself — among  which  ends  he  is  left  to  choose,   since 
it  may  be  presumed  that  some  one  of  them  will  be  his. 
Nay,  this  care  is  frequently  so  great,  that  mankind  ne- 
glect to  instruct  their  youth  how  to  estimate  the  worth 
of  those  things  they  have  ultimately  to  accept  or  decline 
as  ends. 

Secondly,  There  is,  however,  one  end,  which  we  con- 
clude that  every  finite  being  has,  and  that  by  the  physical 
necessity  of  his  nature,  viz.  the  end  and  aim  called  happi- 
ness. The  hypothetical  imperative  announcing  the  prac- 
tical necessity  of  an  act  as  a  mean  for  advancing  one's  own 


30  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

Imppiuess,  is  assertive.  The  imperative  is  necessary,  not 
for  any  vague,  indefinite,  unknown  end,  but  for  one  which 
we  can  certainly  presuppose  in  the  case  of  every  man,  such 
end  being  engrafted  into  his  very  Being.  Now  adroitness 
in  choosing  the  means  conducing  to  the  greatest  amount 
of  one's  personal  happiness,  is  prudence  (in  the  limited  sense 
of  that  term) ;  whence  it  follows,  that  the  imperative  of  pru- 
dence, referring  to  the  choice  of  such  means,  is  hypotheti- 
cal, i.  e.  the  action  is  ordained,  not  absolutely  on  its  own 
account,  but  as  a  mean  toward  somewhat  ulterior. 

Lastly,  There  is  an  imperative,  Avhich,  irrespective  of 
every  ulterior  end  or  aim,  commands  categorically.  Such 
imperative  concerns  not  the  matter  of  action,  nor  that 
which  may  flow  from  it,  but  its  form  and  principle ;  and 
the  act's  essential  goodness  consists  in  the  formality  of  its 
intent,  be  the  result  what  it  may.  This  last  imperative 
may  be  called  one  of  morality. 

The  difference  of  the  volition  in  these  threefold  impera- 
tives is  perceptible  when  we  attend  to  the  dissimilar 
grades  of  necessitation  expressed  by  the  imperative ;  and 
in  this  point  of  view  they  might,  I  think,  be  fitly  called, 
1.  rules  of  art;  2.  dictates  of  prudence;  3.  laws  (com- 
mandments) of  morality:  for  law  alone  involves  the  con- 
ception of  an  unconditionate,  and  objective,  and  univer- 
sally valid  necessity;  and  a  commandment  is  a  law  to 
which,  even  with  violence  to  inclination,  obedience  must 
be  yielded.  A  dictate  expresses  likewise  a  necessity,  but 
then  it  is  no  more  than  a  subjective  and  conditioned  one ; 
whereas  the  categorical  imperative  is  restrained  to  no 
condition,  and  it  can  alone,  as  absolutely  necessary,  be  a 
commandment.  The  first  sort  are  technical,  the  second 
pragmatic,  the  third  ethical  imperatives. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  31 

This  brings  us  to  the  question,  how  all  these  imperatives 
are  possible, — a  question  which  asks,  not  how  they  may 
be  reduced  to  practice,  but  how  the  necessitation  expressed 
in  each  imperative  can  be  depicted  to  the  mind.  How  an ; 
imperative  of  art  is  possible,  requires  no  further  explana-| 
tion.  Whoso  wills  the  end  aimed  at,  wills  also  th^ 
means  indispensably  requisite  for  attaining  it.  This  posi- 
tion is  analytic,  for  in  willing  an  object  as  my  own  effect, 
I  represent  my  own  causality  as  employing  the  means 
toward  it ;  and  the  imperative  merely  developes  the  con- 
ception of  acts  necessary  to  this  end,  out  of  the  concep- 
tion "  willing  that  end  itself."  To  determine  the  means 
requisite  for  attaining  the  end  may  no  doubt  be  difficult, 
and  will  require  synthetic  propositions ;  but  these  do  not 
concern  the  ground,  the  originary  act  of  will,  but  respect 
singly  the  realization  of  its  object.  That  in  order  to  bi- 
sect a  line  with  certainty,  I  must  describe  from  its  extre- 
mities segments  of  intersecting  circles,  is  taught  in  the 
mathematics  by  synthetic  propositions  only ;  but  when  I 
know  that  these  steps  must  take  place  in  order  to  that  end, 
then  it  is  an  analytic  proposition  to  say,  that  when  I  will 
the  end,  I  will  also  the  intervening  steps ;  for  to  repre- 
sent somewhat  as  an  effect  possible  by  me  in  a  given 
way,  and  to  represent  myself  as  acting  in  that  way  to- 
ward the  effect,  are  quite  identical. 

The  imperatives  of  prudence  would  stand  exactly  in  the 
same  situation  with  those  of  art,  were  it  alike  easy  to 
frame  a  definite  conception  of  what  is  happiness ;  and  in 
either  case  we  should  say,  he  who  wills  the  end,  wills 
likewise  all  the  means  toward  it,  which  are  within  his 
power.  But  unfortunately  the  conception  happiness  is  so 
vague,  that  although  all  wish  to  attain  it,  yet  no  one  is 


32  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

ever  able  to  state  distinctly  to  himself  what  the  object 
willed  is ;  the  reason  whereof  is,  that  the  elements  consti- 
tuting the  conception  happiness  are  cognizable  a  poste- 
riori only,  and  must  be  inferred  inductively  from  expe- 
rience and  observation;  while  at  the  same  time,  as  an 
ideal  of  imagination,  happiness  demands  an  absolute  whole^ 
i.  e.  a  maximum  of  well-being,  both  in  my  present  and 
every  future  state ;  and  what  this  may  in  real  fact  and 
event  amount  to,  no  finite  Intelligent  can  explain,  nor 
can  he  tell  what  it  is  he  chooses  in  such  a  volition.  Is 
wealth  the  object  of  his  desire  ?  how  much  envy  and  de- 
traction may  that  not  entail  upon  him  ?  in  what  perturba- 
tions may  that  not  involve  him  ?  Are  superior  parts  and 
vast  learning  the  object  of  his  choice  ?  such  advantages 
might  prove  but  a  sad  eminence  whence  to  descry  evils 
at  present  hidden  from  his  sight ;  or  they  might  become 
a  source  of  new  and  previously  unknown  wants,  and  he 
who  should  increase  in  knowledge  might  eminently  in- 
crease in  sorrow.  Does  he  choose  long  life?  whatif  it  should 
turn  out  a  long  misery  ?  or,  even  if  health  were  his  cho- 
sen object,  must  he  not  admit  that  indisposition  has  often 
guarded  from  excess  and  screened  from  temptations,  into 
which  exuberant  health  might  have  misled  him  ?  In  short, 
it  is  quite  beyond  man's  power  to  determine  with  certainty 
what  would  make  him  happy.  Omniscience  alone  could 
solve  this  question  for  him.  In  these  circumstances, 
man  can  fix  on  no  determinate  principles  of  conduct  issu- 
ing in  happiness,  but  is  forced  to  adopt  such  dictates  of 
prudence,  i.  e.  such  maxims  of  economy,  politeness,  and 
reserve,  as  experience  and  observation  show  on  an  aver- 
age to  promote  the  greatest  quantum  of  well-being.  From 
all  which  we  infer,  that,  strictly  speaking,  imperatives  of 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  33 

prudence  do  not  command,  actions  not  being  i*epresented 
by  them  as  objectively  necessary ;  and  that  they  are  ra- 
ther to  be  regarded  as  suggestions  {consilia)^  than  as  de- 
crees of  reason.  The  question,  what  action  would  infallibly 
promote  the  happiness  of  a  reasonable  agent,  is  altogether 
unanswerable  ;  and  there  can  consequently  be  no  impera- 
tive at  all  with  regard  to  it.  However,  if  the  mean  to- 
ward happiness  could  be  successfully  assigned,  the  impe- 
rative of  prudence  would,  like  the  technical,  be  an  ana- 
lytic proposition ;  for  it  differs  from  the  imperative  of 
art  in  this  singly,  that  in  the  latter  the  end  is  potential, 
in  the  former,  given ;  both  enjoining  merely  the  means 
necessary  for  reaching  somewhat  already  willed  as  end ; 
but  where  this  is  done,  the  position  is  analytic, — there  can 
therefore  be  no  difficulty  in  comprehending  how  this  im- 
perative is  possible. 

But  how  the  imperative  of  morality  comes  to  be  pos- 
sible, is  beyond  doubt  a  very  difficult  question,  and  is  in 
fact  the  only  problem  requiring  a  solution  ;  the  imperative 
not  being  hypothetic,  and  its  objective,  absolute  necessity, 
not  admitting  any  explanation  from  suppositions.  Neither 
can  we  in  this  investigation  aid  ourselves  by  examples ; 
for  experience  and  observation  would  always  leave  us  in 
doubt  whether  the  imperative  were  not  hypothetic,  although 
appearing  apodictic :  Thus,  when  it  is  said,  "  Thou  shalt 
not  make  any  false  promise,"  and  the  necessity  announced 
in  such  an  imperative  is  understood  to  be  unconditional, 
so  that  it  could  not  have  been  expressed  thus,  Make  no 
false  promise,  lest  thou  destroy  thy  credit,"  then  it  is  plain 
that  no  example  can  make  exhibitive  such  categoric  de- 
termination of  will ;  for  the  example  cannot  satisfy  us  that 
every  other  mobile  was  excluded  from  the  will,  and  that 

c 


34  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

the  law  was  itself  alone,  abstracted  from  all  other  consider- 
ations, the  only  spring  of  action  ;  and  it  is  quite  conceiv- 
able that  some  secret  fear  of  shame,  or  apprehension  of 
other  evils,  may  have  co-operated  with  it ;  nor  can  we 
establish  the  non-existence  of  such  motive-causes  by  any 
experience,  this  showing  nowhat  farther  than  that  we  have 
not  observed  them ;  and  should  this  turn  out  to  be  the  case 
with  our  example,  then  the  ethic  imperative,  while  appa- 
rently categorical  and  unconditional,  would  be  at  bottom 
no  more  than  a  dictate  of  expediency,  making  us  attentive 
to  our  own  advantage,  and  teaching  how  to  keep  it  in  view. 

The  possibility  of  a  categorical  imperative  must  there- 
fore be  investigated  altogether  a  priori,  its  reality  not 
being  susceptible  of  illustration  by  examples ;  a  circum- 
stance rendering  the  theory  of  its  possibility  requisite, 
not  only  for  its  explanation,  but  a  preliminary  indispen- 
sable for  its  establishment.  This,  however,  is  plain,  that 
the  categorical  imperative  alone  announces  itself  as  law; 
the  other  imperatives  may  be  principles,  but  they  never 
can  be  laws  of  volition ;  and  what  is  necessary  to  attain 
some  given  end  may  yet  in  itself  be  contingent,  and  man 
may  detach  himself  from  the  imperative  whenever  he 
renounces  the  end  it  rests  upon,  whereas  the  unconditioned 
command  leaves  no  option  to  the  will,  and  has  alone  that 
necessity  which  is  of  the  essence  of  a  law. 

Again,  the  ground  of  the  difficulty  of  comprehending 
the  possibility  of  the  categorical  imperative,  i.  e.  of  the  mo- 
ral law,  is  very  great ;  the  imperative  is  a  synthetical  pro- 
position a  priori  ;  and  as  we  felt  so  much  difficulty  in  com- 
prehending the  possibility  of  this  kind  of  proposition  in 
speculative  metaphysics,  we  may  presume  the  difficulty 
will  be  no  less  in  the  practical. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  35 

In  this  inquiry  we  shall  examine  whether  or  not  the 
mere  conception  of  a  categorical  imperative  may  not 
involve  in  it  a  general  formula,  furnishing  us  with  that 
expression  which  can  alone  be  valid  as  a  categorical  impe- 
rative ;  for  how  such  an  absolute  commandment  can  be 
possible,  even  after  we  know  its  tenor,  will  demand  a  pe- 
culiar and  laborious  disquisition,  which  we  defer  till  the 
third  chapter. 

When  I  represent  to  myself  a  hypothetical  imperative, 
I  do  not  know  beforehand  what  it  contains,  till  the  ulte- 
rior condition  on  which  it  rests  is  put  in  my  possession  ; 
but  with  the  very  conception  of  a  categorical  imperative 
is  given  also  its  contents,  for  the  imperative  can  in  this 
case  contain  only  the  law  ordaining  the  necessity  of  a 
maxim  to  be  conformed  to  this  law ;  and  since  the  law  is 
attached  to  no  condition  which  could  particularize  it, 
there  remains  nowhat  except  the  form  of  law  in  genere, 
to  which  the  maxim  of  an  act  is  to  be  conformed;  and 
this  conformity  is,  properly  speaking,  what  the  impera- 
tive represents  as  necessary. 

The  categorical  imperative  is  therefore  single  and  one : 
**  Act  from  that  maxim  only  when  thou  canst  will  law 
universal." 

If,  then,  we  are  in  a  condition,  from  this  single  impe- 
rative, to  derive  all  imperatives  of  duty,  then  we  have 
ascertained  the  import  and  content  of  the  idea,  and  un- 
derstand what  it  is  we  think  of  when  we  name  it ;  al- 
though we  still,  for  the  present,  leave  undecided  whether 
duty  may  not  after  all  turn  out  an  imaginary  and  blank 
idea. 

Because  the  unvariedness  of  the  laws  by  which  events 
take  place  is  the  formal  notion  of  what  is  called  nature. 


36  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

I.  e.  an  order  of  things  determined  according  to  an  unva- 
ried, universal  law,  the  formula  of  the  ethical  imperative 
might  be  expressed  thus :  "  Act  as  if  the  maxim  of  thy 
will  were  to  become,  by  thy  adopting  it,  an  universal  law 
of  nature." 

In  illustration  of  this  last  formula,  I  shall  take  a  few 
examples,  according  to  the  popular  and  received  division 
of  duties  into  that  of  duties  of  determinate  and  indetermi- 
nate obligation  toward  ourselves  and  others.* 

1.  An  individual  harassed  by  a  series  of  evils,  and 
sickened  with  the  tedium  of  life,  proposes  to  commit 
self-murder ;  but  first  inquires  within  himself  to  know  if 
the  maxim  regulating  such  an  act  would  be  fit  for  law 
universal.  His  intended  maxim  would  be,  to  deprive  him- 
self of  life  whenever  existence  promised  more  of  misery 
than  of  pleasure ;  and  the  question  is,  can  such  a  princi- 
ple of  self-love  be  regarded  as  fit  for  an  universal  law  of 
nature  ?  and  it  is  instantly  observable,  that  an  order  of 
things  whose  law  it  were  to  destroy  life,  by  force  of  the 
sensation  intended  for  its  continuance,  could  not  be  up- 
held, but  must  return  to  chaos.  Whence  it  results  that 
such  maxim  cannot  possibly  be  regarded  as  fit  for  an  un- 
varied law  of  nature,  but  is  repugnant  to  the  supreme 
principle  of  duty. 

2.  A  second  finds  himself  under  the  necessity  of  bor- 
rowing money.  He  knows  he  cannot  repay ;  but  he  foresees 

*  The  systematic  division  of  the  duties  I  postpone  to  the  metaphysic 
of  ethics,  and  the  above  division  is  merely  adopted  in  order  to  arrange 
my  examples.  By  a  determinate  duty,  however,  I  understand  such  an 
one  as  admits  of  no  exceptions  in  favour  of  appetite  ;  whence  I  arrive  at 
both  external  and  internal  determinate  obligations  ;  and  though  this  run 
counter  to  the  common  terminology  of  the  schools,  it  is  immaterial  to 
ray  present  purpose  whether  this  be  conceded  to  me  or  not. 


METAPHYSIC   OF  ETHICS.  9^ 

that  nothing  will  be  lent  to  him  if  he  do  not  stoutly 
promise  to  repay  within  a  given  time.  He  intends  giving 
such  a  promise,  but  has  so  much  conscience  left  as  to  put 
the  question,  whether  it  be  not  inconsistent  with  his  duty 
to  have  recourse  to  such  shifts  for  his  relief?  Suppose, 
however,  that  he  notwithstanding  adopts  this  resolution, 
then  his  maxim  would  sound  as  follows  :  As  soon  as  I 
fancy  myself  in  want  of  money,  I  will  borrow  it  upon  a 
promise  to  repay,  although  I  well  know  I  never  will  or 
can.  Such  a  principle  of  self-love  may  be  easily  brought 
into  accommodation  with  one's  other  desires  and  wishes. 
But  when  the  question  is  put  as  to  the  integrity  of  such 
conduct,  I  convert  my  maxim  into  law  universal,  and  in- 
quire how  it  would  suit  if  such  a  principle  were  every- 
where adopted  ?  Whereupon  I  immediately  observe,  that 
it  is  quite  unfit  for  a  universal  law  of  nature,  and  would 
become  contradictory  to  itself,  and  self-destructive,  if  made 
so ;  for  a  uniform  practice  by  which  every  one  should  be 
entitled  to  promise  what  he  liked,  and  not  to  keep  it, 
would  defeat  the  intent  and  end  for  which  such  promises 
might  be  made ;  these  becoming  by  such  a  law  incredible, 
and  not  possible  to  be  acted  on. 

3.  A  third  finds  himself  possessed  of  certain  powers  of 
mind,  which,  with  some  slight  culture,  might  render  him 
a  highly  useful  member  of  society ;  but  he  is  in  easy  cir- 
cumstances, and  prefers  amusement  to  the  thankless  toil 
of  cultivating  his  understanding  and  perfecting  his  na- 
ture. But  suppose  him  to  put  the  question,  whether  this 
sluggish  maxim,  so  much  in  harmony  with  his  appetite 
for  pleasure,  harmonize  equally  with  duty ;  and  he  ob- 
serves that  an  order  of  things  might  continue  to  exist 
under  a  law  enjoining  men  to  let  their  talents  rust,  and 


TO         '  GROUNDWORK  Ot  THfi 

to  devote  their  lives  to  amusement.  But  it  is  impossible 
for  any  one  to  will  that  such  should  become  an  universal 
law  of  nature,  or  were  by  an  instinct  implanted  in  his  sys- 
tem ;  for  he,  as  Intelligent,  of  necessity  wills  all  his  facul- 
ties to  become  developed,  such  being  given  him  in  order 
that  they  may  subserve  his  various  and  manifold  ends  and 
purposes. 

4.  A  fourth,  possessing  wealth,  observes  others  strug- 
gling with  difficulties ;  and  though  he  might  easily  assist 
them,  he  says,  what  concern  is  it  of  mine  ?  Let  every  one 
be  as  happy  as  he  can.  I  neither  hinder  nor  envy  any 
one ;  nor  can  I  take  the  trouble  to  exert  myself  to  ad- 
vance his  welfare,  nor  to  redress  his  sorrows.  Now,  un- 
questionably, were  such  sentiments  constituted  universal 
laws  of  nature,  our  species  might  still  continue  to  exist, 
and  in  fact  might  advance  better,  than  when  people  mere- 
ly talk  of  sympathy  and  charity,  or  even  than  when  they 
exercise  such  virtues,  but  at  the  same  time,  and  by  the 
by,  deceive  and  otherways  invade  the  rights  of  man. 
Now,  although  an  order  of  things  might  subsist  under 
such  an  universal  law,  yet  reason  cannot  will  that  this 
should  be  the  case  ;  for  a  will  ordaining  such  would  con- 
tradict itself,  when,  in  the  course  of  events,  it  would  wil- 
lingly avail  itself  of  the  compassion  and  kindness  of 
others,  and  yet  would  see  itself  deprived  of  these  by  the 
harsh  law  emanating  from  its  own  maxim. 

These  are  some  few  of  what  mankind  deems  his  duties, 
evolved  clearly  from  the  foregoing  formula.  An  Intelli- 
gent must  be  able  to  muII  his  maxims  of  conduct  laws  of 
catholic  extent.  Such  is  the  canon  of  ethical  volition. 
Some  actions  are  of  such  a  stamp  that  they  cannot  be  pre- 
sented to  the  mind  even  in  thought,  without  their  unfitness 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  39 

for  law  being  flagrant ;  and  in  other  cases,  where  no  such 
internal  impropriety  existed,  it  was  out  of  the  question 
that  an  Intelligent  should  will  his  maxim  to  become  an 
universal  law  of  nature  ;  the  first  kind  of  duties  are  those 
of  strict  and  determinate  obligation,  the  second  those  which 
are  indeterminate,  and  admit  a  certain  latitude  :  whence 
we  see  that  all  kinds  of  duties  are  exhibited  by  the  above 
examples  in  their  connection  and  dependence  on  the  single 
principle  previously  stated. 

When  we  attend  to  what  passes  in  our  own  minds 
when  we  overstep  the  bounds  of  duty,  we  find  that  we  do 
not  really  will  our  maxim  to  become  a  law  of  catholic  ex- 
tent ;  for  that  is  impossible,  and  the  contrary  is  inevita- 
bly willed ;  however,  we  sometimes  assume  the  license, 
for  a  single  time  as  we  think,  to  make  an  exception 
from  this  universality.  And  were  we  to  examine  things 
singly  from  the  vantage-ground  of  reason,  we  should  des- 
cry contradiction  in  our  own  will  in  not  adhering  to  duty, 
viz.  that  a  certain  principle  should  be  regarded  as  a  law 
objectively  necessary  and  of  catholic  extent,  and  yet  at 
the  same  time  as  subjectively  not  of  universal  validity, 
but  admitting  exceptions ;  the  reason  whereof  is,  that  in 
the  one  case  reason  guides  our  choice,  in  the  other  our 
will  is  biassed  by  an  appetite ;  so  that  in  truth  there  is  no 
contradiction  in  the  mind  itself,  but  only  an  opposition 
from  the  part  of  inclination  against  the  dictates  of  reason  ; 
by  all  which  the  universality  of  the  law  is  frittered  down 
to  a  mere  generality,  and  reason  constrained  to  meet  the 
appetites  half  way.  But,  on  impartial  self-examination, 
we  cannot  justify  to  ourselves  this  departure ;  which  shows 
that  the  mind  does  in  fact  recognise  and  acknowledge  the 
categorical  imperative  as  possessing  ethical  virtue  to  oblige 


4f  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

its  will ;  and  it  is  in  spite  of  all  our  reverence  for  it  that 
we  allow  ourselves  a  few  occasional  exceptions. 

We  have  pursued  this  investigation  so  far  as  to  establish, 
that  if  duty  be  a  conception  of  any  import,  and  contain 
laws  applicable  to  human  conduct,  these  laws  are  expres- 
sed in  categorical  imperatives,  not  in  hypothetical.  We 
have  likewise,  which  is  no  small  matter,  determined  the 
expression  of  the  formula  of  the  categorical  imperative, 
which  ought  to  be  susceptible  of  expansion  in  terms  ap- 
plicable to  every  duty  (if  there  be  at  all  any  such).  But 
we  have  not  yet  been  able  to  show  a  priori  that  there  is 
any  such  imperative,  that  there  is  a  practical  law  com- 
manding absolutely  and  independently  of  every  sensi- 
tive determinator,  and  that  the  observance  of  this  law  is 
duty. 

In  prosecuting  our  attempt  to  achieve  such  a  demon- 
stration, it  is  of  the  last  moment  to  bear  constantly  in 
mind  that  the  reality  of  this  law  cannot  be  deduced  from 
any  peculiarities  incident  to  human  nature ;  for  duty  is 
to  be  the  unconditionate  necessity  of  an  act,  and  must 
have  force  to  oblige  all  Intelligents  whatsoever,  and  upon 
this  account  alone,  therefore,  also  man.  But  whatever  is 
derived  from  the  particular  structure  of  human  nature, — 
from  given  feelings  or  emotions,  or  from  any  bias  ad- 
hering to  our  reason,  but  not  essentially  biassing  all  wills 
whatever, — may  be  a  maxim  for  conduct,  but  never  can  be 
a  law ;  e.  e.  may  be  a  subjective  principle  we  like  to  fol- 
low, but  never  can  be  an  objective  law,  ordaining  how  to 
act,  even  although  appetite,  the  vis  inertice  of  our  consti- 
tution, and  an  original  bias  in  the  will  itself,  were  all 
thwarting  its  behest  ;  which  opposing  circumstances 
would  in  fact  only  show  the  high  supremacy  and  internal 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  41 

dignity  of  the  law  of  duty,  the  less  they  proved  able  to 
eifect  any  diminution  of  its  ethical  necessitation. 

And  now  philosophy  seems  placed  in  a  very  perilous 
situation,  since  she  is  allowed  no  peg  either  in  heaven  or 
in  earth  from  which  to  suspend  her  principles.  Now  she 
has  to  show  her  integrity,  as  self-upholder  of  her  own  laws, 
not  as  the  herald  of  those  which  some  innate  sense  or 
guardian  nature  had  whispered  in  her  ear,  and  which, 
though  better  than  nothing,  never  afford  statutes  of  con- 
duct, ordained  by  reason  from  a  source  altogether  a  priori  .- 
statutes  which  have  thence  alone,  their  authority — to  com- 
mand mankind,  to  expect  nowhat  from  the  solicitations  of 
his  sensory,  but  all  from  the  supremacy  of  the  law  and 
the  reverence  he  owes  it,  or,  if  he  fail  to  do  so — to  hand 
him  over  to  his  own  contempt  and  inward  detestation. 

Any  a  posteriori  part,  added  to  the  principle  of  mora- 
lity, is  not  only  no  improvement,  but  is  in  fact  highly  de- 
trimental to  the  purity  of  morals ;  for  the  proper  worth  of 
an  absolutely  good  will  consists  just  in  this,  that  the  prin- 
ciples of  action  are  thoroughly  defecated  from  every  admix- 
ture of  foreign  and  adventitious  grounds.  Nor  can  I  suffi- 
ciently warn  against  the  sluggishness,  or,  I  would  even  say, 
low  cast  of  thinking,  which  seeks  its  motives  of  action  a 
posteriori,  whereon  reason,  when  fatigued,  willingly  re- 
clines, and  substitutes  to  morality  a  changeling  bastard, 
which  looks  like  any  thing  you  please,  except  virtue,  in 
the  eye  of  him  who  has  once  beheld  her  in  her  true  form.* 

The  question  amounts,  then,  to  this,— is  it  a  law  incum- 


•  To  behold  virtue  in  her  proper  form,  is  just  to  exhibit  morality  di- 
vested of  all  false  ornaments  of  reward  or  self-love-  How  she  then 
eclipses  whatever  seems  charming  to  sense,  every  man  of  uncorrupted 
reason  at  once  perceives. 


42  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

bent  upon  every  rational  nature  whatsoever,  to  order  and 
arrange  its  actions  conformably  to  such  maxims  as  it 
could  will  elevated  to  the  rank  of  law  in  a  system  of 
general  moral  legislation  ?  If  this  be  so,  then  such  a  law 
must  needs  be  inseparably  connected  a  priori  with  the 
very  idea  of  the  will  of  a  reasonable  agent ;  but  to  obtain 
a  view  of  this  connexion,  we  must  enter  the  domain  of 
metaphysic  reason,  and,  quitting  speculative  philosophy, 
betake  ourselves  to  a  disquisition  in  the  metaphysic  of 
ethics.  In  practical  philosophy  we  have  not  to  do  with 
that  which  happens,  nor  to  take  our  principles  from  it, 
but  with  an  objective  practical  law,  announcing  what 
ought  and  should  happen,  although  in  fact  and  event  it  may 
never  be  so.  Accordingly  we  do  not  here  inquire  why 
something  pleases  or  displeases,  as  in  the  case  of  taste, 
nor  yet  whether  this  satisfaction  may  differ  from  a  com- 
placency of  reason  ;  neither  do  we  investigate  on  what  the 
feeling  of  pleasure  and  pain  may  depend,  nor  how  desire 
and  its  concurring  with  reason  may  give  birth  to  maxims  ; 
for  these  all  belong  to  psychology,  and  Sive  a  posteriori,  and 
to  be  solved  by  an  induction.  But  we  are  going  to  in- 
quire of  objective  necessary  laws,  i.  e.  regarding  the  rela- 
tion of  the  will  to  itself,  in  so  far  as  it  is  determined  by 
reason,  and  where  everything  relating  to  experience  and 
observation  is  overlooked ;  because,  if  reason  of  itself  de- 
termine the  practical  conduct  of  life,  it  must  needs  do  so 
altogether  a  priori,  the  possibility  whereof  we  now  set 
ourselves  to  examine. 

The  will  is  cogitated  as  a  faculty  to  determine  itself  to 
act  conformably  to  the  representation  of  given  laws ;  and 
such  a  power  can  be  met  with  in  reasonable  agents  only. 
Now  what  serves  the  will  for  the  ground  of  its  self-determi- 


Metaphysic  of  ethics.  43 

nation  is  called  the  "  end;"  and  such  end,  if  objected  by 
reason  only,  must  extend  equally  to  every  reasonable  be- 
ing. What,  on  the  other  hand,  contains  no  more  than  the 
ground  of  the  possibility  of  an  act,  the  ulterior  effect  of 
which  last  is  the  end,  is  called  the  "  mean."  The  sub- 
jective ground  of  desire  is  a  spring,  the  objective  ground 
of  volition  is  law  ;  hence  the  distinction  betwixt  subjec- 
tive ends  which  rest  upon  springs,  and  objective  ones 
which  attach  themselves  to  laws,  and  are  valid  for  every 
Intelligent  whatsoever.  Practical  principles  are  formed 
when  they  abstract  from  all  subjective  ends;  they  are 
"  material"  when  they  presuppose  these  last  and  their 
springs.  The  ends  which  an  Intelligent  may  regard  as  the 
product  of  his  own  activity,  and  which  it  is  in  his  option 
to  pursue  or  to  decline,  are  not  absolute  ends,  but  rela- 
tive and  adventitious  merely ;  for  their  value  depends 
upon  the  relation  obtaining  betwixt  them  and  the  appeti- 
tive faculty  of  the  thinking  subject,  and  so  they  cannot 
found  necessary  principles  of  volition,  nor  laws  of  catho- 
lic extent, — thus  relative  ends  can  be  the  ground  of  hypo- 
thetical imperatives  singly. 

,  Let  there,  however,  be  granted  somewhat  whose  exist- 
ence has  in  itself  an  absolute  worth,  and  which,  as  in  it- 
self an  end,  is  itself  the  ground  of  its  own  given  laws. 
Then  herein,  and  here  alone,  would  lie  the  ground  of  the 
possibility  of  a  categorical  imperative,  i.  e.  of  a  practical  law. 
Now  I  say  that  man  and  every  reasonable  agent  exists 
as  an  end  in  himself,  and  not  as  a  mere  mean  or  instru- 
mental to  be  employed  by  any  will  whatsoever,  not  even 
by  his  own,  but  must  in  every  action  regard  his  existence, 
and  that  of  every  other  Intelligent,  as  an  end  in  itself. 
Objects  of  appetite  and  inclination  have  a  conditioned  va- 


44  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

lue  only ;  for,  apart  from  the  appetite,  and  the  want  felt 
as  springing  from  it,  its  object  would  be  regarded  as  en- 
tirely worthless ;  and  appetite  itself,  so  far  from  possess- 
ing any  absolute  worth  to  make  it  desirable,  is,  on 
the  contrary,  as  the  source  of  all  our  wants,  what  every 
Intelligent  must  wish  to  be  freed  from.  Upon  this  ac- 
count the  value  of  every  thing  produced  by  our  own  exer- 
tions is  conditioned.  Even  those  external  things  where- 
of the  existence  rests  not  on  our  will,  but  depends  on  na- 
ture, have,  as  irrationals^  a  relative  value  only,  and  are  used 
as  means  and  instruments  for  our  behoof,  and  are  therefore 
called  THINGS ;  whereas  an  Intelligent  is  called  a  person, 
he  being  by  the  constitution  of  his  system  distinguished 
as  an  end  in  himself,  i.  e.  as  somewhat  which  may  not  be 
used  as  a  mere  mean,  and  as  restraining  to  his  extent 
the  arbitrary  use  which  other  wills  might  make  of  him, 
and  becoming,  by  force  of  such  restraint,  an  object  of  re- 
verence. Persons  are  therefore  not  subjective  ends,  whose 
existence  is  valued  by  us  as  an  eifect  resulting  from 
our  active  exertion ;  but  are  objective  ends,  whose  very 
existence  is  itself  an  end,  and  that  too  of  so  eminent 
a  sort,  that  no  other  end  can  be  assigned  to  which  they 
could  be  subordinated  as  means.  For  if  this  were  not  the 
case,  then  were  no  absolute  and  unconditioned  value 
given ;  and  if  all  value  were  merely  hypothetic  and  for- 
tuitous, it  would  be  impossible  to  discover  any  supreme 
practical  position  on  which  to  ground  the  operations  of 
reason. 

Thus  it  is  seen,  that  if  there  is  to  be  a  supreme  practical 
position,  and  in  respect  of  the  human  will  a  categorical 
imperative,  it  must  be  such  a  principle  as  may  constitute 
a  law  by  the  bare  representation  of  that  which  is  an  end 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  45 

for  every  man  because  it  is  an  end  in  itself;  the  ground 
of  the  principle  is,  "  every  intelligent  nature  exists  as  an 
end  in  itself."*  All  mankind  must  of  necessity  thus  figure 
to  themselves  their  own  existence,  and  to  this  extent  it  is 
a  subjective  principle  of  conduct.  Again,  in  the  very 
same  way,  all  other  rationals  thus  cogitate  their  own  ex- 
istence, by  force  of  the  same  grounds  of  reason  which  de- 
termine man  to  think  so  ;  wherefore  the  above  is  likewise 
an  objective  principle,  and  from  it,  as  the  supreme  prac- 
tical position,  all  laws  of  the  will  must  be  capable  of  being 
deduced.  In  this  way  the  practical  imperative  may  sound 
as  follows  :  "So  act  that  humanity,  both  in  thy  own  per- 
son and  that  of  others,  be  used  as  an  end  in  itself,  and 
never  as  a  mere  mean." 

This  formula  we  shall  now  illustrate,  to  see  how  it 
holds,  and  whether  it  tallies  with  the  former.  We  shall 
instance  again  in  the  above  examples. 

First,  in  the  case  of  duty  owed  toward  ourselves.  He  who 
proposes  to  commit  suicide,  has  to  ask  himself  if  his  ac- 
tion be  consistent  with  the  idea  of  humanity  as  an  end 
in  itself.  The  man  who  destroys  his  organic  system  to 
escape  from  sorrow  and  distress,  makes  use  of  his  per- 
son as  a  mean  toward  the  supporting  himself  in  a  state  of 
comfort  and  ease  until  the  end  of  life.  But  humanity  is 
not  a  thing,  i.  e.  is  not  that  which  can  be  dealt  with  as  a 
mean  singly,  but  is  that  which  must  at  all  times  be  re- 
garded as  an  end  in  itself.  I  am  therefore  not  at  liberty 
to  dispose  of  that  humanity  which  constitutes  my  person, 
either  by  killing,  maiming,  or  mutilating  it. 

Second,  in  reference  to  the  duty  owed  to  others.     He 

*  This  position  is  here  stated  as  a  postulate.  Its  ground  is  assign- 
ed in  the  next  chapter. 


46  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

who  intends  to  promise  deceitfully,  must  at  once  perceive 
that  he  makes  use  of  his  neighbour  as  a  mere  mean,  not 
regarding  him  as  an  end  in  himself  (not  making  him,  at 
the  same  time,  the  end  and  aim  of  his  conduct) ;  for  he 
who  is  thus  misused«to  a  private  and  by-end,  cannot  possi- 
bly approve  of  such  a  line  of  conduct,  nor  can  he  contain 
in  himself  the  end  of  such  a  promise.  This  repugnancy  to 
the  position  that  humanity  is  its  own  end,  comes  out  more 
prominently  when  we  take  examples  of  inroads  made  on 
personal  freedom  or  property.  In  such  cases  it  is  pal- 
pable that  the  violator  of  the  rights  of  man  serves  himself 
of  the  personality  of  his  fellow  as  a  mere  mean,  not  tak- 
ing into  account  that  an  Intelligent  must,  if  a  mean,  be 
notwithstanding  the  end  of  any  given  action  (i.  e.  be 
regarded  as  such  a  mean  as  may  also  be  the  end  of  the 
action).  ^ 

Thirdly,  in  respect  of  the  indeterminate  duties  we  owe 
to  ourselves,  it  is  not  enough  that  the  action  do  not  sub- 
vert one's  own  humanity ;  it  must  coincide  with  it,  so  as 
to  advance  it  as  its  own  end.  Now  every  person  possesses 
sundry  dispositions  and  endowments  capable  of  being  in- 
definitely perfected,  and  which  obviously  belong  and  con- 
duce to  the  end  aimed  at  by  nature,  in  constituting  the 
humanity  of  our  person ;  to  disregard  these  indications 
might  no  doubt  consist  with  the  physical  preservation  of 
mankind,  but  not  with  its  advancement  as  an  end. 

Fourthly,  with  regard  to  the  indeterminate  obligations 
due  from  us  to  others,  the  physical  end  which  all  men 
have  is  happiness.  Now,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  hu- 
manity could  consist,  although  each  man  left  indifferent 
the  happiness  of  his  fellow,  and  was  concerned  merely  not 
to  off^r  to  it  any  detriment ;  but  then  this  would  be  a 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  4,7 

mere  negative,  and  no  positive  coincidence  of  actions 
with  humanity  as  an  end  in  itself,  so  long  as  no  one  en- 
deavoured to  advance  the  ends  and  interests  of  others ; 
for  the  ends  of  that  subject  who  is  in  himself  an  end,  must 
of  necessity  be  my  ends  too  if  the  representation  of  huma- 
nity as  an  end  in  itself  is  the  all-effective  mobile  of  my 
will. 

This  position,  that  humanity  and  every  Intelligent  is  an 
end  in  himself,  is  not  established  by  any  observation  or 
experience,  as  is  seen,  first,  from  the  generality  by  which 
we  have  extended  it  to  every  rational  whatsoever ;  and, 
second,  because  humanity  was  exhibited,  not  as  a  subjec- 
tive end  of  mankind  (e.  e.  not  as  an  object  which  it  stood 
in  their  option  to  pursue  or  to  decline),  but  as  their  objec- 
tive end,  which,  whatever  other  ends  mankind  may  have, 
does,  as  law,  constitute  the  supreme  limiting  condition  of 
such  subjective  ends,  and  which  must  consequently  take 
its  rise  from  reason  a  priori.  Now,  the  ground  of  all  prac- 
tical legislation  lies  objectively  in  the  rule,  and  its  form 
of  universality,  whereby  it  is  fitted  for  law,  agreeably  to 
the  first  formula.  But  subjectively  in  the  end ;  and  the 
subject  of  all  ends  is  each  Intelligent  himself,  as  an  ulti- 
mate or  last  end,  according  to  the  second  formula ;  from 
which  two,  when  combined,  there  emerges  a  third  expres- 
sion, which  comprises  at  once  the  form  and  the  matter  o* 
the  supreme  practical  law,  and  presents  us  with  the  idea 
of  the  will  of  every  Intelligent  as  universally  legisla- 
tive. 

Agreeably  to  this  formula,  all  maxims  are  objectionable 
which  do  not  harmonise  with  the  universal  legislation  of 
man's  own  will.  His  will  is  therefore  to  be  regarded  as 
not  subjected  to  the  law  simply,  but  so  subjected  as  to  be 


48  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

self-legislative,  and  upon  this  account  alone,  subjected  to 
the  law  of  which  himself  is  the  author. 

The  imperative,  as  above  represented,  viz.  as  importing 
an  uniform  sequence  of  actions  similar  to  the  uniformity 
of  events  in  the  physic  system,  or  as  founded  on  that  pre- 
rogative of  an  Intelligent  whereby  he  is  an  end  in  him- 
self, excluded  from  its  authority  the  co-operation  of  any 
interest  as  a  spring ;  an  exclusion  understood  from  the 
very  categorical  exhibition  of  it.  The  imperative  was  pos- 
tulated as  categorical,  since  without  this  the  idea  duty 
could  not  be  explained ;  but  that  there  really  are  practi- 
cal principles  a  priori^  containing  a  categorical  command- 
ment, could  not  yet  be  proved,  nor  can  we  attempt  it  in 
this  chapter  ;  but  this  one  thing  still  remained  to  be  done, 
to  show  that  (self-detachment  from  interest)  disinterest- 
edness is,  in  a  duteous  volition,  that  which  constitutes  the 
specific  difference  betwixt  a  categorical  and  hypothetical 
imperative,  a  notion  which  ought  to  be  denoted  by  the 
imperative  itself;  and  this  is  now  done  in  the  last  formu- 
la, viz,  the  idea  of  the  will  of  every  Intelligent  as  a  will 
universally  legislative. 

For  when  we  figure  to  ourselves  a  will  supremely  legis- 
lative, it  is  clear  that  it  cannot  be  dependent  upon  any 
interest  (although  a  will  subjected  to  a  law  simply  may 
be  attached  to  it  by  the  intervention  of  an  interest)  ;  for 
then  the  will  universally  legislative,  and  yet  dependent, 
would  require  a  further  law,  restricting  its  private  in- 
terest to  the  condition  of  being  fit  for  law  in  a  system  of 
universal  moral  legislation. 

It  is  now  obvious  that  the  position  of  a  will,  universally 
legislative  by  all  its  maxims  (supposing  such  a  thing  were 
established),  would  suit  very  well  for  a  categorical  impera- 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  40 

live ;  because,  being  rested,  on  the  idea  of  an  vinirersal  le- 
gislation, it  is  not  founded  on  any  interest;  and  thus, 
amidst  many  imperatives,  is  the  only  unconditioned  one. 
Or,  by  converting  the  proposition,  if  there  be  a  categori- 
cal imperative,  it  can  only  ordain  to  act  according  to  that 
maxim  of  a  will  which  could  at  the  same  time  regard  it- 
self as  universally  legislative ;  for  then  the  practical  prin- 
ciple and  imperative  which  it  obeys  are  unconditional, 
being  founded  upon  no  interest. 

And  now  we  may  cease  to  wonder  how  all  former  at- 
tempts to  investigate  the  ultimate  principle  of  morals 
should  have  proved  unsuccessful.  The  inquirers  saw  that 
man  was  bound  to  law  by  the  idea  duty ;  but  it  did  not 
occur  to  them  that  he  was  bound  singly  by  his  own  law 
universal,  the  prerogative  of  his  nature  fitting  him  for  an 
universal  legislator,  and  so  subjecting  him  to  the  law 
emanating  from  his  own  will.  For,  so  soon  as  we  regard 
him  subjected  to  law  simply  (no  matter  of  what  sort), 
then  this  law  must  have  carried  some  interest,  whereby 
either  to  allure  or  to  co-act;  for,  not  springing  from 
his  own  will,  the  will  was  legally  necessitated  by  some- 
what else  to  act  in  a  given  manner.  This  inevitable  con- 
clusion rendered  fruitless  and  abortive  every  .attempt  to 
establish  a  supreme  principle  of  duty ;  for  there  resulted, 
never  duty,  but  the  necessity  of  an  action  conformably  to 
some  given  interest.  This  might  be  either  a  proper  or  a 
foreign  interest,  but  in  either  case  the  imperative  was  con- 
ditioned ;  and  this,  we  have  seen,  is  invalid  for  a  moral 
law.  I  shall  therefore  call  this  fundamental  position  the 
principle  of  the  autonomy  of  the  will,  in  contradistinction 
to  every  other,  which  I  call  heteronomy. 

This  principle,  that  every  Intelligent  ought  to  regard 


60  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

himself  as  legislating  (by  his  maxims)  throughout  the  uni- 
verse of  Intelligents,  in  order,  from  this  vantage-ground, 
to  pass  judgment  upon  himself  and  his  own  actions,  leads 
to  this  very  important  and  fruitful  consideration, — the 
representation  of  all  things  whatsoever,  under  this  charac- 
ter of  ends,  constituting  one  vast  whole  of  ends,  which, 
from  its  analogy  to  what  we  call  "  the  realm  of  nature," 
may  be  styled  "  the  realm  of  ends." 

By  a  "  rea/w,"  I  understand  the  systematic  conjunction 
of  all  intelligent  nature  under  an  uniform  and  common 
law.  But  since  the  law  admits  those  ends  singly  which 
be  valid  universally  as  ends  for  all,  we  shall  have,  by 
abstracting  from  the  personal  difference  which  may  exist 
between  Intelligents,  and  also  from  their  peculiar  and  per- 
sonal ends,  an  aggregate  of  ends  (comprising  both  the  In- 
telligents as  ends  in  themselves,  and  likewise  their  own 
farther  ends),  in  systematic  union  ;  that  is,  "  a  realm  of 
ends^^  is  cogitable,  and  is,  by  virtue  of  the  foregoing  prin- 
ciples, possible. 

For  Intelligents  stand  one  and  all  under  this  common 
law  :  "  Never  to  employ  himself  or  others  as  a  mean,  but 
always  as  an  end  in  himself."  But  from  this  common 
objective  law  arises  a  systematic  conjunction  of  Intelli- 
gents, i.  e.  a  realm,  which,  though  extant  in  idea  only, 
may,  because  these  laws  regard  the  relation  of  Intelligents 
to  one  another,  as  means  and  ends,  be  called  "  the  realm 
of  ends." 

An  Intelligent  is  a  member  in  the  realm  of  ends,  when 
he  is,  in  addition  to  being  universally  legislative,  himself 
subjected  to  these  laws.  But  he  belongs  to  it  as  its  sove- 
reign, when,  in  legislating,  he  is  not  subjected  to  the  will 
of  any  other. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  51 

Ev^ery  Intelligent  must  therefore  at  all  times  regard 
Inmself  as  legislating  in  a  potential  realm  of  ends,  realiza- 
ble by  his  freedom  of  will,  and  that  too  either  as  its  mem- 
ber or  as  its  sovereign ;  but  the  room  of  this  last  he  can- 
not occupy  merely  by  force  of  the  maxims  of  his  will,  but 
only  then,  when  he  is  altogether  independent,  exempt  from 
wants,  and  endowed  with  power  commensurate  to  his 
will. 

Morality,  therefore,  consists  in  referring  all  action  to 
that  legislation  whereby  the  realm  of  ends  is  possible. 
This  legislation,  however,  must  be  met  with  in  every  In- 
telligent, and  take  its  rise  from  his  will,  whose  principle 
is,  never  to  act  from  any  maxim  which  it  could  not  will 
an  universal  law ;  or  this,  always  so  to  act  that  the  will 
may  regard  itself  as  enouncing  its  maxim  an  universal 
law,  t.  e.  as  universally  legislative.  When  an  Intelligent's 
maxims  are  not,  by  the  constitution  of  his  system,  neces- 
sarily conformed  to  this  principle,  then  is  the  necessity  of 
acting  agreeably  to  this  principle,  practical  necessitation, 
».  e.  duty.  Duty  cannot  be  predicated  of  the  sovereign 
in  the  realm  of  ends ;  but  it  can  of  every  member,  and  of 
all  equally  in  degree. 

The  practical  necessity  of  acting  conformably  to  this 
principle,  i.  e.  duty,  rests  not  on  feelings,  interests,  or  in- 
clination, but  singly  on  the  relation  betwixt  Intelligents, 
where  the  will  of  each  must  be  regarded  as  universally  le- 
gislative, apart  from  which  he  could  not  be  figured  as  an 
end  in  himself.  Reason  applies  every  maxim  of  will  as 
universally  legislative  to  every  other  will,  and  also  to 
every  action  whereby  it  is  affected ;  and  this  not  out  of 
any  regard  had  to  its  own  future  advantage,  or  to  any  other 
private  end,  but  singly  on  account  of  its  idea  of  the  dig- 


52  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

nity  of  an  Intelligent,  obeying  no  law  except  that  which 
itself  originates. 

Everything  in  the  realm  of  ends  has  either  a  "  price" 
or  a  "  dignity"  That  has  a  price  in  the  room  of  which 
something  as  an  equivalent  may  be  put ;  but  that  which 
is  above  all  price,  and  admits  not  substitution  by  an  equi- 
valent, has  a  dignity. 

What  is  subservient  to  human  wants  and  wishes  has  a 
market-price ;  and  what,  when  there  is  no  want,  serves 
only  to  gratify  a  taste  (e.  e.  a  complacency  in  stimulating 
the  aimless  play  of  fancy),  has  a  fancy-price.  But  that 
which  constitutes  the  condition,  under  which  alone  any- 
what  can  be  an  end  in  itself,  has  not  merely  a  relative  va- 
lue, i.  e.  a  price,  but  has  an  inward  worth,  i.  e.  a  dignity. 

Now,  morality  is  the  condition  under  which  alone  an 
Intelligent  can  be  figured  as  an  end  in  himself,  since  by 
it  alone  can  he  become  a  legislator  in  the  "  realm  of  ends." 
Wherefore  morality,  and  humanity  in  so  far  as  it  is  sus- 
ceptible of  that  morality,  is  alone  that  which  has  the  dig- 
nity. Diligence,  attention,  and  adroitness,  have  their 
market-price.  Wit,  gaiety,  and  good  temper,  have  a  price 
of  affection.  But  incorruptible  justice,  charity,  and  un- 
broken faith,  have  an  inward  worth.  Neither  nature  nor 
art  contain,  in  their  vast  domain,  what,  if  those  were 
awanting,  could  be  brought  to  supply  the  void ;  for  their 
worth  consists  not  in  their  conduciveness  to  any  end,  not 
in  their  profit  or  advantage,  but  in  the  sentiments ;  i.  e. 
in  the  maxims  of  the  will  in  which  they  are  causally  in- 
seated,  although  opportunity  should  now  prevent  such 
will  from  stepping  forth  to  act.  Actions  of  this  sort  need 
no  recommendation  from  the  part  of  taste,  nor  do  they 
require  any  propensity  or  sense  to  cause  them  to  be  beheld 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  SB 

with  inward  favour  and  approbation,  nor  do  they  ad- 
dress tliemselves  to  any  adventitious  whim  or  caprice ; 
they  exhibit  the  will  giving  them  birth  as  the  object  of  an 
immediate  reverence,  and  are  actions  to  which  reason 
summons  up,  demanding  them  from  the  will, — whereto  she 
invites,  by  no  flattery  or  blandishment,  which  last  mili- 
tate with  the  very  idea  of  a  duty.  Such  reverence  ena- 
bles us  to  estimate  the  inward  worth  of  such  a  frame  of 
mind  as  a  dignity,  as  incomputably  advanced  above  all 
price;  nor  can  we  compare  or  liken  it  to  such  barter 
^vithout  in  a  manner  violating  its  sanctity. 

What,  then,  is  it  which  entitles  the  morally  good  sen- 
timent, i.  e.  virtue,  to  make  a  claim  so  lofty  ?  It  is  no- 
thing else  than  the  share  imparted  thereby  to  the  Intel- 
ligent in  the  universal  legislation,  making  him  fit  to  be- 
come a  member  of  the  realm  of  ends,  for  whicb  indeed 
the  constitution  of  his  nature  destined  him,  making  him 
an  end  in  himself,  and,  upon  that  account,  a  legislator  in 
the  realm — absolved  from  every  physical  law,  and  obedi- 
ent to  those  only  which  he  gives  himself — by  which  laws 
also  his  maxims  may  pertain  to  that  universal  legislation, 
whereunto  at  the  same  time  he  subjects  himself;  for  no- 
thing has  any  worth  except  that  assigned  to  it  by  the  law. 
But  that  law  which  determines,  and  is  the  standard  of  all 
worth,  must  upon  that  account  have  a  dignity,  i.  e.  an  un- 
conditioned, incomparable  worth  ;  and  reverence  is  the  only 
beseeming  expression  whereby  to  state  that  estimation  in 
which  an  Intelligent  ought  to  hold  it.  Autonomy  is  there- 
fore the  ground  of  the  dignity  of  humanity,  and  also  of 
every  other  intelligent  nature  whatsoever. 

The  three  expressions  just  adopted,  enouncing  the  prin- 
ciple of  morality,  are  no  more  than  three  "  formula^*  of 


34  GKOUNDWORK  Ol'  THE 

one  and  the  same  law,  each  involving  in  it  the  other  two ; 
and  any  difference  is  subjectively,  not  objectively,  practi- 
cal. They  vary  by  giving  a  sensible  delineation,  according 
to  different  analogies,  to  an  idea  of  reason,  approaching  it 
thereby  to  the  mental  vision  and  its  feelings.  According- 
ly all  maxims  have — 

I.  A  form,  consisting  in  their  universality  ;  and  here  the 
tenor  of  the  categorical  imperative  was,  "  All  maxims 
sliall  be  such  only  as  are  fit  for  law  universal." 

II.  A  matter,  i.  e.  ar^end ;  where  the  formula  ordained, 
that  each  Intelligent,  being  by  his  nature  an  end  in  him- 
self, should  subordinate  to  this  end  the  maxims  of  all  his 
casual  and  arbitrary  ends. 

III.  An  aggregate  determination,  by  the  formula,  that 
all  maxims  of  the  self-legislative  will  must  be  totally  sub- 
ordinated to,  and  resolved  into,  the  potential  idea  of  the 
realm  of  ends,  like  as  if  it  were  the  realm  of  nature.  The 
three  formulae  advance  in  the  order  of  the  categories,  from 
the  unity  of  the  form  of  the  will  {i.  e.  its  universality),  to 
the  plurality  of  its  matter  (t.  e.  of  the  objects  willed — the 
ends),  and  thence  to  the  aggi'egate  or  totality  of  the  system 
of  its  ends.  It  is  better,  however,  to  adhere  to  the  stricter 
formula  of  the  categorical  imperative  :  Act  according  to 
that  maxim  which  thou  couldst  at  the  same  time  will  an 
universal  law.  But  when  the  law  has  to  be  conveyed  into 
the  mind,  it  is  extremely  useful  to  avail  one's  self  of  these 
different  expressions. 

And  now  we  have  arrived  at  the  point  from  which  we 
first  set  out ;  namely,  the  conception  of  a  good  will.  That 
we  now  know  is  a  good  will  whose  maxim,  if  made  law 
universal,  would  not  be  repugnant  to  itself.  This  principle 
is  its  supreme  law  :  "  Act  according  to  that  maxim  whose 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  '55 

universality,  as  law,  thou  canst  at  the  same  time  will." 
This  is  the  sole  condition  upon  which  a  will  can  never 
contradict  itself;  and  this  imperative  is  categoric.  And 
since  such  a  will,  if  considered  as  realizing  its  maxims,  is 
analogous  to  that  uniform  and  systematic  order  of  events 
in  the  physical  system  which  we  call  nature ;  the  cate- 
gorical imperative  might  be  couched  thus :  "  Act  from 
maxims  fit  to  be  regarded  as  universal  laws  of  nature." 
These  are  the  formulae  indicating  what  an  absolutely  good 
will  is. 

An  Intelligent  has  this  prerogative  over  every  other 
being,  that  he  can  assign  to  himself  and  fix  his  own  end. 
Such  end  would  be  the  matter  chosen  by  every  good  will  ; 
but  since,  in  the  idea  of  a  will  absolutely  and  uncondi- 
tionally good,  we  must  abstract  from  all  ends  to  be  effec- 
tuated (which  ends  could  make  a  will  relatively  good 
only),  this  end  must  be  cogitated,  not  as  one  to  be  effect- 
ed, but  as  an  independent  self-subsisting  end,  that  is,  ne- 
gatively only ;  in  other  words,  as  an  end  against  which 
no  action  dare  militate,  and  which  must,  in  every  voli- 
tion, be  stated,  not  as  a  bare  instrumental  or  means,  but 
always  as  an  end.  This,  however,  can  be  nothing  else 
than  the  subject  of  all  possible  ends  himself;  he  being 
likewise  the  potential  subject  of  an  absolutely  good  will, 
which  will  cannot  be  postponed  to  any  other  object  with- 
out an  inconsistency.  And  the  position,  "  So  act  in  re- 
ference to  all  Intelligents  (thyself  and  others),  that  they 
may  enter  as  ends  into  the  constitution  of  thy  maxim,"  is 
virtually  identic  with  the  former,  "  Act  according  to  a 
maxim  possessed  of  universal  validity  for  all  Intelligents ;" 
for  that  I  ought,  when  employing  means  to  any  end,  so  to 
limit  and  condition  my  maxim  that  it  may  be  valid  to  oblige 


56 


GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 


as  law  every  thinking  subject,  says  exactly  the  same  thing 
with  this,  that  the  subject  of  all  ends,  i.  e.  the  Intelligent 
himself,  may  never  be  employed  as  a  means,  but  must,  as 
the  supreme  condition  limiting  all  use  of  means,  enter  as 
end  into  the  constitution  of  all  maxims  of  acting. 

From  all  this  we  infer,  that  every  Intelligent  must,  as 
end  in  himself,  be  able  to  regard  himself  as  universally 
legislative,  in  respect  of  all  laws  to  which  he  may  at  the 
same  time  be  subjected  ;  this  fitness  of  his  maxims  for 
law  universal  being  exactly  that  which  indicates  him  to 
be  an  end  in  himself:  and  we  infer  further,  that  this  his 
dignity  and  excellency  above  every  other  creature  forces 
him  to  construct  his  maxims,  from  the  consideration 
of  himself  and  other  Intelligents  as  legislators  (called  up- 
on this  account  persons).  In  this  way,  a  world  of  Intelli- 
gents (mundus  intelligibilis)  may  be  cogitated, — and  that 
ideal,  which  we  have  denominated  "  the  realm  of  ends,"  is 
possible  by  the  self-legislation  of  all  its  members.  Conse- 
quently every  Intelligent  ought  so  to  act  as  if  he  were  by 
his  maxims  a  person  legislating  for  the  universal  empire 
of  ends  in  themselves.  The  formal  principle  of  these 
maxims  is,  "  Act  as  if  thy  maxim  were  to  become  law 
universal"  (for  an  universe  of  Intelligents).  The  realm 
of  ends  can  only  be  figured  as  possible  from  its  analogy 
to  the  realm  of  nature, — that  proceeding  upon  maxims, 
i.  e.  self-imposed  laws,  this  by  virtue  of  the  law  of  the  ne- 
cessary-nexus; and  yet  this  physical  system  itself,  although, 
so  far  as  we  know,  a  mere  machine,  is,  when  viewed  in  its 
connection  with  Intelligents,  as  the  end  why  it  is  there, 
called,  upon  this  very  account,  the  realm  of  nature.  The 
realm  of  ends  would  likewise  really  come  into  existence 
were  every  Intelligent  to  adhere  to  the  maxims  dictated 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  57 

by  the  categorical  imperative;  and  although  an  Intelligent 
cannot  infer  that,  even  were  he  punctually  to  adhere  to 
the  categoric  maxims,  all  others  would  do  so  too  ;  nor  yet, 
that  the  realm  of  nature,  and  the  uniformity  of  its  se- 
quences, might  be  so  found  in  harmony  with  his  endea- 
vours to  realize  the  realm  of  ends,  as  to  answer  his  expec- 
tation of  happiness  :  the  law  does  nevertheless  ordain 
with  undiminished  force,  for  the  command  is  categorical, 
"  Act  agreeably  to  the  maxims  of  a  person  ordaining  law 
universal  in  the  realm  of  ends."  Nor  can  this  paradox 
cease  to  astonish  us,  that  the  mere  dignity  of  humanity  as 
an  Intelligent  entity,  abstracted  from  all  by-views  or  ul- 
terior considerations,  that  is,  in  other  words,  that  reverence 
for  a  bare  idea,  should  furnish  the  will  with  an  unchang- 
ing and  inexorable  law,  and  ^Ao^just  in  this  independency 
of  the  will's  maxim  on  all  such  outward  motives  should 
consist  its  majesty  and  augustuess,  and  the  worthiness  of 
every  thinking  subject  to  occupy  the  station  of  a  legislator 
in  the  realm  of  ends, — since,  apart  from  this  independency, 
the  Intelligent  must  needs  be  subjected  to  the  mechanic 
law  of  his  physical  wants.  And  even  if  we  were  to  figure 
to  ourselves  the  realms  of  nature  brought  into  union  with 
the  realms  of  ends  under  the  sovereignty  of  a  Supreme 
Head,  whereby  the  latter  state  would  cease  to  be  a  mere 
idea,  but  would  become  reality,  then  would  the  idea  dig- 
nity gain  force  from  the  addition  of  so  strong  a  spring, 
but  it  could  receive  no  augmentation  of  its  intrinsic  worth ; 
for,  notwithstanding  all  this,  the  Sovereign  Lawgiver 
must  himself  be  cogitated  as  judging  of  the  worth  of  In- 
telligents  only  according  to  their  disinterested  adherence 
to  the  line  of  conduct  prescribed  to  them  by  that  idea. 
The  essence  of  things  cannot  be  altered  by  any  external 


58  GROUNDWORK  Ol'  THE 

circumstance  ;  and  that  which,  independently  of  this  last, 
constitutes  the  absolute  worth  of  man,  must  serve  as  the 
standard  by  which  to  judge  him.  Morality  is,  then,  the 
relation  obtaining  betwixt  ruction  and  the  autonomy^  of 
the  will ;  actions  in  harmony  with  autonomy  of  will  are 
allowed  and  lawful.  What  actions  are  incompatible  with 
it  are  disallowed  and  unlawful.  A  will  whose  maxims 
coincide  of  necessity  with  the  laws  of  autonomy,  is  a  Holy 
Will,  or  an  absolutely  good  will ;  the  dependency  of  a  will 
not  altogether  good,  on  the  principle  of  autonomy,  is  ethi- 
cal necessitation,  and  is  called  obligation.  Obligation 
cannot  upon  this  account  be  predicated  of  a  Holy  Will ; 
the  objective  necessity  of  an  action,  on  account  of  this  ob- 
ligation, is  what  is  called  duty. 

These  observations  enable  us  to  understand  how,  while 
the  idea  duty  imports  subordination  to  law,  we  yet  con- 
ceive a  certain  elevation  and  dignity  to  belong  to  that  In- 
telligent who  discharges  all  his  duties ;  for  to  this  extent 
there  is  no  ground  of  elevation  that  the  will  is  subjected 
to  law :  but  herein  consists  the  elevation,  that  the  person 
is  himself  the  legislator,  and  on  this  account  alone  bound 
to  subject  himself  to  it.  We  likewise  explained  above, 
how  neither  fearj  nor  inclination,  but  only  reverence  for 
the  law,  could  be  the  spring  conferring  on  any  action  mo- 
ral worth.  Our  own  will,  in  so  far  as  it  acts  only  under 
the  condition  required  to  fit  its  maxims  for  law  universal 
— such  potential  state  of  will — is,  I  say,  the  proper  object 
of  reverence  ;  and  the  dignity  of  man  just  consists  in  the 
ability  to  be  universally  legislative,  although  upon  this 
condition  to  be  at  the  same  time  subjected  to  his  own  le- 
gislation. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  59 


Autonomy  of  Will  is  the  Supreme  Principle  of  Morality. 

Autonomy  of  will  is  that  Quality  of  will  by  which  a  will 
(independently  of  any  oj^ect  willed)  is  a  law  to  itself. 
The  principle  of  autonomy,  thci'efore,  is  to  choose  suctTI 
maxims  singly  as  may  be  willed  law  universal.     That  this 
practical  rule  is  an  imperative,  i.  e.  that  the  will  of  every 
Intelligent  is  necessarily  attached  to  this  condition,  can- 
not be  evinced  by  merely  analysing  the  notions  contained 
in  the  position,  for  it  is  a  synthetic  a  priori  proposition. 
We  must,  in  short,  pass  from  the  investigation  of  the  ob- 
ject, to  an  investigation  of  the  subject ;  i.  e.  to  an  inquiry 
into  the  functions  of  practical  reason  itself;  for  this  syn- 
thetic position,  which  commands  apodictically,  must  be 
cognisable  altogether  a  priori.     But  this  inquiry  is  not 
within  the  limits  of  the  present  chapter.     However,  that 
this  principle  of  autonomy  is  the  alone  principle  of  ethics, 
can  be  sufficiently  evinced  from  a  bare  analysis  of  the  cur- 
i-ent  notions  regarding  morality ;  and  we  found  that  its 
supreme  principle  must  needs  be  a  categorical  imperative, 
and  that  the  imperative  again  ordained  just  this  autono- 
my.    How  such  a  synthetic  practical  position  a  priori  is 
POSSIBLE,  and  why  it  is  necessary,  is  a  problem  beyond 
the  limits  of  the  metaphysic  of  ethics.     However,  whoso 
admits  morality  to  be  anywhat,  and  not  a  mere  fantasti- 
cal conceit,  must  admit  at  the  same  time  the  above  prin- 
ciple.      But  that   MORALITY  IS    NO    CHIMERA,  will    follow, 

then,  when  the  categorical  imperative,  and  the  au- 
tonomy it  enjoins,  is  true,  and  absolutely  necessary  as 
a  position  a  priori.  But  this  requires  a  potential  syn- 
thetic use  of  practical  reason  a  priori ;  an  assertion  we 


60  GROUNDWORK  OP  THE 

cannot  hazard,  without  first  premising  an  inquiry  into 
the  causal  functions  of  that  faculty,  which  we  shall  now 
do  in  the  next  chapter,  at  least  so  far  as  to  satisfy  this 
purpose. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  61 


CHAPTER  III. 


TRANSIT    FROM     THE    METAPHYSIC    OF    ETHICS   TO    AN    INQUIRY 
INTO    THE    A   PRIORI  OPERATIONS    OF    THE    WILL. 

The  Idea  Freedom  explains  that  of  Autonomy  of  Will. 

WiTj,  is  that  kind  of  causality  attributed  to  living 
agents,  in  so  far  as  they  are  possessed  of  reason^  and  free- 
dom is  such  a  property  of  that  causality  as  enables  them 
to  originate  events,  independently  of  foreign  determining 
causes;  as,  on  the  other  hand,  (mechanical)  necessity  is 
that  property  of  the  causality  of  irrationals,  whereby 
their  activity  is  excited  and  determined  by  the  influence 
of  foreign  causes. 

This  explanation  of  freedom  is  negative,  and  there- 
fore unavailing  to  aid  our  insight  into  its  essence  and  na- 
ture; but  there  emerges  from  it  a  positive  idea  of  free- 
dom, much  more  fruitful :  for  since  causality  brings^ with 
it  the  notion  of  law,  conformably  to  which,  an  antecedent 
gives  ofliecessity  the  existence  of  somewhat  else,  its  se- 
quent ;  the  idea  freedom,  though  unconnected  with  mecha- 
nic laws,  is  not  cogitated  for  that  reason  as  altogether  de- 
void of  lawj  but  merely  as  a  causality  different  in  kind,  and 
carrying  with  it  laws  suited  to  that  generic  difference ;  for 
if  otherwise,  a  free  will  were  a  chimera.    The  mechanical 


62  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

necessity  observed  in  the  physical  system  is  lieteronomy 
in  causation,  where  each  event  happens  only  by  virtue  of 
somewhat  else  foreign  to  the  cause  determining  its  effi- 
ciency. On  the  contrary,  freedom  of  will  is  autonomy, 
i.  e.  that  property  of  will  by  which  it  determines  its  own 
causality,  and  gives  itself  its  own  law.  But  the  position, 
the  will  is  in  every  action  a  law  to  itself,  is  equivalent  to 
the  position  that  it  acts  from  no  maxim  unfit  to  be  objec- 
tively regarded  as  law  universal.  This,  however,  tallies 
with  the  formula  of  the  categorical  imperative,  i.  e.  with 
the  supreme  principle  of  morality.  Whence  it  results 
that  a  freewill,  and  a  will  subjected  to  the  moral  law,  are 
one  and  identic. 

Upon  the  hypothesis,  then,  of  freedom  of  will,  mora- 
lity and  its  formula  are  arrived  at  by  a  mere  analysis  of 
the  idea.  The  formula  is,  however,  a  pure  synthetic  pro- 
position a  priori,  viz.  a  good  will  is  one  whose  maxim  can 
always  be  regarded  as  law  universal ;  and  no  analysis  of 
the  notion  good  will  can  guide  to  this  further  one  of  that 
property  of  the  maxim.  Such  synthetic  propositions  are 
alone  possible  when  there  is  a  common  and  middle  term 
combining  the  extremes  which  meet  in  the  synthesis.  The 
POSITIVE  idea  freedom  is  this  middle  term,  which  cannot, 
as  in  physic  causes,  be  any  part  of  the  system  objected  to 
the  sensory.  Now  what  this  is  to  which  freedom  points, 
and  of  which  we  have  an  idea  a  priori,  requires  elucida- 
tion ;  and  to  make  comprehensible  the  deduction  of  the 
idea  freedom,  together  with  the  grounds  of  the  possibility 
of  freedom  and  a  categorical  imperative,  requires  still  a 
little  preparation. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  '  63 

t 

Freedom  must  be  postulated  as  a  property  of  the  Will  of  every 
Intelligent  whatsoever. 

It  is  not  enough  to  attribute  freedom  to  our  will,  unless 
we  have  sufficient  grounds  to  ascribe  it  likewise  to  every 
reasonable  being ;  for,  since  morality  is  our  law,  only  in  so 
far  as  we  are  Intelligents,  it  must  be  so  also  for  every 
other  being  endowed  with  reason :  and  since  it  can  be 
evolved  only  from  the  idea  freedom,  freedom  must  be 
represented  as  the  property  of  every  InteKigent's  will 
whatsoever.  It  is  not  enough  to  deduce  it  from  exi)eri- 
ence  of  human  nature  (although  this  is  impossible,  for  it 
demands  an  investigation  a  priori) ;  but  it  must  be  evin- 
ced as  indissolubly  attached  to  the  energy  of  all  beings 
possessed  of  reason  and  will.  Now,  I  say  that  every  be- 
ing who  can  only  act  under  the  idea  freedom,  is^for  that 
reason  to  all  practical  ends  really  free  ;  t.  e.  aH>Jaws  binj^ 
him,  which  go  hand  in  hand  with  the^^a  freedom^  just 
as  much  as  if  his  will  had  been  in  speculative"pKflosopby 
ascertained  to  be  free  ;  and  I  assert  farther,  that  we  must 
ascribe  to  every  Intelligent  possessed  of  will  the  idea  free- 
dom, under  which  idea  he  can  alone  act.  For  in  such 
Intelligent  we  figure  to  ourselves  a  reason  which  is  prac- 
tical, t.  e.  has  causality  in  respect  of  its  objects.  Now,  it 
is  impossible  to  figure  to  ourselves  any  reason  conscious 
of  receiving  any  foreign  bias  in  constituting  its  judgments 
and  notions ;  for  then  the  person  would  ascribe  the  deter- 
mination of  his  judgments,  not  to  his  reason,  but  to  an  ex- 
traneous impulse.  Reason  must  therefore  regard  herself 
as  the  author  of  her  own  principles,  independently  of  fo- 
reign influences.    Consequently  she  has  as  practical  rea- 


64  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

son,  i.  €.  as  will  of  an  Intelligent,  to  regard  herself  as  free  ; 
that  is  to  say,  the  will  of  an  Intelligent  can  he  his  own 
will  only  by  presupposing  freedom  ;  and  this  must, 
therefore,  for  a  practical  hehoof,  be  ascribed  to  all  Intel- 
ligents  whatsoever. 


Of  the  Interest  indissolubly  connected  with  the  Idea  qf 
Morality. 

We  have  now  rediicfid  the  idea  of  morality  to  that  of 
freedom  of  will ;  but  we  have  not  yet  shown  such  freedom 
to  exist  as  real  in  human  nature.  We  only  saw  that  we 
must  presuppose  freedom  when  we  try  to  figure  to  our- 
selves an  Intelligent  conscious  of  its  own  causality  with 
reference  to  its  own  actions,  i.  e.  endowed  with  will. 
Upon  the  same  grounds,  it  was  requisite  to  attribute  to 
every  agent  endowed  with  intelligence  and  will,  a  proper- 
ty of  determining  its  own  agency  by  virtue  of  the  idea  of 
its  own  freedom. 

Upon  the  pre-supposition  of  those  ideas  there  resulted 
further  the  consciousness  of  a  law  making  it  imperative 
how  to  act,  viz.  that  the  subjective  rules  of  conduct  ought 
always  to  be  so  constituted  as  to  be  objectively,  i.  e.  uni- 
versally valid,  and  so  fit  for  proper  catholic  legislation. 
But  still  a  question  may  be  raised,  why  am  I  bound  to 
subject  myself  to  this  principle  ?  and  that  too  so  sheerly 
as  Intelligent  that  every  other  Intelligent  must  be  figured 
as  standing  in  the  same  situation.  I  admit  that  no  interest 
urges  to  this  subjection;  otherwise  the  categorical  impera- 
tive were  abrogated.  Still  I  cannot  be  devoid  of  all  interest 
to  do  so,  nor  without  interest  to  comprehend  on  what  such 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  65 

interest  is  based  ;  for  this  word  shall  denotes  properly  a 
state  of  WILL  valid  for  all  Intelligents,  which  would  alone 
obtain,  if  reason,  unimpeded,  were  the  alone  actor.  For 
beings  like  ourselves,  affected  by  sensitive  excitements, 
totally  different  in  kind  from  the  causal-laws  of  reason,  .e^ 

and  whose  actions  fall  out,  vastly  discrepant  from  what       ^ 
naked  unimpeded  reason  would  have  done,  such  abstract   i 
necessity  of  acting  is  spoken  of  as  what  one  should  or 
OUGHT,  and  the  subjective  is  distinguished  from  the  objec-  / 
tive  necessity. 

It  looks  very  like  as  if  we  set  out  with  the  idea  freedom 
for  a  vehicle  to  the  moral  law,  and  the  principle  of  the  au- 
tonomy of  the  will,  but  could  not,  apart  from  this  presup- 
position, prove  the  law's  reality  and  proper  objective  ne- 
cessity. However,  even  were  it  so,  we  should  gain  a  very 
considerable  end,  viz.  the  fixing  more  closely  than  hereto- 
fore the  true  foundation  of  morality,  even  although  we 
should  not  yet  have  succeeded  in  establishing  its  validity, 
and  the  practical  necessity  incumbent  on  man  to  subject 
himself  to  it.  And  this  really  has  been  done,  although 
we  should  never  be  able  to  answer  satisfactorily  the  ques- 
tion, why  the  universal  validity  of  our  maxims  for  laws 
should  be  a  condition  limitary  of  our  conduct ;  nor  yet 
be  able  to  tell  whereon  we  base  that  worth,  figured  to 
attach  to  this  mode  of  conduct,  and  which  is  alleged  to 
run  so  high,  that  no  higher  interest  is  at  all  conceivable ; 
nor  whence  it  happens  that  man  in  these  circumstances 
alone  learns  to  feel  his  personal  worth,  in  exchange  with 
which  a  painful  or  a  happy  state  shrinks  equally  to  no- 
thing. 

It  is  found,  indeed,  that  mankind  are  susceptible  of  an 
interest  in  a  personal  property,  unconnected  with  any 

E 


•  66  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

pleasurable  state,  provided  such  personal  qualification  may 
make  us  capable  of  the  latter,  in  the  event  of  a  reason 
coming  to  distribute  it ;  i.  e.  that  the  mere  worthiness  to 
become  happy  has  an  interest  abstracted  from  any  regard 
had  to  such  happiness  itself.  But  then  this  judgment  and 
this  susceptibility  is  itself  a  product  of  the  admitted  weight 
and  importance  of  the  moral  law  (when  we,  by  force  of 
the  idea  fi'eedom,  detach  ourselves  from  every  sensitive  ex- 
citement and  emotion) ;  but  how  we  are  at  all  able  thus 
to  detach  ourselves,  i.  e.  to  cogitate  ourselves  as  free,  and 
why,  in  doing  so,  we  ought  to  find  an  increased  worth  in 
our  personality,  requiting  us  for  every  loss  we  otherwise 
undergo,  i.  e.  upon  what  grounds  the  moral  law  has  virtue 
to  oblige,  cannot  be  comprehended  by  dint  of  the  forego- 
ing remarks. 

It  seems,  I  confess,  as  if  the  whole  argument  moved  in 
a  circle,  from  which  there  is  no  escaping.     We  assume 

/  ourselves  free  to  explain  our  subjection  to  the  moral  law, 
and  then  we  figure  ourselves  subjected  to  this  law,  be- 
cause we  have  attributed  to  ourselves  this  property  of  free- 
dom ;  for  freedom  and  self-legislation  issue  both  in  auto- 
nomy of  will,  and  so  are  convertible  ideas ;  from  which 
cause  it  comes  that  the  one  cannot  be  used  to  explain  the 
other,  nor  can  be  assigned  as  its  ground,  but  at  the  far- 
thest may  be  put  to  the  logical  use  of  reducing  seemingly 

\  different  representations  of  the  same  object  to  one  single 
\iotion  (as  in  the  mathematics,  fractions  equal,  but  with 
different  denominators,  are  reduced  to  similar  expressions 
by  their  common  measure). 

Only  one  escape  remains  to  us  from  this  labyrinth, 
namely,  to  inquire  if  we  do  not  occupy  an  entirely  differ- 
ent station,  when  we  regard  ourselves,  as  by  means  of  free- 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  6T 

dom,  spontaneous  a  priori  causes,  from  that  station  which 
we  hold  when  we  represent  to  ourselves  our  actions  as 
events  in  the  system  we  see  objected  to  our  senses. 

It  is  a  remark,  not  calling  for  much  subtle  penetration, 
but  one  made  from  yore  by  the  most  common  understand- 
ing, that  the  representations  we  are  possessed  of  through 
the  intervention  of  the  sensory,  never  teach  knowledge  of 
objects  otherwise  than  how  they  affect  us ;  and  so,  what 
they  are  in  themselves  remains  latent  and  undiscovered ; 
consequently  that,  notwithstanding  the  greatest  efforts  of 
the  understanding  with  regard  to  such  representations,  we 
arrive  at  knowledge  of  the  appearances  of  things  only, 
and  can  attain  none  of  things  in  themselves.  So  soon  as 
this  distinction  has  been  made  (even  did  it  merely  spring 
from  the  observed  difference  between  the  representations 
given  us  from  without,  and  in  receiving  which  we  are  pas- 
sive, and  those  which  we  produce  entirely  within  our- 
selves, and  exert  our  own  self-activity  upon  them),  it  fol- 
lows at  once,  that  something  must  be  assumed,  lying  at 
the  bottom  of  phenomena,  which  cannot  itself  again  be  a 
-phenomenon,  viz.  the  thing  itself,  although  we  are  at  the 
same  time  perfectly  aware,  that  since  we  never  can  know 
it  further  than  how  we  are  affected  by  it,  we  can  come  no 
nearer  to  it,  nor  detect  its  real  nature  and  being.  This 
may  be  the  first  separation  made  by  man  betwixt  a  cogi- 
table WORLD  and  the  world  objected  to  his  senses, 
which  sensible  system  may  differ  continually  with  the  dif- 
fering sensories  of  different  percipients,  although  the  su- 
persensible system,  its  groundwork,  remain  unaltered  and 
the  same.  Nay,  even  what  man  knows  of  his  own  nature 
and  constitution  by  his  inward  senses,  is  an  appearance 
only,  and  no  acquaintance  with  what  he  is  in  himself; 


68  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

for  his  perception  of  himself  coming  through  the  sensory 
is  a  mere  phenomenon  in  nature,  and  can  only  take  notice 
of  the  mode  in  which  his  consciousness  is  affected ;  and 
yet  at  the  same  time  he  must  of  necessity  pass,  from  this 
phenomenal  composition  of  himself,  to  that  which  lies  at 
the  bottom  of  it,  viz.  his  I,  figured  as  a  thing  in  itself. 
Thus  man,  in  regard  of  his  sensory  and  receptive  faculties, 
deems  himself  a  part  of  the  sensible  system  ;  hut  in  re- 
gard of  that  within  him,  which  may  be  his  own  pure  spon- 
taneity {i.  €.  that  which  is  immediately  present  to  consci- 
ousness, without  any  modification  of  the  sensory),  he  deems 
himself  likewise  a  member  of  a  cogitable  and  unseen 
SYSTEM,  of  which  he  has  however  no  knowledge. 

This  conclusion  must  follow  and  hold  with  regard  to 
every  thing  presenting  itself  to  man  :  probably  it  obtains 
to  some  extent  in  every  human  understanding ;  for  the 
most  untutored  have  always  been  inclined  to  figure  to 
themselves  an  invisible  and  unknown  at  the  back  of  the 
objects  impinging  on  their  sensory,  and  have  expected  to 
find  there  somewhat  self-active ;  but  then  they  immedi- 
ately ruin  this  discovery  by  giving  this  invisible  an  exter- 
nal and  tangible  configuration,  and  so  halt  on  the  thres- 
hold of  discovery. 

Now,  in  point  of  fact,  mankind  finds  himself  endowed 
with  a  function,  by  which  he  distinguishes  himself  from 
all  other  objects,  nay  even  from  himself,  in  so  far  as  he  is 
affectable  through  the  sensory ;  and  this  function  or  power 
is  REASON.  This,  as  pure  self-activity,  transcends  in  ex- 
cellence even  the  faculty  of  understanding;  for  though 
this  last  is  likewise  self-activity,  and  does  not,  like  the 
sensory,  contain  mere  representations  which  result  from 
its  re-action,   when  impressed  by  things,  yet  it  begets 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  69 

% 

no  conceptions,  excepting  only  such  as  serve  to  regu- 
late AND  order  the  IMPRESSIONS  OF  THE  SENSORY, 
and  so  to  combine  them  in  the  identity  of  self-conscious- 
ness, without  which  union  and  combination  of  perceptibles 
the  intellect  could  furnish  no  thought.  Whereas  reason, 
in  supplying  the  ideas,  shows  so  original  and  high  a  power 
of  pure  spontaneity,  that  it  passes  altogether  beyond  the 
field  of  the  sensory,  and  has  for  its  most  principal  and 
chief  function,  to  separate  and  disjoin  the  sensible  and 
cogitable  systems  ;  and,  by  assigning  the  limits  and  boun- 
daries of  these  respectively,  to  fix  at  the  same  time  those 
laws  beyond  which  the  understanding  cannot  pass. 

Hence  it  happens  that  a  reasonable  agent  must,  as  In- 
telligent, cogitate  himself  a  member,  not  so  much  of 
the  sensible,  but  rather  of  the  supersensible  system.  He 
has  therefore  two  stations  from  which  to  regard  himself, 
and  a  twofold  set  of  laws  regulating  the  conduct  and  exer- 
cise of  his  powers.  The  onb  kind  of  laws  import  hete- 
ronomy,  and  subjection  to  the  mechanism  and  necessity  of 
the  physical  system.  The  second  connect  him  with  a 
cogitable  system,  are  quite  independent  on  mechanic  in- 
fluences, and  have  their  gi'ounds  in  nowise  in  the  physical 
system,  but  in  reason  only. 

As  Intelligent,  and  member  of  a  cogitable  world,  man- 
kind can  represent  to  himself  his  proper  causality  only 
by  force  of  the  idea  freedom  ;  for  independence  ofr  the  de- 
termining causes  of  the  physical  system  (which  indepen- 
dency reason  must  always  attribute  to  itself)  is  freedom  ; 
but  to  the  idea  freedom  that  of  autonomy  is  indissolubly 
attached ;  and  with  this  last  there  goes  hand  in  hand  the 
principle  of  morality,  wliich  does  in  idea  He  at  the  bottom^ 
of  the  actions  of  every  rational,   in  exactly  the  same 


70  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

way  as  laws  of  nature  lie  at   the  bottom  and  are  the 
groundwork  of  all  phenomena. 

And  now  the  suspicion  previously  stated  is  removed,  as 
if  there  were  a  latent  and  vicious  circle  in  our  concluding 
from  freedom  upon  autonomy,  and  from  autonomy  upon 
the  moral  law ;  as  if  we  set  out  with  the  idea  freedom 
merely  for  the  sake  of  the  moral  law,  and  in  order  to  de- 
duce this  law  from  it,  and  so  could  give  no  account,  and 
could  assign  no  grounds  for  this  idea,  but  had  begged  it 
merely  as  a  principle,  which  the  charitable  might  kindly 
grant  us,  but  which  could  never  be  set  up  as  a  position 
resting  on  its  own  independent  grounds.  For  now  we  see 
that,  cogitated  as  free,  we  transplant  ourselves  into  a  su- 
persensible system,  whereof  we  recognise  the  law  of  au- 
tonomy, and  its  sequel  morality ;  but  that  again,  when 
we  figure  ourselves  obliged  or  beholden  to  an  act,  we  re- 
gard ourselves  as  members  at  once  both  of  the  sensible 
and  of  the  cogitable  systems. 


How  is  a  Categorical  Imperative  possible  ? 

Every  reasonable  being  reckons  himself  on  the  one  hand 
as  Intelligent  in  a  cogitable  system ;  and  merely  as  an 
efficient  in  this  system  does  he  call  his  causality  a  will. 
On  the  other  hand,  he  is  conscious  that  he  is  a  part  of  the 
physical  or  sensible  system  into  which  actions  step  forth, 
as  the  mere  appearances  or  phenomena  of  that  causality, 
the  possibility  of  which,  however,  cannot  be  understood, 
as  they  have  a  descent  from  sources  we  know  nothing  of; 
but  which  appearances  must,  on  the  contrary,  be  regard- 
ed as  determined  by  other  and  antecedent  phenomena, 


METAPHYSIC  OF  EraiCS.  IS 

1 

namely,  appetites  and  desires  obtaining  in  the  physical 
system.  Regarded  purely  as  an  inhabitant  of  the  cogi- 
table world,  all  man's  actions  would  exactly  tally  with 
the  autonomy  of  a  pure  will ;  while,  again,  regarded  as  a 
mere  link  in  the  chain  of  causes  and  events,  all  human 
actions  are  locked  up  under  mechanic  laws  (heteronoray), 
and  would  ensue  exactly  according  to  the  physical  im- 
pulses given  by  instincts  and  solicitations  in  the  sensory. 
But  because  the  world  of  Noumena  contains  within 

IT  THE  last  ground,  NOT  ONLY  OF  THE  WORLD  OF  PHE- 
NOMENA, BUT  ALSO  OF  THIS  last's  LAWS,  I,  as  Intelli- 
gent, though  likewise  a  phenomenon,  must  recognise  my- 
self as  immediately  attached  to  the  intellectual  law  of  the 
first,  i.  e.  of  reason,  which  by  the  idea  freedom  gives  a 
law,  and  ordains  autonomy  of  will ;  from  which  it  follows, 
that  the  laws  of  the  cogitable  and  noumenal  world  are 
immediate  and  categorical  imperatives ;  and  the  actions 
flowing  from  these  principles  it  behoves  me  to  judge  of  as 
duties. 

Thus  categorical  imperatives  are  seen  and  comprehend- 
ed to  be  possible,  the  idea  freedom  making  me  an  inhabi- 
tant of  a  cogitable  system  ;  where,  were  I  such  alone,  my 
every  action  would  fall  out  in  harmony  with  autonomy  of 
will,  and,  so  far  as  I  am  likewise  connected  with  a  differ- 
ent but  dependent  system,  ought  and  should  so  harmonize  ; 
WHICH  CATEGORICAL  SHOULD,  expresses  a  synthetic  pro- 
position a  priori ;  the  constitution  and  origin  of  which 
synthesis  is  understood  and  comprehended,  when  we  un- 
derstand, tliat  over  and  above  my  consciousness  of  a  will, 
stimulated  by  sensitive  instincts  and  wants,  there  is  super- 
added an  idea  of  the  very  same  will,  but  figured  to  be  in 
a  cogitable  system,  as  pureseif-active  will,  which  likewise 


72:  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

contains  in  it  the  last  grounds  and  supreme  conditions  of 
the  other  :— pretty  much  as  where,  over  and  above  the  in- 
tuitions of  the  sensory,  there  are  superadded  notions  of  the 
understanding,  which  notions  are  in  themselves  nothing 
but  legislative  forms,  and  yet  constitute,  by  the  conjunc- 
tion, synthetic  propositions  a  priori,  on  which  all  know- 
ledge of  physics  and  of  the  laws  of  nature  rests. 

The  practical  use  of  the  plainest  understanding  corro- 
borates the  accuracy  of  this  investigation.  No  one,  not 
even  the  most  hardened  ruffian,  can  fail  to  wish  a  change 
of  state  and  character,  when  he  has  laid  before  his  men- 
tal vision  examples  of  sincerity  and  plain  dealing,  of  un- 
wavering steadfastness  in  adhering  to  good  resolutions,  of 
active  sympathy,  of  inward  good  will,  and  universal  bene- 
volence. Such  he  too  would  willingly  become,  but  he  finds 
he  cannot,  in  consequence  of  appetites  and  perturbations 
obtaining  in  his  sensory ;  and  this  forces  from  him  the  fur- 
ther wish  that  he  were  disenthralled  from  the  bondage  of 
a  servitude  now  felt  to  be  intolerable.  He  therefore  de- 
monstrates, that  he,  by  force  of  the  idea  of  a  will  defecat- 
ed from  the  perturbations  of  the  sensory,  does  in  thought 
waft  himself  into  an  order  of  things  where  none  such  in- 
trude, and  where  he  expects  no  real  or  imaginary  gra- 
tification, but  expects  singly  an  advancement  of  the  in- 
ward worth  of  his  personality.  This  better  person,  how- 
ever, mankind  figures  himself  to  be,  when  he  regards 
himself,  in  his  station,  as  an  inhabitant  of  the  cogitable 
system,  whitherwards  the  idea  freedom  {i.  e.  independency 
on  the  determinators  of  the  physical  system)  must  of  ne- 
cessity transplant  him.  There  he  is  conscious  of  a  good 
will,  and  recognises  it  as  the  law  and  standard  for  his 
wayward  and  phenomenal  one.     What  he  therefore  mo- 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  78" 

rally  should  and  ought,  he  sees  to  be  his  own  proper  ne- 
cessary will,  as  member  of  a  cogitable  world;  and  he 
speaks  of  this  his  necessary  will  under  the  term  shall, 
when,  recognising  its  authority,  he  considers  himself  at  the 
same  time  as  residing  in  the  system  objected  to  his  senses. 


Of  the  Extreme  Verge  of  all  Practical  Philosophy.  «=ra^ 

All  men  regard  themselves,  quoad  their  wills,  as  free ; 
hence  comes  those  judgments  passed  with  regard  to  ac- 
tions, that  they  ought  to  have  happened,  although  in 
fact  and  event  they  happen  kot.  This  freedom  is  no 
conception  taken  from  experience  and  observation,  for  it 
remains  unaltered,  even  while  all  experience  exhibits  the 
very  contrary  of  what,  according  to  laws  of  freedom,  ought 
to  be;  and  yet,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is  equally  necessary  to 
think  of  every  event  as  inevitably  determined  by  laws  of 
nature.  And  this  necessity  in  the  physical  sequences,  is  no 
conception  either,  borrowed  from  observation  and  experi- 
ence ;  for  it  is  the  notion  of  a  necessity,  and  is  part  of 
knowledge  a  priori.  Now  this  conception  of  a  necessary- 
nexus  in  the  physical  system  is  substantiated  by  expe- 
rience, nay  behoved  to  be  presupposed,  if  experience  and 
observation,  {i.  e.  regular  and  uniform  knowledge  of  the 
i  objects  of  sense,)  are  to  be  possible.  Hence  freedom  is 
1  only  an  idea  of  reason,  and  the  objective  reality  of  it  is 
doubtful ;  but  the  mechanic  nexus  is  a  notion  of  the 
understanding,  and  proves  its  reality  in  experience  and 
observation,  and  must  prove  it. 

Thus  reason  finds  itself  involved  in  a  dialectic,  for  the 
freedom  attributed  to  it  seems  to  collide  with  the  necessity 


^  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

obtaining  in  thephysical  system.  And  altliougli,  in  this  di- 
lemma, reason,  for  speculative  purposes,  finds  the  path 
of  mechanical  necessity  much  smoother,  and  more  unim- 
peded, yet,  for  all  practical  ends,  she  finds  the  nar- 
row path  of  freedom  the  alone  and  single,  along  which 
she  can  exert  herself  in  action.  Hence  the  most  subtle 
philosophy,  and  the  plainest  understanding,  have  both 
found  it  alike  impossible  to  quibble  themselves  out  of 
freedom :  they  have  therefore  been  both  conscious  at  bot- 
tom, that  there  was  no  real  contradiction  betwixt  freedom 
and  the  laws  of  nature,  considered  both  as  regulating  hu- 
man actions  ;  for  reason  can  no  more  give  up  the  notion 
of  nature,  than  she  can  divest  herself  of  the  idea  freedom. 

But  at  any  rate,  the  appearance  of  contradiction  must  be 

f  removed,  although  how  freedom  is  possible  remains  totally 

incomprehensible ;  for  if  the  idea  freedom  be  repugnant 

to  itself,  or  to  the  causal  laws  of  nature,  which  are  just  as 

necessary,  it  must  be  abandoned  for  the  sake  of  the  latter. 

But  this  contradiction  cannot  be  avoided,  unless  the 
subject  attributing  to  itself  freedom,  thinks  itself  under 
different  relations,  when  it  at  one  time  calls  itself 
free,  and  yet  regards  the  same  action  as  fixed  and  subject- 
ed to  the  causal  mechanic  law  determining  phenomena. 
The  problem  is  one  which  cannot  be  declined  by  reason, 
at  least  to  show  that  the  deceptive  appearance  of  contra- 
diction consists  in  this,  that  we  cogitate  mankind  in  a  to- 
tally different  point  of  view  when  we  deem  him  free  from 
what  we  regard  him  in  when,  as  a  phenomenon  in  space 
and  time,  we  deem  him  subjected  to  their  laws.  Nay,  to 
show  further,  that  these  two  are  not  only  consistent,  but 
must  of  necessity  be  combined  in  the  same  subject,  since 
we  could  not  otherwise  assign  a  ground  why  reason  is  to 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  75 

be  embarrassed  with  an  idea,  not  perhaps  giving  the  lie  di- 
rect to  an  old  and  well-established  notion,  but  which  idea 
exposes  her  to  a  very  unnecessary  and  needless  dilemma. 
This  duty  is  incumbent  on  speculative  philosophy,  that  it 
mayprepare  the  way  for  the  practical ;  there  is  therefore  no 
option  left  to  the  philosopher,  whether  he  will  solve  this 
seeming  enigma,  or  leave  it  uninvestigated ;  for  if  he  do 
this  last,  he  leaves  the  theory  concerning  freedom  a  bo- 
num  vacaTis,  which  the  first  coming  fatalist  may  seize  on 
as  unoccupied,  and  expel  morals,  as  usurping  grounds  to 
which  she  can  show  no  title. 

However,  it  is  not  here  the  outer  verge  and  border  of 
practical  philosophy  is  descried,  for  the  difficulty  just 
mentioned  does  not  fall  under  its  province,  but  is  for 
speculative  reason  to  make  an  end  of,  that  it  may  warrant 
to  practical  reason  secure  and  easy  possession  against  all 
assailants  of  the  domain  on  which  she  intends  to  erect  her 
seat. 

The  legal  title  on  which  reason  claims  her  freedom  of 
,  will,  is  grounded  on  the  consciousness  and  admitted  pre- 
I  supposition  of  reason's  independency  on  merely  subjec- 
tively determined  causes,  which  aggregately  compose  what- 
ever is  of  the  nature  of  sensation,  and  passes  under  the  ge- 
neral name  of  seiisory*  Mankind,  Considered  as  thns  in- 
dependent and  intelligent,  wafts  himself,  when  he  does  so, 
into  another  order  of  things,  and  into  a  relationship  with 
determining  gi'ounds  of  quite  another  kind  (as  intelligence 
endowed  with  will,  i.  e.  causality)  from  those  with  which 
he  is  connected  when  he  perceives  himself  a  phenomenon 
objected  to  his  senses  (which  likewise  he  most  certainly 
is),  and  finds  his  causality  subjected  to  foreign  determina- 
tors,  according  to  mechanic  laws.     Now  he  immediately 


76  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

becomes  aware  that  both  states  may  co-exist,  nay,  that  in 
point  of  fact  they  must  do  so ;  for,  that  a  thing  as  it  ap- 
pears, and  as  part  of  sensible  phenomena,  is  aifected  by 
certain  laws,  on  which  it,  the  same  thing,  not  as  appear- 
ance, but  AS  A  REAL,  ACTUAL  THING  IN  ITSELF,  is  indepen- 
dent, is  in  nowise  a  contradiction;  and  that  mankind 
must  reflect  of  himself  in  this  twofold  light,  rests  first  on 
his  consciousness  of  his  being  an  object  in  the  sensible 
system,  and  then,  second,  on  his  consciousness  of  himself 
as  Intelligent,  i.  e.  as  in  his  originary  use  of  reason,  in- 
dependent on  sensitive  impressions,  i.  e.  detached  from 
them,  and  in  a  cogitable  state. 

Hence  also  it  happens  that  mankind  deems  himself  the 
potential  possessor  of  a  will  which  tramples  under  foot 
whatever  is  the  mere  progeny  of  appetite  and  want,  and 
represents  actions  to  be  by  it  not  only  possible,  but  neces- 
sary, which  can  alone  be  performed  by  casting  behind-back 
and  discarding  every  inclination  and  excitement  of  the  sen- 
sory. Thiswill'scausality  resides  within  him  as  Intelligent, 
and  has  its  origin  and  seat  in  the  laws  of  a  cogitable  world  ; 
of  which  world,  however,  mankind  knows  nothing  further 
than  that  therein  reason,  naked  reason,  i.  e.  reason  defecat- 
ed from  every  perturbation  of  the  sensory,  has  alone  the 
sway;  and  since  it  is  there  alone  that,  as  Intelligent,  man- 
kind is  properly  himself  (whereas  here  he  is  but  an  ap- 
pearance of  that  self),  that  sway  and  dominion  of  reason 
concern  him  immediately  and  categorically.  Nor  can 
the  whole  stimulants  in  the  phenomenal  system  affect  or 
impair  in  any  way  the  laws  of  his  intellectual  will ;  so 
much  so,  that  he  counts  not  these  stimulants  as  his,  but 
acquits  himself  of  them  as  irresponsible.  These  he  im- 
putes not  to  his  proper  self,  i.  e.  his  will ;  but  to  himself 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  Tt 

alone  any  indulgence  whereby  he  may  incline  to  them, 
and  allow  them  any  influence  derogatory  to  the  authority 
of  the  law  objected  by  reason  to  his  will. 

Nor  does  reason  overstep  her  bounds,  in  cogitating 
herself  in,  into  a  supersensible  state  ;  but  she  would  then, 
when  she  pretended  to  feel  herself  into  it,  or  by  intui- 
tion to  ENVISAGE  herself  there.  Such  supersensible  is  a 
mere  idea,  negative  of  the  sensible  world,  which  gives  no 
laws  to  determine  reason ;  and  is  in  this  point  alone  posi- 
V  tive — that  freedom,  although  a  negative  quality,  carries 
^  with  it  a  positive  function  and  causality  of  reason  called 
i  will,  enabling  man  so  to  act  that  the  principle  of  his  con- 
duct may  tally  with  the  essential  constitution  of  all  causal 
reasons ;  i.  e.  the  condition,  that  a  reasonable  agent's  max- 
ims of  conduct  should  be  at  all  times  fit  for  law  universal. 
But  when  reason  attempts  to  draw  down  an  object  of 
WILL  from  the  cogitable  world,  then  she  oversteps  her  li- 
mits, and  affects  a  knowledge  where  she  knows  nothing. 
The  notion  of  a  cogitable  system  is  a  mere  station  which 
reason  needs  for  a  fulcrum  to  lift  itself  out  of  the  mass  of 
appearances,  and  cogitate  itself  as  sui-active.  This, 
however,  mankind  could  not  at  all  do,  if  sensitive  excite- 
ments necessarily  determined  the  human  will ;  but  which 
he  must  inevitably  do,  unless  self-consciousness,  as  in- 
telligent and  spontaneous  reason,  is  to  be  denied.  This 
conception  leads  no  doubt  to  the  idea  of  a  different  order 
of  things,  and  of  a  legislation  totally  diverse  from  laws 
obtaining  over  the  mechanic  events  in  nature,  and  renders 
the  representation  of  a  cogitable  world  {i.  e.  the  aggregate 
of  Intelligents  as  things-in-themselves)  necessary  and  in- 
evitable. But  all  this  takes  place  without  the  smallest 
pretence  to  know  any  thing  of  the  laws  obtaining  there, 


T&  GROUNDWOUK  OF  THE 

excepting  only  the  formal  condition  of  them,  viz.  the 
potential  universality  of  the  maxims  of  their  wills  for  law ; 
that  is,  their  autonomy,  which  alone  can  consist  with  free- 
dom ;  whereas  all  laws  whatsoever,  grounded  on  an  ob- 
ject, beget  heteronomy,  and  can  take  place  singly  in  me- 
chanic nexus  and  a  physical  system. 

But  reason  would  indeed  overstep  all  bounds  and  li- 
mits were  she  to  undertake  an  explanation,  how  pure 
reason  can  be  spontaneous  and  self-practical?  a  problem 
perfectly  identic  with  this  one,  to  explain  how  frkedom 
OF  will  is  possible. 

For  we  can  explain  nothing  which  we  cannot  reduce  to 
laws,  the  object  of  which  is  given,  or  at  least  may  be  given, 
in  observation  and  experience  ;  whereas  freedom  is  a  bare 
idea,  and  its  objective  reality  cannot  be  exhibited  or  ex- 
plained by  laws  of  the  physical  system,  i.  e.  is  nowhere 
found  in  observation  and  experience ;  and  since  no  exam- 
ple or  analogy  can  be  supplied  to  it,  its  reality  can  never 
become  either  comprehended  or  understood.  It  is  valid 
I  inaerely  as  a  necessary  hypothesis  for  that  reason  which  be- 
'  lieves  itself  possessed  of  will,  ^.  e.  of  a  function  superior  to 
mere  powers  of  desire ;  namely,  a  function  to  determine  it- 
self to  act  as  pure  intelligence,  upon  grounds  of  reason,  and 
independently  on  physical  instincts.  Now,  where  events 
cease  to  be  regulated  by  physic  laws,  there  all  explana- 
tion is  at  end ;  and  all  that  remains  is  to  defend  our  pos- 
session of  the  idea,  that  is,  to  repel  the  attacks  of  those 
who  pretend  to  see  farther  into  the  nature  of  things  than 
others,  and  who  boldly  pronounce  freedom  an  absurdity. 
And  we  can  show  them,  that  the  contradiction  they  ima- 
gine they  have  found  out,  lies  only  in  their  refusing  to 
regard  man  in  his  twofold  character;  and  that  when,  in 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  79 

order  to  support  the  unvai'iedness  of  the  causal  law  in  re- 
spect of  human  actions,  they  consider  nian  of  necessity  as 
a  phenomenon  in  the  physical  system,  and  are  then  further 
required  to  figure  to  themselves  man  as  Intelligent,  and 
not  as  an  appearance,  but  a  thing  in  itself,  they  still  per- 
sist in  regarding  him  as  in  space  and  time;  in  which  case, 
indeed,  to  separate  his  causality  {i.  e.  his  will)  from  the 
laws  obtaining  there,  is  impossible,  and  an  absurdity ; 
which  difficulty  vanishes  entirely  if  they  would  bethink 
•themselves,  as  reason  calls  on  them  to  do,  that  beyond 
phenomena  must  needs  be  things-in-themselves,  althougli 
latent, — the  laws  of  which  last  cannot  be  expected  to  turn 
out  identic  with  the  laws  under  which  their  appearances 
rank. 

This  subjective  impossibility  to  explain  the  freedom 
of  the  will  is  identic  with  the  impossibility  to  investigate 
or  explain  the  interest*  mankind  takes  in  the  moral 
law;  and  although  he  has  such  interest,  the  groundwork 
of  which  is  called  the  moral  sense,  no  further  account  of 
it  can  be  given.  The  feeling  itself  has  been  falsely  declared 
to  be  the  standard  and  guide  of  our  ethical  judgments, 

•  Interest  is  that  whereby  reason  becomes  a  cause  practically  determin- 
ing the  will.  Hence  we  say  of  rationals  only,  that  they  have  an  interest 
in  anywhat ;  irrationals  have  no  more  than  an  appetite  or  instinct. 
Reason  takes  an  immediate  interest  in  an  action  only  then,  when  the 
universal  validity  of  its  maxim  is  the  exclusive  determinative  of  the 
will.  Such  an  interest  is  the  alone  pure.  Again,  the  interest  taken  by 
reason  in  an  action  is  then  indirect  and  oblique,  when  some  object  of  de- 
sire or  particular  feeling  of  the  subject  is  pre-required  to  determine  the 
choice  ;  and  since  abstract  reason  cannot  assign  any  objects  of  desire,  nor 
beget  any  feeling  pointing  to  such  object,  but  these  arise  from  observa. 
tion  and  experience  singly,  such  latter  interest  is  no  pure  interest  of 
reason,  but  is  one  adulterated  with  a  posteriori  grounds.  Even  the  logi- 
cal interest  of  reason  is  not  immediate,  but  rests  on  the  end  and  aim 
it  may  have  of  advancing  its  speculative  extent. 


80  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

whereas  it  is  the  inward  effect  exercised  by  the  law  upon 
the  will,  the  objective  grounds  of  which  reside  in  reason. 
In  order  to  will  what  reason  ordains  that  man  ought 
and  should,  this  last  must  have  a  function  enabling  it  to 
beget  A  FEELING  OF  AMENITY,  in  the  carrying  its  law  into 
execution — in  other  words,  in  discharging  duty;  conse- 
quently, reason  must  have  a  causality  of  its  own,  adapted 
for  determining  the  sensory  according  to  its  own  princi- 
ples. It  is,  however,  altogether  impossible  to  comprehend 
how  a  naked  thought,  containing  in  it  nothing  of  the  sen- 
sory, can  bring  forth  an  emotion  of  pleasure  or  pain  ;  for 
it  is  a  peculiar  kind  of  causality,  and  of  it,  like  every 
other  kind  of  causality,  we  can  predicate  nothing  a  'priori.^ 
but  see  ourselves  compelled  to  interrogate  experience. 
Observation  and  experience,  however,  teach  no  other  rela- 
tion betwixt  cause  and  effect,  than  the  relation  obtaining 
betwixt  one  phenomenon  and  another;  and,  in  the  case 
we  are  considering,  reason  is,  by  its  ideas  (which  no  ex- 
perience reaches),  the  cause  of  an  effect,  which  last  alone 
lies  within  observation  and  experience ;  whence  we  see, 
that  an  explanation,  how  and  why  the  universal  vali- 
dity OF  A  MAXIM  FOR  LAW  {%.  6.  MORALITY)  should  inte- 
rest mankind,  is  quite  unattainable.  Only  thus  much  is 
certain,  that  morality  is  not  valid  for  man  because  it 
INTERESTS  HIM  (for  that  were  heteronomy  and  depen- 
dency of  the  will  on  sense),  but  that  it  interests — be- 
cause it  has  validity  for  man — because  its  law  springs 
from  our  very  intellectual  being,  and  from  what  is  man's 
proper  self;  now,  whatever   {e.  g.   the   interest)   is 

AMONG  THE  APPEARANCES,  MUST  NEEDS  BE  SUBORDINATED 
BY  REASON  TO  THE  ESSENTIAL  CONSTITUTION  OF  THE 
THING  ITSELF. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  '84 

The  question,  how  a  categorical  imperative  is  possible, 
may  therefore  be  thus  far  replied  to,  that  we  can  assign  the 
alone  hypothesis  on  which  such  imperative  can  be  founded, 
viz.  freedom  ;  and  it  is  replied  to,  in  so  far  as  we  can  com- 
prehend the  necessity  of  this  postulate  freedom,  which  is 
sufficient  for  the  practical  conduct  of  reason,  i,  e.  to  a 
practical  conviction  of  the  authority  and  validity  of  the 
imperative,  that  is,  generally  of  the  morallaw.  Buthowthe 
hypothesis  itself  comes  to  be  possible,  is  what  no  human 
reason  can  comprehend.  Upon  the  hypothesis  of  freedom 
of  will,  AUTONOMY,  the  formal  condition  of  its  determina- 
tion was  inferred  as  a  necessary  sequel ;  to  postulate 
which  freedom  of  will,  is  not  only  possible,  but  is  un- 
conditionally NECESSARY,  for  a  being  conscious  of  its  in- 
tellectual causality,  that  is,  of  a  will,  which  it  distinguish- 
es from  its  desires  ;  which  postulate  it  must  likewise  ap- 
ply to  the  PRACTICAL  use  of  every  voluntary  action.  But 
how  naked  reason,  independently  of  every  other  spring, 
can  be  itself  active  and  spontaneous,  i.  e.  how  the  mere 
principle  of  the  validity  of  its  maxims  for  universal  laws, 
independently  on  every  object  man  may  be  interested  in, 
can  be  itself  a  spring  to  action,  and  beget  an  interest 
which  is  purely  ethical;  to  explain  this,  I  say,  how 
REASON  CAN  BE  THUS  PRACTICAL,  is  quitc  bcyond  the 
reach  and  grasp  of  all  human  thought,  and  the  labour  and 
toil  bestowed  on  any  such  inquiry  is  fruitless  and  thrown 
away. 

An  inquiry  instituted  to  this  effect  would  be  just  the 
same  as  if  I  were  to  try  to  fathom  how  freedom  is,  as  a  cau- 
sality of  will,  possible;  forlthenquit  all  philosophic  grounds 
of  explanation,  and  have  none  other.  I  might  no  doubt  give 
my  fancy  reins,  and  let  it  run  riot  through  a  cogitable 

F 


82  GROUNDWORK  OF  THE 

region  which  still  remains.  But  though  I  have  a  well- 
grounded  IDEA  of  such  a  state,  I  have  no  knowledge  of 
it  whatever,  and  can  acquire  none  by  any  stretch  of 
thought.  The  idea  denotes  a  mere  somewhat  (cogitable) 
Avhich  remains  when  eveiy  sensitive  excitement  is  exclud- 
ed from  the  will ;  and  this  exclusion  is  had  recourse  to, 
in  order  to  show  that  the  sensible  system  is  not  all  in  all, 
but  that  beyond  lies  somewhat  ulterior.  But  this  ulterior 
is  a  vast  unknown  and  blank.  When  reason  thinks  of 
such  an  ideal  state,  and  abstracts  from  all  known  objects, 
there  remains  nothing  except  the  form  (of  reason  itself), 
viz.  the  law  of  the  universal  validity  of  its  maxims ;  and 
in  harmony  with  this,  reason,  as  therein  an  agent,  i.  e.  a 
cause  determining  volition.  Every  spring  is  here  awant- 
ing  and  abstracted  from,  unless,  indeed,  the  idea  of  this 
cogitable  state  be  itself  the  spring,  i.  e.  that  in  which  rea- 
son takes  its  originary  interest ;  but  to  make  this  com- 
prehensible, is  just  the  problem  we  have  declared  in- 
sol  uble. 

Here,  then,  is  the  utmost  verge  of  all  ethical  inquiry, 
to  fix  the  just  bounds  and  limits  of  which  is  of  very  great 
importance ;  for  it  provides  reason  with  a  guard  against 
seeking  in  the  sensible  system  for  its  last  determinator, 
and  finding  there,  to  the  utter  ruin  of  all  morality,  a  phy- 
sical and  comprehensible  interest ;  and  it  likewise  fur- 
nishes a  guard  whereby  reason  is  prevented  from  impo- 
tently  flapping  its  wings  and  attempting  to  soar  in  the 
blank  void  of  impossible  ideas,  and,  without  moving  from 
the  spot,  disorienting  itself  amid  chimeras.  The  idea  of 
a  pure  cogitable  world,  as  an  aggregate  of  reasonable  be- 
ings, to  which  ourselves  belong  (although  still  parts  in  a 
physical  system),  is  a  most  fertile  and  allowed  idea  for  the 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  8S 

l>ehoof  of  a  reasonable  faith,  all  knowledge  falling  short 
on  this  side  of  it.  Nor  can  the  August  Ideal  of  an 
Universal  Kingdom  of  Ends  in  themselves  fail  to  excite 
in  man  a  lively  interest  in  the  moral  law,  since  man- 
kind can  only  then  figure  themselves  its  inhabitants,  when 
they  most  industriously  adhere  to  the  imperatives  of  free- 
dom, as  if  they  were  necessary  laws  of  the  physical  system. 


Conclusion  of  the  Groundwork. 

Speculative  reason,  when  examining  the  physical  sys- 
tem, arrived  at  the  idea  of  an  absolute  necessity  contain- 
ed in  some  last  and  supreme  cause  of  the  world.  Prac- 
tical reason,  reflecting  on  its  actions,  arrives  also  at 
an  absolute  necessity  (in  freedom),  a  necessity  extend- 
ing no  further  than  to  the  laws  of  the  actions  of  a 
reasonable  being  considered  as  such.  Now  it  is  a  fun- 
damental principle  of  all  use  of  reason,  to  carry  back  all 
knowledge  to  a  consciousness  of  its  necessity  (and  where 
this  is  not  done,  the  knowledge  does  not  rest  on  grounds  of 
reason) ;  and  yet  it  is  a  limit  as  invariably  put  to  it,  that 
cannot  comprehend  this  necessity,  either  of  what  bap- 
pens,  or  of  what  ought  to  happen,  unless  it  is  able  to 
assign  some  condition  as  a  ground  upon  which  some- 
what either  is  or  ought  to  be.  In  this  way,  by  continual- 
ly requiring  farther  and  farther  conditions,  the  insight 
and  satisfaction  of  reason  is  postponed.  In  this  restless 
state  reason  is  driven  on  the  unconditionally  necessary, 
and  is  forced  upon  it,  although  it  cannot  by  any  means 
comprehend  such  unconditionate  necessity,  and  deems 
itself  happy  when  it  impinges  on  an  idea  able  to  support 


S4  ,  GROUNDWORK,  &C. 

# 

the  load  of  such  a  liypothesis.  It  is  therefore  no  fault  of 
this  deduction  and  inquiry  into  the  supreme  and  last  prin- 
ciple of  morality,  but  an  objection  which  it  behoved  to 
make  to  human  reason  itself,  that  it  cannot  make  com- 
prehensible the  absolute  necessity  of  an  unconditioned 
practical  law,  which  unconditionate  necessity  the  catego- 
rical imperative  must  have  ;  for  that  reason  refuses  to  ex- 
plain it  by  adopting  the  further  condition  of  an  interest 
attaching  to  it,  can  be  no  reproach  to  reason,  since  in 
such  event  the  imperative  would  cease  to  be  a  moral,  i.  e. 
supreme  law  of  freedom,  and  so  we  cannot  comprehend 
the  unconditionate  practical  necessity  of  the  ethical  impe- 
rative, but  we  comprehend  why  it  is  incomprehensible  ; 
and  this  is  as  much  as  can  be  reasonably  demanded  from 
a  system  of  philosophy  which  has  for  its  object  to  inves- 
tigate the  reach  and  extent  of  the  faculty  of  reason. 


ANALYTIC  0¥  PRINCIPLfeS.  ^' "^5 


CHAPTER  IV. 


INQUIRY    INTO    THE    A   PRIORI  OPERATIONS    OF    THE    WILL. 

ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 


Practical  principles  are  propositions  contain- 
ing different  rules,  subordinate  to  them,  which  may 
be  grounds  of  determining  the  will.  They  are  either 
subjective,  and  are  called  maxims,  when  the  rule 
is  considered  as  of  force  only  in  reference  to  the 
thinking  subject  himself;  or  they  are  objective,  and 
are  called  laws,  when  reason  pronounces  the  rule  to 
have  an  ethical  virtue  of  obliging  all  reasonable  be* 
ings. 

REMARK. 

If  it  be  admitted  that  reason  contains  in  itself  practi- 
cal grounds  sufficient  for  determining  the  will,  then  there 
are  practical  laws ;  but  if  otherwise,  then  are  there  no 
more  than  practical  maxims.  Where  a  will  is  pathologi- 
cally affected,  there  a  collision  of  maxims  is  conceivable ; 
nay,  they  may  even  militate  against  laws  which  the  think- 
ing subject  himself  admits  to  be  objected  to  his  will  by 
reason.  Thus,  an  individual  may  adopt  the  maxim  to  let 
no  injury  pass  unavenged,  and  at  the  same  time  he  may 


86  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLIS. 

see  very  clearly  that  that  principle  is  no  law,  but  simply 
a  maxim  of  his  own;  and  that  if  such  a  maxim  were 
raised  to  the  rank  of  a  law  in  a  general  code  or  system  of 
moral  legislation,  it  would  become  self-destructory,  and 
inconsistent  with  itself.  In  natural  philosophy,  princi- 
ples regulating  what  happens  (events)  (e.  g.  the  principle 
of  the  equality  of  action  and  re-action  in  communi- 
cating motion )  are  also  laws  of  nature ;  for  in  physics 
the  use  of  reason  is  theoretic,  and  determined  by  the 
nature  of  the  object.  But  in  moral  philosophy,  where 
determinators  of  volition  are  alone  inquired  into,  the  rules 
or  principles  which  a  person  may  adopt  to  regulate  what 
happens  (actions),  are  not  in  any  sense  laws  inevitably  put 
upon  him ;  for  reason  is  here  practical,  and  has  to  do  with 
the  appetitive  faculty  of  the  subject,  according  to  the  na- 
ture and  qualities  of  which,  the  rule  may  be  variously  mo- 
dified. Every  practical  rule  is  a  product  of  reason  ;  for 
it  prescribes  an  act  as  a  mean  toward  an  end,  which  is 
intended.  But  such  a  rule  is,  in  the  case  of  a  being  whose 
reason  is  not  the  sole  determinator  of  his  choice,  an  im- 
perative, i.  e.  a  rule  expressed  by  the  word  shall  or 
OUGHT,  and  it  denotes  the  objective  necessity  of  an  ac- 
tion, and  implies  that,  if  the  will  were  guided  by  reason 
singly,  the  action  would  follow  according  to  the  rule. 
Imperatives  have  therefore  an  objective  import,  and  so 
differ  totally  from  maxims,  which  are  subjective  singly. 
They  determine  the  causality  of  an  agent  either  in  regard 
of  the  effect  or  purpose  to  be  reached,  or  they  determine 
the  causality  simpliciter.  In  the  first  case,  the  imperatives 
are  hypothetical,  and  are  no  more  than  rules  of  art ;  but, 
in  the  second,  they  are  categoric  and  absolute,  and  these 
alone  are  practical  laws  regulating  conduct.  While,  then, 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  8T 

maxims  may  be  regarded  as  rules,  they  never  can  be  con» 
sidered  as  imperatives.  Even  imperatives,  when  no  more 
than  conditional  determinators  of  the  will,  i.  e.  when  they 
determine  the  will,  not  as  such  simply,  but  as  a  mean  to- 
ward some  desired  effect,  are  not  laws,  but  practical  pre- 
cepts only.  Laws  must  determine  the  will,  as  will,  and  do 
not  even  depend  on  the  question,  whether  the  subject  pos- 
sess the  power  requisite  for  some  desired  end :  they  are 
equally  independent  of  the  particular  line  of  conduct  con- 
ducive to  it ;  i.  e.  they  are  categoric  ;  and  if  they  were  not 
so  they  would  not  be  laws,  being  deficient  in  necessity, — 
a  practical  necessity,  being  only  possible  to  be  conceived 
where  the  will  is  defecated  thoroughly  from  all  patholo- 
gical and  contingent  circumstances  which  may  attach  to 
it.  When  it  is  said  that  a  man  must  exert  himself  in 
youth  and  be  thrifty,  that  he  may  not  starve  when  he  is 
old,  a  true  and  important  rule  of  conduct  is  advanced ; 
but  what  is  to  be  observed  with  regard  to  this  rule  is,  that 
the  will  is  referred  to  somewhat  out  of  and  beyond  itself, 
of  which  it  is  presumed  it  makes  a  choice ;  and  it  must  be 
left  to  the  individual  himself  whether  he  so  choose  or  no ; 
whether  he  may  expect  funds  from  other  sources  than  his 
own  industry ;  whether  he  think  he  may  live  to  old  age ; 
or  whether  he  may  keep  himself  by  stealing  when  he 
comes  to  want.  Reason,  from  which  alone  a  rule  expres- 
sive of  necessity  can  emanate,  lends  a  necessity  to  the 
foregoing  precept  (for,  apart  from  its  necessity,  it  were  no 
imperative) ;  but  such  necessity  is  subjectively  t'^'idition- 
al,  and  cannot  be  supposed  of  all  thinking  beings  equally. 
But,  for  a  legislation  of  reason,  nothing  farther  can  be  re- 
quired than  that  it  presuppose  itself,  since,  in  this  event 
alone,  can  a  rule  be  objectively  and  universally  valid,  no 


8d  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

subjective  contingent  cii'cumstances  being  introduced  dis- 
tinguishing one  reasonable  being  from  another.  Now,  let  it 
be  said  that  none  oughtto  promise  deceitfully,  and  we 
have  a  rule  which  respects  the  will  singly,  and  takes  no  cog- 
nizance of  any  ulterior  aim  or  intention  which  a  man  may 
have,  and  is  hence  independent  of  the  consideration  of  any 
such  aim  being  attainable  or  not.  It  is  the  naked  volition 
which  is  given  as  determined  a  priori  by  the  rule.  Again, 
suppose  that  the  above  rule  be  correct  and  true,  then  it  is 
law ;  for  the  imperative  it  expresses  is  categoric.  All 
practical  laws  refer  to  will,  quite  irrespective  of  any  ef- 
fects which  its  causality  may  produce,  whence  abstracting 
from  "  those,"  we  may  consider  "  </w«"  as  it  is  a  priori. 

§  2.     POSITION  I. 

All  practical  principles  which  pre-suppose  an  ob- 
ject, or  matter  chosen,  as  a  determinator  of  the  will, 
are  one  and  all  of  them  taken  from  experience  and 
observation,  and,  being  a  posterimit  cannot  supply  a 
law  of  acting. 

REMARKS. 

By  the  matter  of  a  choice,  I  understand  an  object,  the 
existence  of  which  is  desired.  When  the  desire  of  this 
object  goes  before  the  practical  rule,  and  is  the  condition 
determining  it,  then  I  say,  first,  such  rule  is  always  a  pos- 
teriori ;  for  the  determinator  of  choice  is  then  the  repre- 
sentation of  an  object,  and  the  relation  subsisting  between 
the  representation  and  the  subject,  whereby  the  choice  is 
determined  to  realize  the  object.     This  relation,  however, 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  99. 

is  called  pleasure  in  the  existence  of"  the  object.  This 
pleasure  must  therefore  be  pre-supposed  as  a  condition 
pre(;edent  to  the  possibility  of  such  determination  of  the 
choice.  Now  it  is  impossible  to  know  a  priori,  in  any 
case,  whether  the  representation  of  an  object  is  to  be  ac- 
companied with  pleasure  or  not ;  whence  it  follows  that 
the  determinator  of  the  choice  is  a  posteriori  in  such  event, 
as  is  likewise  the  material  principle  of  acting  which  rests 
on  it  as  a  condition. 

Again,  I  say,  secondly,  that  since  a  principle  which  is 
based  on  the  susceptibility  of  an  individual  for  pleasure  or 
pain  is  known  only  by  an  induction  a  posteriori,  and  can- 
not be  extended  to  other  agents  perhaps  not  endowed  with 
any  similar  or  the  same  capacity,  it  may  become  a  max- 
im, but  can  never  be  law,  not  even  fojr  this  individual ; 
for  it  is  devoid  of  objective  necessity,  which  is  always  a 
priori.  A  material  principle  can  therefore  never  yield  a 
practical  law  regulating  conduct. 

§  3.    POSITIOxV  II.  I 

All  material  practical  principles,  however  different, 
agree  in  this,  that  they  belong  to  one  general  system 
of  Eudaimonism,  and  rest  on  self-l(5ve. 

The  pleasure  arising  from  the  representation  of  the 
existence  of  a  thing,  when  a  determinator  of  the 
choice  towards  that  thing  rests  on  the  susceptibility 
of  the  individual,  and  depends  on  the  existence  of  the 
thing,  and  belongs  for  this  reason  to  the  sensory  and 
not  to  the  understanding,  because  this  last  refers  a 
representation  to  the  object  by  the  intervention  of  a 


00  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

notion,  and  does  not  refer  it  to  the  subject  by  the  in- 
tervention of  a  feeling.  The  pleasure  is  consequently 
only  in  so  far  practical,  as  the  agreeable  sensation  ex- 
pected by  the  individual  from  the  object  determines 
his  choice.  But  the  consciousness  of  agreeable  sensa- 
tions, regarded  as  uninterrupted  through  the  whole 
course  of  life,  constitutes  happiness;  and  the  ruling 
principle  to  make  regard  to  one's  own  happiness  the 
supreme  and  single  determination  to  action,  is  the 
principle  which  is  justly  called  self-love;  consequent- 
ly all  material  principles  which  put  the  determinator 
of  choice  in  the  pleasure  or  pain  resulting  from  the 
existence  of  an  object,  are  to  this  extent  all  of  the 
SAME  KIND — that  they  belong  to  a  system  of  Eudai- 
monism,  and  rest  on  one's  own  self-love. 

Corollary. — Every  material  rule  assigns  a  de- 
termination of  choice  taken  from  the  lower  powers 
OF  DESIRE  singly  ;  and  were  there  no  formal  law  of 
the  will  sufficient  to  determine  it,  it  would  needs  fol- 
low that  there  existed  no  superior  power  of  de- 
sire at  all. 

REMARK  I. 

It  is  quite  surprising  that  men,  otherwise  acute,  should 
have  imagined  that  they  had  detected  the  difference  be- 
twixt the  HIGHER  and  inferior  powers  of  desire,  by  ob- 
serving whether  the  representation  productive  of  plea- 
sure sprang  from  the  sensory  or  from  the  understand- 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  91 

ing;  for  when  inquiry  is  made  as  to  the  determinator 
of  a  choice,  and  the  grounds  of  that  determination  be  put 
in  the  agreeable  sensation  expected  from  an  object,  it 
is  of  no  moment  from  what  faculty  the  representation 
springs,  but  this  alone  is  to  be  considered,  how  much  the 
representation  pleases  or  delights.  If  a  representation, 
which  may  have  its  seat  in  the  understanding,  is  only  able 
to  determine  the  choice  by  presupposing  a  pleasurable 
sensation  in  the  subject,  then  it  is  clear  that  the  deter- 
mination depends  on  the  peculiar  constitution  of  the  sen- 
sory, and  its  susceptibility  for  an  emotion  of  delight.  It 
is  of  no  consequence  to  insist  that  the  representations  of 
objects  are  widely  different,  according  as  they  are,  of  the 
understanding,  of  reason,  or  of  the  sensory ;  for  the  feeling 
of  pleasure,  by  which  the  will  is  put  into  motion,  is  in 
either  of  these  UiEfifi-xases  exactly  of  the  same  kind,^both 
by  being  known  only  a  posteriori,  and  by  its  stimulating 
the  same  vital  function.  The  different  agreeable  sensations 
which  may  therefore  determine  the  will,  differ  merely  in 
degree ;  and  if  this  were  not  so,  it  were  impossible  that 
any  man  could  compare  different  representatious,  spring- 
ing from  different  faculties,  so  as  to  prefer  one  before  the 
other;  and  yet  an  individual  may  throw  aside  a  useful 
book  not  to  neglect  a  hunting  match  ;  the  very  same  man 
may  quit  listening  to  a  most  pathetic  harangue,  not  to  be 
too  late  for  dinner,  or  leave  a  most  interesting  party,  and 
for  whom  he  has  the  highest  esteem,  to  adjourn  to  a  gam- 
ing table  ;  nay,  a  benevolent  man,  otherwise  fond  of  giving 
alms,  may  turn  away  a  poor  object  because  he  has  just 
so  much  money  in  his  pocket  as  will  pay  his  entrance  into 
the  theatre.  If  the  motive  determining  the  will  turn  on 
the  pleasure  or  pain  expected  from  a  representation,  it 


92  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

must  be  quite  indiflFerent  to  the  individual  what  kind  of 
representation  aflFects  him  ;  his  sole  concern  in  determining 
his  choice  must  be  how  intense,  how  durable,  how^easily 
acquired  and  repeated,  may  be  the  gratification;  just  as  it  is 
indifferent  to  the  man  who  is  about  to  pay  away  his  money, 
whether  the  gold  of  which  his  coin  consists  has  been  dug 
out  of  a  mine  or  washed  from  the  sand,  pi'ovided  it  pass 
current  in  either  case  for  the  same  value.  A  man,  there- 
fore, whose  concern  rises  no  further  than  to  pass  happily 
through  life,  is  perfectly  indifferent  whether  a  represen- 
tation of  the  sensory  or  of  the  understanding  delight  him, 
provided  the  enjoyment  be  equally  gi'eat  and  equally  dur- 
able in  both  cases.  But,  clear  though  this  be,  those  who 
deny  the  power  of  reason  to  determine  by  itself  the  will, 
have  continually  embarrassed  this  matter  by  their  bad  de- 
finitions ;  first  holding  certain  sensations  to  be  pleasures, 
and  then  pronouncing  them  somewhat  totally  diverse. 
Thus  they  observe  that  sustained  exertion,  that  consci- 
ousness of  force  of  will  in  overcoming  great  obstacles 
presented  to  the  execiition  of  our  resolves,  that  the  cul- 
ture of  the  mind,  impart  high  degrees  of  gratification  ;  and 
that  mankind  4eem  them  more  refined,  because  they  are 
more  in  our  own  power,  do  not  wear  out  by  usage,  but 
rather  strengthen  our  susceptibility  for  such  enjoyment, 
and  so  expand  the  mind  while  they  delight  it :  upon 
these  grounds  they  conclude,  that  such  pleasures  deter- 
mine the  will  in  a  totally  different  manner  from  the  plea- 
sure of  the  senses,  and  support  themselves  in  this  belief 
by  inventing  a  peculiar  sense  (a  moral  sense,  or  sense  of 
taste)  for  their  vehicle  ;  a  style  this  of  arguing,  which  re- 
minds one  of  those  metaphysic  quacks  who  keep  cogitating 
•*^  matter  till  it  become  so  fine,  and  supra-fine,  that  they 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  98 

at  length  fancy  it  subtilized  into  spirit.     If,  like  Epicurus, 
we  rest  virtue  on  the  pleasure  it  may  promise  us,  it  is 
quite  inconsistent  to  tax  that  philosopher  with  sottishness 
when  he  holds  the  pleasures  of  virtue  as  exactly  the  same 
in  kind  with  the  coarsest  sensual  enjoyment.     And  it  is 
mistaking  his  system  altogether  to  say  that  the  representa- 
tions by  which  he  expected  to  be  delighted,  have  their  ori- 
gin alone  in  the  organs  of  the  body.     On  the  contrary,  so 
far  as  we  can  understand  him,  he  placed  many  pleasures 
in  the  culture  and  use  of  the  intellectual  powers  ;  but  this 
ought  not,  and  did  not  hinder  him  from  regarding  plea- 
sures, when  stimulating  the  will,  as  exactly  alike  and  the 
same  in  nature.     To  be  rigidly  consistent,  is  the  highest 
duty  of  a  philosopher  ;  and  of  this  we  find  better  examples 
in  the  old  Greek  schools  than  now  a-days,  when  the  most 
discordant  systems  are  often  forced,  by  the  shallowness  of 
their  abettors,  into  a  disgraceful  coalition,  in  the  hope  of 
pleasing  the  public  by  giving  them  a  little  of  everything. 
A  system,  the  principles  of  which  turn  on  one's  own  hap- 
piness,  no  matter  how  intellectually  soever  the  under- 
standing may  be  employed  on  it,  can  never  furnish  any 
further  motives  than  such  as  excite  and  stimulate  the  in- 
ferior powers  of  desire.    Either,  then,  a  superior  power  of 
desire  is  to  be  abandoned,  or  else  reason  must  itself  be  a 
practical  or  active  faculty;  t.  e.  such  a  one  as  can  by  the 
bare  form  of  its  rule  determine  a  volition,  and  that  ab- 
stracted from  all  feelings  of  the  agreeable  or  disagreeable 
which  may  follow  or  compose  the  matter  of  a  choice. 
And  if  reason  be  such  a  faculty,  then  it  is  not  in  anywise 
in  the  service  of  the  sensory,  but  does  itself  alone  deter- 
mine a  volition,  and  is  a  superior    or  supreme  power  of 
desire,  generically  distinct  from  the  lower,  and  claiming 


94  ANALYTIC  OF  1>R!NCII>LE9. 

the  supremacy  over  it.  To  adulterate  the  legislation  of 
reason  with  motives  borrowed  from  the  sensory,  is  to  im- 
pair its  strength,  and  derogate  from  its  pre-eminence,  in 
the  same  way  as  a  geometric  demonstration  would  he  ruin- 
ed, if  attempted  to  he  assisted  by  an  induction  ;  for  instead 
of  being  supported,  it  would  lose  its  certainty  and  self- 
evidencing  power. 

Reason  determines  the  will  simpliciter  by  its  law,  and  not 
indirectly  by  the  intervention  of  an  emotion, — not  even  by 
means  of  pleasure  felt  in  the  contemplation  of  the  law 
itself;  and  it  is  only  because  reason  is  an  active  faculty, 
that  it  is  possible  for  it  to  legislate  over  the  will. 

REMARK   II. 

To  be  happy,  is  a  desire  entertained  of  necessity  by 
every  finite  intelligence,  and  is  therefore  inevitably  a 
determinator  of  choice.  Contentment  with  our  state  of 
existence  is  no  birth-right  of  man.  If  it  were,  it  would 
be  fitly  termed  blessedness,  and  would  consist  in  the 
consciousness  of  man's  all-sufficiency  and  independent  self- 
contentment.  On  the  contrary,  happiness  is  a  problem 
urged  upon  man's  notice  by  the  wants  and  insufficiency  of 
his  finite  nature.  These  wants  point  to  the  matter  of  desire, 
i.  e.  to  something  affecting  man's  subjective  feelings  of 
pleasure  and  pain ;  and  these  feelings  determine  what  a 
man  considers  wanting  for  his  happiness  and  contentment 
with  his  situation.  But  because  such  a  material  determi- 
nator is  subjective  singly,  and  known  only  by  observation 
and  experience,  it  is  impossible  to  regard  this  question  of 
happiness  as  founding  any  law  or  obligation ;  a  law  being, 
as  we  have  seen,  objective,  and  containing  a  determinator 
of  will,  valid  for  all  cases  and  for  all  intelligents  whatever. 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  frfl 

And  thouj^h  the  notion  happiness  establishes  a  connection 
and  relation  betwixt  objects  and  the  powers  of  desire,  still 
happiness  is  only  a  general  denomination  for  all  subjec- 
tive determinators,  and  nothing  is  fixed  by  it  specifically, 
which,  however,  is  indispensable  towards  the  solution  of 
any  problem,  and  therefore  also  toward  the  solution  of 
the  question  of  happiness.  What  different  individuals 
may  find  conducive  to  their  happiness,  depends  entirely 
on  their  peculiar  tastes  and  feelings ;  and  even  in  the 
same  individual  his  conceptions  of  happiness  vary  and 
alter  with  circumstances,  and  with  the  emotions  stimulat- 
ing his  sensory.  So  that  such  subjective  laws  (although 
NECESSARY  as  parts  of  the  physical  system)  are  subjec- 
tively contingent  (considered  as  practical  principles  of  con- 
duct), and  unfit  for  law  universal,  in  so  far  as  the  appe- 
tite for  happiness  disregards  entirely  the  formal  fitness, 
and  considers  singly  the  material  fitness  of  an  action  to 
produce  the  greatest  amount  of  pleasure.  Principles  of 
self-love  contain  general  rules  for  adapting  means  to  an 
end,  and  so  are  merely  theoretic  or  technical  principles  ; 
e.  g.  how  he  who  would  like  to  eat  bread,  has  to  construct 
a  mill.  But  no  practical  principle  founded  on  them  can 
be  necessary,  or  of  catholic  extent ;  for,  when  the  will  acts 
from  maxims  of  self-love,  the  deter minator  of  choice  is 
based  on  feelings  in  the  sensory ;  and  it  is  uncertain  that 
these  feelings  are  universal,  not  even  certain  that  they  are 
unalterable  in  respect  of  the  same  external  objects. 

But  even  supposing  that  finite  Intelligents  were  at  one 
as  to  their  opinions  of  the  agreeable  and  unpleasant,  and 
that  they  coincided  as  to  the  lines  of  conduct  expedient  to 
be  taken  in  order  to  compass  the  one  and  avoid  the  other, 
still  the  principle  of  self-love  could  not  be  announced  as 


96  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

a  law  for  practical  conduct ;  for  this  uniformity  would  it- 
self be  contingent ;  the  determinator  of  choice  would  be 
given  and  known  from  observation  and  experience  singly, 
and  could  not  contain  that  necessity  which  is  of  the  es- 
sence of  law,  i.  €.  a  necessity  objected  to  the  mind  by 
reason  a  priori  ;  at  least,  if  such  principles  were  called 
laws,  their  necessity  must  be  understood  to  mean,  not  a 
practical,  but  a  physical  necessitation,  and  would  import 
that  human  actions  followed  on  the  appetites  and  passions 
by  a  determinate  and  fixed  mechanism  of  our  frame.  But, 
rather  than  take  refuge  in  such  a  baseless  absurdity,  it 
would  be  more  judicious  to  maintain  that  there  were  no 
practical  laws  at  all;  for  the  utilitarian  position  elevates  sub- 
jective principles  to  the  rank  of  objective  laws  ;  in  which 
case,  however,  their  objective  necessity  behoved  to  be  un- 
derstood from  grounds  of  reason  a  priori.  Even  in  the 
physical  system,  the  uniform  sequences  of  its  phenomena 
are  alone  called  laws,  because  seen  to  be  so  a  jjriori  ;  or 
when,  as  in  chemistry,  they  are  postulated  as  such,  because 
it  is  presumed  they  would  be  so  recognised  if  our  facul- 
ties reached  farther.  But  in  the  case  of  principles  taken 
from  the  conceptions  of  self-love  (one's  own  happiness), 
no  such  hypothesis  or  postulate  is  admissible,  since  it  is 
of  the  very  essence  of  the  theory  that  it  rests  on  subjec- 
tive and  not  on  objective  conditions  :  consequently,  that 
the  principles  it  yields  can  never  be  more  than  maxims, 
and  are  not,  without  contradiction,  cogitable  as  laws. 
This  may  seem  to  a  hasty  reader  a  mere  subtilizing  upon 
words ;  however,  it  concerns  the  assigning  in  terms  an 
exact  formula  for  the  most  important  distinction  which 
enters  into  the  consideration  of  ethical  philosophy. 


ANALYTIC  OF   PRINCIPLES.  9f 


§  4.     POSITION  III. 


If  an  Intelligent  cogitate  his  maxims  as  practical 
laws  of  catholic  extent,  he  can  do  so  singly  when  his 
maxim  is,  not  by  its  matter,  but  by  its  form,  the  de- 
terminator  of  volition. 

The  matter  of  any  practical  principle  is  the  object 
or  end  willed ;  and  this  end  either  determines  the 
will,  or  it  does  not.  If  the  matter  chosen  regulate 
the  choice,  then  the  rule  depends  on  the  relation  sub- 
sisting betwixt  the  feelings  of  pleasure  and  pain,  and 
the  end  represented,  i.  e.  on  an  a  posteriori  condition ; 
and  so  the  rule  is  unfit  for  a  practical  law.  But  when 
the  matter  of  a  law  is  taken  away,  there  remains  no- 
thing except  the  form  of  law  in  general;  therefore 
an  Intelligent  either  cannot  in  any  event  cogitate  his 
maxims  as  fit  for  laws  in  a  code  of  general  moral  le- 
gislation, or  he  must  figure  to  himself  that  the  bare 
form  of  law  by  which  his  maxims  fit  and  are  suited  for 
catholic  legislation,  is  what  can  alone  render  them 
practical  laws. 

REMARK. 

What  form  (kind)  of  maxim  is  fit  for  law  universal, 
and  what  not,  is  plain  to  the  most  untutored  understand- 
ing ;  for  instance,  a  man  resolves  (i.  e.  adopts  as  maxim) 
to  augment  his  income  in  every  secure  way.  He  holds  in 
his  hands  a  deposit  intrusted  to  him  by  one  who  has  just 
died  intestate  ;  and  he  proposes  to  apply  his  maxim  to  the 

G 


98  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

sum  in  his  trust.     I   now  put  the  question,  and  ask  if 
such  maxim  would  be  valid  for  a  law  of  catholic  extent, 
i.  e.  if  Ilia  maxim  can  be  announced  in  the  form  of  a  law ; 
and  it  is  directly  perceptible  that  a  (practical)  law,  or- 
daining every  one  to  detain  sums  committed  to  his  trust, 
when  he  safely  can  do  so,  is  absurd  and  self-destructory ; 
for  it  would  tend  to  this  issue,  that  no  deposit  would  at 
any  time  be  made,  and  so  the  law  to  break  trust  would 
effect  its  own  avoidance.     What  reason  recognises  as  a 
practical  law,  however,  must  be  fit  for  law  universal  (for 
all  agents).     The  proposition  is  identic,  and   cannot  be 
made  plainer.    So  that,  if  the  will  be  subjected  to  a  prac- 
tical law,  the  depositary  cannot  found  on  his  appetite  for 
hoarding  as  a  determinator  of  choice  fit  for  law  universal. 
For,  so  far  from  being  fit  for  that,  it  was  seen,  when  con- 
sidered under  the  form  of  a  universal  law,  to  be  incom- 
patible with  itself,  and  self-annihilating. 

Although  the  tendency  to  happiness  is  universal,  as  is 
also  the  maxim  by  which  that  tendency  is  made  a  determi- 
nator of  choice,  yet  it  is  surprising  that  men  of  understand- 
ing, should  for  that  reason  announce  this  want,  as  a  foun- 
dation for  a  universal  practical  law.  For,  while  every 
other  law  effects  uniformity  as  its  result,  the  law  taken 
from  a  maxim  to  make  one's  self  happy,  would  not  only 
exhibit  the  veriest  counterpart  of  such  harmony,  but  would 
annihilate  the  maxim  itself,  and  frustrate  the  end  designed, 
in  making  it  a  law.  In  the  case  of  utilitarian  (greatest 
happiness)  principles,  all  wills  have  not  the  same  end,  but 
each  will  has  its  own  (its  own  welfare),  which  may  per- 
haps accord  with  others,  perhaps  not,  but  which  at  any 
rate  gives  no  certain  determinate  law,  the  possible  ex- 
ceptions being  innumerable ;  and  that   sort  of  harmony 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  99 

» 

mlglit  emerge  which  a  satiric  poet  describes  as  the  con- 
cord of  spouses  who  mutually  ruin  one  another  by  their 
extravagance, — 

How  wonderful  their  harmony  ; 
For  what  he  wills,  that  wills  eke  she. 

Or  that  sort  expressed  by  the  message  from  Francis  I.  to 
Charles  V.  "  Whatever  my  brother  Charles  chooses  (Lom- 
bardy),  that  assure  him  I  choose  also."  In  short,  princi- 
ples founded  on  observation  and  experience,  never  can  be- 
come the  groundwork  of  any  law ;  for,  to  invent  one  ca- 
pable of  reducing  to  harmony  all  the  appetites  and  by- 
ends  of  mankind,  and  at  the  same  time  founded  on  them, 
is  altogether  impossible. 

§  5.     PROBLEM  I. 

Upon  the  hypothesis  that  a  maxim  is,  by  its  legis- 
lative form  singly,  the  alone  valid  determinator  of 
choice ;  to  find  the  nature  of  a  will  so  determinable. 

Since  the  abstract  form  of  law  in  geiiere  is  cogita- 
ble by  the  force  of  reason  singly,  it  is  nowhat  objected 
to  the  senses,  and  so  no  phenomenon  occurring  in  space 
and  time ;  and  the  idea  of  it,  considered  as  a  determi- 
nator of  will,  is  wholly  different  in  kind,  from  the  de- 
terminators  of  phenomena  in  the  physical  system,  be- 
cause in  this  last,  the  determinator  of  a  phenomenon, 
is,  by  the  law  of  the  causal-nexus,  itself  also  always 
a  phenomenon.  Again,  since,  by  hypothesis,  no  de- 
terminator of  will  was  valid  as  law,  except  the  uni- 
versal legislative  form,  it  follows  that  such  a  will  is 


loo  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

quite  independent  of  the  causal  law  by  which  phe- 
nomena are  regulated.  But  to  be  independent  of  the 
law  of  cause  and  effect,  and  of  the  mechanism  of  the 
physical  system,  is  freedom,  in  the  strictest  sense  of 
the  word.  A  will,  therefore,  whose  alone  law  is  the 
legislative  form  of  its  maxims,  is  a  free  will. 

§  6.     PROBLEM  II. 

Conversely.  Upon  the  hypothesis  that  a  will  is 
free,  to  find  the  law,  alone  fit  for  its  necessary  deter- 
minator. 

Since  the  matter  of  any  practical  law  {i.  e.  the  ob- 
ject of  a  maxim)  can  only  be  given  a  posteriori,  and 
the  will  is,  by  the  supposition,  unaffected  by  any  con- 
ditions a  posteriori,  and  free,  and  yet  cannot  be  cogi- 
tated as  devoid  of  all  law,  it  remains,  that  a  free  will 
must  find  in  the  law,  somewhat  fit  for  its  regulation, 
irrespective  of  the  matter  of  the  law.  But  when  the 
matter  of  a  law  is  taken  away,  there  remains  nothing 
except  its  legislative  form.  The  legislative  form, 
therefore,  contained  in  a  maxim,  is  that  which  can 
alone  determine  a  free  will. 

REMARK. 

1      Freedom,  and  an  imperative  practical  law,  reciprocally 
''\  point  to  one  another.     I  do  not  here  raise  the  question, 
if  they  really  differ,  or  if  the  unconditioned  law  js  not 
identically  the  same  with  self-consciousness  of  pure  prac- 
tical  reason,  and    this  last   again  identic  witli  the  po« 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  1(^1 

sitive  idea  freedom ;  but  I  only  examine  from  what  our 
knowledge  of  an  unconditioned  practical  necessity  takes 
its  rise, — if  from  the  idea  freedom,  or  from  the  law.  That 
it  should  begin  from  the  former  is  impossible ;  for  we 
are  conscious  of  it  not  immediately,  as  is  seen  by  our 
first  conception  of  it  being  negative  only.  Neither  do 
we  know  our  freedom  from  observation  and  experience, 
experience  teaching  only  that  mechanic  law  of  the  causal- 
nexus  which  is  the  vei'iest  antipart  of  freedom.  It  is  there- 
fore from  the  moral  law  alone,  that  its  original  is  to  be  de- 
duced ;  for  of  it,  we  are  instantly  conscious,  as  soon  as  we 
adopt  maxims  or  resolutions  of  conduct ;  and  reason,  by 
representing  this,  as  a  determinator,  far  outweighing  all 
sensitive  considerations,  and  totally  unconnected  and  inde- 
pendent of  them,  leads  to  the  idea  freedom.  And  if  the 
question  is  further  put,  how  do  we  arrive  at  the  conscious- 
ness of  the  moral  law?  the  answer  is  the  same  as  in  the 
case  of  any  other  proposition  a  priori^ — that  we  are  con- 
scious of  a  practical  law  a  priori,  as  we  are  conscious  of 
theoretic  ones,  by  attending  to  the  necessity  with  which 
reason  obtrudes  them  on  the  mind ;  and  by  separating  from 
them  all  a  posteriori  conditions,  we  arrive,  from  the  first,  at 
the  idea  of  a  pure  will,  as,  from  the  last,  at  the  notion  of 
a  pure  understanding.  That  this  is  indeed  the  order  in 
which  these  ideas  are  ushered  into  the  mind,  and  that 
morality  first  reveals  to  man  his  inward  freedom,  and  that 
practical  reason  first  proposes  to  speculative  reason  its  in- 
soluble problems,  is  plain  from  this,  that  since  no  pheno- 
menon can  be  explained  by  help  of  the  idea  freedom,  and 
since  speculative  reason  was  lost  in  the  embarrass  arising 
from  its  Antinomies,  no  one  could  have  hazarded  the  in- 
troduction of  such  an  idea  into  science,  had  not  the  moral 


102  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.. 

law  obtruded  and  flung  it  before  the  mind.  This  opinion 
is  further  strengthened  by  its  consistency  with  what  ex- 
perience teaches ;  for  let  any  one  allege  that  his  sexual 
appetite  is  so  strong  as  to  be  quite  ungovernable,  and  put 
the  case  to  him,  whether  he  could  not  refuse  to  give  his 
passions  vent,  if  he  knew  he  were  to  be  led  to  instant 
execution  if  he  did  so,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to 
what  his  love  of  life  would  prompt  him  to  answer  ;  but 
ask  him  further,  if  his  sovereign  were  to  order  him,  upon 
pain  of  the  same  death,  falsely  to  swear  away  the  life  of 
an  obnoxious  noble,  whether  his  love  of  life  would  induce 
him  to  do  so,  or  if  he  thought  he  could  disobey  the  unjust 
mandate.  Whether  he  would  do  so  or  not,  he  might  not 
have  confidence  in  himself  to  assert,  but  that  he  could 
must  be  admitted,  by  him,  without  hesitation  ;  that  is,  man 
judges  it  possible  for  him  to  do  an  act  because  he  is  con- 
scious that  he  ought  to  do  it :  and  so  recognises  his  in- 
ward freedom,  which,  apart  from  the  moral  law,  would 
have  remained  latent  and  undiscovered. 

§  7.     FUNDAMENTAL  LAW  OF  REASON. 

n    So  act  that  thy  maxims  of  will  might  become  law 
in  a  system  of  universal  moral  legislation. 

REMARK. 

Geometry  begins  with  postulates  concerning  the  draw- 
ing of  lines  and  the  fixing  of  points,  and  these  are  prac- 
tical propositions,  containing  nothing  further  than  the 
supposition  that  an  operation  may  be  performed  when 
science  requires  it ;  and  they  are  the  sole  propositions  of 
the  mathematics  which  refer  to  the  existence  or  non-exis- 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  103 

tence  of  a  phenomenon.  They  are,  therefore,  practical 
positions,  standing  under  a  problematic  state  of  will.  But 
in  Ethics  the  practical  rule  is  absolute,  and  ordains  some- 
what to  be  done,  whereby  the  will  is  objectively  deter- 
mined. Pure  self-active  (spontaneous)  reason  being  im- 
mediately legislative,  the  will  is  cogitated  as  independent 
on  conditions  a  posteriori ;  i.  e.  as  pure  will  determinable 
by  the  bare  form  of  law.  The  fact  is  startling,  and  with- 
out any  parallel ;  for  the  a  priori  idea  of  a  potential  legis- 
lation is  unconditionally  announced  as  law,  without  hav- 
ing its  possibility  established  from  any  observation  or  ex- 
perience, or  supported  by  the  fiat  of  any  foreign  or  exte- 
rior will. 

Our  consciousness  of  this  fundamental  law  is  an  ulti- 
mate fact  of  reason,  for  it  issues  from  no  preceding  data, 
€.  g.  the  consciousness  of  freedom,  but  is  thrust  upon  the 
mind  directly  as  a  synthetic  a  priori  proposition,  and  is 
bottomed  on  no  intuition  whatsoever,  whether  a  priori  or 
a  posteriori.  But  if  the  idea  freedom  were  given,  then 
would  the  law  be  analytic.  But  the  idea  is  in  the  first  in- 
stance negative  singly ;  and  if  it  were  positive,  would  re- 
quire an  intellectual  intuition,  as  to  which  there  can  be  no 
question.  Lastly,  when  it  is  said  that  this  law  is  given, 
I  beg  it  may  be  understood  that  it  is  not  known  by  obser- 
vation and  experience,  but  that  it  is  the  single  isolated 
fact  of  practical  reason,  announcing  itself  as  originally  le- 
gislative.    Sic  volOf  sicjubeo. 

Corollary. — Reason  is  spontaneg^sly  practical, 
and  gives  that  universal  law  (to  man)  which  is  called 
the  moral  law. 


104  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 


REMARK. 


This  fact  is  undoubted.  One  needs  only  to  analyse  the 
judgments  passed  by  mankind  on  the  lawfulness  of  their 
own  actions,  in  order  to  become  aware  with  what  unchang- 
ing necessity  reason  contrasts  every  maxim  of  conduct 
with  the  idea  of  a  pure  will,  i.  e.  holds  up  as  a  standard, 
itself  represented  as  a  priori  causal.  The  above  principle 
of  morality  is  authentically  announced  by  reason  as  law 
for  all  Intelligents,  i.  e.  for  all  who  have  a  faculty  of  de- 
termining their  own  causality  by  the  representation  of  a 
rule,  i.  e.  in  so  far  as  they  are  susceptible  of  actions  upon 
system,  and  so  susceptible  of  practical  principles  a  priori  ; 
which  last  have  alone  that  necessity  which  reason  demands 
in  an  ultimate  position.  The  moral  law  is  therefore  not 
confined  to  man,  but  extends  over  all,  even  to  the  Most 
High  and  Supreme  himself;  but,  in  the  former  case,  the 
law  is  expressed  in  the  formula  of  an  imperative ;  for 
although  man  is  cogitated  as  the  possessor  of  a  pure  will, 
yet,  since  he  is  susceptible  of  emotions  and  wants  insepa- 
rable from  his  finite  state,  he  has  by  no  means  a  holy  will, 
i.  e.  a  will  incapable  of  adopting  maxims  incompatible  with 
the  law.  The  moral  law  is  hence  to  finite  Intelligents  an 
imperative,  expressing  a  categoric  command. 

The  relation  of  such  a  will  to  the  law  is  called  obliga- 
tion, which  signifies  necessitation  by  reason  to  an  act, 
which  act  again  is  called  duty.  A  will  pathologically  af- 
fected is  in  the  state  of  wish,  a  state  springing  from  sub- 
jective emotions,  and  therefore  often  not  in  harmony  with 
the  objective  determinator,  and  so  requires  an  inward  in- 
tellectual co-action,  i,  e.  moral  necessitation.  In  the 
case,  however,  of  the  Most  High  and  Supreme,  his  will  is 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  105 

rightly  cogitated  as  incapable  of  any  maxim  not  fit  for 
law  universal.  And  the  idea  Holiness,  which  therefore 
becomes  his  attribute,  excludes  all  limitary  or  negative 
laws,  and  so  exalts  him  far  beyond  the  conceptions  of  ob- 
ligation and  duty.  This  Holiness  of  Will  is,  however,  no- 
thing more  than  a  practical  idea ;  an  infinite  approxima- 
tion towards  which  is  all  that  is  possible  for  man  or  any 
other  finite  being,  and  which  ideal  standard  is  constantly 
held  up  to  man  by  the  Moral  Law,  called  for  that  reason 
itself  Holy.  Steadfastness  in  this  continual  advancement, 
and  Hope  in  the  unchangeableness  of  a  man's  resolves  to 
do  sOjOi',  in  one  word,  virtue,  is  the  utmost  a  finite  reason 
can  accomplish  ;  and  since  this  practical  power  is  deve- 
loped by  exercise,  and  known  by  observation  and  expe- 
rience, it  can  never  be  fully  attained  or  secured,  and  the 
confident  over-persuasion  of  such  would  militate  to  the 
prejudice  of  morality. 

§.  8,    POSITION  IV. 

Autonomy  of  will  is  the  alone  foundation  of  mora- 
lity, and  of  the  duties  springing  from  it ;  and  every 
other  principle  whatsoever,  not  only  cannot  found 
laws  of  necessary  obligation  and  catholic  extent,  but 
is,  in  fact,  subversive  of  morality.  In  being  inde- 
pendent of  the  matter  of  any  law  (a  desired  object), 
and  being  determinable  by  the  legislative  form  of  his 
own  maxims,  consists  the  ethical  nature  of  man,  and 
that  which  renders  him  a  subject  for  morality  :  that 
independence  is  freedom  negatively,  while  this  self- 
legislation  is  freedom  positively.     The  moral  law  ex- 


106  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

[presses,  therefore,  nothing  else  than  just  the  autono- 
11  my  of  reason,  i.  e.  of  a  man's  freedom  or  spontaneity ; 
and  this  autonomy  or  freedom  is  a  condition  which 
must  qualify  every  maxim,  if  these  last  are  to  har- 
monise with  the  moral  law  itself.  On  the  contrary, 
when  the  matter  of  a  volition,  which  can  be  nothing 
else  than  the  object  of  a  desire,  is  made  part  of  the 
practical  law,  and  represented  as  a  condition  pre-re- 
quisite  to  its  possibility,  then  Heteronomy  (a  false 
principle  of  morals)  results  ;  and  the  will  ceases  to 
prescribe  to  itself  its  own  law,  and  is  left  exposed  to 
laws  taken  from  pathological  phenomena.  In  this 
case,  however,  the  maxim  adopted  by  the  will  is  for- 
mally unfit  for  law  universal,  and  not  only  founds  no 
obligation,  but  goes  to  subvert  the  principles  of  prac- 
tical reason  itself,  and  so  militates  against  genuine 
moral  sentiments,  even  while  the  actions  emanating 
from  such  heteronomy,  are  not  wanting  in  conformity 
to  the  law. 

REMARKS. 

I.  Practical  rules,  based  on  accidental  and  contingent 
circumstances,  can  never  be  regarded  as  laws  for  conduct. 
The  will's  proper  law  wafts  it  from  this  visible  system, 
into  another  order  of  things;  and  that  necessity  it  ex- 
presses, having  no  common  part  with  the  mechanic  ne- 
cessity expressed  by  laws  of  nature,  can  consist  alone  in 
the  formal  conditions  requisite  to  the  possibility  of  law  in 
general.     The  matter  of  every  practical  rule  depends  on 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  lOT 

subjective  facts  not  extending  to  all  agents  whatsoever,  and 
hinges  on  the  principle  of  one's  own  happiness.  And  al- 
though it  cannot  be  questioned  that  every  volition  has  an 
end  aimed  at  {i.  e.  a  matter),  yet  that  by  no  means  war- 
rants the  conclusion  that  such  matter  is  the  condition 
and  determinator  of  the  maxim  ;  for  if  so,  then  maxims 
could  not  be  elevated  to  the  rank  of  law  in  a  system 
of  universal  moral  legislation,  as  they  would  rest  on 
accidental,  and  not  on  necessary  circumstances.  Thus 
it  is  quite  possible  that  the  happiness  of  others  may  be 
the  object  of  the  will  of  an  Intelligent ;  but  if  regarded 
as  the  determinator  of  the  maxim,  then  it  must  be  suppos- 
ed that  we  not  merely  feel  a  secret  gratification  on  per- 
ceiving the  happiness  of  others,  but  that  we  are  stimulated 
by  a  physical  want  or  appetite  to  act  towards  it,  as  in  the 
case  of  compassion  ;  and  so  there  would  be  no  law  of  be- 
nevolence, that  physical  feeling  not  reaching  all  persons 
whatever  (e.  ff.  God).  However,  there  may  be  a  law  en- 
joining universal  love,  and  the  matter  of  benevolent  maxims 
may  remain,  provided  it  is  not  figured  as  their  pre-requi- 
site  condition ;  and  it  is  the  form  of  law  which,  by  mould- 
ing the  matter  chosen,  is  the  ground  of  adding  such  mat- 
ter to  the  will.  To  make  this  as  clear  as  may  be,  let  the 
object-matter  of  my  choice  be  ;my  own  happiness,  then  a 
maxim  expressing  such  volition  can  only  be  fit  for  law 
universal  {i.  e.  be  moral),  when  I  involve  in  it  the  happi- 
ness of  every  other  Intelligent  throughout  the  universe. 
And  a  law  ordaining  me  to  promote  universal  happiness, 
is  therefore  quite  independent  of  the  supposition  that  hap- 
piness is  the  choice  of  all  wills,  and  rests  singly  on  its 
own  formal  universality.  This  satisfies  the  demands  of 
reason,  and  gives  to  what  would  else  be  a  mere  selfish 


108  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

maxim,  a  qualification  fitting  it  for  law.  In  this  way  it 
is  observable,  that  a  pure  will  is  not  determined  by  a  de- 
sire of  happiness,  but  is  so  singly  by  the  form  of  legality  ; 
this  form  again — adapting  the  maxim  founded  on  the  ap- 
petite for  happiness  for  law  universal — is  that  alone  which 
allows  me  to  act  upon  it,  for  on  no  other  condition  can  this 
appetite  be  brought  into  harmony  with  the  requisitions  of 
reason.  On  this  is  based  the  obligation  to  extend  my  pri- 
vate selfish  choice  of  happiness,  so  as  to  include  at  the 
same  time  that  of  others. 

REMARK  II. 

The  antipart  of  this  principle  of  morality,  is  that  of 
self-love,  on  which,  I  have  already  shown,  every  system 
must  be  based,  when  the  determinator  regulating  the 
choice  is  sought  for  elsewhere  than  in  the  legislative  form 
of  the  maxim ;  and  this  contrariety  is  not  logical  merely, 
but  practical,  and  would  infallibly  overthrow  all  morality, 
were  not  the  voice  of  reason  at  all  times  too  audible,  and 
its  native  force  to  determine  the  will,  too  strong  to  be  af- 
fected by  dark  and  deceitful  subtleties  of  the  schools,  as 
may  be  made  palpable  by  the  following  examples  : — 

If  a  person  were  to  attempt  to  justify  his  having  borne 
false  witness,  by  alleging  to  his  friend  the  sacred  obliga- 
tion he  lay  under  of  consulting  his  own  happiness,  by 
enumerating  the  profits  and  advantages  accruing  from 
this  falsehood  ;  and  if  he  were,  in  conclusion,  to  point  out 
the  extreme  cunning  he  had  employed  in  the  whole  mat- 
ter, to  fortify  himself  against  detection,  and  to  add,  that 
although  he  now  intrusted  to  his  friend  this  secret,  yet  he 
was  ready  to  deny  it  stoutly  at  any  future  occasion,  and! 
that  in  all  this  he  was  discharging  a  humane  and  reason- 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  109 

able  duty,  certainly  his  friend  must  either  laugh  him  to 
scorn,  or  turn  from  him  with  disgust ;  although,  if  maxims 
are  to  be  constructed  singly  with  respect  to  one's  own  ad- 
vantage, nothing  of  moment  can  be  urged  against  such 
a  line  of  conduct.  Or,  however,  to  take  a  second  case, 
if  somebody  were  to  recommend  an  overseer  or  factor 
to  you,  and  were  to  say  that  he  was  an  exceedingly 
clever  man, — most  restlessly  active  in  securing  his  own 
interest,  quite  unembarrassed  by  any  scruples  as  to  any 
mode  conducive  to  this  end,  and  perfectly  indifferent 
whether  the  money  he  had  occasion  to  disburse  was  his 
own  or  another's ; — you  would  either  conclude  that  there 
was  an  attempt  to  make  a  fool  of  you,  or  that  the  per- 
son who  could  give  such  a  recommendation  had  lost 
his  understanding.  Thus  widely  separated  are  the  con- 
fines of  self-love  from  those  of  morality.  A  gulf  impas- 
sable lies  betwixt  their  maxims.  Self-love  (prudence) 
advises  by  its  maxims,  but  the  moral  law  commands ;  and 
the  difference  is  unspeakably  great,  betwixt  what  is  expe- 
dient and  what  is  imperative  to  be  done. 

The  action  called  for  by  autonomy  is  always  known 
and  undoubted,  but  that  demanded  by  a  heteronomous 
principle  is  uncertain,  and  requires  extended  experience 
and  acquaintance  with  the  world ;  in  other  words,  every 
man  knows  within  himself  what  is  "  duty ;"  but  what 
is  to  found  one's  prosperity  and  happiness  is  matter  of 
inextricable  doubt,  and  it  demands  extreme  dexterity, 
even  to  apply  suoh  selfish  rules  to  the  conduct  of  life,  for 
the  exceptions  they  make  upon  one  another  are  endless. 
The  moral  law  has  no  exceptions,  but  demands  from  every 
one  punctual  observance,  and  must  therefore  be  so  plain 
and  obvious  in  its  requirements,  that  the  most  common 


110  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

understanding  can  advance  along  it,  without  any  study  of 
the  intricate  ways  of  the  world. 

To  obey  the  categorical  law  of  morals,  is  at  all  times  in 
every  one's  power ;  but  it  is  not  practicable  for  all  to  act 
upon  dictates  of  expediency  :  the  reason  is,  that  the  first 
demands  singly  a  pure  and  unadulterated  will  (maxim), 
but  the  latter  calls  further  for  ability  and  physical  power  to 
gain  the  end  aimed  at.  A  law  to  pursue  one's  own  happi- 
ness were  absurd,  for  it  is  superfluous  to  ordain  any  one 
to  choose,  what  the  constitution  of  his  nature  inevitably 
forces  him  to  will,  and  it  were  more  fit  to  instruct  him  as 
to  those  measures  calculated  to  carry  his  choice  into  ef- 
fect. But  to  command  morality  under  the  name  of  duty, 
is  quite  rational,  for  we  do  not  willingly  yield  obedience 
to  its  law;  and  as  to  the  steps  requisite  to  be  taken  in  or- 
der to  adhere  to  it,  that  is  explained  in  the  methodology  of 
ethics ;  what  is  here  wanted,  is  alone  the  original  bent  or 
cast  of  the  volition  to  do  so ;  for  whenever  any  one  wills, 
that  also  gives  him  the  power  to  carry  the  law  into  effect, 
i.  e.  to  act  upon  it. 

To  carry  as  far  as  may  be  this  difference  between 
principles  of  utilitarianism  and  morality,  I  observe  far- 
ther,— 

He  who  has  lost  at  play  may  be  vexed  at  his  imprudence 
and  want  of  skill;  but  he  who  is  conscious  within  himself 
of  having  cheated,  must  despise  himself  as  soon  as  he  com- 
pares his  conduct  with  the  moral  law,  and  that  too  al- 
though he  have  won  treasures.  The  moral  law  must  there- 
fore be  somewhat  widely  distinct  from  principles  of  self- 
aggrandisement.  And  for  any  one  to  be  obliged  to  say  to 
himself,  I  am  worthless  and  a  villain,  though  wealthy,  and 
to  say,  I  am  clever  and  cunning,  for  I  have  amassed  riches, 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  Ill 

live  judgments  founded  on  standards  of  conduct  totally 

incompatible. 

Again,  the  idea  of  blame-worthiness  and  punishment, 
which  reason  invariably  attaches  to  that  of  guilt,  makes  a 
singular  contrast  with  the  Eudaimonistic  system ;  for  al- 
though he  who  appoints  a  punishment,  may  do  so  with  a 
view  to  the  ulterior  happiness   of  the   delinquent,   yet 
punishment,  as  actual  pain  or  evil  added  to  the  offender, 
must  be  justified  as  such,  so  as  to  constrain  even  the  guilty 
to  acknowledge  that  the  severity  is  just,  and  that  his  evil 
lot  answers    to  his  ill  desert.     Every  punishment  must 
be  rigidly  just,  for  justice  is  of  the  very  essence  of  this 
idea.     Benignity  is  not  contrary  to  justice,  and  may  in 
union  with  justice  deal  out  punishment :  but  for  kindness 
or  mercy,  the  blame-worthy  has  no  claim ;  and  so  it  is 
clear  that  punishment  is  a  physical  evil,  which  it  behoved 
should  be  annexed  to  moral  evil  (according  to  the  ethical 
legislation  of  reason)  even  if  it  were  not  already  so.     If, 
then,  every  crime  is  a  fit  object  of  punishment,  and  infers 
to  some  extent  a  forfeiture  of  happiness,  it  is  a  contra- 
diction and  absurdity  to  say  that  a  crime  requires  punish- 
ment because  the  transgressor  has  injured  his  own  happi- 
ness ;   for  this  is  the  whole  conception  of   crime  accord- 
ing to  the  Utilitarian  System ;  for  then  physical  evil,  i.  e. 
punishment,  would  be  the  ground  and  reason  of  consider- 
ing any  action  as  a  transgression,  and  justice  would  come 
to  consist  in  avoiding  all  pains  and  penalties  (threatened 
by  law),  and  in  preventing  those  which  come  of  themselves, 
which,  when  fully  done,  there  would  cease  to  be  any  evil 
in  an  action  ;  those  evils  consequent  on  a  bad  action,  and 
which  alone  make  it  so,  being  henceforward  removed.    It 
were  idle  to  examine  the  statement  that  rewards  and  pu- 


112  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

nishraents  are  stimulant  forces  applied  by  a  supreme 
power  to  man,  in  order  to  lead  him  towards  true  felicity  ; 
the  fancy  of  such  mechanism  of  will  being  quite  destruc- 
tory  of  all  freedom. 

The  intervention  of  a  moral  sense,  as  a  foundation  for 
ethic  science,  is  a  somewhat  more  refined  theory,  but  as 
untrue  as  the  former ;  for  it  alleges  that  this  feeling,  not 
reason,  promulgates  the  moral  law  ;  and  further,  since  the 
consciousness  of  virtue  is  immediately  connected,  owing 
to  this  feeling,  with  enjoyment  and  pleasure,  and  that  of 
vice  with  uneasiness  and  pain,  it  virtually  runs  up  into 
a  sui-felicity  or  greatest-happiness  system.     Not  to  insist 
again  in  those  objections  which  are  amply  set  forth  in 
former  paragraphs,  I  merely  stop  to  point  out  a  mistake 
which  pervades  the  whole  theory.     Before  we  can  figure 
to  ourselves  the  vicious  as  haunted  with  an  uneasy  recol- 
lection of  his  misdeeds,  he  must  be  cogitated  as  already  in 
some  degree  morally  good ;  as  must  likewise  he  who  is  to 
be  gratified  from  reflecting  on  the  integrity  of  his  conduct. 
So  that  the  ideas  of  morality  and  duty  are  pre-supposed 
to  explain  the  existence  of  such  a  feeling,  and  cannot  be 
derived  from  it.     It  is  absolutely  necessary  that  a  person 
have  estimated  the  high  importance  of  duty,  the  authori- 
ty of  the  moral  law,   and  the  immediate  unconditioned 
worth  which  the  observance  of  it  imparts  to  man  in  his 
own  eyes,  antecedently  to  his  being  able  to  feel  that  con- 
tentment springing  from   the   consciousness  of  a  moral 
character,   or    that    bitter  reproach    springing   from  the 
conviction  of  the  want  of  it.     This  moral  felicity  cannot 
precede  the  idea  obligation,  much  less  found  it ;  and  it  is 
requisite  that  an  individual  haA'^e  some  notions  of  morali- 
ty and  honour,  before  he  can  ever  figure  to  himself  what 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES^  IlSt 

is  meant  by  such  emotions.  This,  however,  is  so  far 
from  inclining  me  to  deny  that  a  standing  determination 
to  act  upon  the  representation  of  the  moral  law,  and  un- 
swerving constancy  in  doing  so,  will  eventually  establish 
this  feeling  of  self-contentment,  that  I  rather  deem  it  a 
duty  to  cultivate  such  a  state  of  mind,  which  state  alone 
ought  rigidly  to  be  termed  "  a  moral  sense"  However, 
to  deduce  thence  the  idea  duty  is  impossible,  for  we  would 
require  a  feeling  of  the  law  as  such,  so  as  to  make  that  an 
object  of  sensation  which  can  be  represented  to  the  mind 
by  reason  singly  ;  a  statement  which,  if  not  a  downright 
contradiction,  goes  to  substitute  in  the  room  of  duty  a 
mechanic  play  of  refined  and  more  subtilized  emotions, 
sometimes  thwarting,  sometimes  harmonizing  with  the 
coarser  feelings  of  our  system. 

We  are  now  in  a  condition  to  exhibit  and  contrast  our 

FORMAL    position,     THE    AUTONOMY    OF     THE    WILL,     with 

every  other  material  principle  of  morals  hitherto  advan- 
ced, and  so  to  make  it  evident  from  a  glance  that  these," 
and  through  them  every  other  conceivable  foundation,  are 
exhausted,  and  that  henceforth  the  attempt  must  be  fruit- 
less to  base  morality  on  any  other  ground  than  the  one 
on  which  it  has  been  now  rested.  Every  possible  deter- 
minator  of  the  will  is  either  subjective,  and  borrowed  from 
observation  and  experience,  or  else  objective,  and  based  on 
reason ;  and  these  again,  whether  rational  or  inductive, 
are  either  external  or  internal. 

Material  Determinators  in  Ethical  Systems  are^ 


SUBJECTIVE. 

OBJ 

ective. 

External.                                  Internal. 

Internal. 

Perfection- 
Wolf  and 
the  Stoics: 

External. 

Education  as       Civil  Polity.      Physical         Moral 
founding  Morality.     Mandeville.       feeling.         feeling. 
Montaigne.                                  Epicuruti   Hutcheion. 

H 

Will  of  God. 
Crusius  and  Theo- 
logical Moralist*. 

114  ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES. 

Those  on  the  left  are  all  inductive,  and  plainly  unfit  for 
founding  laws  of  catholic  extent.  Those  on  the  right 
hand,  however,  have  their  origin  and  seat  in  reason  (for 
perfection  as  a  quality,  and  supreme  perfection  cogitated  in 
substance,  i.  e.  God,  can  only  be  figured  to  the  mind  by  rea- 
son). But  the  first  notion  can  mean  only  either  perfection 
in  a  theoretic  or  in  a  practical  sense :  in  the  first  it  signi- 
fies completeness  [i.  e.  quantitative  perfectness),  which  can 
have  no  reference  to  what  we  are  here  talking  of;  or  else 
it  signifies  (qualitative  perfection),  the  practical  fitness 
of  man  for  accomplishing  all  possible  variety  of  ends. 
Such  an  inward  perfection  is  talent;  and  whatever  adds 
to  or  serves  as  complement  to  that,  is  called  skill. 

Supreme  perfection  hypostatised,  or  in  substance  {i.  e. 
God),  consequently  external  perfection  considered  practi- 
cally, is  the  all-sufficiency  of  the  Supreme  Being  for  every 
end  whatsoever. 

Now,  if  ends  must  be  given  in  order  to  fix  the  notion 
of  perfection,  so  that  the  representation  of  a  perfection  in 
ourselves,  or  an  external  perfection  in  God,  may  deter- 
mine a  volition  towards  them  ;  then,  since  such  matter  of 
choice  precedes  the  volition,  and  is  the  condition  of  its  prac- 
tical rule,  it  follows  that  the  will  is  determined  as  on  the 
Epicurean  System.  For  the  notion  perfection  determines 
the  will  by  the  gratification  expected  from  our  own  ac- 
complishments ;  and  the  will  of  God,  when  harmony  with 
it  is  chosen,  apart  from  any  prior  investigation  of  what  is 
a  perfect  and  absolutely  good  will,  can  only  move  the 
will  by  an  expectation  of  happiness  awaited  from  him. 

Therefore,  1*^,  All  principles  in  this  schedule  are  ma- 
terial ;  2dlyi  they  represent  all  such  conceivable  principles 
whatsoever;  and,  3c?/y,  because  material  principles  are  quite 


ANALYTIC  OF  PRINCIPLES.  115 

unfit  for  law  universal,  it  results  that  the  formal  practi- 
cal principle  of  reason  (according  to  which  the  bare  form 
of  a  potential  legislation  served  for  the  supreme  and  im- 
mediate determinator  of  choice)  is  the  alone  possible 
which  can  found  categorical  imperatives,  i.  e.  practical 
laws,  and  is  thus  at  once  the  sole  standard  for  estimating 
deportment,  and  the  sole  ethical  determinator  of  the  will. 


116  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 


CHAPTER  V. 

ON  THE  A  PRIORI  SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  ' 

The  essence  of  all  moral  worth  in  acting  consists  in 
this,  that  the  moral  law  he  the  immediate  determinator 
of  the  will ;  if  the  will  be  determined  so  as  to  he  in  har- 
mony with  the  law,  hut  only  mediately,  and  by  the  inter- 
vention of  an  emotion  or  feeling,  no  matter  of  what  kind 
soever  this  last  may  be,  which  emotion  must  be  pre-sup- 
posed  before  the  law  becomes  the  sufficient  determinator ; 
i.  e.  when  the  determination  is  not  out  of  single  reverence 
for  the  law,  then  the  action  is  possessed  of  legality,  but  it 
contains  no  morality.  Further,  if  by  a  spring  is  meant 
the  subjective  determinator  of  the  will  of  an  intelligent, 
who  is  not  of  necessity  conformed  to  the  objective  law, 
then,  from  such  explanation  we  conclude,  first,  that  to  a 
divine  will  no  springs  can  be  figured  as  attached ;  and, 
SECOND,  that  in  the  case  of  the  human,  or  of  any  other 
being,  these  can  be  none  other  than  the  moral  law  itself, 
i.  e.  that  the  objective  determinator  must  be  also  at  thok 
same  time  the  always  and  single  subjectively-sufficient 
determinator  of  an  act, — if  the  act  is  to  fulfil,  not  the 
bare  letter,  but  likewise  the  spirit  of  the  law.* 

*  It  may  be  said  of  every  act  outwardly  in  harmony  with  the  law,  but 
which  has  not  been  performed  out  of  naked  regard  had  to  it,  that  it  is 
morally  good  after  the  letter,  but  not  so  according  to  the  spirit,  of 
the  LAW. 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  IIT 

-  Since,  then,  no  farther  spring  is  to  be  sought  for  as  a, 
medium  to  the  moral  law,  in  procuring  it  control  and  pur- 
chase on  the  will,  which  would  be  a  dispensing  with  and 
supplanting  of  the  moral  law,  and  could  produce  nothing 
but  an  unstable  hypocrisy, — nay,  since  it  were  even  ha- 
zardous to  call  on  any  other  spring  for  aid  (e.  g.  utilita-, 
rian  incitements),  to  work  alongside  of,  and  co-operate 
with,  the  law, — we  can  have  no  farther  task  than  care- 
fully to  inquire,  how  the  ethical  law  acts  as  spring?  and. 
what  changes  of  state  happen  in  the  mind  and  man's  powers 
of  desire,  as  effects  of  its  determining  causality  ?  For  how 
a  law  should  be  itself  the  alone  and  immediate  deter-, 
minator  of  the  will  (wherein  the  essence  of  all  morality 
consists),  is  a  problem  not  solvable  by  human  reason,  and; 
quite  identic  with  the  question,  how  a  free  will  is  pos- 
sible ?  What  we  therefore  have  to  show  a  priori,  is  not 
the  ground,  by  force  of  which,  the  moral  law  is  a  spring, 
but  merely  what,  when  it  is  so,  it  eflFects,  and  indeed 
MUST  eflfect,  upon  the  mind. 

The  essence  of  all  determination  of  will  by  the  mo- 
ral law  lies  in  this,  that  it,  as  free  will,  be  determined, 
not  only  without  any  co-operations  from  sensitive  excite- 
ments, but  that  it  even  cast  all  such  behind-back,  and 
discard  them,  in  so  far  as  they  may  infringe  upon  the  law, 
and  be  determined  by  it  singly.  Thus  far  the  action  of 
the  moral  law,  as  a  spring,  is  no  more  than  negative,  and 
is  known  as  such  a  priori.  For  every  appetite  and  every 
sensitive  excitement  is  based  on  feeling,  and  the  negative 
action  of  the  law  on  the  sensory  (when  casting  out  all 
appetitive  stimuli)  is  again  itself  a  feeling.  Consequently 
we  understand  a  priori.,  that  the  moral  law,  the  ground 
determining  the  will,   must  produce  a  feeling,  when  it 


118  ON  THE  A  PRlOllI 

circumscribes  and  discards  the  solicitations  of  the  sen- 
sory. This  feeling  may  be  called  pain,  and  is  the  first,  pro- 
bably the  only  case,  where  we  have  been  able  to  assign, 
upon  grounds  a  priori,  the  relation  obtaining  betwixt 
knowledge  (here  of  pure  practical  reason),  and  a  feeling 
of  pleasure  or  pain.  The  aggregate  of  the  appetites 
(which  easily  admit  of  being  brought  into  a  very  tolerable 
system,  and  whereof  the  gratification  is  then  one's  own 
happiness)  make  up  and  compose  what  is  called  selfish- 
ness or  SOLIPSISM ;  and  this  selfishness  is  either  that 
of  SELF-LOVE  or  that  of  SELF-CONCEIT  :  the  solipsism  of 
the  first  resides  in  overstrained  fondness  and  good  will  to 
a  man's  own  self,  and  is  sometimes  called  vanity  ;  the 
SOLIPSISM  of  the  other  is  an  extravagant  self-complacency, 
and  is  particularized  by  the  name  of  arrogance  or  vain- 
glory.* Practical  reason  circumscribes  the  claims  of 
self-love,  but  allows  them  to  be  plausible,  as  they  are 
astir  in  the  mind  even  before  the  law  itself;  and  limits 
them  to  the  condition  of  being  in  harmony  with  the 
law,  after  which  self-love  is  equitable;  but  the  high 
thoughts  of  self-conceit  it  overthrows  entirely,  and  de- 
clares all  pretensions  to  self-esteem,  prior  to  conformity 
with  the  law,  void  and  empty ;  because  the  certain  con- 
sciousness of  being  so  conformed  is  the  supreme  condition 
fixing  all  moral  worth  of  the  person,  and  all  assumption 
of  any — where  there  is  not  yet  such  conformity — is  false 
and  illegal.  Now,  the  propensity  to  esteem  one's  self  is 
one  of  those  appetitive  instincts  infringed  upon  by  reason 
to  this  extent,  that  it  makes  self-esteem  depend  upon  mo- 

•  Pride  (siiperJna)  diflFers  from  all  these.     It  is  treated  of  as  a  vice, 
Met.  Eth. 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  U0 

rality.  Thus  the  moral  law  casts  down  all  self-conceit ; 
but  since  the  law  is  in  fact  somewhat  positive,  namely, 
the  form  of  an  intellectual  causality,  i.  e.  of  freedom,  it 
becomes,  by  the  contrast  it  makes  with  the  appetites  it 
weakens  and  invades,— au  object  of  reverence ;  and  in  so 
far  as  it  altogether  prostrates  self-conceit,  i.  e,  humbles — 
an  object  of  the  most  awful  reverence,  that  is,  it  is  the 
ground  of  a  positive  feeling,  not  begotten  by  anywhat 
sensitive,  and  which  can  be  recognised  a  priori.  Reve- 
rence for  the  MOEAL  law  is  therefore  a  feeling  or  emo- 
tion caused  by  an  intellectual  ground,  and  is  the  only 
feeling  capable  of  being  recognised  a  priori,  and  the  ne- 
cessity of  which  we  are  able  to  comprehend. 

In  the  former  chapter,*  it  was  shown  that  every  thing 
which  could  be  presented  as  an  object  to  the  will  before 
the  moral  law,  was  excluded  by  that  law  from  the  grounds 
determining  a  will  which  is  to  be  unconditionally  good ; 
and  that  nothing  but  the  naked  practical  form,  which 
consists  in  the  fitness  of  maxims  for  law  universal,  esta- 
blishes what  is  in  itself  absolutely  good,  and  founds 
maxims  of  a  will  good  at  all  points.  But  we  now 
find  that  our  system  is  so  constituted,  that  the  matter  of 
desire  first  obtrudes  itself  on  the  sensory;  and  our  patho- 
logical A  posteriori  self,  although  its  maxims  are  quite 
unfit  for  law  universal,  immediately  endeavours,  as  if  it 
were  our  whole  and  proper  self,  to  make  its  claims 
valid,  as  the  originary  and  prior.  This  deflective  ten- 
DENcyf  to  make  a  man's  subjective  self  the  objective  de- 

•  Not  translated. 

■j-  Although  the  will  deflect  originally  from  the  law,  it  is  not  necessary 
to  say  any  thing  of  such  casualty  here ;  for  the  duties  imposed  by  the 
law  remain  the  sanje,  whatever  bias  a  will  may  labour  under. 


120  ON  THK  A  PlllORF 

terminator  of  his  will,   may  be  called   self-love,   and 
when  dominant  and  elevated  to  the  rank  of  an  uncondi- 
tional practical  law,  may  be  styled  self-coi4ceit.      The 
moral  law  excludes,  as  the  alone  true  objective  law,  the 
influence  of  self-love  from  any  share  in  the  legislation, 
and  derogates  infinitely  from  self-conceit,  when  it  an- 
nounces the  subjective  conditions  of  the  other  as  laws ; 
but  whatsoever  does  diminution  in  man's  own  eyes  to  his 
self-conceit,  humbles.  The  moral  law,  therefore,  inevita- 
bly humbles  every  man,  when  he  compares  with  it  the 
deflective  tendency  of  his  sensitive  system ;  again,  that 
which,  when  represented  as  the  determinator  of  the  will, 
humbles  man  in  his  own  consciousness,  does,  in  so  far  as 
it  is  positive,  and  a  determinator,  beget  for  itself  reve- 
rence.    The  MORAL  LAW  is  therefore  subjectively  the 
GROUND  of  REVERENCE ;  and  since  all  the  parts  of  self- 
love  belong  and  refer  to  appetite  and  inclination,  and 
these  latter  rest  on  feeling,  and  any  thing  which  curbs 
and  reins  up  the  impetuosity  of  self-love,  must,  by  doing 
so,  of  necessity  take  eff'ect  upon  the  feelings,  we   tho- 
roughly comprehend  how  it  is  that  we  know  a  priori  that 
the  moral  law  exercises  an  effect  on  the  sensory,  by  ex- 
cluding appetite,  and  the  bias  to  elevate  it  to  the  rank  of 
a    supreme    practical  condition ;  which  effect,  in   one 
point  of  view,  is  negative  only  (humility)  ;  but  in  ano- 
ther, and  when  regard  is  had  to  the  limitary  ground — pure 
spontaneity  of  reason — is  positive   (reverence)  ;   and 
this  effect  does  not  admit  or  require  us  to  assume  any 
particular  kind  of  feeling  under  the  name  of  a  practical,  or 
moral,  or  internal  sense,  as  if  it  were  antecedent  to  the 
moral  law,  and  the  groundwork  of  it. 

The  negative  effect  wrought  upon  the  sensory   (dis- 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  121 

placency)  is,  like  every  other  action  on  the  feelings,  and 
indeed,  as  is  also  every  feeling,  pathological.  Considered, 
liowever,  as  the  effect  springing  from  the  consciousness  of 
the  moral  law,  i.  e.  considered  in  reference  to  its  intellec- 
tual cause — a  personality  of  pure  practical  reason  as  su- 
preme legislatrix — this  feeling  of  a  reasonable  subject, 
perturbed  by  appetite  and  inclination,  is  called  no  doubt 
humility ;  but  again,  when  referred  to  its  positive  ground 
-—THE  LAW — ^it  is  called  reverence  felt  toward  it;  which 
law  itself  cannot  be  felt  indeed,  but  when  impediments  in 
the  sensory  are  cleared  out  of  the  way,  which  hindered 
the  law  from  being  carried  into  effect,  reason  deems  the 
removal  of  such  obstacle  tantamount  to  a  positive  ad- 
vancement of  her  causality;  and  hence  this  feeling 
may  be  further  called  a  feeling  or  emotion  of  reverence 
toward  the  law,  and,  upon  both  these  grounds  together, 
may  be  called  the  moral  sense. 

Hence,  as  the  moral  law  is  at  once  the  formal  determina- 
tor  of  an  act  by  pure  practical  reason,  and  is  likewise  the 
material  and  yet  objective  determinator  of  the  object-matter 
of  an  act  as  good  or  evil,  so  it  becomes  at  the  same  time  the 
subjective  determinator  to  such  an  act,  by  operating  upon 
the  morality  of  the  subject,  and  effectuating  an  emotion 
which  advances  the  force  of  the  law  upon  the  will.  But  in 
all  this  there  is  no  antecedent  feeling  given  in  the  subject 
himself,  pointing  to  morality ;  which  last  hypothesis  is  a 
downright  impossibility,  every  feeling  being  of  the  sen- 
sory ;  whereas  the  spring  of  ethical  volitions  must  be  quite 
defecated  from  every  sensitive  condition.  Nay,  that  sen- 
sitive state — feeling — which  lies  at  the  bottom  of  all  ap- 
petite and  emotion,  is  the  condition  of  that  specific  state 
of  mind  we  have  called  reverence  ;  but  the  cause  of  such 


T22  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

state  lies  in  pure  practical  reason ;  and  the  emotion  in 
this  respect,  and  on  account  of  whence  it  has  its  origin, 
cannot  be  regarded  as  a  pathognomic,  but  ought  to  be  re- 
garded as  a  practical  or  active  emotion  ;  an  emotion  prac- 
tically effectuated,  when  the  representation  of  the  law, 
having  curbed  the  licentiousness  of  self-love,  and  beaten 
down  the  overweenings  of  self-conceit,  takes  away  the 
hindrance  obstructing  the  action  of  pure  practical  reason, 
and  exhibits  the  superiority  of  her  objective  law  to  the 
solicitations  of  the  sensory,  and  so  gives,  in  the  scales 
of  reason,  weight  to  the  former,  by  removing  the  coun- 
terpoise pressing  upon  the  will  from  the  latter.  Reve- 
rence TOWARD  THE  LAW  is  therefore  not  a  spring  ad- 
vancing morality,  but  is  morality  itself  considered 
subjectively  as  a  spring ;  i.  e.  in  so  far  as  in  this  state  of 
mind  the  appetencies  of  the  sensory  are  silenced,  and  an 
inlet  is  afforded  for  advancing  the  authority  of  the  law. 
To  all  which  is  to  be  added,  that  since  such  reverence  is 
an  effect  wrought  upon  the  sensory,  it  involves  the  sup- 
position of  the  sensitive,  and  so  of  the  finite  nature  of 
those  Intelligents,  whom  the  moral  law  thus  inspires  with 
reverence :  but  in  the  case  of  a  Supreme  Intelligent,  or 
even  of  one  not  percipient  by  the  intervention  of  a  sen- 
soiy— where,  therefore,  no  obstacle  is  presented  to  practi- 
cal reason — no  reverence  can  exist. 

This  feeling  (called  the  moral  sense)  is  the  pure  pro- 
duct and  effect  of  reason.  It  is  of  no  service  in  judging  of 
conduct,  nor  yet  in  founding  the  moral  law ;  but  is  a  mere 
spring,  making  the  law  man's  practical  maxim  in  life;  nor 
is  there  any  name  more  appropriate  for  so  strange  a  feel- 
ing, which  has  no  analogy  to  any  pathological  emotion. 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  12S 

but  is  entirely  of  its  own  kind,  and  seems  to  stand  at  the 
command  of  pure  practical  reason  only. 

Reverence  is  bestowed  on  Persons  only,  never  on 
Things.  The  latter  may  be  objects  of  affection  ;  and, 
when  they  are  animals,  may  awaken  in  us  even  love  or 
FEAR.  Volcanoes  and  the  ocean  may  be  regarded  with 
dread,  but  cannot  with  reverence.  What  approaches 
nearer  to  this  last,  is  wonder,  which,  when  impassion- 
ed, may  rise  to  admiration,  astonishment,  or  amaze- 
ment; as  when  we  contemplate  the  summits  of  lofty 
mountains,  storms,  the  extent  of  the  firmament,  the 
strength  and  velocity  of  some  animals,  &c.  and  so  of  the 
rest ;  but  all  this  is  not  reverence.  A  man  may  be  an 
object  of  my  love,  my  fear,  or  my  admiration,  up  to  the 
higliest  grade  of  wonder,  and  still  he  may  be  no  object  of 
reverence.  His  jocose  humour,  his  strength  and  courage, 
his  power  and  authority,  from  the  rank  he  has,  may  give 
me  such  emotions,  but  they  all  fall  short  of  reverence. 
Fontenelle  says,  "  It  is  my  body,  not  my  mind,  which  hows 
to  my  superior^  I  may  add,  that  to  any  plain  man,  in 
whom  I  discover  probity  of  manners  in  a  grade  superior  to 
my  own,  my  mind  must  bow  whether  I  will  or  not.  To 
what  is  this  owing  ?  His  example  presents  to  me  a  law 
which  casts  down  my  self-conceit  when  it  is  compared 
with  my  own  deportment ;  the  execution  of  which  law, 
that  is,  its  practicability,  I  see  proved  to  me  by  real 
fact  and  event.  Nay,  even  if  I  were  conscious  of  like  ho- 
nesty to  his,  my  reverence  for  him  would  continue ;  the 
reason  whereof  is,  that  all  good  in  man  being  defective, 
the  law,  made  exhibitivc  by  an  example,  prostrates  my 
conceit,  which  exemplar  is  furnished  by  a  person  whose 
imperfections,  which  must  still  attach  to  him,  I  do  not 


124  ON  THE  A  PUIOIII 

know,  as  I  do  my  own,  and  who  therefore  appears  to  me 
in  a  better  light.  Reverence  is  a  tribute  which  can- 
not be  refused  to  merit,  whether  we  choose  or  not.  We 
may  decline  outwardly  to  express  it,  but  we  cannot  avoid 
inwardly  to  feel  it. 

So  far  is  reverence  from  being  a  pleasurable  feeling,  that 
we  entertain  it  unwillingly  toward  any  man,  and  begin  in- 
stantly to  cast  about  for  some  fault  which  may  lighten  us 
from  its  burden,  and  give  indemnity  against  the  humilia- 
tion otherwise  put  upon  us  by  his  example.     Even  the 
dead,  especially  when  their  example  seems  to  surpass  all 
power  of  imitation,  are  not  exempt  from  this  sifting  scru- 
tiny.   Nay,  the  moral  law  itself,  in  its  solemn  majesty, 
is  open  to  this  endeavour  to  screen  one's  self  from  the  re- 
verence owed  it ;  or  do  we  think  that  it  is  upon  some  other 
account  that  mankind  would  fain  have  the  law  frittered 
down  to  an  object  of  his  love,  and  that  it  is  upon  quite 
different  and  contrary  grounds  that  he  exerts  himself  to 
find  in  it,  nothing  more  than  the  amiable  precepts  of  his 
own  well-understood  advantage ;  and  not  upon  this  single 
and  only  one,  that  he  would  willingly  be  rid  of  that  de- 
terring reverence  which  unremittingly  shows  him  his  own 
unworthiness  ;  and  yet  there  is  in  reverence  so  little 
of  dislike  or  disinclination,  that  when  once  mankind 
has  laid  aside  his  self-conceit,  and  allowed  that  reverence 
to  take  its  practical  effect,  he  cannot  become  sated  with 
contemplating  the  glory  of  the  law,  and  his  soul  believes 
itself  exalted  in  proportion  as  he  sees  the  holy  law  advan- 
ced above  him  and  the  frailty  of  his  system.    Unquestion- 
ably great  talents,  when  accompanied  by  commensurate 
and  suitable  activity,  beget  reverence,  or  a  feeling  bearing 
a  strong  likeness  to  it  \  and  it  is  in  truth  quite  becoming 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  125 

and  decorous  to  show  them  such  ;  and  here  it  would  seem 
that  wonder  and  reverence  were  the  same.  But,  on  stricter 
analysis,  it  is  observed,  that  since  we  do  not  know  how 
much  innate  force  of  talent,  and  how  much  study  and  in- 
dustrious self-culture,  conduce  to  the  effect  wondered  at 
and  admired,  reason  represents  this  last  as  probably  the 
fruit  of  study,  i.  e.  as  a  kind  of  merit  which  strikes  direct- 
ly at  one's  own  self-conceit, — hands  the  bystander  over  to 
his  own  reproach, — or  imposes  on  him  an  obligation  to  fol- 
low such  example.  This  reverence  or  admiration  is  then  not 
mere  wonder,  but  is  reverence  toward  the  person  (or,  pro- 
perly speaking,  toward  the  law  exhibited  in  his  example). 
A  matter  confirmed  by  this,  that  when  the  general  mass 
of  admirers  discover,  from  some  quarter  or  another,  the  de- 
pravity of  their  admired's  morals  {e.g.  Voltaire),  all^reve- 
rence  for  him  is  immediately  abandoned.  But  one  who  is 
a  member  of  the  literary  republic  continues  to  feel  some 
regard  still  when  weighing  his  talents,  because  he  finds 
himself  engaged  in  a  profession  and  calling  which  makes 
it  imperative  upon  him  to  imitate  in  some  respect  his  ex- 
ample. 

Reverence  toward  the  moral  law  is,  then,  the  only  and 
undoubted  ethic  spring,  and  is  an  emotion  directed  to  no 
object  except  upon  grounds  of  the  law.  First,  the  moral 
law  determines  objectively  and  immediately  the  will.  Free- 
dom, whose  causality  is  alone  determinable  by  the  law, 
consists  in  this  very  matter,  that  all  appetite  and  emotion, 
and  so  also  the  affection  of  self-esteem,  is  restrained  by  it 
to  the  prior  condition  of  having  executed  its  pure  law. 
This  control  takes  effect  upon  the  sensory,  and  produces 
there  a  feeling  of  pain  or  displacency,  which  can  be  re- 
cognised a  priori,  when  eyed  from  the  vantage-ground  of 


126  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

the  moral  law.     But  since  this  is  a  negative  effect  only, 
resulting  from  the  agency  of  reason  (i.  e.  the  spontaneity 
of  the  person  when  he  withstands  the  solicitations  of  his 
sensory,  and  strips  off  the  overweening  fancy  of  his  per- 
sonal worth,  which,  where  there  is  no  harmony  with  the 
law,  shrinks  at  once  to  zero),  such  action  of  the  law  he- 
gets  no  more  than  a  feeling  of  humility,  which  we  com- 
prehend a  priori ;  hut  this  we  do  not  see,  Avherein  con- 
sists the  force  of  the  pure  practical  law  as  spring,  but  only 
its  withstanding  the  springs  of  the  sensory.    But,  second, 
since  this  same  law  is  farther  objectively  {i.  e.  according 
to  the  representation  of  pure  reason)  an  immediate  deter- 
minator  of  will,  and  this  humiliation  is  effected  only  re- 
latively to  the  purity  of  the  law,  it  follows  that  this  de- 
pression of  man's  claim  to  his  own  ethical  reverence  {i.  e. 
his  humiliation  from  the  part  of  his  sentient  economy) 
is  an  exaltation  (from  his  intelligent  part)  of  the  ethical, 
i.  e.  practical  reverence  for  the  law  itself — in  other  words, 
is  just  that  reverence  itself,  consequently  a  positive  feel- 
ing considered  with  respect  to  its  intellectual  ground, 
which  feeling  also  is  cognisable  a  priori.     For  every  di- 
minution of  the  obstacles  opposed  to  an  activity,   is  in 
plain  fact  an  advancement  of  that  activity  itself.    The  ac- 
knowledgment of  the  moral  law,  however,  is  the  consci- 
ousnessof  an  activity  of  pure  reason  from  objectivegrounds, 
which  activity  does  not  always  pass  into  action,  merely 
because  subjective  causes  stop  and  hinder  it.     Reverence 
for  the  moral  law  must  therefore  be  regarded  as  the  law's 
positive  though  indirect  effect  upon  the  sensory,  when  it 
weakens  the  impeding  forces  of  appetite  and  inclination, 
by  casting  down  all  self-conceit ;  that  is,  reverence  is  the 
subjective  ground  of  such  activity,  or,  in  other  words,  is  the 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  127 

SPRING  towards  the  executing  of  the  law,  and  the  ground 
of  adopting  maxims  of  conduct  which  harmonize  with  its 
requirements.  Upon  this  notion  ofa  springrests  thisfarther 
one  of  an  interest,  which  cannot  be  attributed  to  any 
being  not  endowed  with  reason ;  and  it  denotes  a  spring 
towards  volition,  in  so  far  as  that  spring  is  begotten  by 
REASON  ONLY.  Again,  because  the  law  must  be  the  spring 
where  the  will  is  morally  good,  the  ethical  interest 
is  a  PURE  INSENSITIVE  INTEREST  of  naked  practical  rea- 
son. Upon  this  notion  of  an  interest  rests  again  that  of 
a  MAXIM ;  and  this  is  only  truly  genuine  when  it  is  based 
on  the  naked  interest  taken  by  man  in  the  execution  of 
the  law.  These  three  notions,  however,  spring,  inte- 
rest, and  MAXIM,  are  applicable  only  to  finite  beings, — 
they  all  presuppose  bounds  and  limits  put  to  the  nature 
of  the  person,  and  intimate  that  the  subjective  structure 
of  his  choice  does  not  spontaneously  and  of  its  own  accord 
harmonize  with  the  objective  law  of  practical  reason,  and 
imply  a  need  to  be  urged  by  somewhat  to  activity,  that 
activity  being  obstructed  by  an  inward  hindrance. 

There  is  somewhat  so  strange  in  this  unbounded  reve- 
rence for  the  pure  moral  law,  divested  of  all  by-views  of 
advantage  or  expediency,  and  exhibited  as  practical  rea- 
son holds  it  up  to  mankind  for  his  execution,  whose  voice 
makes  the  most  daring  scoffer  tremble,  and  forces  him  to 
hide  himself  from  his  own  view,  that  one  ought  not  to  be 
surprised  at  finding  this  energy  of  a  naked  intellectual 
idea  upon  the  sensory  quite  uninvestigable  by  reason,  and 
that  mankind  must  content  himself  with  comprehending 
a  priori  thus  much,  that  such  a  feeling  attaches  insepara- 
bly to  the  representation  of  the  law  by  every  finite  Intel- 
ligent.    Were  this  emotion  of  reverence  pathologic,  and 


128  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

bottomed  on  the  internal  sense  of  pleasure,  then  were  it 
vain  to  attempt  to  track  out  the  alliance  obtaining  betwixt 
it  and  an  idea  a  priori.  But  an  emotion  pointed  only  to 
a  practical  end,  and  attached  to  the  bare,  formal  represen- 
tation of  a  law,  quite  abstractedly  from  any  object,  and 
which  therefore  pertains  neither  to  pleasure  nor  pain,  and 
yet  establishes  an  interest  in  that  law's  execution,  is  what 
we  properly  call  a  moral  one  ;  and  the  susceptibility  to  take 
such  an  interest  in  the  law  (in  other  words,  to  have  reve- 
rence for  the  moral  law  itself),  is  what  we,  properly  speak- 
ing, call  THE  MORAL  SENSE. 

The  consciousness  of  man's  free  submission  of  his  will 
to  the  law,  going,  however,  hand  in  hand  with  a  necessary 
control  and  co-action  put  by  reason  on  every  appetite  and 
inclination,  is  reverence  toward  the  law ;  the  law,  which  at 
once  calls  for  and  inspires  this  reverence,  is,  as  we  have 
seen,  no  other  than  the  moral,  no  other  law  excluding  ap- 
petite and  inclination  from  the  immediateness  of  its  own 
action  on  the  will.  An  act  objectively  incumbent  to  be 
done  in  conformity  with  this  law,  and  with  the  postpone- 
ment of  every  appetitive  determinator,  is  what  is  called 
DUTY,  and  involves  in  the  very  conception  of  it,  on  account 
of  this  postponement,  practical  necessitation,  i.  e.  deter- 
mination to  an  act,  how  unwillingly  soever — the  emotion 
arising  from  the  consciousness  of  this  co-action  or  necessi- 
tation, is  not  pathological  (is  unlike  those  effected  by  an 
object  of  sense),  but  is  practical,  i.  e.  is  only  possible  by 
an  antecedent  causality  of  reason,  and  objective  determi- 
nation of  will.  It  contains,  therefore,  as  subordination 
to  law  {i.  e.  a  commandment  which  announces  co-action 
to  a  person  affected  by  a  sensory),  no  pleasure,  but  rather 
dislike,  to  that  extent,  to  the  act  itself;  while  yet,  on  the 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  129 

other  hand,  since  this  co-action  is  enforced  singly  by  the 
legislation  of  man's  own  reason,  it  brings  with  it  exalta- 
tion; and  the  subjective  effect  upon  the  sensory,  when 
pure  practical  reason  produces  it,  can  be  called  no  more 
than  SELF-APPROBATION  in  respect  of  such  exaltation, 
mankind  disinterestedly  recognising  himself  destined  by 
the  law  to  such  subordination,  and  becoming  then  aware 
of  a  new  and  another  interest  purely  practical  and  free; 
to  take  which  disinterested  interest  in  acts  of  duty,  no 
appetite  invites,  but  reason,  by  its  practical  law,  impera- 
tively ordains,  and  also  produces,  upon  which  accounts  the 
interest  bears  a  quite  peculiar  name,  that  of  reverence. 

Upon  these  accounts,  therefore,  the  notion  duty  de- 
mands, in  the  act,  objectively,  conformity  to  the  law,  and 
SUBJECTIVELY,  in  the  maxim  from  which  it  flows,  reve- 
rence for  the  law,  such  being  the  only  method  of  deter- 
mining the  will  by  it;  and  on  this  rests  the  difference  be- 
twixt those  states  of  consciousness,  that  of  acting  in  har- 
mony with  what  is  duty,  and  doing  so  from  a  principle  of 
duty,  i.  e.  out  of  reverence  for  the  law.  The  first  case  (le- 
gality) is  possible  when  mere  appetites  determine  to  voli- 
tion ;  but  the  second  (morality),  the  moral  worth,  can  be 
placed  in  this  only,  that  the  act  has  been  performed  out  of 
duty,  L  e.  out  of  naked  regard  had  to  the  law. 

It  is  of  the  greatest  consequence,  in  all  ethical  judg- 
ments, to  attend  with  most  scrupulous  exactness  to  the  sub- 
jective principle  of  the  maxims,  in  order  that  the  whole 
morality  of  an  act  be  put  in  the  necessity  of  it,  out  of  duty 
and  out  of  reverence  for  the  law,  not  in  love  and  inclina- 
tion towards  what  may  be  consequent  upon  the  act ;  for 
man  and  every  created  Intelligent,  the  ethical  necessity  is 
necessitation,  i.e.  obligation,  and  every  act  proceeding  there- 


130  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

Upon  is  duty,  and  cannot  be  represented  as  a  way  of  conduct 
already  dear  to  us ;  or  which  may  in  time  become  en- 
deared to  us,  as  if  man  could  at  any  time  ever  get  the 
length  of  dispensing  with  reverence  towards  the  law 
(which  emotion  is  attended  always  with  dread,  or  at  least 
with  active  apprehension  lest  he  transgress) ;  and  so,  like 
the  independent  Godhead,  find  himself — as  it  were,  by  force 
of  an  unchanging  harmony  of  will  with  the  law,  now  at 
length  grown  into  a  second  nature — in  possession  of  a  holy 
will ;  which  would  be  the  case,  the  law  having  ceased  to 
be  a  commandment,  when  man  could  be  no  longer  tempted 
to  prove  untrue  to  it. 

The  moral  law  is,  for  the  will  of  the  Supreme  Being,  a 
LAW  or  HOLINESS ;  but  for  the  will  of  every  finite  Intelli- 
gent, a  LA^  OF  DUTY,  a  law  of  ethical  co-action  and  deter- 
mination of  his  actions  by  reverence  toward  the  law,  and 
out  of  awe  for  what  is  duty.  No  other  subjective  princi- 
ple can  be  assumed  as  a  spring;  for  while  the  act  then 
falls  out  as  the  law  requires,  and  is  outwardly  in  confor- 
mity with  the  law,  yet  it  is  not  done  out  of  duty ;  the  bent 
and  ply  of  the  mind  is  not  moral,  which,  however,  is  of 
the  essence  of  this  legislation. 

It  is  very  well  to  show  kindness  to  mankind  from  love 
and  compassionate  benevolence,  as  it  is  likewise  to  act 
justly  from  a  love  of  order  and  method;  but  such  cannot 
be  the  genuine  ethic  principles  regulating  man's  deport- 
ment :  nor  is  it  quite  congruous  and  suited  to  our  station 
jtihong  the  ranks  of  Intelligents  as  men,  when  we  presume 
to  propose  ourselves  as  volunteers,  and  set  ourselves 
loftily  above  the  idea  duty;  and  when,  as  if  mankind 
were  independent  on  the  law,  he  proposes  to  do  out 
of  his  own  good  pleasure  what  he  needs  no  command- 


SPUING  OF  THJS  WILL.  ISJ^ 

ment  to  enjoin.  Man  stands,  however,  under  a  ^scipline 
and  probation  of  reason,  and  ought  never  to  forget  his 
subjection  to  its  authority, — never  to  withdraw  anywhat 
from  it,  or  impair  the  supremacy  of  the  law  (although 
announced  by  his  own  reason),  by  the  fond  and  vain  ima-^ 
gination  that  he  can  put  the  ground  determining  his  will 
elsewhere  than  in  the  law  and  reverence  to\tard  it.  Duty^ 
and  what  we  owe,  are  the  alone  denominations  Under 
which  to  state  our  relation  to  the  moral  law.  Wd  are,  no 
doubt,  legislative  members  of  an  ethical  kingdom^  realiza- 
ble by  freedom  of  will,  and  held  up  by  practical  reason  to 
our  reverence;  but  in  it  we  are  subjects,  not  the  sove- 
reign ;  and  to  mistake  our  lower  rank  as  creatures,  and  to 
back  our  self-conceit  against  the  authority  of  the  holy  law, 
is  already  to  swerve  from  its  spirit,  even  while  its  lettet 
is  not  unfulfilled. 

With  all  this  the  commandment  is  in  perfect  unison. 
Love  God  above  all,  and  thy  neighbour  as  thyself;  for, 
being  a  commandment,  it  calls  for  reverence  toward  a  law 
enjoining  love,  and  leaves  man  no  option  whether  or  not 
to  make  such  love  a  principle  of  active  conduct.  Love  to 
God,  however,  as  an  affection  (pathognomic  liking),  is  an 
impossibility,  God  being  no  object  of  sense ;  and  although, 
in  the  case  of  mankind,  such  pathological  excitement  is 
possible,  yet  it  cannot  be  commanded,  for  it  stands  in  no 
one's  power  to  love  upon  command.  It  is,  therefore,  prac- 
tical benevolence  alone  which  is  intended  in  that  sum  of 
all  commandments.  Understood  in  this  signification,  to 
love  God  means  cheerfully  to  obey  his  law ;  to  love  our 
neighbour,  to  perform  willingly  all  duties  towards  him. 
The  commandment,  however,  establishing  such  a  rule 
cannot  enjoin  us  to  have  this  sentiment  in  discharging 


132  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

our  incumbent  duties,  but  can  enjoin  only  to  endeavour 
after  it;  for  a  commandment  to  do  any  what  willingly  is 
self- contradictory;  for  if  we  are  once  let  know  what  is 
suitable  for  us  to  do,  and  are  conscious  we  should  like  to 
do  so,  a  commandment  to  such  effect  would  be  super- 
fluous ;  and  do  we  the  act  notwithstanding,  but  only  un- 
willingly, and  out  of  reverence  toward  the  law,  a  com- 
mandment making  such  reverence  the  spring  of  the  will, 
would  thereby  subvert  and  overturn  the  desiderated  sen- 
timent love.  That  summary  of  the  moral  law  does,  there- 
fore, like  every  other  precept  in  the  Gospel,  represent 
the  perfection  of  the  moral  sentiment  in  an  ideal  of  ho- 
liness not  attainable  by  any  creature,  but  which  is  the 
archetype  toward  which  it  behoves  us  to  approximate,  and 
to  exert  ourselves  onwards  thitherward  in  an  unbroken 
and  perpetual  progression.  Could  at  any  time  any  intel- 
ligent creature  ever  attain  this  point  of  discharging  wil- 
lingly all  moral  laws,  then  that  would  imply  that  he  felt 
no  longer  within  himself  the  possibility  of  a  desire  se- 
ducing him  to  swerve  from  them  (for  the  overcoming 
any  such  incentive  always  costs  the  subject  some  sacrifice, 
and  stands  in  need  of  self-co-action,  i.  e.  inward  necessi- 
tation  toward  somewhat  done  not  altogether  willingly). 
But  this  grade  of  ethic  sentiment  no  creature  can  at  any 
time  attain ;  for,  being  a  creature,  and  so  dependent  in  re- 
gard of  what  he  wants  to  make  him  thoroughly  contented 
with  his  situation,  he  can  never  be  fully  disenthralled  from 
appetite  and  want,  which  rest  on  physic  causes  not  al- 
ways harmonizing  with  the  moral  law ;  the  physical  and 
moral  systems  proceeding  on  causalities  of  different 
kinds, — a  circumstance  making  it  always  necessary  to 
establish  the  posture  of  a  man's  maxims  with  regard  to 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL. 

the  former,  upon  ethical  co-action,  not  upon  free-willed- 
devotedness, — upon  reverence  calling  for  the  execution  of 
the  law,  how  unwillingly  soever,  not  upon  love,  which  ap- 
prehends no  inward  demurring  of  the  will  against  the 
law,  although  this  last,  the  mere  love  of  the  law  (which 
would  then  cease  to  he  a  commandment,  and  morality, 
now  subjectively  transformed  into  holiness,  would  cease 
to  be  virtue),  is  to  be  the  unremitting  although  unat- 
tainable aim  of  exertion  ;  for  toward  that  which  we  ethi- 
cally admire,  and  yet  (upon  account  of  the  consciousness 
of  our  defects)  partly  dread,  such  reverential  dread  passes 
with  the  increasing  ease  whereby  we  become  conformed 
to  the  standard  dreaded,  into  affection,  and  the  reverence 
into  love,  at  least  this  would  be  the  completent  of  a  senti- 
ment fully  devoted  to  the  law, — if  to  attain  it  were  at  any 
time  possible  for  any  creature.  ;  , 

These  remarks  are  not  intended  so  much  to  explain  the 
above  precept  of  the  Gospel,  with  a  view  to  guard  against 
RELIGIOUS  FANATICISM  upou  the  question  of  the  love  of 
God,  but  rather  to  fix  exactly  the  moral  sentiments  with 
which  we  ought  to  discharge  our  duties  toward  our  fellow 
men,  and  to  guard  against,  and  if  possible  cut  up  by  the 
roots,  a  kind  of  ethical  fanaticism,  wherewith  the  heads 
of  many  are  besotted.  The  grade  on  the  ethic  scale  where 
mankind  finds  himself  (as  is  also  the  case  with  every 
created  Intelligent,  so  far  as  we  can  comprehend)  is  that 
of  reverence  toward  the  law.  The  sentiment  incumbent 
upon  him  to  entertain  in  obeying,  is  to  do  so  out  of  regard 
to  duty ;  not,  as  a  volunteer,  from  affection,  to  go  through 
uncommanded  and  spontaneously  undertaken  tasks ;  and 
his  moral  state,  wherein  he  always  must  be  found,  is  vir- 
tue, i.  e.  the  moral  sentiment  militant,  not  holiness. 


134  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

where  he  would  be  in  possession  of  full  purity  in  the 
sentiment  of  his  will.  It  is  nothing  but  downright  ethi- 
cal fanaticism,  and  an  advancement  of  self-conceit,  when 
the  mind  is  spirited  on  to  actions  as  were  they  noble, 
sublime,  or  magnanimous,  whereby  men  fall  into  the 
imagination  that  it  is  not  duty  (whose  yoke,  which,  though 
easy,  because  put  upon  us  by  our  own  reason,  must  be 
borne,  however  unwillingly)  that  claims  to  be  the  ground 
determinative  of  conduct,  and  which,  even  while  they  obey, 
always  humbles,  but  that  actions  are  expected  from  them, 
not  out  of  duty,  but  as  parts  of  merit.  For,  not  to  in- 
sist on  this,  that  by  imitating  such  deeds,  i.  e.  performing 
them  upon  such  a  principle,  no  satisfaction  is  given  to 
the  spirit  of  the  law,  which  consists  in  the  subordinat- 
ing of  the  will  to  the  law,  and  not  in  the  legality  of 
the  act,  when  the  act  proceeds  upon  other  grounds  (be 
these  what  they  may),  this  fanaticism  does,  by  putting 
the  spring  of  action  pathologically  in  sympathy  or  solip- 
sism, and  not  ethically  in  the  law,  beget  in  this  way  a 
windy,  overweening,  and  fantastical  cast  of  thought,  which 
flatters  itself  with  having  so  spontaneously  good-natured 
a  temperament,  as  to  require  neither  spur  nor  rein,  and 
to  be  able  to  dispense  altogether  with  a  commandment ;  by 
all  which,  duty  is  lost  sight  of,  although  it  ought  to  be 
more  thought  upon  than  merit  should.  Other  people's 
actions,  when  performed  with  great  sacrifices,  and  out  of 
naked  reverence  for  duty,  may  very  fitly  be  praised  as 
noble  and  exalted  deeds;  which,  however,  can  only  be 
done  in  so  far  as  there  is  no  ground  to  think  that  they 
flowed  from  any  fits  and  starts  of  sensitive  excitement, 
but  proceeded  singly  from  reverence  for  duty;  and  if 
these  deeds  are  to  be  held  up  to  any  one  as  exemplars  to 


SPftING  OF  THE  WILL.  18fl 

be  followed,  reverence  for  duty,  as  the  alone  genuine  moral 
emotion,  must  indispensably  be  employed  as  the  spring. 
The  solemn  holy  precept  does  not  allow  our  frivolous 
self-love  to  toy  with  pathognomic  excitement,  which  may 
bear  some  likeness  to  morality,  and  to  plume  ourselves 
upon  meritorious  worth.  Very  little  investigation  will  suf- 
fice to  find  for  any  praise- worthy  action  a  law  of  duty 
which  commands,  and  takes  away  all  option,  whether  it 
fall  in  with  our  propensities  or  not ;  this  is  the  only  me- 
thod of  exhibition  capable  of  giving  an  ethic  training  to 
the  soul,  it  being  alone  capable  of  fixed  and  rigidly  de- 
fined maxims. 

FANATicisiki,  in  its  most  extensive  sense,  may  be  defined 
an  overstepping,  upon  system,  of  the  limits  and  barriers  of 
human  reason ;  and  if  this  be  so,  then  ethical  fanati- 
cism WILL  BE  the  overstepping  of  those  limits  put  by  pure 
practical  reason  to  humanity,  when  she  forbids  man  to 
place  the  subjective  determinator  of  his  will,  i.  e.  the  ethi- 
cal spring  to  dutiful  actions,  anywhere  else  than  in  the  law, 
or  to  entertain  sentiments  in  his  maxims  other  than  reve- 
rence toward  this  law :  consequently  ordaining  man  not  to 
forget  to  make  duty  his  supreme  practical  principle  of 
conduct, — A  CONCEPTION  which  at  once  dashes  both  arro- 
gance and  self-love. 

Upon  this  same  account,  not  only  novel  writers  and  sen- 
timental pedagogues  (however  these  last  declaim  at  sen- 
timentalism),  but  even  philosophei-s,  nay  the  most  rigid 
of  all  the  Stoic  Sages,  have  helped  to  introduce  ethical  fa- 
naticism instead  of  a  sober  and  wise  gymnastic  discipline 
of  ethics ;  nor  can  we  here  regard  this  distinction,  that  the 
fanaticism  of  these  Sages  was  heroic,  whereas  that  of  the 
others  was  of  a  more  effeminate  and  shallow  kind  j  and  it 


136  ON  THE  A  PRrORT 

can  be  affirmed  without  the  least  hypocrisy,  that  the  moral 
precepts  of  the  gospel  were  what  first  introduced  purity 
of  moral  principle,  and  that  they  did  at  the  same  time,  by 
their  adaptation  and  fitness  to  the  limits  of  finite  beings, 
in  placing  all  good  conduct  in  man's  subordination  and 
subjection  of  his  will  to  the  discipline  and  training  of  a 
duty  laid  before  his  mental  vision,  first  prevent  him  from 
fanatically  disorienting  himself  among  imagined  moral 
excellencies  :  and  did,  by  thus  putting  a  stop  to  ethical 
fanaticism,  first  assign  limits  of  humility  {i,  e.  of  self- 
knowledge),  equally  to  self-love  and  to  self-conceit,  both 
which  are  apt  to  overstep  their  barriers. 

Duty  [  Thou  great,  thou  exalted  name  !  Wondrous 
thought,  that  workest  neither  by  fond  insinuation,  flattery, 
nor  by  any  threat,  but  merely  by  holding  up  thy  naked 
law  in  the  soul,  and  so  extorting  for  thyself  always  reve- 
rence, if  not  always  obedience — before  whom  all  appetites 
are  dumb,  however  secretly  they  rebel — whence  thy  ori- 
ginal ?  and  where  find  we  the  root  of  thy  august  descent, 
thus  loftily  disclaiming  all  kindred  with  appetite  and 
want  ?  to  be  in  like  manner  descended  from  which  root, 
is  the  unchanging  condition  of  that  worth  which  mankind 
can  alone  impart  to  themselves  ? 

Verily  it  can  be  nothing  less  than  what  advances  man, 
as  part  of  the  physical  system,  above  himself, — connecting 
him  with  an  order  of  things  unapproached  by  sense,  into 
which  the  force  of  reason  can  alone  pierce ;  which  su- 
persensible has  beneath  it  the  phenomenal  system, 
wherewith  man  has  only  a  fortuitous  and  contingent  con- 
nection, and  so  along  with  it  the  whole  of  his  adventi- 
tiously-determinable  existence  in  space  and  time.  It  is  in 
fact  nothing  else  than  personality,  i.  e.  freedom  and  in- 


SPRING  or  THE  WILL.  137 

dependency  on  the  mechanism  of  the  whole  physical  sys- 
tem,— always,  however,  considered  as  the  property  of  a 
being  subjected  to  peculiar  laws  emerging  from  his  own 
reason,  where  the  person,  as  belonging  to  the  sensitive 
system,  has  imposed  on  him  his  own  personality,  in  so  far 
as  this  last  is  figured  to  reside  in  a  cogitable  system  ; 
upon  which  account  we  need  not  wonder  how  mankind, 
an  inhabitant  of  both  systems,' cannot  fail  to  venerate 
his  higher  nature,  and  to  regard  its  laws  with  the  great- 
est reverence. 

On  this  celestial  descent  are  founded  many  expressions 
denoting  the  worth  of  the  objects  of  ethical  ideas.  The 
moral  law  is  holy.  Man  no  doubt  is  unholy  enough,  but 
the  humanity  inhabiting  his  person  must  be  holy.  In  the 
whole  creation  every  thing  may  be  used  as  an  end,  man 
alone  excepted.  He  is  alone  an  end-in-himself.  He  is 
the  subject  of  the  moral  law,  by  torce  of  the  autonomy  of 
his  freedom,  which  law  is  holy.  Upon  the  same  account, 
every  will,  nay,  every  person's  will  when  referring  mere- 
ly to  himself,  is  restrained  to  the  condition  of  its  coinci- 
dence with  the  autonomy  of  an  Intelligent  Being,  viz. 
that  it  be  subjected  to  no  end  not  possible  under  a  law  fit 
to  emanate  from  the  will  of  the  subject  himself,  conse- 
quently to  the  condition  of  never  using  himself  as  a  mean, 
but  always  as  an  end.  Such  a  condition  is  ascribed  even 
to  the  divine  will  in  respect  of  the  Intelligents  in  this 
world,  who  are  his  creatures,  in  so  far  as  that  condition 
rests  on  their  personality,  by  force  of  which  alone  they 
are  ends-in-themselves. 

This  reverence-arousing  idea  of  personality,  showing 
us  the  august  and  sublime  of  our  natural  destiny,  but 
showing  us  also  the  want  of  the  adaptation  of  our  deport- 


l^P  ON  THE  A  PRIORI 

ment  to  it,  and  so  casting  down  all  self-conceit,  is  natural, 
and  thrusts  itself  upon  the  most  untutored  reason,  and  is 
easily  observable.  Every  tolerably  honest  man  must  at 
some  time  or  another  have  felt  that  he  emitted  an  harm- 
less untruth,  singly  not  to  despise  himself  in  his  own 
eyes,  although  that  lie  might  have  produced  signal  advan- 
tages to  a  dear  and  well-deserving  friend ;  and  in  the  ex- 
tremest  exigencies  of  life,  an  upright,  straightforward  man, 
conscience  sustains,  by  telling  him  that  he  declined  to 
avoid  those  miseries  by  bartering  his  duty,  that  he  never 
prostituted  his  humanity,  that  he  honoured  the  inhabi- 
tancy of  reason  in  his  own  person,  so  that  he  needs  not 
to  blush  before  himself,  and  has  no  cause  to  shun  his 
pwn  inward  self-examination.  This  consolation  is  not 
happiness, — is  nothing  like  happiness, — and  no  one  would 
wish  to  be  so  situated,  nor  for  a  life  in  such  conjunctures. 
But  so  long  as  man  lives,  he  cannot  endure  to  be  in  his 
own  eyes  unworthy  of  life.  This  inward  peace  is  there- 
fore merely  negative,  and  contains  nowhat  positive  to 
make  life  happy ;  it  is  merely  a  defence,  warding  off  the 
danger  man  runs  of  sinking  in  the  worth  of  his  person, 
long  after  he  has  been  despoiled  of  all  worth  in  situation. 
This  peace  is  the  effect  of  reverence  for  somewhat  quite 
different  from  life,  in  comparison  and  contrast  with  which, 
life,  with  all  its  amenities,  has  no  value.  Man  in  such 
case  continues  to  live  singly  out  of  duty,  not  because  he 
has  the  least  taste  for  life. 

Thus  does  the  genuine  spring  of  pure  practical  reason 
act.  The  spring  is  no  other  than  the  law  itself  letting  us 
have  a  vista  of  the  loftiness  of  our  own  supersensible  ex- 
istence, and  so  subjectively  effecting  in  man,  who  is  con- 
scious of  his  sensitively-affected  and  dependent  nature, 


i 


SPRING  OF  THE  WILL.  139 

reverence  for  his  higher  destiny.  Along  with  this  spring 
may  no  doubt  be  combined  so  many  graces  and  amenities 
of  life,  that,  for  the  sake  of  these  last  alone,  the  most  pru- 
dent choice  of  a  judicious  Epicurean  might  be  given  in 
favour  of  ethical  deportment.  And  it  may  be  advisable 
to  combine  the  prospect  of  enjoying  life  with  that  other 
and  prior  and  singly-sufficient  determinator  of  the  will : 
and  yet,  merely  in  order  to  counterbalance  the  incentives 
which  ^dce  ceases  not  to  offer,  not  to  use  it  as  a  spring, 
no,  not  in  any  wise,  when  question  is  made  as  to  duty ;  for 
if  otherwise,  then  is  the  moral  sentiment  polluted  in  its 
source.  The  awe  of  duty  has  nowhat  in  common  with  the 
enjoyment  of  life ;  and  although  they  were  to  be  taken  and 
well  shaken,  and  so  handed  mixed  as  an  opiate  for  the  sick 
soul,  yet  they  would  soon  separate ;  or  were  this  last  not  to 
happen,  the  former  part  would  take  no  effect ;  and  while 
man's  physical  existence  might  gain  in  force,  his  ethical 
would  without  stop  fade  away. 


140  ON  FKEEDOM  AND  NECESSITY. 


CHAPTER  VI. 


DILUCIDATION  OF  THE  FOREGOING  ANALYTIC. ON  FREEDOM 

AND  NECESSITY. 


By  the  critical  dilucidation  of  a  science,  or  of  a  portioi;i 
of  it,  I  understand  the  inquiring  and  showing  ^^why'^'ii  must 
assume  precisely  this  and  no  other  form  when  contrasted 
with  some  other  system  based  on  a  like  power  of  know- 
ledge. Now  the  practical  reason  and  speculative  are  at  bot- 
tom "  identic"  in  so  far  as  both  are  pure  reason  ;  whence 
it  will  result,  that  the  difference  obtaining  betwixt  their 
systematic  forms,  will  be  found,  as  to  its  last  ground,  by 
comparing  them  both  together. 

The  analytic  of  pure  theoretic  reason  was  conversant 
with  the  knowledge  of  objects  given  to  the  understand- 
ing, and  so  began  at  the  intuitions  ;  and  since  intuition  is 
always  sensitive,  it  started  with  the  sensory,  and  arrived 
next  at  the  notions  (of  the  objects  of  intuition),  and  so, 
after  premising  both,  ended  with  the  principles.  But 
since,  on  the  contrary,  practical  reason  is  not  occupied 
about  the  knowledge  of  objects,  but  about  her  own  power 
to  make  such  objects  "  real"  i.  e.  with  a  will,  which  is  a 
cause  so  far  forth  as  reason  contains  in  itself  the  ground 
of  its  determination,  and  so  has  consequently  to  treat  of 
no  object  of  intuition,  but  of  a  law  (because  it  is  of  the 
very  essence  of  the  notion  causality  to  refer  to  law, 
fixing  and  determining  the  relative  existence  of  the  mul- 
tifarious), a  Critique  of  pi-actical  reason  has,  upon  these 


ON  FKEEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  141 

grounds  (if  it  is  to  be  a  practical  reason  at  all),  to  set  out 
with  the  possibility  of  practical  principles  apriori.  Thence 
we  descended  to  notions  of  the  objects  of  a  practical  rea- 
son, viz.  to  the  notions  of  the  good  and  evil,*  in  order  to 
assign  them  conformably  to  those  principles  (for  it  is  im- 
possible, prior  to  such  principles,  to  fix  by  any  power  of 
knowledge  what  is  good  or  evil) ;  and  then,  only  then, 
could  the  last  chapter  conclude  by  investigating  the  rela- 
tion obtaining  betwixt  pure  practical  reason  and  the  sen- 
sory, and  the  necessary  effect,  cognizable  a  priori  there- 
on, which  effect  we  called  the  moral  sense.  Thus  the 
analytic  of  pure  practical  reason  is  divided  quite  analo- 
gously to  the  theoretical,  throughout  the  whole  extent  of 
the  conditions  of  its  use,  but  in  a  reverse  order.  The 
analytic  of  pure  theoretic  reason  was  divided  into  Esthe- 
tics and  Logic  :  that  of  practical,  again,  invertedly  into 
Logic  and  ^Esthetics  of  pure  practical  reason,  if  I  may  be 
allowed  to  misapply  these  words,  merely  for  the  sake  of 
the  analogy  :  there  Logic  branched  out  into  the  analytic 
of  notions  and  then  of  principles,  but  here  into  that  of 
principles  and  then  of  notions.  There  Esthetics  had  two 
parts,  owing  to  the  twofold  sorts  of  sensitive  intuition ; 
here  the  sensory  is  not  regarded  as  the  intuitive  faculty, 
but  as  a  bare  feeling  (fit  to  become  the  subjective  ground 
of  desire),  which,  however,  is  not  susceptible  of  any  fur- 
ther subdivision. 

Fai'ther,  that  this  division  into  two  under-parts  (as 
might  have  been  expected,  from  the  instance  of  the  for- 
mer Critique)  was  not  attempted  by  me  in  this  work, 
arose  from  this  special  ground.     For,  since  it  is  practical 

•  In  the  chapter  not  translated. 


142  ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSIl'Y. 

reason  we  are  talking  of,  which  begins  with  a  principle 
a  priori,  and  not  with  experimental  determinators,  it  fol- 
lows, that  the  division  of  the  analytic  of  pure  practical 
reason  will  be  like  that  of  a  syllogism,  viz.  first  the  uni- 
versal in  the  major  (the  moral  principle) ;  second,  a  sub- 
sumption  in  the  minot,  of  possible  acts,  as  good  or  bad ; 
and  then,  lastly,  the  conclusion,  when  we  advance  to  the 
subjective  determinator  of  the  will  (an  interest  in  the 
practically-possible  good,  and  the  maxim  based  on  such 
interest).  Such  comparisons  will  infallibly  gratify  those 
who  are  convinced  of  the  truth  of  the  position  laid  down 
in  the  analytic ;  for  they  nourish  the  expectation  that  we 
mdy  one  day  attain  a  thorough  insight  into  the  tmity  of 
the  whole  rational  faculty,  and  be  able  to  deduce  it  all 
from  one  principle,  an  unavoidable  demand  made  by  hu- 
man reason,  which  finds  only  in  a  completely  systematic 
unity  of  its  knowledge,  rest  and  satisfaction. 

If,  now,  we  consider  farther  the  content  of  the  know- 
ledge we  possess,  either  concerning,  or  by  means  of  pure 
practical  reason,  as  just  expounded  in  the  analytic,  then 
there  are  observable,  notwithstanding  the  marvellous 
analogy  obtaining  betwixt  them,  no  less  extraordinary  and 
signal  differences.  Theoretic  reason  was  able  to  exhibit 
the  power  of  pure  rational  knowledge  "  a  jonm,"  easily 
and  evidently,  by  examples  of  the  sciences ;  but  that  pure 
reason,  without  any  admixture  of  experimental  grounds, 
could  be  for  itself  practical,  behoved  to  be  exhibited  by 
the  common  practical  use  of  every  man's  reason,  whereby 
to  authenticate  the  supreme  practical  principle,  as  one 
which  every  common  reason,  recognised  as  quite  a  priori, 
independent  on  any  sensitive  data,  and  the  supreme  law  of 
the  will.     It  was  necessary  to  this  end,  first  to  establish 


ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  143 

and  evince  this  principle,  qitoad  the  purity  of  its  origin,  by 
the  judgment  of  the  most  common  reason,  before  science 
could  receive  it,  or  make  any  use  of  it;  just  like  a  fact, 
antecedent  to  all  quibbling  about  its  possibility,  or  about 
the  results  possible  to  be  extracted  from  it.  This  circum- 
stance, however,  could  easily  be  explained  from  what  has 
been  just  alleged,  since  practical  reason  must  of  necessity 
begin  with  principles,  which,  as  data,  were  to  lie  at  the 
bottom  of  all  science,  and  so  could  not  be  derived  from  it ; 
and  the  justification  of  the  moral  pl-inciples,  as  positions 
of  pure  reason,  could  very  well  be  managed  by  an  appeal 
to  the  judgment  of  mankind's  common  sense :  because 
every  thing  experimental,  which  could  insinuate  itself  as 
a  deter minator  into  our  maxims,  becomes  forthwith  per- 
ceptible by  the  feeling  of  pleasure  or  pain,  inevitably  at- 
taching to  it,  so  far  forth  as  it  excites  desire  ;  whereas  that 
pure  practical  principle  directly  counterworks  all  such, 
and  refuses  to  adopt  any  feeling,  as  a  condition,  into  its 
principle.  The  dissimilarity  of  the  determinators  (expe- 
rimental or  rational)  is  pointed  out  so  prominently,  and  in 
such  relief — when  this  antagonism  of  a  practically-legisla- 
tive reason  withstands  every  appetite, — by  a  peculiar  kind 
of  sensation,  not  antecedent  to  the  legislation  of  practical 
reason,  but  rather  effectuated  alone  by  it,  viz.  the  feeling 
of  reverence,  the  which  no  man  has  for  any  appetite,  be 
they  of  what  kind  they  may,  but  has  invariably  for  law, 
that  no  one,  of  the  most  common  understanding,  can  fail, 
on  the  instant,  to  become  aware,  in  any  example,  that 
he  may  indeed  be  advised  to  follow  an  experimental 
stimulant  of  volition,  but  that  it  cannot  be  expected  he 
should  be  required  to  obey  anywhat  except  reason's  pure 
practical  law. 


144  ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY, 

To  distinguish  betwixt  utilitarianism  and  morality, 
where  experimental  principles  are  the  foundation  of  the 
first,  and  no  part  at  all  of  the  foundation  of  the  second,  is 
the  prime  and  the  weighty  business  of  the  analytic  of 
pure  practical  reason,  and  imposes  on  the  author  a  pro- 
cedure as  punctual  and  painful  as  is  the  method  in  geo- 
metry. And  here  the  philosopher  stands  in  pretty  much 
the  same  situation  as  the  chemist,  for  he  institutes  at  all 
times  an  experiment  with  every  man's  practical  reason, 
in  order  to  separate  the  pure  (moral)  determinator  from 
the  experimental.  Suppose  that  he  superadd  to  the  will 
of  one  sensitively  affected  (who  would  like  to  lie,  because 
somewhat  may  be  earned  by  it),  the  moral  law.  Then  it 
is  as  when  the  experimenter  adds  an  alkali  to  a  solution 
of  muriate  of  lime ;  the  acid  deserts  the  lime,  combines 
with  the  alkali,  and  the  earth  is  precipitated.  In  like 
manner,  present  to  an  honest  man  the  moral  law,  by 
which  standard  he  observes  the  vileness  of  a  liar,  and  his 
practical  reason  deserts  straightway  the  prospect  of  ad- 
vantage, and  combines  itself  with  that  which  upholds  for 
him  the  reverence  for  his  own  person. 

But  this  DISTINCTION  bctwixt  utility  and  morality  is 
not  in  any  wise  their  contrariety,  and  pure  practical 
reason  does  not  by  any  means  demand  that  the  claim  to 
happiness  be  abandoned,  but  only,  whenever  question 
is  made  as  to  duty,  that  then  no  account  at  all  be  made 
of  it.  Nay,  it  in  some  cases  may  be  a  duty  to  look  sharp 
after  one's  own  happiness,  partly  because  the  elements 
of  happiness  (skill,  health,  wealth)  contain  means  toward 
the  execution  of  duty,  partly  because  the  want  of  them 
(e.  g.  poverty)  may  present  temptations  to  transgress  the 
law.     However,  to  study  one's  own  happiness  never  can 


ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  14$ 

be  dutiful  directly,  and  still  less  a  principle  of  duty. 
Again,  since  every  determinator  of  will,  except  the  single 
moral  law,  is  experimental,  and  as  such  pertains  to  the 
utilitarian  system,  it  results  that  all  these  must  be  detach- 
ed from  the  supreme  ethical  principle,  and  never  weld- 
ed up  with  it  as  a  condition ;  since  this  would  destroy  all 
moral  worth,  just  as  any  tentative  experimenting  with 
geometric  theorems  would  annihilate  their  self-evidencing 
certainty — the  chief  pre-eminency  (according  to  Plato) 
which  the  mathematics  have ;  an  excellency  to  be  prized 
higher  than  any  utility  to  which  geometry  may  acciden- 
tally conduce. 

Out  of  and  beyond  a  deduction  of  the  supreme  princi- 
ple of  pure  practical  reason,  i.  e.  the  explanation  of  the 
possibility  of  such  a  priori  knowledge,  nothing  farther 
could  be  done  except  to  state,  that  if  we  could  compre- 
hend the  possibility  of  the  freedom  of  an  active  cause, 
then  we  should  comprehend  not  only  the  possibility,  but 
likewise  the  very  necessity  of  the  moral  law,  i.  e.  of  the 
supreme  practical  law  of  Intelligents,  to  whom  freedom  of 
causality  of  will  is  ascribed  ;  both  notions  being  so  inse- 
parably linked  together,  that  freedom  might  be  defined 
by  saying  that  it  is  independency  on  every  thing,  except 
the  moral  law  itself.  But  the  freedom  of  an  active  cause, 
especially  of  a  cause  acting  in  upon  the  world  of  pheno- 
mena, cannot  be  comprehended,  even  as  to  its  possibility  ; 
and  we  must  deem  ourselves  happy  that  its  impossibility 
cannot  be  evinced,  and  that  we  are  necessitated,  by  the 
law  which  postulates  this  freedom,  and  so  entitled,  to 
assume  it.  But  as  there  are  some  who  still  think  they 
can  explain  this  freedom  by  help  of  observation  and  ex- 
perience, like  any  other  physical  energy,  and  regard  it  as 

K 


146  ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITV. 

a  mere  psychological  quality,  whereof  the  exposition  rests 
singly  on  a  more  sifting  scrutiny  into  the  springs  of  will, 
not  as  the  unconditioned  and  supersensible  predicate  of 
the  causality  of  an  agent  appertaining  at  the  same  time 
to  the  sensible  world  (on  which  last  it  alone  depends) ; 
and  since  these  philosophasters  do  by  such  assumption 
cut  short  the  vista  gloriously  afforded  us  by  pure  prac- 
tical reason,  through  the  intervention  of  the  moral  law 
(viz.  the  vista  into  a  cogitable  world, — alone  realising 
to  us  the  otherwise  transcendent  notion  freedom,  and 
by  consequence  the  moral  law  itself),  it  will  be  re- 
quisite to  adduce  a  few  remarks,  as  a  guard  against  this 
quackery,  and  to  show  it  up  in  its  full  nakedness  and  de- 
formity. 

The  notion  causality,  considered  as  involving  that  of 
necessary  mechanism,  and  contradistinguished  from  the 
same  notion  as  that  of  freedom,  concerns  only  the  exist- 
ence of  things,  so  far  forth  as  they  are  determinable  in 
time,  i.  e.  as  phenomena,  and  so  is  different  from  their 
causation,  as  things- in-themselves;  so  that  if  now  we 
mistake  (as  is  most  commonly  done)  the  determinations 
of  the  existence  of  things  in  time,  for  determinations  of 
the  existence  of  things-in-themselves,  then  the  necessity 
cogitated  in  the  causal-nexus  can  never  be  brought  into 
harmony  with  freedom,  but  they  remain  stated  the  one 
contrary  to  the  other ;  for  from  the  first  can  be  inferred, 
that  every  event,  and  therefore  every  action,  exhibitive  in 
time,  is  necessary,  under  the  conditions  of  what  happen- 
ed in  some  prior  time :  and  since  time  elapsed,  and  its 
contents,  are  no  longer  within  my  power,  it  will  follow 
that  every  action  which  I  perform  is  necessary  by  force 
of  determining  grounds  no  longer  within  my  power,  ?".  €> 


ox  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITV.  147 

I  am,  at  any  point  of  time  wherein  I  act,  never  free.  Nay, 
even  were  I  to  assume  my  whole  existence,  as  indepen- 
dent on  any  foreign  grounds  (e.  g.  God),  so  that  the  deter- 
minators  of  my  causality,  and  even  of  my  whole  exist- 
ence, did  not  lie  out  of  and  beyond  mjself,  still  all  this 
could  not  transmute  the  mechanical  necessity  of  the  phy^- 
sic  system  into  freedom.  For  at  each  point  of  time  I 
should  always  stand  under  the  necessity  of  being  deter- 
mined to  act,  by  somewhat  no  longer  within  my  power, 
and  the  a  parte  priori  infinite  series  of  events  would  still 
be  a  standing  chain  of  natural  sequents  which  I  could 
only  continue,  not  commence  ;  and  so  my  causality  never 

would  be  FREE. 

If  then  we  ascribe  to  an  Intelligent,  whose  existence  is 
determined  in  time,  freedom,  still  we  cannot  upon  that 
account  exempt  him  from  the  law  of  physical  necessity 
regulating  all  events  in  his  existence,  and  so  also  all  his 
actions,  for  that  would  be  to  hand  them  over  to  blind 
chance;  but  since  this  law  infallibly  refers  to  all  causality 
of  things,  so  far  as  their  existence  is  determinable  in  time, 
it  would  follow  that  freedom  behoved  to  be  rejected  as  a 
blank  and  impossible  idea,  were  this  the  mode  according 
to  which  we  had  to  cogitate  the  existence  of  these  things- 
in-themselves.  Are  we  then  seriously  intent  on  rescuing 
this  freedom,  there  remains  this  only  mode,  to  attribute  to 
the  existence  of  things-in-time,  i.  e.  to  the  phenomenon,  a 
causality  according  to  the  law  of  the  mechanicnexus,  and  to 
attribute  to  it  freedom  as  a  thing-in-itself ;  and  this  is  our 
inevitable  ultimatum,  if  we  wish  to  preserve  the  two  con- 
trary notions ;  although  even  then  there  present  themselves 
very  formidable  difficulties,  when  we  try  to  explain  how 
they  can  be  combined  in  one  and  the  same  action ;  nay, 


14-8  ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECB:SSITr. 

difficulties  so  great  as  would  seem  to  lead  us  to  infer  that 
any  such  combination  must  be  impracticable. 

If  I  say  of  any  man  who  has  just  perpetrated  a  theft, 
that  the  act  was  a  necessary  result,  from  determinators 
contained  in  the  antecedent  time,  according  to  the  law  of 
the  causal-nexus,  then  it  was  impossible  that  the  act  should 
not  have  happened  ;  how  then  can  any  judgment,  accord- 
ing to  the  moral  law,  change  this  opinion,  and  beget  the 
supposition  that  the  act  might  nevertheless  have  been  left 
undone,  simply  because  the  law  says  it  ought  so  to  have  been 
avoided  ?  ^.  e.  how  can  any  man,  at  the  very  same  point 
of  time,  and  with  regard  to  the  same  action,  be  quite  free, 
when  he  is  under  an  inevitable  necessity  of  nature  ?  To 
seek  an  evasion  in  this,  by  fitting  on  a  comparative  no- 
tion of  freedom  to  the  mode  in  which  man's  causality  is 
determined  by  the  laws  of  nature,  is  a  wretched  subter- 
fuge, by  which,  however,  some  still  suffer  themselves  to 
be  deluded ;  and  an  intricate  problem,  at  whose  solution 
centuries  have  laboured,  is  not  to  be  figured  as  solved  by 
a  mere  jargon  of  words,  since  it  is  not  likely,  in  any 
event,  that  the  solution  lies  so  near  the  surface.  The  in- 
quiry after  that  freedom,  which  lies  at  the  bottom  of  the 
-moral  law,  and  of  our  accountability,  does  not  depend  on 
this, — whether  the  causality  governed  by  a  law  of  nature 
be  determined  by  grounds  within  or  without  the  per- 
.son  ?  nor  yet  on  this,  whether — on  the  former  supposition 
— the  determination  be  necessary  by  force  of  instinct  or  of 
reason  ?  so  long  as  agi'eeably  to  the  confession  of  such 
SUPPOSERS  these  determining  representations  have  the 
ground  of  their  existence  in  time,  and  in  its  elapsed  state, 
and  so  backwards  to  prior  and  antecedent  states  of  time. 
Por,  be  those  determinations  ever  so  inward,  and  be  their 


1 


ON  FKEEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  149 

causality  called  ever  so  psychological  instead  of  meclianical, 
i.  e.  though  such  causality  produce  its  act  by  dint  of  per- 
ceptions, and  not  by  motion  or  matter,  still  such  are  deter- 
minations of  the  causality  of  an  agent,  so  far  forth  as  his 
existence  is  determinable  in  time ;  consequently,  determi- 
nations rendered  necessary  by  conditions  contained  in 
prior  times,  which  are  therefore,  when  the  subject  comes 
to  act,  no  longer  in  his  power;  and  such  psychological 
freedom  is  in  nowise  to  be  distinguished  from  physical 
necessity.  No  room  is  left  for  transcendental  freedom, 
which  must  be  cogitated  as  independency  on  the  whole 
physical  system,  whether  as  object  of  the  internal  sense 
merely  in  time,  or  as  also  object  of  the  external  senses 
both  in  space  and  time  at  once ;  apart  from  which  free- 
dom, which  alone  is  a  priori  practical,  no  moral  law 
and  no  responsibility  can  be  supported.  On  these  ac- 
counts, the  necessity  of  events  in  time,  agreeably  to  the 
law  of  the  causal-nexus,  is  part  of  the  mechanism  of  na- 
ture, although  we  do  not  assert  that  the  things  affected  by 
such  necessary  nexus  are  material  machines.  Regard  is 
in  such  denomination  had  only  to  the  sequences  of  events 
in  time,  whether  the  subject  in  which  such  flux  occur  be 
automaton  materiaky  or,  as  Leibnitz  had  it,  spiritualej 
impelled  by  perceptions ;  for,  in  truth,  were  the  freedom 
of  our  will  of  this  comparative  and  psychological  sort  only, 
then  it  were  no  more  than  the  freedom  of  a  turnspit, 
which,  once  wound  up,  continue  of  itself  in  motion. 

Now,  to  clear  up  this  seeming  antagonism  between  the 
mechanism  of  nature  and  freedom  in  one  and  the  same 
given  action,  we  must  refer  to  what  was  advanced  in  the 
Critiqm  of  pure  reason,  or  what  at  least  is  a  corollary  from 
it — viz.  that  that  necessity  of  nature,  which  may  not  con- 


150  ON   FRKEDOM  AND  NECESSITY. 

sort  with  the  freedom  of  the  subject,  attaches  singly  to 
the  modifications  of  a  thing  standing  under  conditions  of 
time,  i.  e.  to  the  modifications  of  the  acting  subject  as 
phenomenon  ;  and  that,  therefore,  so  far  (i.  e.  as  phenome- 
non) the  determinators  of  each  act  lie  in  the  foregoing 
elapsed  time,  and  are  quite  beyond  his  power  (part  of  which 
are  the  actions  man  has  already  performed,  and  the  phe- 
nomenal character  he  has  given  himself  in  his  own  eyes), 
yet,  e  contra,  the  self-same  subject,  being  self-conscious  of 
itself  as  a  thing  in  itself,  considers  its  existence  as  some- 
what, detached  from  conditions  of  time,  and  itself,  so  far 
forth,  as  only  determinable  by  laws  given  it  by  its  own  rea- 
son ;  and  in  this  existence  nothing  precedes  its  own  volun- 
tary act,  but  every  action,  and  generally  every  determina- 
tion of  its  being  changing  conform  to  its  internal  sense  ; 
nay,  the  entire  series  of  its  existence  as  a  sensible  being, 
is,  in  its  consciousness  of  an  intelligible,  cogitable  exist- 
ence, nothing  but  a  mere  sequent  of  its  causality,  never 
its  determinator,  as  noumenon.  Under  this  aspect,  an 
Intelligent  may  rightly  say,  of  every  illegal  act  he  perpe- 
trates, he  could  very  well  have  omitted  it,  although  such 
act  is  as  phenomenon  sufficiently  determined  by  the  elapsed 
in  time,  and  so  far  forth  infallibly  necessary ;  for  this  act, 
together  with  all  prior  ones,  belong  to  one  single  pheno- 
menon, his  character,  which  character  he  has  begotten 
for  himself,  and  by  force  of  which  he,  as  a  cause,  indepen- 
dent on  all  sense,  imputes  to  himself  the  causality  of 
tliese  phenomena. 

In  accordance  with  this  are  the  decrees  of  that  marvel- 
lous power  within  us  which  we  call  conscience.  A  man 
may  try  never  so  much  to  paint  some  immoral  conduct,  which 
memory  reminds  him  of,  as  unpremeditated  accident,  as  a 


ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  151 

mere  incaution,  never  at  all  times  to  be  avoided,  and  so  as 
somewhat  where  he  was  hurried  forward  by  the  stream  of 
necessity,  and  wherein  by  consequence  he  was  guiltless ; 
but  still  notwithstanding,  he  finds  that  the  advocate  wlio 
pleads  in  his  behalf  can  by  no  means  bring  his  inward  ac- 
cuser into  silence,  so  long  as  he  is  conscious,  that  at  the 
time  when  he  perpetrated  the  injustice,  he  was  master  of 
his  senses  (i.  e.  free)  :  although  he  even  then  explains  to 
himself  his  crime  from  sundry  bad  habits  entailed  through 
want  of  active  attention  to  himself, — habits  which  he  had 
suffered  to  augment  up  to  that  degree  that  he  can  regard 
the  act  as  their  natural  result,  without  being  able  thereby 
to  escape  the  self-reproach  and  blame  he  is  forced  to  put 
upon  himself.  On  this  part  of  our  nature  is  bottomed  the 
contrition  felt  for  a  long-committed  deed,  on  every  recol- 
lection of  it ;  which  compunction  is  a  painful  feeling,  be- 
gotten by  the  moral  sentiment,  and  is  so  far  practically 
void,  as  it  cannot  serve  to  make  the  done  undone,  and 
would  even  be  absurd  (as  Priestley,  like  a  consistent  fata- 
list, has  asserted),  were  it  not  that  it,  as  pain,  is  quite  le- 
gitimate ; — reason  knowing  no  relations  of  time,  when 
question  is  made  as  to  the  law  (moral)  of  our  cogitable 
existence,  but  inquiring  singly  if  the  event  belongs  to  me 
as  my  act,  and  then  connecting  with  it  ethically  just  the 
same  sensation  whether  it  happened  now  or  long  ago.  For 
a  man's  sentient  existence  is,  in  respect  of  his  intelligible 
consciousness  of  existence  (freedom),  the  absolute  unity 
of  one  phenomenon,  which,  so  far  forth  as  it  contains  what 
arc  only  phenomena  of  his  sentiments,  he  judges  of,  not 
according  to  that  necessity  he  is  fettered  by,  as  a  part  of 
the  physical  system,  but  according  to  the  absolute  spon^ 
taneity  of  his  freedom.     It  may,  therefore,  be  very  well 


152  ON   FREEDOM   AND  NECESSITY'. 

admitted,  that  could  we  have  so  deep  an  insight  into  a 
man's  cast  of  thinking,  as  it  exhibits  itself  in  inward  and 
outward  act, — that  could  we  know  every  the  smallest 
spring,  and  at  the  same  time  every  external  circumstance 
impinging  upon  such  spring, — that  then  we  could  calculate 
a  man's  future  conduct  with  the  same  exactness  with  which 
we  now  compute  eclipses,  and  still  affirm  that  such  man 
was  free. 

Were  we  capable  of  an  intellectual  intuition  of  this 
self-same  subject,  we  should  then  observe,  that  this  whole 
chain  of  appearances,  so  far  forth  as  the  moral  law  is 
concerned,  emanate  from  the  spontaneity  of  the  subject, 
as  a  thing-in-himself,  of  whose  determinations  no  physical 
explanation  is  at  all  possible.  In  default,  however,  of 
such  intuition,  the  moral  law  assures  us  of  the  actuality 
of  this  distinction,  when  we  refer  our  acts  as  phenomena 
to  the  sensitive  existence  of  the  subject,  and  when,  on  the 
other  hand,  we  refer  the  sensitive  itself  to  the  cogitable 
substratum  within  us.  A  reference  to  this  distinction, 
which  is  natural  to  reason,  although  quite  inexplicable, 
enables  us  to  justify  opinions  uttered  with  the  greatest 
conscientiousness,  and  which  yet,  at  their  first  appearance, 
seem  repugnant  to  all  equity.  There  are  cases  where  in- 
dividuals from  youth  up,  notwithstanding  an  education 
whereby  others  have  been  benefited,  show  so  early  a 
wickedness,  and  persist  in  it  up  to  man's  estate,  that  one 
may  be  led  to  deem  them  innate  villains,  and  declare  their 
whole  cast  of  thinking  for  unsusceptible  of  any  ameliora- 
tion ;  and  yet,  at  the  same  time,  so  condemn  them  in 
every  thing  they  compass  or  avoid,  as  if  they  continued 
as  responsible  as  any  other  person,  notwithstanding  that 
hopeless  quality  of  mind  attributed  to  them.     But  this 


ON   FREEDOM   AND   NECESSITY.  153 

could  not  happen,  did  we  not  suppose  that  every  thing 
arising  from  man's  choice  depended  on  a  free  causality  at 
bottom,  which  causality  impresses,  from  youth  up,  its  cha- 
racter upon  the  phenomena :  these  phenomena  do  by  their 
uniformity  make  a  sequence  in  the  physical  system  visi- 
ble, but  do  not  make  the  wicked  quality  of  will  necessary, 
but  rather  such  sequence  follows  the  freely  adopted  evil 
and  unchanging  maxims,  which  do  therefore  make  him 
the  more  reprobate  and  the  more  blameworthy. 

But  another  difficulty  attends  freedom,  so  far  as  it  is  to  be 
regarded  as  combined  in  harmony  with  the  mechanism  of 
the  physical  system,  in  the  person  of  abeing  whois  himself  a 
part  of  that  system ;  a  difficulty  so  great,  as  even,  when  all 
the  foregoing  is  admitted,  threatens  freedom  with  its  entire 
destruction.  But  notwithstanding  this  danger,  there  is 
a  circumstance  which  gives  hope  of  an  exit  issuing  in  fa- 
vour of  freedom,  viz.  the  circumstance  that  the  same  diffi- 
culty presses  upon  every  other,  nay,  as  we  shall  soon 
see,  presses  alone  upon  that  theory  which  takes  the  en- 
tities in  time  and  space  for  existencies  of  things  in  them- 
selves ;  and  so  we  need  not  depart  from  our  main  theory 
regarding  the  ideality  of  time  as  a  mere  form  of  sensitive 
intuition,  i.e.  as  a  mere  mode  of  perceiving,  peculiar  to  a 
person  who  is  part  of  a  sensible  world,  but  need  only  to 
unite  the  idea  freedom  with  this  other  part  of  the  theory. 

When  it  is  admitted  that  the  intelligible  person  may, 
in  regard  of  any  given  act,  be  free,  even  while  he,  as  a  per- 
son belonging  in  part  to  the  world  of  sense,  is  mechani- 
cally conditioned,  it  still  seems  as  if  we  must  admit  that 
the  actions  of  mankind  have  their  determining  gi-ound  in 
somewhat  entirely  beyond  their  power ;  so  soon  as  we 
admit  that  God,  as  the  author  of  all  things,  is  the  cause  of 


154  ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY. 

the  existence  of  substance  (a  position  which  cannot  be  de- 
serted without  abandoning  all  theology).  Here  it  would 
seem  that  all  man's  actions  have  their  last  ground  in  the 
causality  of  a  Supreme  Being  different  from  himself, — 
and  in  truth,  if  the  actions  of  man,  which  belong  to  his 
modifications  in  time,  be  not  'mere  determinations  of  him 
as  phenomena,  but  of  him  as  a  thing-in-itself, — then  free- 
dom would  irrecoverably  be  lost ;  man  would  be  an  au- 
tomaton, wound  up  and  set  agoing  by  some  supreme  art- 
ist. His  self-consciousness  would  no  doubt  make  him  a 
thinking  automaton,  where,  however,  the  consciousness 
of  his  spontaneity,  if  deemed  freedom,  were  illusory,  as  it 
could  only  be  called  so,  comparatively  speaking,  since  the 
next  determinators  of  his  movements,  and  their  series  up 
to  their  last  cause,  would,  it  is  true,  be  internal,  but  the 
last  and  highest  would  be  met  with  in  a  different  hand. 
In  consequence  of  this,  I  cannot  see  hoAv  they  who  insist 
on  regarding  space  and  time  as  modes  pertaining  to  the 
existence  of  the  things  in  themselves,  can  escape  the  fata- 
lity of  actions;  or  if  (as  Mendelsohn  did)  they  declare  them 
requisite  only  to  the  existence  of  finite  and  derived  beings, 
but  no  conditions  of  an  Infinite  and  Illimitable  Supreme, 
then,  first,  it  is  incomprehensible  upon  what  title  this 
distinction  is  asserted ;  and  second,  how  they  propose  to 
escape  the  contradiction  of  making  existence  in  time  a  ne- 
cessary modification  of  Finites ;  God  being  the  cause  of 
their  existence,  while  he  yet  cannot  be  the  cause  of  the 
existence  of  time  and  space,  these  being,  on  this  assump- 
tion, necessary  a  priori  conditions  of  the  existence  of 
things  themselves;  and  so  His  causality  would  be  condition- 
ed in  regard  of  the  existence  of  things ;  after  which,  all  the 
objections  to  God's  Infinitude  and  Independency  must  again 


ON   FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  1^6 

enter ;  whereas,  on  the  contrary,  the  determining  the  Di- 
vine Existence  as  independent  on  any  conditions  of  time, 
as  contradistinguished  from  that  of  a  being  of  the  sensible 
world,  is  quite  easy  upon  our  theory,  as  it  is  just  the  dis- 
criminating betwixt  the  existence  of  a  being-in-itself,  and 
its  existence  phenomenally ;  so  that  if  the  Ideality  of  space 
and  time  be  not  admitted,  Spinozism  is  the  only  alterna- 
tive, where  space  and  time  are  taken  for  essential  modes 
of  the  Supreme  Being ;  and  the  things  which  depend  on 
him  {i.  e.  we  ourselves)  are  not  substances,  but  accidents 
INHERING  in  him,  because,  if  these  things  exist  only  as  his 
effects  in  time,  which  time  conditions  their  existence-in- 
itself,  then  all  actions  of  such  a  product,  would  be  just  ac- 
tions of  this  Supreme,  which  he  performed  somewhere 
and  soMEWHEN.  Spinozism,  therefore,  notwithstanding 
the  absurdity  of  its  main  idea,  concludes  more  logically 
than  the  creation-theory  can,  when  beings  in  time  are 
stated  as  substances,  and  as  effects  of  a  Supreme  Cause, 
and  yet  denied  to  belong  to  God  and  his  actions. 

The  solution  of  the  said  difficulty  can  be  effected  shortly 
and  cleai'ly  as  follows.  If  existence-in-time  is  a  mere  sen- 
sitive kind  of  representing,  appertaining  to  the  thinking 
subjects  in  the  world,  and  so  quite  unrelated  to  things-in- 
themselves,  then  the  creating  of  these  latter  beings  is  a 
creating  of  things-in-themselves,  because  the  notion  of 
creation  has  nowhat  to  do  with  the  sensitive  representing 
of  an  entity,  but  refers  to  Noumena.  When,  then,  I  say 
of  beings  in  the  sensible  world,  "  t?tej/  are  created,"  so  far 
I  regard  them  as  Noumena.  And  as  it  would  import 
a  contradiction  to  affirm  that  God  is  the  originator  of  the 
phenomena,  so  it  is  likewise  a  contradiction  to  affirm 
that  he  is,  as  Creator,  cause  of  the  actions  which,  as  phe- 


TOfc  ON  FKEEDOM  AND  NECESSITY. 

nomena,  are  exhibited  in  the  sensible  world,  although  he 
is  cause  of  the  existence  of  the  agent  as  a  Noumenon. 
And  if  now  it  is  possible  to  assert  freedom  without  pre- 
judice to  the  mechanism  of  the  system  of  actions  as  phe- 
nomena, then  it  cannot  make  the  least  difference  that  the 
agent  is  regarded  as  created,  since  creation  refers  to  intel- 
ligible, not  to  sensible  existence,  and  so  cannot  be  figured 
as  a  ground  of  the  determination  of  phenomena;  which 
result,  however,  would  fall  out  the  other  way  if  the  finite 
beings  existed  in  time  as  things-in-themselves,  since  then 
the  Creator  of  the  substance  would  be  the  Author  of  all 
the  machinery  attaching  to  the  substance. 

Of  so  vast  importance  is  the  separation  of  time  from 
the  existence  of  real  entities  effected  in  the  Critique. 

The  solution  of  this  difficulty  here  advanced  is  exceed- 
ingly difficult  itself,  it  will  be  said,  and  appears  hardly 
susceptible  of  a  ucid  explanation ;  but  is  there  any 
other  which  has  been  yet  attempted  more  easy  and  more 
comprehensible  ?  It  would  be  better  to  say,  and  more 
true,  that  the  dogmatic  teachers  of  metaphysic  rather 
showed  their  cunning  than  their  sincerity,  by  removing 
this  difficulty  out  of  sight,  in  the  hope,  that  if  they  said 
nothing  of  it,  it  would  occur  to  nobody.  But  if  effective 
aid  is  to  be  given  to  science,  every  difficulty  must  be  ex- 
posed, and  even  sought  for,  if  perad venture  any  lurk  in 
secret ;  for  every  difficulty  evokes  a  mean  of  help,  which 
cannot  be  found  without  giving  science  an  increase  in 
extent  or  in  precision;  and  so  difficulties  advance  the 
groundworks  of  science.  But  when  difficulties  are  dis- 
ingenuously concealed,  or  obviated  by  palliatives,  they 
burst  out  by  and  by  into  incurable  evils,  and  science  is 
lost  in  absolute  scepticism. 


ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  15T 

Since  it  is,  properly  speaking,  the  idea  freedom  which 
alone  procures  us  (of  all  ideas  of  pure  speculative  rea- 
son) so  great  an  extension  in  the  fields  of  the  supersen- 
sible, although  only  in  order  to  a  practical  behoof,  I  ask 
how  it  has  exclusively  so  great  and  signal  a  fertility, 
while  the  rest  denote  undoubtedly  the  vacant  spot  for 
possible  objects  of  the  understanding,  but  cannot  deter- 
naine  by  anywhat  the  notion  of  them.  I  soon  compre- 
hend, that  since  I  can  think  nothing  without  a  category, 
this  category  must  first  of  all  be  sought,  even  for  the 
idea  freedom.  Here  it  is  the  category  causality,  and  I  am 
aware  that  I  cannot  give  to  the  idea  freedom,  as  a  trans- 
cendent one,  any  corresponding  intuition,  yet  that  to  the 
representation  causality,  a  sensible  intuition  must  first  of 
all  be  given,  in  order  that  objective  reality  may  be  secured 
to  it.  Again,  all  the  categories  fall  into  two  classes,  the 
matheraatic,  which  tend  only  to  the  unity  of  the  synthesis  in 
the  representing  of  objects,  and  the  dynamic,  which  refer 
to  the  unity  in  the  representing  the  existence  of  objects. 
The  first  kind,  those  of  quantity  and  quality,  contain  al- 
ways a  synthesis  of  the  homogeneous,  where  the  uncon- 
ditioned, belonging  to  the  given  conditioned  in  a  sensible 
intuition  in  space  and  time,  could  not  at  all  be  found,  as  it 
behoved  itself  to  belong  to  space  and  time,  and  so  was  always 
still  conditioned.  Hence,  too,  it  came,  that  in  this  part  of 
the  dialectic  of  speculative  reason,  the  antagonist  modes  of 
finding  the  unconditionate,  and  the  totality  of  their  con- 
ditions, were  both  false.  The  categories  of  the  second 
class  (those  of  the  causality  and  of  the  necessity  of  a 
thing)  demanded  not  in  their  synthesis  this  homogeneous- 
ness  of  the  conditioned  and  unconditionate,  because  here, 
not  the  intuition,  and  how  it  was  conflate  and  compounded 


168  ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY. 

out  of  a  multifarious,  behoves  to  be  represented,  but  only 
how  the  existence  of  the  conditioned  object  corresponding 
to  the  intuition,  was  added  to  the  existence  of  the  condi- 
tion ;  and  there  it  was  allowable  to  place  the  uncondition- 
ed of  the  every-way-conditioned  in  the  sensible  world 
(both  in  regard  of  the  causality  and  the  contingent  exis- 
tence of  the  things)  in  the  cogitable  world,  and  to  make 
the  synthesis  transcendent :  and  so  we  found,  in  the  dia- 
lectic of  pure  reason,  that  both  the  "  seemingly"  antago- 
nist modes  of  finding  the  unconditioned  for  the  condi- 
tioned, e.  g.  in  the  synthesis  of  causality  for  the  condi- 
tioned sequences  of  causation  and  effect  in  the  sensible 
world,  did  not  contradict  one  another,  when  a  causa- 
lity was  cogitated  no  longer  sensitively-conditioned,  and 
that  the  very  same  action,  which,  as  pertaining  to  the 
sensible  world,  was  always  sensitively  conditioned,  i.  e. 
mechanically  necessary,  could  yet  have  at  bottom  a  cau- 
sality independent  on  the  sensory,  as  causality  of  the  ac- 
tor, so  far  forth  as  he  belonged  to  the  intelligible  world, 
and  so  be  cogitated  as  free.  All  depended  upon  this, 
to  change  this  can  into  existence,  which,  as  it  were, 
one  could  prove  in  some  one  instance  by  a  fact,  and  to 
show  that  certain  actions  pre-supposed  such  a  causality, 
(viz.  the  intellectual,  unconditioned  by  sense),  whether 
such  actions  were  actual  or  commanded,  i.  e.  were  ob- 
jectively and  practically  necessary.  In  actually  expe- 
rienced and  observed  actions,  as  events  in  the  sensible 
world,  we  never  could  hope  to  attain  this  connection,  be- 
cause the  causality  of  freedom  must  be  sought  always 
beyond  the  sensible  world,  in  the  cogitable.  But  nowhat 
is  objected  to  our  perception,  except  sensible  entities. 
There  remained  by  consequence  no  alternative,  except 


ON  FREEDOM   AND  NECESSITY.  169 

that  an  incontrovertible  and  objective  law  of  the  causali- 
ty, secluding  all  sensitive  conditions  from  its  deter mina- 
tors,  should  be  found;  i.  e.  such  a  law,  wherein  reason 
appealed,  to  nowhat  else  and  ulterior,  as  a  determina- 
tor  of  causation,  but  which  determinator  reason 'herself 
contains  by  means  of  that  law,  and  where  she  is  ac- 
cordingly as  pure  reason  self-practical.  But  this  prin- 
ciple needs  no  seeking  and  no  finding,  but  is  from  days 
of  yore  interwoven  with  the  reason  and  substance  of  all 
men,  and  this  is  the  principle  of  morality.  Consequently, 
an  unconditioned  causality,  and  our  power  of  having  it, 
freedom^  and  along  with  it,  my  being,  belonging  to  the  sensi- 
ble worlds  and  also  at  the  same  time  to  the  cogitable,  is  not 
merely  indefinitely  and  problematically  thought,  but  is,  in 
regard  of  the  law  of  its  causality,  precisely  and  assertive- 
ly known  ;  and  this  fixes  for  us,  and  states,  the  reality  of 
the  cogitable  world  in  a  practical  point  of  view ;  and  this 
fixing,  which,  in  a  theoretic  point  of  view,  would  be 
TRANSCENDENT,  is  in  a  practical,  immanent.  But  this 
step  we  could  not  take  in  reference  to  the  second  dyna- 
mical idea,  viz.  that  of  a  necessary  being;  we  could  not  ar- 
rive at  him  beyond  the  sensible  world,  without  the  interme- 
diation of  the  first  dynamic  idea.  For  had  we  hazarded 
any  such  step  we  must  have  quitted  all  data,  and  soared  up 
to  that,  whereof  nothing  was  given,  by  means  of  which  we 
might  make  out  the  connection  of  such  an  intelligible  per- 
son with  the  world  of  phenomena  (since  the  Unoriginat- 
ed  and  Necessary  behoved  to  be  known  as  given  without 
us),  while  yet  this  was  quite  possible  in  regard  of  our  own 
subject,  so  far  as,  on  the  one  hand,  it  determines  itself  by 
the  moral  law  as  a  cogitable  being  by  means  of  freedom, 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  recognises  itself  as  acting  in  the 


160  ON   FREEDOM   AND  NECESSITY. 

sensible  world,  conformably  to  this  destination,  as  indeed 
every  day's  experience  may  prove. 

The  idea  freedom  alone  permits  that  we  quit  the  da- 
tum SELF,  to  find  the  unconditioned  and  cogitable  for  the 
conditioned  and  sensible.  Yet  it  is  our  reason  itself, 
which,  by  its  supreme  and  unconditioned  practical  law, 
recognises  itself,  and  the  being  conscious  of  this  law 
(our  own  person),  as  pertaining  to  the  cogitable  system, 
and  that  too  with  a  determination  of  the  mode  how  it 
as  such  may  be  active.  Thus  we  understand  how  it  is 
the  practical  faculties  alone  which  can  help  us  beyond  the 
sensible  world,  and  procure  us  a  knowledge  of  a  supersen- 
sible order  and  combination  of  things ;  which  knowledge 
can,  however,  be  extended  only  so  far  as  is  just  requisite 
for  a  pure  practical  purpose. 

There  is  only  one  remark  behind,  viz.  that  every  step 
taken  by  pure  reason,  even  in  a  practical  department 
where  regard  is  not  had  to  subtilty  of  speculation,  does  of 
itself  most  minutely  coincide  with  the  whole  progress  and 
march  of  the  Critique  of  pure  speculative  Reason, —  nay, 
as  exactly  as  if  each  step  were  taken  just  to  procure  this 
establishment  and  confirmation.  Such  an  unsought  and 
self-presenting  arrival  of  the  most  important  passages  of 
pure  practical  reason  at  the  same  goal,  with  the  exceed- 
ing subtile  and  often  needless-seeming  remarks  in  the 
critique  of  pure  speculative,  surprises  and  corroborates 
and  reinforces,  the  maxim  already  known  and  lauded  by 
others,  to  prosecute  with  all  frankness  and  exactness  a 
man's  research  in  every  scientific  undertaking,  without 
caring  in  the  least  against  what  extraneous  matters  it  may 
offend  or  collide,  but  to  go  on  to  execute  it  completely  by 
and  for  itself  alone.      Repeated  observation  has  shown 


ON  FREEDOM  AND  NECESSITY.  161 

me,  that  when  a  work  of  this  sort  is  ended,  some  things 
which,  in  the  middle  of  the  investigation  looked  exceed- 
ingly doubtful,  came,  notwithstanding,  to  a  final  coinci- 
dence and  harmony  in  the  most  unexpected  manner,  with 
dogmas  obtained  without  any  reference  to  these  results, 
or  any  partiality  or  fondness  for  them.  Writers  might 
spare  themselves  many  blunders,  and  much  lost  toil  (since 
they  aimed  at  a  dazzling  result),  could  they  but  resolve  to 
go  more  openly  to  work. 


THE 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


PREFACE. 

The  Metaphysic  of  Ethics  was  intended  to  follow  the 
dissertation  on  the  a  priori  operations  of  the  will.  It  di- 
vides itself  into  the  metaphysical  elements  of  law,  and 
the  metaphysical  elements  of  morals  (ethics  in  the  strict- 
er sense),  and  constitutes  the  anti-part  to  my  previous 
work,  the  metaphysical  elements  of  natural  philosophy. 

Jurisprudence  is  the  first  part  of  general  ethics.  The 
desideratum  with  regard  to  it,  is  to  have  a  system  evolved 
by  pure  reason  from  principles  a  priori,  and  such  a  system 
would  be  THE  METAPHYSIC  OF  LAW.  But  sincc  law,  al- 
though a  pure  notion,  is  intended  to  apply  to  cases  pre- 
sented in  observation  and  experience,  a  metaphysic  system 
of  it  must  embrace  the  a  posteriori  diversities  of  such  cases 
to  render  it  complete.  Again,  since  no  classification  of 
what  is  merely  a  posteriori  and  contingent  can  be  com- 
plete or  certainly  pronounced  such,  and  an  approximation 
only  to  systematic  unity  is  possible,  the  a  posteriori  con- 


166  PREFACE  TO  THE 

ceptions  cannot  be  introduced  as  integral  parts  of  the  sys- 
tem, but  can  only  be  adduced  by  way  of  example  in 
notes.  This  circumstance,  however,  induces  me  to  term 
the  first  part  of  the  Metaphysic  of  Ethics  the  metaphysical 
ELEMENTS  of  law  Only,  because,  in  reference  to  such  prac- 
tical cases,  no  system,  but  merely  an  approximation  to  it, 
is  to  be  looked  for.  I  shall  therefore  here,  as  formerly  in 
the  metaphysic  elements  of  natural  philosophy,  print  in 
the  text  that  part  of  law  which  is  strictly  systematic, 
and  a  priori  ;  and  that  part  which  regards  given  cases  in 
experience,  I  shall  discuss  in  notes,  since  otherwise  it 
would  not  be  clear  what  ought  to  be  considered  as  meta- 
physics, and  what  as  practical  law. 

I  do  not  know  how  I  can  remove,  or  how  better  antici- 
pate, the  reproach  of  obscurity  with  which  I  am  so  often 
taunted,  and  not  simply  of  obscurity,  but  of  a  studied 
and  affected  depth  of  thought,  than  by  using  the  words  of 
Professor  Garve,  a  philosopher  in  the  true  sense  of  the 
word,  in  whose  opinion  I  heartily  concur,  and  whose  rule 
I  will  endeavour  to  follow,  in  so  far  as  the  nature  of  my 
subject  may  permit. 

Professor  Garve  desires  (Vermischte  Aufsatze,  p.  352) 
that  every  philosophic  doctrine  be  made  capable  of  a  po- 
pular exposition,  otherwise  the  author  is  to  be  deemed 
chargeable  with  confusion  in  his  own  ideas.  This  I  wil- 
lingly admit,  except  with  regard  to  an  investigation  into 
the  reach  and  extent  of  the  faculty  of  reason  itself,  and  of 
such  cognate  inquiries  as  rest  on  the  originary  function 
and  use  of  reason  ;  for  there  the  inquiry  always  turns  on 
exactly  discriminating  betwixt  the  sensible  and  the  super- 
sensible, in  so  far  as  this  last  may  be  the  product  of  rea- 
son.    Distinctions  like  these  can  never  be  made  popular, 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  167 

nor  indeed  any  formal  metaphysic,  although  the  results 
and  conclusions  arrived  at,  may  be  made  quite  apparent 
to  every  sound  understanding.  In  such  an  investigation, 
popularity,  i.  e.  talking  to  the  people  in  their  own  language 
and  way  of  thinking,  is  quite  out  of  the  question.  Scho- 
lastic EXACTNESS  is  indispensable,  for  the  author  is 
TALKING  IN  THE  SCHOOLS ;  and,  without  such  rigid  ter- 
minology, we  cannot  advance  a  step  in  an  analysis  of 
reason. 

But  when  pedants  have  the  effrontery  to  address  the 
public  from  the  pulpit  or  the  chair,  in  technical  phraseo- 
logy, calculated  singly  for  the  school,  that  cannot  be  pro- 
perly charged  on  any  philosophic  system,  any  more  than 
the  follies  of  a  logodaedalist  are  to  be  charged  on  gram- 
mar. The  absurdity  attaches  to  the  individual,  not  to  the 
science  he  perverts. 

It  is  objected,  that  it  is  extremely  arrogant,  egotistical, 
nay,  contemptuous,  to  the  followers  of  the  old  systems, 
to  assert,  thati  previotcs  to  the  publication  of  my  own  system, 
there  was  no  metaphysic  science.  But,  to  give  due  weight 
to  this  plausible  objection,  I  desire  that  it  be  considered, 
"  Whether  or  no  there  can  be  more  than  one  single  sys- 
tem of  metaphysic  science."  There  are  no  doubt  differ- 
ent modes  of  philosophising,  and  various  ways  of  re- 
tracing the  first  principles  of  thought,  upon  which  after- 
wards, with  more  or  less  success,  systems  are  erected,  all 
which  prepare  the  way,  and  have  contributed  to  the  esta- 
blishment, of  my  own.  But  since,  in  the  nature  of  things, 
human  reason  is  but  one,  there  cannot  be  various  systems 
of  philosophy.  In  other  words,  there  is  in  the  nature  of 
things  only  one  true  system  possible,  however  different 
and  contradictory  the  assertions  may  have  been  with  re- 


li^  PREFACE  TO  THE 

gard  to  each  proposition  in  it.  In  the  same  way,  the  mo- 
ralist asserts,  and  with  justice,  there  is  but  one  virtue, 
and  only  one  doctrine  of  it,  i.  e.  a  single  and  alone  sys- 
tem, establishing  all  virtues  in  one  common  principle. 
In  like  manner,  the  chemist  maintains  that  there  is  but 
one  chemistry,  the  physician  there  is  one  alone  principle 
of  classifying  diseases  (that  according  to  Brown)  ;  and 
each  of  these,  although  excluding  the  prior  and  elder  sys- 
tems, does  not  deny  the  intrinsic  merits  of  former  moralists, 
chemists,  and  physicians, — since,  without  their  discoveries 
and  unsuccessful  essays  at  system,  no  one  could  have  ar- 
rived at  a  true  principle,  giving  systematic  unity  to  the 
whole  philosophy.  Whenever,  therefore,  any  one  an- 
nounces a  system  of  metaphysic  as  the  result  of  his  own 
excogitation,  it  is  exactly  the  same  thing  as  if  he  were  to 
say,  hitherto  there  has  been  no  true  system ;  for,  were  he  to 
admit  a  second  and  true  system,  then  would  there  be  two 
systems  of  opinion  on  the  same  subject ',-. — different  and 
yet  true  propositions — which  is  a  contradiction.  So  that, 
when  the  Kantic  system  announces  itself  as  that,  before 
which,  there  was  no  real  true  philosophy,  it  is  merely  in 
the  situation  of  every  new  system,  and  pretends  to  no 
more  than  every  person  must  in  fact  pretend  to,  who  pro- 
jects a  system  according  to  his  own  plan. 

There  is  an  objection  of  still  less  moment,  and  yet  not 
entirely  to  be  passed  over,  that  one  of  the  leading  features 
of  the  Kantic  system  is  not  its  own,  but  borrowed  from 
some  cognate  system  of  philosophy  (or  mathematics) ; 
for  such  is  the  discovery  proclaimed  by  the  Tubingen 
reviewer  concerning  the  author's  definition  of  philoso- 
phy, which  he  had  proposed  as  his  own,  and  as  very  im- 
portant ;  but  which,  it  seems,  had  been  given  long  ago  by 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  169 

another  in  almost  the  same  words.*      I  must  here  leave 
it  to  the  private  judgment  of  each,  whether  oi»  not  the 
words  intelkctualis  qucBdam  consfructio  could  have  suggested 
my  doctrine  of  Time  and  Space,  by  which  I  distinguish  so 
broadly  betwixt  mathematics  and  philosophy.     I  am  con- 
fident Hansen  would  himself  have  refused  to  acknow- 
ledge this  interpretation  of  his  words  ;  for  the  possibility 
of  intuitions  a  priori^  and  that  space  is  such  intuition,  are 
positions  he  would  willingly  have  avoided,  as,  in  conse- 
quence, he  would  have  felt  himself  entangled  in  labyrin- 
thic  questions  of  unknown  and  sight-outrunning  extent 
and  intricacy.    A  representation  made,  as  it  were,  by 
THE  understanding,  was  intended  by  this  learned  mathe- 
matician to  signify  nothing  else  than  the  drawing  of  lines 
corresponding  to  the  conception  :  where  the  rule  alone 
is  attended  to,  and  the  trivial  errors  which  must  be  made 
in  the  actual  construction  are  totally  abstracted  from,  as 
every  one  may  understand  who  considers  the  making  lines 
equal  in  geometry. 

Least  of  all  is  that  objection  worthy  of  regard  which 
attacks  the  spirit  of  my  system,  by  considerations  drawn 
from  the  confusion  wrought  by  those  who  attempt  to  ape 
it,  by  using  some  of  those  peculiar  words  which  are  really 
not  capable  of  being  supplied  by  any  others  in  more  common 
use  ;  for  the  using  them  in  common  conversation  deserves 
high  reprehension,  and  such  castigation  has  been  admi- 
nistered by  Mr  Nicolai,  although  I  cannot  agree  with  his 
remark,  that  they  are  to  be  dispensed  with  even  in  their 

•  Porro  de  actual!  constructione  hie  non  quseritur,  cum  ne  possint 
quidera  sensibiles  figurae  ad  rigorem  definitionum  Effingi ;  sed  requiritur 
cognitio  eorum,  quibus  absolvitur  formatio,  quse  intellectualis  qusedam 
constructio  est.     (A.  Hausen,  EJem.  Mathem.  pars  i.  p.  86,  a.  1734.) 


170  PREFACE,  &C. 

proper  field,  as  being  a  mere  disguise  for  poverty  of 
thought.  However,  the  unpopular  pedant  is  a  better  ob- 
ject of  sarcasm  than  an  ignorant  dogmatist ;  for,  in  truth, 
the  metaphysician  who  is  strictly  wedded  to  his  system, 
belongs  to  the  latter  class,  even  though  he  is  willingly  igno- 
rant of  every  thing  not  belonging  to  his  own  school.  But 
if,  according  to  Shaftesbury,  it  is  no  small  test  of  truth, 
that  a  system,  particularly  a  practical  one,  can  hold  out 
against  the  assaults  of  ridicule,  then,  I  think,  the  time 
will  come  when  the  Kantic  system  may  laugh  in  turn, 
and  with  the  greater  justice,  when  it  beholds  the  fair  but 
airy  castles  of  its  opponents  crumble  to  pieces  at  its  touch, 
and  their  defenders  taking  fright  amidst  the  ruins, — a 
destiny  which  inevitably  awaits  them. 


INTRODUCTION 


TO  THE 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


I. — OF   THE    RELATION    SUBSISTING  BETWIXT    THE    POWERS  OF 
THE  HUMAN  MIND  AND  THE  MORAL  LAW. 

The  power  of  desire,  or  appetitive  faculty,  is  the  power 
man  has  of  becoming,  by  his  representations,  the  cause  of 
the  existence  of  the  object  represented.  The  ability  of  any 
being  to  act  conformably  to  its  representations,  is  called 

LIFE. 

With  desire  or  aversion  is  invariably  connected,  first, 
PLEASURE  or  DISLIKE,  the  Susceptibility  for  which  is  called 
feeling;  but  these  last  may  be  unattended  by  the  for- 
mer ;  for  there  are  pleasures  (e.  g.  of  taste)  independent 
of  desire,  originating  from  the  bare  representation,  formed 
in  the  mind,  of  an  object,  while  the  percipient  may  be  in- 
different to  its  existence.  Secondly,  the  liking  or  dis- 
like of  an  object  desired  need  not  precede  the  desire, 
and  cannot  always  be  regarded  as  the  cause,  but  must 
sometimes  as  the  effect,  of  the  appetition. 

Pleasure  or  dislike  accompanying  a  representation,  is,  | 
for  this  reason,  called  feeling,  that  it  is  merely  subjec-  / 


172  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

TivF,  and  has  no  relation  to  an  object,  so  as  to  beget  any 
knowledge  of  it,  nay,  not  even  a  knowledge  of  our  own 
state :  Whereas  even  sensations,  when  considered  apart 
from  the  peculiar  modifications  of  our  own  subject  (as 
red,  sweet,  &c.),  refer,  as  elements  of  knowledge,  to  an 
object.  But  the  pleasure  or  dislike  we  have  at  red  or 
sweet  denotes  nothing  whatever  with  regard  to  the  ob- 
ject,* but  simply  its  relation  to  my  own  subject.  This  is 
also  the  reason  why  the  phenomena  pleasure  and  dislike 
admit  of  no  farther  explanation ;  and  the  utmost  that  can 
be  done  is  to  register  and  classify  the  consequences  they 
may  produce  in  order  to  apply  these  to  use  in  practice. 

That  pleasure  which  is  necessarily  connected  with  de- 
siring, may  be  called  practical  pleasure,  irrespective 
of  its  being  cause  or  effect  of  the  desire.  On  the  other 
hand,  that  pleasure  which  is  not  necessarily  connected 
with  the  desire  of  the  object  represented,  and  which, 
therefore,  is  no  pleasure  in  the  existence  of  the  object  of 
the  representation,  but  singly  in  the  representation  itself, 
may  be  called  contemplative  pleasure,  or  inactive  com- 
placency.    A  pleasurable   feeling  of  this  latter  sort  is 


*  The  aensory  may  be  defined  the  subjective  of  our  representations, 
for  it  is  the  understanding  which  refers  these  representations  to  an  ob- 
ject, i.  e.  it  alone  thinks  to  itself  somewhat  by  means  of  them.  Now, 
the  subjective  of  a  representation  may  be  of  such  a  sort  as  to  be  capable  of 
being  referred  to  an  object,  so  as  to  constitute  knowledge  of  it,  and  that 
'with  respect  either  to  the  form  or  matter.  In  the  first  case  it  is  called  in- 
tuition a  priori,  in  the  second  sensation.  In  these  cases,  the  receptivity  is 
called  THE  SENSORY,  and  is  divided  into  the  internal  sense  and  the  ex- 
ternal. Or,  otherwise,  the  subjective  of  a  representation  cannot  become 
any  element  of  knowledge,  but  refers  singly  to  the  subject,  in  which  case 
the  receptivity  is  called  feeling.  Feeling,  then,  is  the  effect  of  a  repre-  j 
sentation,  and  is  of  the  sensory,  no  matter  whether  or  not  the  represen-  / 
tation  causing  it  belong  to  the  intellect  or  the  sensory. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  173 

called  TASTE ;  this  last  is  properly  no  part  of  a  practical 
system,  but  may  episodically  be  introduced.  The  practi- 
cal pleasure,  however,  which,  as  a  cause,  precedes  and 
determines  the  power  of  desire,  is  itself  called  desire  in 
the  strictest  sense.  A  habitual  desire  is  called  appetite 
or  INCLINATION,  and  since  the  combination  of  pleasure 
with  the  power  of  desire  is  called  (in  so  far  as  this  con- 
junction is  deemed  by  the  understanding  subjectively  valid 
according  to  a  general  rule)  interest,  the  practical  plea- 
sure is  in  such  a  case  an  appetitive  interest.  But,  on 
the  contrary,  when  pleasure  is  of  such  a  sort,  as  can  fol- 
low solely  upon  a  previous  determination  of  the  appetitive 
faculty,  it  is  intellectual,  and  not  sensitive  ;  and  the  inte- 
rest taken  in  the  object  represented  is  an  interest  of 
reason  ;  for,  were  the  interest  sensitive,  and  did  it  not 
rest  exclusively  on  principles  of  reason,  then  sensation 
must  be  connected  with  the  pleasure,  so  as  to  determine 
the  power  of  appetition.  Farther,  although,  when  a  pure 
interest  of  reason  is  granted,  no  appetitive  interest  is  al- 
lowed to  be  surreptitiously  introduced,  yet  we  may,  out 
of  compliance  with  common  parlance,  speak  of  an  incli- 
nation,—a  habitual  desire, — even  towards  that  which 
can  alone  be  an  object  of  intellectual  complacency ;  yet 
such  habitual  desire  must  not  be  mistaken  for  the  cause, 
but  must  be  taken  for  the  effect,  of  the  rational  interest, 
in  which  case,  the  appetite  is  liberal  and  free,  and  is  called 
A  pure  insensitive  inclination.* 

"  Inclination  is  here  obviously  used  figuratively^  and  a  distinction 
may  be  taken  betwixt  physical  and  ethical  inclination  {Neigung).  An 
inclination  to  do  what  the  law  commands  is  no  doubt  morally  possible, 
but  then  it  must  not  be  figured  as  antecedent  to  the  law  :  it  can  only 
follow  upon  the  representation  of  the  law,  when  the  law  has  determined 
the  will. 


174  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

Concupiscence — or  lusting  after — is  different  from  de- 
siring, and  is  a  stimulus  tending  to  awaken  it, — it  is  al- 
ways sensitive,  but  is  a  state  of  mind  short  of  producing 
any  act  on  the  part  of  the  appetitive  faculty. 

The  power  of  desiring,  conform  to  intellectual  represen- 
tations, is,  in  so  far  as  the  grounds  of  the  determination  to 
act,  exist  in  the  mind  itself,  and  not  in  the  object,  called  a 

POWER  OF  OPTIONAL  PURSUIT  OR  AVOIDANCE.       When  the 

appetitive  faculty  is  combined  with  the  consciousness  of 
this  ability  of  its  own  act  to  produce  the  object  represent- 
ed, it  is  called  choice  ;  if  such  consciousness  is  awanting, 
the  act  of  the  faculty  is  a  mere  wish.  Appetition,  when 
its  inward  ground  of  determination,  consequently  when 
the  option,  depends  upon  the  reason  of  the  subject  himself, 
is  called  will.  Will  is  therefore  the  appetitive  faculty, 
not  so  much  in  respect  of  the  action  (that  was  choice),  as 
in  respect  of  the  ground  determining  the  choice  of  the  ac- 
tion ;  and  it  has  itself  no  prior  determinative,  but  is,  in  so 
far  as  it  determines  choice,  practical  reason  itself. 

Subordinate  to  will,  may  be  classed  choice  and  wish, 
in  so  far  as  reason  can  determine  the  power  of  desire. 
Choice,  when  determined  by  pure  reason,  is  a  liberal,  a 
free  choice ;  whereas  that  determinable  singly  by  sensi- 
tive excitement  is  a  mechanical  or  brute  choice.  The  hu- 
man choice  is  one  affected  by  such  stimuli,  but  not  de- 
termined by  them,  and  is  therefore  in  itself,  although  it 
may  be  determined  to  actions  emanating  from  pure  will, 
prior  to  such  acquired  facility,  impure.  Freedom  of 
choice  is  the  independency  of  its  determination  on  sen- 
sitive stimulants.  This  is  the  negative  conception  of  free- 
dom; the  positive,  the  power  of  pure  reason  to  be  it- 
self practical  or  active.     But  this  is  no  otherwise  possible 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  175 

than  by  subordinating  the  maxim  of  every  action  to  the 
condition  of  its  fitness  for  law  universal ;  and  since  the 
maxims  of  men  do  not  always  coincide  with  this  requisi- 
tion, reason  can  only  prescribe  this  law  by  an  imperative 
ordaining  or  forbidding. 

This  law  of  freedom  is,  in  contradistinction  to  physical 
laws  of  nature,  called  moral.  When  directed  to  exter- 
nal actions  and  their  legitimateness,  it  founds  jurispru- 
dence. But  when  this  law  is  applied  to  human  conduct, 
and  is  itself  the  ground  determining  an  action,  so  as  to  as- 
certain and  fix  its  inward,  and  therefore  also  its  outward, 
conformity  to  the  law,  then  the  knowledge  a  priori  resulting 
from  this  formal  determination  of  the  maxims  of  the  will 
is  the  science  of  ethics;  and  this  is  what  is  meant  when  it 
is  said  that  actions  in  harmony  with  the  first  are  legal, 
while  actions  in  harmony  with  the  last  are  moral.  The 
freedom  regarded  in  the  first  is  external,  i.  e.  personal  li- 
berty, singly ;  but  that  freedom  concerned  in  the  last,  em- 
braces both  a  man's  external  freedom  (of  body)  and  in- 
ternal freedom  (of  choice),  in  so  far  as  both  his  phenome- 
nal and  real  freedom  are  subjected  to  a  law  of  reason. 
Thus,  in  our  inquiry  into  the  reach  and  extent  of  the  fa- 
culty of  reason,  we  said  objects  of  the  external  senses  are 
in  space,  but  in  time  all  whatever,  whether  of  the  inter- 
nal or  external  senses,  the  representations  of  both,  being 
perceptions  embraced  under  the  conditions  of  the  faculty 
of  internal  intuitions.  In  the  same  way  may  freedom 
be  regarded  as  modifying  the  external  or  internal  use  of 
choice ;  but  still  its  law,  as  a  pure  practical  principle, 
must  be  always  valid  as  its  inward  determinator,  although 
not  always  contemplated  in  that  particular  point  of  view. 


176  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 


II. ON  THE    IDEA,    AND  THE   NECESSITY  OF    HAVING,  A  META- 

PHYSIC  OP  ETHICS. 

That  a  system  of  the  metaphysical  principles  of  natural 
philosophy  is  possible  a  priori,  and  that  such  a  system 
should  precede  that  mixed  physics  which  is  applied  to  ob- 
servation and  experience,  has  been  shown  elsewhere.  But 
natural  philosophy  can  receive  many  propositions,  on  the 
evidence  of  experience,  as  quite  general,  and  admitting 
no  exception,  although  such  universality  of  extent  ought 
strictly  to  be  deduced  from  positions  a  priori.  As  an  in- 
stance of  this,  Newton  adopted,  as  founded  on  experience, 
the  principle  of  the  equality  of  action  and  re-action,  and 
yet  he  extended  it  over  the  whole  material  universe. 
Chemistry  goes  still  farther,  and  founds  its  laws  of  com- 
bination and  solution  singly  on  experience,  and  yet  relies 
on  their  universality  and  necessity  so  as  to  apprehend 
error  impossible. 

But  with  the  laws  of  morals  the  case  is  different,  th<ey 
arejyalid  as  laws  only  in  so  far  as  they  are  founded  a 
priori,  and  are  seen  to  be  so  :  nay,  our  judgments  and 
opinions  of  ourselves  and  our  actions  are  quite  devoid  of 
ethic  import  if  they  contain  singly  what  experience  teaches 
of  them;  and  if  any  one  allowed  himself  to  make  any  thing 
takenfrom  experience  a  moral  rule  of  acting,  he  wouldbe 
in  danger  of  the  most  ruinous  errors.. 

If  ethics  were  a  mere  doctrine  of  Eudaimonism,  then  it 
would  be  absurd  to  support  it  on  principles  a  priori.  For 
how  plausible  soever  it  may  seem  to  say,  that  reason  could 
have  investigated  beforehand  the  means  of  attaining  a 
permanent  enjoyment  of  real  happiness  and  of  the  araeni- 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  177 

ties  of  life,  still  experience  has  shown  that  all  theories  a 
priori  on  that  subject,  are  either  tautological  or  void  of 
foundation.  Experience  and  observation  alone  show  in 
what  delight  is  taken.  The  natural  instincts — the  desire 
of  rest — of  motion — the  love  of  fame — of  knowledge — 
teach  each  individual  separately,  what  he  is  to  look  to,  for 
his  chief  gratification;  and  from  these  instincts  he  learns 
the  means  of  reaching  what  he  likes.  All  reasoning  a 
priori  towards  founding  a  theory  of  general  happiness  is, 
when  narrowly  examined,  jnojnore  than  general  observa- 
tions  founded  on  induction  :  and  since  generals  are  not 
universals,~the  propositions  admit  of  so  many  exceptions 
m  order  to  adapt  the  choice  to  each  man's  likings,  that, 
^fter  all,  the  individual  is  left  to  grow  wise  by  experience 
of  his  own  or  his  neighbour's  damage. 

The  constitution  of  the  precepts  of  morals  is  totally  dif- 
ferent :  they  are  laws  for  every  one,  and  have  no  respect 
for  his  appetites  or  inclinations ;  and  that  simply  because 
man  is  free,  and  reason  is  practical.  The  instruction  given 
in  its  laws  is  not  drawn  from  inductive  observations  of  him- 
self and  his  animal  part — not  from  considering  the  causes 
of  the  physical  system,  or  taking  heed  to  that  which  hap- 
pens and  is  acted.  But  reason  commands  how  man  is  to 
act,  although  no  example  of  such  action  could  be  adduced. 
It  also  disregards  the  advantage  resulting  from  our  con- 
duct, which,  indeed,  experience  can  alone  teach.  For  al- 
though reason  allows  and  approves  our  seeking  our  advan- 
tage in  every  possible  way,  and  does,  moreover,  supported 
by  experience,  lead  us  to  hope,  especially  if  we  go  hand 
in  hand  with  prudence,  upon  the  whole,  for  greater  advan- 
tages than  can  probably  be  counted  on  from  violating 
her  laws;  still  the  authority  of  her  behests,  as  Law,  does 

M 


178  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

not  depend  on  any  such  contingency,  and  she  uses  sucli 
facts  merely  as  a  counterpoise  to  weigh  against  the  induce- 
ments leading  to  an  opposite  course,  in  order,  by  thus  ad- 
justing the  equilibrium  of  an  otherwise  undue  balance,  to 
secure  for  herself  the  full  weight  of  her  a  priori  reason. 

And  since  a  system  of  a  priori  knowledge  deduced  from 
notions  is  called  metaphysic.  Practical  Philosophy, 
which  treats  not  of  the  physical  system,  but  of  the  cogita- 
ble, would  require  and  pre-suppose  a  metaphysic  of  free- 
dom, or  of  the  moral  system.  To  have  such  a  system 
is  therefore  itself  a  duty  ;  nor  is  any  man  destitute  of  this 
first  Philosophy^  however  darkly  conscious  of  it  he  may 
be  to  himself ;  for  how  could  he,  if  destitute  of  a  priori 
principles,  fancy  himself  possessed  of  the  ground  of  a  law 
fit  for  all  Intelligents  ?  But  as,  in  the  metaphysic  of  the 
physical  system,  there  were  principles  required  for  apply- 
ing the  supreme  a  priori  positions  to  objects  of  experience ; 
so,  in  the  metaphysic  of  the  moral  system,  the  particular 
nature  of  man  comes  to  be  considered,  which  is  known 
singly  from  expei'ience,  in  order,  on  it,  to  indicate  the  con- 
clusions resulting  from  the  supreme  moral  law;  by  all 
which  the  purity  of  this  last  is  noways  affected,  nor  is  its 
a  priori  original  rendered  at  all  doubtful.  In  other  words, 
the  metaphysic  of  ethics  cannot  rest  on  anthropology,  but 
it  must  apply  to  it. 

The  antipart  of  a  metaphysic  of  ethics,  as  the  second 
MEMBER  of  a  division  of  practical  philosophy  in  general, 
would  be  MORAL  anthropology,  which  would  contain 
the  subjective  obstacles  or  assistances  the  moral  law  might 
I  meet  with  in  the  human  constitution.  It  would  treat  of 
the  founding  moral  maxims  in  the  individual ;  of  propagat- 
ing them,  and  strengthening  their  action  among  tlie  people ; 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  179 

and  such  other  matters  as  rest  on  experience,  and,  in- 
deed, cannot  be  dispensed  with,  but  which  must  not  pre- 
cede the  first  elements,  or  be  mixed  up  with  them :  since 
then  great  risk  is  run  of  extracting  false  or  at  least  indul- 
gent moral  laws,  which  give  out  that  to  be  unattainable 
which  for  this  very  reason  is  not  attained,  the  law  not 
being  held  up  in  its  purity,  in  which  alone  its  strength 
consists  ;  or  is  not  attained,  because  ungenuine  and  sophis- 
ticated motives  towards  good  and  duty  are  employed, 
which  ultimately  sap  and  overthrow  morality.  Moral 
Anthropology  dare  not,  therefore,  be  employed  as  any 
standard  of  judging  in  morals,  nor  as  a  discipline  for  the 
mind  in  assisting  it  to  discharge  its  duty.  Here  the  law 
itself  must  be  resorted  to,  as  it  emanates  directly  from  pure 
reason. 

With  regard  to  the  division  just  mentioned,  of  philoso- 
phy into  theoretical  and  practical,  and  that  this  last  could 
be  no  other  than  moral  science,  I  have  elsewhere  explain- 
ed myself  at  length  (Disquisition  on  the  a  priori  Func- 
tions of  the  Judgment).  Every  practical  investigation, 
teaching  what  may  possibly  be  reached,  by  help  of  the 
physical  system,  is  art,  and  depends  singly  on  mecha- 
nic forces  and  their  laws ;  only  those  practical  investiga- 
tions which  rest  on  laws  of  freedom  can  have  principles 
independent  on  any  prior  theory.  For  as  to  what  trans- 
cends nature,  there  is  no  theory.  Philosophy,  therefore, 
can  contain  no  technical,  but  singly  a  moral-practi- 
cal part ;  and  if  the  acquired  facility  of  the  choice,  con- 
form to  laws  of  freedom,  should,  in  contradistinction  to 
nature,  be  here  called  art,  it  would  be  such  art  as  be- 
hoved to  be  establishable  in  a  system  of  freedom,  analogous 
to  that  of  nature:  and,  in  truth,  a  divine  art,  were  we  al- 


18K) 


INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 


ways  to  exactly  perform  what  reason  enjoins,  and  to  re- 
alize its  Ideal. 


Ill OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  A  SYSTEM  OF  THE  METAPHYSIC 

OF  ETHICS.* 

To  all  legislation  (which  may  prescribe  inward  or  out- 
ward actions,  and  these  either  a  priori  by  pure  reason,  or 
by  the  will  of  another),  there  are  two  things  requisite, 
FIRST,  a  law  representing  the  action  as  objectively  ne- 
cessary, i.  e.  making  it  a  duty.  Secondly,  a  spring  of 
action,  which  subjectively  connects  the  determination  of 
the  choice  with  the  representation  of  the  law.  By  the  first, 
the  action  is  represented  as  duty,  and  is  a  mere  theoretic 
acquaintance  with  a  possible  determination  of  choice ; 
but,  by  the  second,  the  obligation  so  to  act,  is  conjoined 
with  a  subjective  ground  of  the  determination  of  choice. 

Every  legislation,  therefore  (no  matter  whether  the  ac- 
tion prescribed  be  the  same  or  not),  may  be  divided,  in 
respect  of  the  spring  toward  action,  employed.  That  le- 
gislation, constituting  an  action  duty,  and  making  the  re- 

"  The  DEDUCTION  of  the  division  of  a  system,  i.  e.  the  proof  of  its 
completeness,  and  also  of  its  continuity,  ».  e.  that  the  transition  from  the 
divided  notion  to  its  sub-divisions,  be  not  per  saltum,  is  one  of  the  most 
difficult  tasks  imposed  on  the  architect  of  a  system.  And  there  is  room 
for  hesitation  as  to  the  ultimate  notion,  which  is  divided  into  bight 
and  WBONG.  It  is,  however,  that  of  an  act  of  free  choice  in  gene^ 
HAL.  Teachers  of  ontology  generally  begin  with  the  representations, 
SOMETHING, — NOTHING, — not  adverting  to  the  circumstance,  that  these 
opposed  conceptions  are  already  members  of  a  division,  and  presuppose  a 
higher  notion,  which  can  be  no  other  than  that  of  any  object  whatso- 
ever. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  181 

presentation  duty  itself  the  spring,  is  ethical.  But  that 
legislation  which  does  not  include  this  last  in  the  law,  and 
admits  of  other  springs  than  the  naked  idea  duty,  is  ju- 
ridical. As  to  what  such  springs  may  be  ?  it  is  quite  ob- 
vious, that  since  they  differ  from  the  idea  duty,  they  must 
be  taken  from  pathological  inclinations  and  aversions 
bearing  on  the  human  choice,  and  more  pai'ticularly  from 
the  latter,  singly  because  the  legislation  necessitates,  and 
does  not  persuade. 

The  coincidence  of  an  action  with  the  law,  abstracted 
from  any  regard  had  to  the  motive  whence  it  sprang,  is 
its  LEGALITY.  But  sucli  Coincidence — when  the  idea 
duty,  founded  on  the  law,  is  at  the  same  time  the  inward 
spring — forms  its  morality. 

The  duties  of  forensic  obligation  are  outward  only ;  for 
the  juridical  legislation  does  not  require  that  the  idea  duty, 
which  is  inward,  should  become  likewise  the  determi- 
nator  of  the  choice  of  the  agent ;  and  yet,  since  a  motive 
is  required,  adequate,  and  calculated  to  give  purchase  to  the 
law,  the  motives  to  be  combined  with  the  law  can,  from 
the  nature  of  the  case,  be  external  singly.  The  ethical  le- 
gislation takes  under  its  cognisance  inward  mental  acts  j 
but  it  comprehends  also  all  outward  ones,  and  so  is  extend- 
ed over  every  thing  that  can  be  called  duty.  But,  upon 
this  very  account,  since  ethical  legislation  includes  in  its 
law  the  inward  spring  of  acting  (viz.  the  idea  duty), 
a  particular  noway  entering  into  any  external  legislation, 
it  follows  that  ethical  legislation  cannot  be  exter- 
nal (not  even  that  of  a  divine  will),  although  it 
may  adopt  actions  prescribed  by  other  systems  of  legisla- 
tion into  its  own,  as  duties,  and  make  the  consideration 
of  them,  as  such,  a  spring  of  conduct. 


^ 


182  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

From  this  it  is  evident  that  all  duties  must  fall  under 
the  head  of  ethics,  even  while  the  law  giving  them  hirtli 
may  not.  Thus  ethic  requires  that  I  fulfil  a  promise,  al- 
though the  other  party  could  not  compel  me  to  do  so. 
Ethics  adopts  the  law  pacta  sunt  servanda^  and  adopts  also 
the  thence  arising  duty.  It  is,  therefore,  not  in  ethics, 
but  in  law,  that  the  legislation  enjoining  fidelity  to  one^s 
promise  is  contained.  Ethics  only  teaches  that,  even  if 
the  external  coercion  connected  juridically  with  the  action 
were  awanting,  the  idea  of  its  being  duty  were  still  suffi- 
cient as  a  spring;  for  were  it  not  so,  and  the  legislation 
not  juridical,  and  the  duty  not  one  of  law,  but  one  of 
CONSCIENCE,  then  fidelity  in  adhering  to  engagements 
would  come  to  be  classed  with  duties  of  benevolence, 

» which  is  very  wide  of  truth.  It  is  essentially  a  legal  ob- 
ligation to  which  a  man  can  be  externally  compelled ; 
yet  it  is  a  virtuous  action  (a  proof  of  virtuous  sentiments) 
to  act  in  that  manner,  even  when  no  force  can  be  afpre- 
HENDED.  Law  and  morals  are,  therefore,  not  so  much 
distinguished  by  the  duties  they  enjoin,  as  by  the  different 
genius  of  the  legislation  connecting  this  or  the  other  mo- 
tive with  the  injunction. 

Ethical  legislation  is  that  which  cannot  be  external, 
although  the  duties  may  be  so.  Juridical  is  that  which 
can  also  be  external.  Thus  it  is  an  external  duty  to  keep 
one's  promise ;  but  the  commandment  to  do  so  singly  be- 
cause it  is  duty,  and  disregarding  every  other  motive,  be- 
longs simply  to  an  inward  legislation.  It  is,  therefore, 
not  as  a  particular  act  of  duty  (a  peculiar  kind  of  act,  to 
which  we  are  bound),  for,  both  in  ethics  and  law,  question 
is  made  of  external  duties — ^but  because  in  the  given  case 
the  legislation  is  inward,  and  can  have  no  external  lawgiver, 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  183 

that  therefore  the  obligation  is  deemed  ethical.  For  the 
same  reason,  the  duties  of  benevolence,  in  so  far  as  they 
consist  of  external  actions  (or  rather  of  obligations  there- 
unto), are  reckoned  to  belong  to  ethics, — the  legislation 
being  internal  singly.  Ethics  has  no  doubt  its  peculiar 
duties,  e.  g.  those  towards  one's-self ;  but  it  has  also  seve- 
ral in  common  with  law,  only  the  mode  of  the  obliga- 
tion is  different ;  for  to  do  actions  barely  because  they  are 
duties,  and  to  make  the  principle  of  duty,  no  matter 
whence  that  duty  spring,  the  all-sufficient  spring  of  the 
will,  is  the  peculiar  characteristic  of  ethical  obligement. 
Hence  there  are  direct-ethical  duties,  but  indirectly  all 
others  come  to  be  so  too. 


IV. PRELIMINARY  IDEAS  ENTERING    INTO  THE    METAPHYSIC  OF 

ETHICS. 

The  idea  freedom  is  a  product  of  pure  reason,  and, 
owing  to  that  very  circumstance,  transcends  the  grasp  of 
speculative  philosophy ;  i.  e.  is  such  a  conception  as  has  no 
example  in  the  course  of  experience  and  observation, — is 
therefore  no  object  of  theoretic  knowledge :  it  is  not  a 
constitutive,  but  simply  regulative,  and,  moreover,  negative 
principle  of  speculative  reason.  But,  in  the  use  of  reason 
as  a  practical  or  active  faculty,  the  reality  of  this  idea  is 
evinced  in  practical  propositions,  which,  being  laws,  point 
to  a  CAUSALITY  OF  REASON,  independent  on  any  sensitive 
condition — determine  the  choice — and  show  a  pure  will, 
in  which  the  moral  ideas  and  laws  have  their  seat. 

Upon  this  idea  of  freedom,  which  is  positive  in  so  far 
as  practice  is  concerned,  are  founded  unconditional  prac- 


l84  INTKODUCTIOX  TO  THE 

tical  laws,  called  moral,  which,  in  respect  of  us,  who  are 
aflfected  by  sensitive  determinatives,  and  whose  choice 
therefore  swerves  from  pure  will,  are  imperatives  (cate- 
gorical commands  or  prohibitions)  ;  and  this  it  is  which 
distinguishes  them  from  mere  technical  rules,  which  last 
are  valid  on  certain  conditions  singly.  By  these  impera- 
tives some  actions  are  allowed  or  disallowed,  i.  e.  are 
morally  possible  or  impossible  ;  others  again  are  morally 
necessary,  i,  e.  obligatory,  whence  arises  the  idea  of  duty, 
the  adhering  to  or  transgressing  which  is  connected  with 
a  peculiar  feeling  of  pain  or  pleasure  (the  moral  sense) : 
this  feeling,  however,  since  it  is  not  the  foundation  of  the 
practical  laws,  but  only  an  effect  produced  in  our  mind 
when  the  choice  is  determined  by  them,  which  may  be 
very  different  in  different  individuals,  without  affecting  the 
truth  of  any  moral  judgment, — cannot  be  taken  notice  of 
in  a  system  treating  of  the  mere  practical  laws  of  reason. 

The  following  notions  are  common  to  both  parts  of 
ethics. 

Obligation  is  the  necessity.of  a  free  action,  falling  un^-' 
der  a  categorical  imperative  of  reason. 

An  imperative  is  a  practical  rule,  by  which  an  action,  in 
itself  contingent,  is  rendered  necessary,  and  differs  in  this 
point  from  a  practical  law,  that  whereas  this  last  represents 
the  necessity  of  an  action,  yet  it  does  so  irrespective  of  the 
consideration  that  such  action  may,  of  inward  necessity, 
belong  to  an  agent  (e.  g.  a  holy  one),  and  yet,  in  the  case 
of  man,  be  merely  fortuitous ;  for,  where  the  action  is  al- 
ready necessary,  there  no  imperative  can  be  expressed.  ^An 
impei'ative  is  therefore  a  rule  making  necessary,  a  sub- 
jectively contingent  action,  and  thereby j:epresenting  the 
subject  affected  by  it,  as  one  who  must  necessitate  his 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  185 

actions  to  harmonize  with  the  rulo,.  The  categorical  (i.  e. 
absolute  or  unconditional)  imperative  is  not  one  which 
commands  mediately,  or  by  the  representation  of  any  ul- 
terior END  whitherward  the  action  might  point,  but  is  one 
which,  by  the  bare  representation  of  the  act,  cogitates  it  as 

IMMEDIATELY-INCUMBENT,  and  makes  it  OBJECTIVELY-NE- 
CESSARY. Imperatives  of  this  sort,  no  practical  doctrine, 
which  treats  of  obligations,  save  ethic  singly,  can  present. 
All  other  imperatives  are  technical  and  conditioned. 
The  ground  of  the  possibility  of  categorical  imperatives 
is  this,  that  they  rest  on  no  determinator  of  choice,  which 
would  require  an  ulterior  end  to  be  had  in  view,  but  on 
its  originary  freedom  singly. 

An  action  is  allowed  which  is  not  contrary  to  obliga- 
tion ;  and  this  freedom,  limited  by  no  opposing  imperative, 
is  a  moral  title  or  faculty  :  from  this  is  obvious  what  is 

DISALLOWED. 

Duty  is  that  action  to  which  a  person  is  bound.  Duty 
is  hence  the  matter  of  obligation,  and  there  may  be  one 
duty,  in  so  far  as  the  act  is  concerned,  although  differ- 
ent modes  in  which  the  obligation  may  be  constituted, 
I.  e.  juridical  or  ethical. 

The  categorical  imperative,  expressing  obligation  in  re- 
gard of  a  given  action,  is  a  moral  practical  law.  But 
since  obligation  implies  not  merely  practical  necessity 
(that  being  expressed  by  all  law),  but  necessitation,  the 
imperative  is  either  a  command  or  a  prohibition,  as  it  may 
happen.  An  action  neither  commanded  nor  forbidden  is 
ALLOWED,  merely  because,  with  regard  to  it,  there  exists 
no  law  limiting  the  freedom  of  the  subject,  and  therefore 
no  duty ;  such  an  action  is  morally-indifferent.  A  farther 
question  may  be  moved,  if  there  are  any  such  adiaphorous 


186  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

actions  ?  and  if  so,  is  it  open  to  any  one  to  will  or  eschew 
them  at  pleasure,  without  a  particular  permissive  law  ? 
Were  this  question  answered  negatively,  then  would  the 
faculty  of  acting  not  respect  an  action  indiiFerent,  for  to 
such,  morally  considered,  no  particular  law  can  be  required. 

A  DEED  or  action  is  an  event  falling  under  the  laws  of 
obligation,  i.  e.  it  is  called  an  act,  when  regard  is  had 
to  its  originator, — the  freedom  of  the  acting  subject. 
The  actor  is  considered  the  author  of  the  event ;  and 
when  he  is  supposed  to  know  the  law  applying  to  his  con- 
duct, and  by  virtue  of  which  law  he  is  bound,  both  the 
act  and  its  consequences  can  be  imputed  to  him. 

He  to  whom  actions  can  be  imputed  is  called  person — 
MORAL  PERSONALITY,  man's  independent  individuality,  is 
nothing  else  than  the  freedom  of  agent-intelligents, 
who  rank  under  moral  laws.  Whence  it  is  evident  that  a 
person  is  subjected  to  no  law  except  such  as  he,  either  alone, 
or  sometimes  in  conjunction  with  others,  imposes  on  him- 
self. 

That  is  called  a  thing  to  which  no  event  can  be  im- 
puted as  an  action.  Hence  every  object  devoid  of  free- 
dom is  regarded  as  a  thing. 

Right,  WRONG,  denote  actions  consistent  or  inconsist- 
fiTit^witb  duty ;  and  these  terms  are  so  applied,  in  what- 
ever way  the  duty  may  have  been  constituted  :  an  act  re- 
pugnant to  duty  is  called  transgression. 

An  unintentional  transgression  is  called  (for  it  is  im- 
putable) A  fault;  but  a  deliberate  transgression  [e.  g.  one 
accompanied  with  the  consciousness  of  its  being  so)  is  a 
crime  or  SIN  :  whatever  coincides  juridically  with  the 
external  requirements  of  law  is  called  just  ;  what  is  not  so, 
unjust. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  187 

/  A  COLLISION  OF  DUTIES  would  imply  such  a  condition 
of  ethical  obligation,  that  one  duty  annihilated  theother. 
But  because  duty  and  obligation  are  ideas  involving  the 
objective  practical  necessity  of  certain  actions,  and 
since  two  contradictory  and  inconsistent  imperatives  can- 
not  both  be  necessary,  it  follows  that  a  collision  of  duties 
is  perfectly  inconceivableTj  There  may,  however,  be  dif- 
ferent grounds  towards  an  obligation,  one  or  other  or  all 
of  which  may  be  insuflScient  to  beget  a  perfect  obligation 
(rationes  obligandi  non  obligantes),  and  one  and  the 
same  individual  may  come  to  be  affected  by  the  rule  pre- 
scribed by  them,  but  duty  is  not  established  in  such  a 
case.  Whence  practical  philosophers  express  themselves 
by  saying,  not  that  the  major  obligation  retains  its  place, 
but  that  the  more  extensive  ground  towards  obligation 
takes  precedence  of  the  less. 

External  laws  are  understood  to  comprehend  and  in- 
clude those  obligations  which  are  recognised  by  reason 
a  priori  ;  and  although  not  promulgated,  they  are  held  to 
be  so,  and  compose  what  is  called  the  law  of  nature. 
Those,  again,  which,  until  promulgated,  have  no  force,  and 
which  could  not  oblige  but  by  reason  of  their  proceeding 
from  the  legislator,  are,  in  contradistinction,  called  positive 
or  statutable  law.  An  external  legislation  is  therefore 
possible,  containing  simply  the  law  of  nature  ;  but  then  this 
natural  law  must  antecede  and  establish  the  authority  of 
the  lawgiver  {i.  e.  his  title  to  oblige). 

An  ultimate  principle  of  reason,  binding  us  to  certain 
actions,  is  a  practical  law.     The  rule  an  agent  chooses 
himself  to  follow  is  his  peculiar  maxim  of  conduct,  and  of_ 
such  maxims  the  variety  is_plainly  endless. 

The  categorical  imperative,  which  is  merely  a  general 


INTRODUCTION   TO  THE 

formula  expressing  what  obligation  is  annotineed,  is  the 
necessity  of  adopting  such  maxims  as  might  serve  for  com-> 
mon  laws  for  all.  Conduct  is  therefore  to  be  examined 
so  as  to  detect  the  private  maxim  from  which  it  sprang ; 
and  whether  it  be  a  principle  possessed  of  objective  vali- 
dity, can  only  be  recognised  by  inquiring  if  reason  can 
represent  itself  as  pronouncing  law  universal  by  means  of 
it. 

The  simplicity  of  this  law,  contrasted  with  the  variety 
and  gravity  of  the  consequences  following  upon  it,  as  also 
its  majesty  and  supremacy,  unattended  by  any  visible 
sanctions,  is  at  first  exceedingly  surprising.  But  when, 
in  the  midst  of  this  admiration,  the  power  of  reason  is 
pointed  out  to  sway  our  choice  by  the  idea  of  a  formal 
law,  and  we  are  guided  by  it  to  the  farther  cogitation  of 
that  property  of  will,  its  freedom,  which  no  force  of  spe- 
culation, no  train  of  experience,  could  have  reached,  we 
then  observe  how  it  is  that  this  law  should,  like  mathe- 
matic  postulates,  be  indemonstrable,  and  yet  most  apo- 
DiCTiCALLY  CERTAIN,  and,  like  them,  open  up  a  vista  into 
a  long  and  spacious  field  of  scientific  practical  proposi- 
tions— a  field  where,  theoretically ^  reason  found  every  ave- 
nue barred  up,  and  saw  the  idea  freedom,  together  with 
every  other  idea  of  the  supersensible,  removed  to  a  distance 
altogether  inaccessible.  The  harmony  of  an  action  with 
the  Law  of  Duty  is  its  legality;  that  of  its  maxim  with 
the  law  is  its  morality.  Maxim  is  the  subjective  prin- 
ciple of  acting,  and  is  made  by  the  Subject  his  own  rule, 
viz.  how  he  wills  to  act ;  whereas,  on  the  contrary,  the 
Law  of  Duty  commands  objectively,  viz.  how  he  ought 
to  act. 

The  supreme  principle  of  ethics  therefore  is.  Act  upon  a 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  189 

maximat^all  times  fit  for  law  universal.  Every  maxim 
repugnant  to  the  above  is  immoral. 

The  law  proceeds  from  will,  maxims  from  choice, 
which  in  mankind  is  free.  Will,  with  respect  singly 
to  the  relation  obtaining  betwixt  it  and  the  law,  is,  pro- 
perly speaking,  neither  free  nor  unfree,  for  it  does  not 
regard  actions,  but  the  ideal  legislation  itself,  i.  e.  is  it- 
self practical  reason.*  Choice  alone  is,  strictly  speak- 
ing, FREE. 

Liberty  of  choice  cannot  be  explained  to  be  a  power  o^ 
adhering  to  ordeserting  the  law,  although,  as  phenomenon, 
this  is  often  the  fact ;  we  only  mean  by  liberty  that  ne- 
gative property  of  our  thinking  frame  not  to  be  deter- 
mined to  act  by  physical  excitements.  What  it  is  really, 
and  how  freedom  positivley  co-acts  the  sensory,  is  be- 
yond the  bounds  of  human  speculation  ;  and  the  pheno- 
menal observance  or  transgression  of  the  law  can  never 
serve  to  give  any  insight  into  the  nature  and  essence  of  a 
supersensible  object.  It  is  one  thing  to  note  as  true  what 
experience  has  taught ;  another  to  make  such  experience 
and  observation  the  principle  of  a  definition,  and  the 
mark  and  general  criterion  by  which  to  distinguish  free 
and  mechanic  choice ;  for  experience  and  observation 
does  not  inform  us  that  the  mark  defined  by,  necessarily 
adheres  to  the  notion,  which,  however,  is  essential  for  a 
sound  and  unerring  criterion.  Finally,  liberty  cogitated 
as  an  ability  of  acting  on  the  representation  of  the  law,  is 
alone  a  power,  and  to  swerve  from  the  law  is  not  a  power, 

*  The  meaning  is,  practical  reason  or  pure  will  is  the  substratum  of 
man's  moral  nature,  t.  e.  is  the  ground  of  the  possibility  of  his  freedom 
and  independency  on  every  sensitive  determinator,  and  therefore  free- 
dom is  not  so  much  a  predicate,  as  a  coxseqtjekce,  of  will. 


IM  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

but  weakness,  and  it  is  clearly  absurd  to  explain  the  for- 
mer by  the  latter — a  power  by  the  want  of  it. 

A  LAW  is  a  proposition  enouncing  a  categorical  im- 
perative. He  who  commands  by  law  is  a  lawgiver, 
and  is  the  author  of  juridical  obligation,  although  not  ne- 
cessarily the  author  of  the  law  itself ;  for  if  he  is,  then  it 
is  a  positive  and  arbitrary  enactment.  That  law  which 
imposes  on  us  its  unconditioned  obligation  a  priori,  may 
be  cogitated  as  emanating  from  the  will  of  a  supreme  law- 
giver, i.  e.  of  God  (to  whom  rights  are  owed,  but  of  whom 
no  duty  can  be  predicated) ;  but  this  is  merely  the  idea  of 
a  moral  agent,  whose  will  is  law  for  all,  and  does  not  mean 
that  he  is  the  author  of  the  law  itself. 

Imputation,  in  a  moral  sense,  is  that  judgment  where- 
by some  one  is  stated  to  be  the  author  of  an  event,  which  is 
then  called  his  act  or  deed  ;  and  if  such  judgment  is  ac- 
companied by  legal  sequents,  then  the  imputation  is  ju- 
diciary. If  no  legal  effects  follow,  then  the  judgment  is 
no  more  than  a  private  judgment,  and  the  imputation  is  in- 
valid or  dijudicatory  only.  That  person  who  has  a 
title  to  pronounce  judiciary  imputation  is  called  the  judge 
or  court  {forum,  tribunal). 

What  any  one  does  over  and  above  what  he  can  be 
compelled  to,  is  meritorious,  or  of  well-desert ;  what  ac- 
tions do  no  more  than  tally  with  the  legal  standard  are 
of  debt  singly,  and  when  they  fall  short  of  it  are  of  de- 
merit or  ill-desert.  The  legal  consequence  of  demerit 
or  guilt  is  punishment  ;  that  of  merit  is  reward,  provid- 
ed the  reward  promised  in  the  law  was  the  motive  incit- 
ing to  action.  Conduct  precisely  exhaustive  of  what  we 
were  indebted  to,  is  unattended  by  any  judicial  effect. 


METAPHYSIC  OF   ETHICS.  (  191 


Benignity  or  favour  stands  in  no  legal  relationship  to  any 
action.  ' 

The  good  or  evil  results  consequent  on  an  indebted  ac- 
tion, likewise  the  consequences  of  neglecting  a  meritori- 
ous, cannot  be  imputed  to  the  agent.  They  may  tell 
upon  the  actor,  but  cannot  be  deemed  effects  of  the  law. 
The  good  springing  from  an  action  of  well-desert,  and 
the  evil  following  on  an  unjust  action,  are  imputable. 

However,  subjectively,  the  grade  of  the  imputability  of 
an  action  is  to  be  estimated  by  the  magnitude  of  the  ob- 
stacles overcome.  The_  greater  hindrance  from  without, 
and  the_jess  the  hindrance  to  duty  from  within,  so  much 
the  higher  rises  the  moral  honesty  and  well-deservingness 
of  the  act ;  e.  g.  if  I  rescue  from  great  wretchedness  one 
who  is  a  stranger  and  unknown  to  me,  and  that  at  great^ 
personal  inconvenience  to  myself. 

Conversely  :  The  less  the  impediment  is  from  without, 
and  the  greater  the  obstacles  are  within,  so  much  greater 
is  the  demerit  in  the  scale  of  giijlt:  The  state  of  mind, 
therefore,  in  which  a  bad  action  is  perpetrated,  whether 
unagitated  or  inflamed,  will  greatly  change  the  imputa- 
tion both  of  the  deed  and  its  consequences. 


INTRODUCTION 


TO  THE 


METAPHYSIC  OF  LAW. 


§  A.     What  the  science  of  law  is. 

The  aggregate  of  those  laws  which  may  be  externally 
promulgated  is  law  (jus).  If  really  so  announced  by  a 
lawgiver,  such  legislation  becomes  real,  and  composes 
POSITIVE  LAW  (jus  scriptum).  He  who  knows  this,  is  a 
jurisconsult;  and  is  even  jurisperitus  when  he  can 
dexterously  apply  the  law  to  occurring  cases, — a  skill, 
which,  if  great,  may  even  entitle  a  man  to  rank  among 
the  JURISPRUDENTS.  When,  however,  we  abstract  from 
such  jurisperitia  anA  jurisprudential  what  remains  is  mere- 
ly the  scientific  theory  of  law.  By  the  science  of  law  is 
meant  the  systematic  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  the 
law  of  nature, — from  which  positive  law  takes  its  rise, — 
which  is  for  ever  the  same,  and  carries  its  sure  and  un- 
changing obligations  over  all  nations  and  throughout  all 
ages. 

§  B.     What  is  law? 

This  is  a  question  which  may  embarrass  the  lawyer  as 
much  as  the  celebrated  question,   "  What  is  truth  ?" 


METAPHYSIC  OP  ETHICS. 


IVtr 


does  the  logiciao  :  for  he  must  avoid  tautology,  and  give  a 
general  explanation,  abstracted  from  the  particular  legis- 
lation obtaining  in  any  one  country.  Wliat  the  law  in 
any  instance  is  {quid  sit  Juris),  the  jurisconsult  can  easily 
tell ;  but  whether  it  is  RiaHT  or  just  that  it  should  be  so, 
is  what  he  wants  a  criterion  to  determine  ;  but  this  crite- 
rion can  only  then  be  found  when,  abandoning  all  poste- 
riori principles,  he  ascends  to  the  sources  of  reason,  and 
discovers  on  what,  all  legislation  whatsoever,  can  alone  be 
based ;  in  which  analysis,  positive  law  is  doubtless  a  great 
help  and  guide.  But  laws  founded  singly  on  experience, 
are  like  the  mask  in  the  fable,  beautiful,  but  hollow. 

The  notion  of  law,  in  so  far  as  it  imports  obligation,— 
<.e. annexes  the  predicate,  ^^ forbidden  "  or  ^^ allowed"  to  an 
action, — regards, ^r^^,  the  external  practical  relation  of  per- 
son to  person,  in  so  far  as  the  actions  of  one  may  affect  or 
influence  another ;  second,  it  does  not  regard  the  relation 
betwixt  the  choice  of  one  and  the  wishes  or  wants  of  an- 
other, as  in  deeds  of  benevolence  or  severity,  but  merely 
respects  the  relationship  of  choice  to  choice ;  thirdly,  in  this 
reciprocal  relationship  of  choices,  no  question  is  made  as 
to  the  matter  chosen.  The  form  of  the  choice,  i.  e.  the 
choice  considered  as  free,  is  alone  regarded,  i.  e.  whether 
the  action  of  one  man  is  consistent  with,  and  does  not  im- 
pair, the  free  choice  of  another. 

Law, — the  rule  of  right, — is  therefore  the  aggregate  of 
those  conditions,  according  to  which  personal  choices  may 
harmonise  and  not  destroy  one  another  by  being  subor- 
dinated to  freedom's  law  universal. 


194  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

§  C.     Supreme  principle  of  law. 

Every  action  is  right  and  just,  the  maxim  of  which  al- 
lows the  agents  freedom  of  choice  to  harmonise  with  the  free- 
dom of  every  other,  according  to  a  universal  law. 

If,  therefore,  my  deportment,  or,  generally,  my  condi- 
tion, is  not  inconsistent  with  the  universal  freedom  of 
every  other  person,  he  does  me  a  wrong  who  hinders 
such  state,  or  obstructs  my  actions ;  for  such  obstruction 
is  inconsistent  with  a  universal  law  of  liberty. 

From  this  it  follows,  that  no  one  is  legally  entitled  to 
demand,  that  I  make  this  principle  of  universal  legality 
the  maxim  or  spring  of  my  conduct.  Another's  freedom 
may  be  indifferent  to  me, — nay,  I  may  wish  to  invade  it ; 
but  so  long  as  I  do  it  not,  I  am  juridically  just.  That  jus- 
tice should  be  itself  my  maxim,  belongs  to  the  second  part 
of  ethics. 

The  law  or  universal  rule  of  right  is.  So  act  tJiai  the 
use  of  thy  freedom  may  not  circumscribe  the  freedom  of  any 
other  {i.  e.  if  thy  act  or  maxim  were  made  imperative  on 
all) — a  law  imposing  no  doubt  obligation,  but  which  does 
not  exact  the  determination  of  choice  by  the  contempla- 
tion of  the  obligation.  Reason  singly  announces,  that  it 
in  idea  so  limits  freedom,  and  that  others  may  in  real 
fact  and  event  co-act  such  limitation;  and  this  it  an- 
nounces as  a  postulate  incapable  of  farther  proof.  As 
we  here  treat  not  of  offices  of  virtue,  but  explain  what  is 
just  and  right,  it  is  impossible  to  represent  this  law  as  the 
spring  moving  us  to  action. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  195 

§  D.  Law  carries  with  it  a  title  of  co-action. 

An  obstacle  opposed  to  that  wliich  hinders  an  eflFect, 
advances  that  eflFect,  and  tends  to  that  end.  But  every 
thing  unjust  is  a  hindrance  to  freedom,  according  to  law 
universal.  Again,  co-action  is  a  hindrance  put  upon  free- 
dom. Therefore,  if  a  certain  use  of  freedom  is  a  hin- 
drance to  freedom  universal,  i.  e.  unjust  and  wrong,  then 
co-action  preventing  such  misuse  of  freedom  goes  to  esta- 
blish freedom  according  to  a  universal  law,  i,  e.  is  just  or 
right ;  and  consequently  law  has  in  itself  a  right  to  co- 
act  him  who  attempts  to  violate  it. 

§  E.  Law  may  likewise  be  strictly  defined  as  that  by 

WHICH  mutual  CO-ACTION    IS    MADE  CONSISTENT  WITH  UNI- 
VERSAL freedom. 

The  purport  of  this  sentence  is,  that  law  is  not  to  be  re- 
garded as  made  up  of  two  parts,  the  one  obligation,  the 
other  a  title  to  co-act ;  but  that  the  very  notion  of  law 
consists  in  that  of  the  possibility  of  combining  universal 
mutual  co-action  with  every  person's  freedom. 

For  since  law  respects  that  only  which  is  external  and 
phenomenal  in  an  action,  strict  law,  i,  e.  law  in  which  no 
ethical  consideration  is  introduced,  can  require  no  inter- 
nal, but  merely  external,  determinators  of  choice,  even  al- 
though co-action  be  required  to  do  so.  All  law  whatever 
rests,  it  is  true,  on  the  consciousness  of  obligation  under 
the  moral  law  itself;  but  pure  or  strict  law,  in  the  sense 
now  taken,  does  not  expect  that  this  consciousness  should 
be  the  spring  of  conduct ;  but  supports  itself  as  a  legisla- 
tion for  external  actions,  on  its  principle  of  co-action. 


196  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

When,  therefore,  it  is  said  a  creditor  is  entitled  to  demand 
payment  from  his  debtor,  that  never  implies  that  he  may 
represent  to  the  latter  that  his  own  reason  imposes  that 
obligation  ;  but  it  signifies  that  external  co-action  physi- 
cally forcing  the  payment  of  debt  consists  with  universal 
freedom,  and  so  even  with  the  debtor's.  This  position  of 
reciprocal  action  and  co-action  throughout  the  whole  sys- 
tem of  Intelligents,  gives,  if  I  may  so  speak,  a  lively 
image  of  the  notion  law  in  a  sensible  figure  d  priori^  and 
carries  us  by  analogy  to  the  law  of  action  and  re-action 
in  the  communicating  of  external  motion ;  and  as  by  vir- 
tue of  it  the  QUANTITY  OF  MOTION  remained  undimi- 
nished, so  here  by  virtue  of  this  reciprocal  co-active  me- 
chanism, the  QUANTUM  OF  PEKsoNAL  FEEEDOM  is  pre- 
served undiminished  throughout  the  system,  in  the  inter- 
course and  exchange  of  man  with  man. 

Again,  as  in  the  mathematics,  the  truths  of  that  science 
are  not  deduced  from  the  naked  notion,  but  by  help  of  the 
configurations  of  space  answering  to  the  given  notion  ;  so 
it  is  not  so  much  the  notion  law,  as  that  equal  and  mu- 
tual co-action  corresponding  to  the  idea,  by  means  of 
which,  a  deduction,  and,  as  I  may  say,  delineation  of  its 
truths  are  possible ;  [i.  e.  the  propositions  are  not  taken 
from  the  originary  moral  idea  of  the  law,  but  from  this 
subjected  mechanism.  (Beck.  Com.  107.)  And  be- 
cause to  this  dynamic  notion  co-action,  there  corre- 
sponds a  formal  one,  taken  from  the  mathematics  pre- 
viously spoken  of,  it  comes  to  pass,  that  what  is  right,  is 
cogitated  and  spoken  of  as  we  do  of  right  lines,  where 
"  rigM"  the  rectilineal,  are  opposed  to  " curves"  and  ob- 
liqtie  lines.  That  kind  of  rightness  which  is  opposed  to 
"  curve"  is  that  inward  property  of  a  line,  whereby  it  is  the 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  19T 

only  one  possible  betwixt  two  points ;  and  that  Tightness 
opposed  to  obliquity  takes  place  where,  betwixt  two  in- 
tersecting segments,  one  only  perpendicular  can  be  drawn, 
inclining  to  neither  segment,  but  dividing  equally  the  in- 
closed space. 

In  like  manner,  law  insists  that  there  be  rigidly  and 
equally  given  to  every  man  his  own  ;  a  mathematical  pre- 
cision not  exigible  in  the  offices  of  virtue,  these  last  often 
admitting  a  certain  latitude  of  application.  However, 
without  wandering  into  the  domain  of  ethics,  there  are 
two  cases  demanding  solution,  but  which  no  CEdipus 
seems  willing  to  resolve,  and  look  as  if  they  belonged  to 
the  "  Intermundia''  of  Epicurus.  Such  two  stumbling- 
blocks*  must  forthwith  be  removed  from  the  domain  of 
jurisprudence  proper,  lest  their  uncertainties  should  be 
imagined  to  have  any  common  part  with  the  firm  and 
stable  principles  of  law. 


APPENDIX  TO  THE  INTRODUCTION. 

OF  LAW  EQUIVOCAL. 

Law,  strictly  so  called,  always  implied  the  power  to 
co-act.  But  people  have  fancied  to  themselves  law  in 
some  broader  sense,  where  the  title  to  co-act  is  indefinite, 
and  quite  indeterminable.  Of  this  kind  there  have  been 
usurped  two  sorts,  equity  and  necessity:  the  former 
is  alleged  to  be  a  law  which  has  no  co-action,  but  the  lat- 

•  Viz.  Equity  and  Necessity. 


198  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

ter  is  a  co-action  (necessity)  which  has  no  law ;  and  the 
difficulty  springs  from  this,  that  they  are  cases  of  opaque 
law,  to  decide  which,  no  judge  can  be  constituted. 


I. — EQUITY. 

Equity,  considered  in  itself,  does  not  in  any  wise  ad- 
dress itself  to  the  ethical  duty  of  another  ;  for  he  who  vin- 
dicates his  property  on  this  head,  stands  upon  his  own 
right ;  but  he  is  unable  to  assign  the  data  which  would 
empower  the  judge  to  decide  his  cause;  for  example,  a 
servant  who  has  contracted  with  his  superior  for  a  certain 
hire,  may,  at  the  expiry  of  his  service,  come  to  receive 
wages  in  coin  greatly  depreciated,  though  nominally  the 
same  in  value ;  and  the  same  would  occur  in  loans,  or  in 
any  other  money-contract,  where  the  debtor  holds  him- 
self entitled  to  exact  payment  higher  in  proportion  to  the 
depreciation  of  the  currency  :  but  he  has  no  claim  in  law, 
and  sees  himself  forced  to  call  on  equity  for  aid,  a  mute 
goddess,  who  returns  no  response  :  and  unless  parties  have 
guarded  against  contingencies  by  the  specific  stipulations 
of  their  contract,  a  judge  can  give  no  relief,  for  he  cannot 
pronounce  sentence  upon  vague  and  indefinite  conditions. 

Hence  it  follows,  that  a  court  of  equity  (in  a  ques- 
tion about  the  rights  of  man),  is  a  contradiction  and  ab- 
surdity. There  alone,  where  the  proper  rights  of  the 
judge  are  involved,  ought  he  to  give  ear  to  the  dictates  of 
equity.  Thus  the  crown  may  equitably  take  upon  itself 
the  losses  sustained  by  others  on  its  behalf,  and  ought, 
when  called  upon  to  do  so,  to  indemnify  the  subject ;  al- 
though, in  point  of  law,  the  crown  might  urge  that  the 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  199 

subject  had,  at  his  own  risk  singly,  undertaken  its  de- 
fence. 

The  motto  of  equity  is  summum  jus  sumnia  injuria,  ex- 
treme law  is  extreme  injustice;  but  this  inconvenience 
cannot  be  remedied  by  law,  although  the  claim  is  a  claim 
of  right.  The  other  part  of  ethic  alone  teaches  to  deem 
the  rights  of  man  sacred  and  inviolablp. 


II. NECESSITY. 

This  alleged  right,  is  that  title  which  a  man  is  sup- 
posed to  have,  of  killing  another,  who  has  done  him  no 
harm,  provided  he  cannot  otherwise  extricate  himself 
from  danger.  And  here  it  seems  that  law  is  repugnant 
to  itself.  For  this  is  not  the  case  of  an  assassin  whom 
I  am  allowed  to  anticipate,  by  consigning  him  to  death ; 
but  of  alleged  violence  which  I  am  entitled  to  use  against 
another  from  whom  I  have  received  no  wrong. 

This  assertion,  it  is  plain,  does  not  refer  to  any  given 
law,  but  respects  the  sentence  judges  must  pronounce 
when  such  a  case  of  necessity  is  carried  before  them ;  for 
there  can  be  no  law  adjudging  death  to  him  who  in  a 
case  of  shipwreck  knocks  another  from  an  oar,  which  is 
barely  sufficient  to  save  himself.  The  punishment  threat- 
ened by  the  law  cannot  be  made  higher  than  the  loss  of 
life,  already  impending  over  him.  A  statute  can,  there- 
fore, have  no  effect  in  such  a  crisis ;  for  the  punishment 
being  uncertain,  cannot  outweigh  the  dread  of  death, 
which  is  instant  and  certain.  The  law  sees  itself  in  this 
way  forced  to  consider  violent  self-preservation,  not  as  de- 
void of  blame,  but  as  incapable  of  being  punished.     And 


^800  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 

this  impunity,  resulting  entirely  from  the  accidental  na- 
ture of  the  case,  has  been  constantly  mistaken  by  jurists 
for  an  impunity  founded  in  the  nature  of  the  law  itself, 
i,  e.  the  action  has  been  regarded  as  just  and  blameless. 

The  motto  of  necessity  is,  necessity  has  no  law.  How- 
ever, there  never  can  be  any  case,  making  the  unjust  and 
wrong  justifiable  before  the  law. 


GENERAL  DIVISION  OF  JURISPRUDENCE. 

A.     Division  of  juhidical  offices. 

In  this  division  we  may  follow  Ulpian,  by  slightly 
modifying  our  understanding  of  his  legal  formulcB, — 
a  meaning  perhaps  darkly  present  to  his  own  mind,  and 
which  can  be  evolved  from  them  with  great  ease  and  ele- 
gance. 

1.  HoNESTE  VIVE — {he  an  honest  man.) — Juridical 
honesty  or  uprightness  consists  in  upholding  one's  per- 
sonal worth,  as  a  man,  against  all  others, — an  obligation 
capable  of  being  expressed  by  the  following  formula  : 
"  Suffer  thyself  not  to  become  the  bare  mean  of  others,  and  if 
thou  serve  them,  be  also  their  end.^^  This  obligation  is  after- 
wards explained,  as  founded  on  the  rights  of  humanity  in 
a  man's  own  person — (lex  justi.) 

2.  Neminem  ^LiEDE — {do  no  man  zvrong) — even  though 
as  a  consequence  thou  must  abandon  all  connection  with 
others,  and  go  out  of  society, — (lex  juridiea.) 

3.  StJUM  cuiguE  tribue — {give  each  man  his  otvn.) — 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  !  'S6i 

Understood  literally,  these  words  are  void  of  meaning, 
for  that  cannot  be  given  to  another  which  he  already  has. 
The  formula  can  therefore  alone  signify,  enter  with  thy 
fellow-men  into  that  state,— socibty,— where  each  man's 
own  is  defended  from  the  violence  of  his  neighbour— (lex 
justitise.) 

These  tlrree  classical  formulae  make  up  one  entire  divi- 
sion of  the  principles  of  law,  and  found  a  division  of  ju- 
ridical obligation  into  internal — external — and  that  com- 
posite obligation,  which  is  constituted  by  subsuming  the 
second  under  the  principle  of  the  first. 


B.     Division  of  rights. 

A  SYSTEM  OF  RIGHTS  is  called  LAW,  and  is  either  natc- 
RAL,  or  statutable  and  positive.  In  the  first  case, 
law  rests  entirely  on  pure  principles  a  priori  ;  in  the  lat- 
ter, it  is  considered  as  based  on  the  will  of  a  lawgiver. 

2.  Right  is  the  ethical  faculty  or  title  of  obliging 
another,  and  is  the  legal  ground  on  which  the  latter  sort 
of  law  is  based ;  and  of  such  right  there  are  two  kinds, 
ORiGiNARY  and  DERIVED :  the  first  is  that  birth-right 
of  man  which  subsists  independently  of  any  legal  act ; 
the  second  is  that  which  is  acquired  to  him  by  such  an 
act. 

The  congenital  mine  and  thine,  may  be  also  called 
the  INWARD  or  intrinsic  right,  for  external  rights  must 
always  be  acquired. 


202  INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 


THERE  IS  BUT  ONE  BIRTH-RIGHT,  FREEDOM. 

Freedom  is  the  alone  unoriginated  birth-right  of 
man,  and  belongs  to  him  by  force  of  his  humanity ;  and 
is  independence  on  the  will  and  co-action  of  every  other 
in  so  far  as  this  consists  with  every  other  person's  free- 
dom. Subordinate  to  this  supreme  idea,  and  included 
under  it,  are  the  rights, — 1.  Of  Equality,  i.  e.  the  title 
not  to  be  held  bound  to  others,  beyond  what  they  are  in 
their  turn  bound  to ;  consequently  the  right  of  every  one 
to  be  HIS  OWN  MASTER  {sui  juHs)  :  2.  The  right  to  be 
regarded  as  legally  innocent  and  guiltless,  in  so  far  as 
no  one  has  been  injured  by  his  use  of  his  freedom  :  3. 
Lastly,  the  right  to  do  to  every  man  whatever  implies 
nothing  derogatory  to  that  other's  rights,  as,  for  example, 
to  exchange  one's  ideas  and  opinions  with  another,  to  tell 
or  promise  somewhat,  and  that  whether  true  or  untrue, 
whether  sincerely  or  insincerely ;  for  it  is  the  province 
of  the  other  to  believe  or  discredit  what  is  said — to  ac- 
cept or  decline  what  is  promised.*     The  reason  why  this 

•  To  utter  a  deliberate  untruth  is  in  common  speech  called  lying  or 
falsehood  ;  for  it  may  injure  the  person  to  whom  it  is  told,  if  he  good- 
naturedly  repeat  it,  and  so  render  himself  the  laughing-stock  of  others. 
But,  juridically,  that  alone  is  falsehood  which  directly  violates  the  rights 
of  man,  e.  g.  the  false  narrative  of  a  contract,  instituted  for  the  purpose 
of  attaching  the  property  of  another.  Nor  is  this  distinction  between 
these  two  kindred  conceptions  ill-founded  ;  for,  in  any  statement  made  by 
one  man  to  another,  it  is  entirely  at  the  option  of  this  last  what  weight 
he  will  give  to  what  he  hears.  And  yet,  to  say  of  any  one  that  he  is  a 
man  not  to  be  believed,  borders  so  near  on  the  charge  that  he  is  a  liar, 
that  the  line  marking  out  what  falls  within  the  domain  of  law,  and  what 
within  that  of  ethics,  is  all  but  imperceptible. 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  203 

division,  breaking  up  the  conception  freedom  into  its  sub- 
ordinate parts,  has  obtained  among  systems  of  natural 
law,  is  this,  that  when  a  question  arises  as  to  any  derived 
right,  and  the  question  arises  on  whom  the  burden  lies  to 
prove  either  the  fact,  or  to  establish  the  law  of  his  case, 
the  party  who  declines  the  obligation,  and  asserts  it  to 
be  with  the  other,  does  in  fact  appeal  to  his  birth-right, 
and  so  declares,  that  to  impute  to  him  an  obligation  to 
prove,  is  inconsistent  with  some  part  or  other  {e.  g.  equa- 
lity, innocence)  of  his  character  freedom ;  and  this  may 
be  carried  through  all  the  diflferent  relations  into  which 
freedom  can  specifically  enter. 

Further,  because  this  birth-right  is  one  and  indivisible, 
the  division  of  rights  consists  of  two  members  of  most 
unequal  dimensions  ;  and  therefore  this  right  is  discussed 
now  in  the  introduction,  and  the  subdivisions  of  natural 
law  restrained  to  the  external  riglits  of  mine  and  thine. 


FUNDAMENTAL  DIVISION  OF  THE  METAPHY 
SIC  OF  ETHICS. 

I. — All  obligations  incumbent  on  man  to  fulfil,  are 
either  juridical,  for  which  outward  laws  are  admissible  to 
co-act  their  observance,  or  ethical,  where  no  such  legis- 
lation is  conceivable ;  and  these  ethical  offices  cannot 
fall  under  any  outward  co-active  legislation,  because  such 
offices  depend  on  certain  ends  and  designs  which  it  is 
the  imperative  duty  of  man  to  propose  to  himself.  But 
no  outward  compulsion  can  give  any  person  certain  in- 


204 


INTRODUCTION  TO  THE 


tentions,  for  these  depend  on  himself  alone ;  for  even 
though  outward  actions  can  be  extorted,  tending  to  that 
end,  still  the  subject  himself  may  be  disinclined  to  it. 

IL — Man,  as  a  subject  of  obligation,  is  considered  singly 
with  reference  to  his  freedom,  which  is  supersensible, 
that  is,  his  humanity,  in  which  consists  his  personality, 
exempting  him  from  every  phenomenal  determinator 
{homo  noumenon),  and  requires  to  be  contradistinguished 
from  himself,  as  the  same  person  subjected  to  the  condi- 
tions of  time  and  space  {homo  phenomenon)  ;  and  these, 
when  applied  to  those  two  kinds  of  offices,  resting  on  the 
notions  right  and  end,  give  birth  to  the  following  division 
of  all  moral  science,  and  is  a  division  founded  on  the 
relations  subsisting  betwixt  the  law  and  the  matter  of 
obligation. 

Offices  of  perfect  or  determinate  obligation. 

^- ^ . 


CO 

E 

o 

a 
S 


O 


I. 

The  rights  of  humani- 
ty in  a  man's  own 
person. 


III. 


1  Juridi-  f 
I  cal  ] 
)  offices.  (^ 


II. 


The  rights  of  man. 


IV. 


The  ends  of  humanity  )  Ethical  J  The  ends  of  other 
in  one's  own  person.  J  offices.  (^      men. 


c 
m 

S 

>^ 

Xi 

o 


Offices  of  indeterminate  obligation. 


Besides  the  above  division,  the  subjects  mutually  oblig- 
ing one  another  may  sUmd  in  different  relations,  and 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  205 

these  relationships  would  afford  the  ground-plan  of  ano- 
ther division,  according  to  the  relation  betwixt  the  obliger 
and  the  obliged. 

I.  II. 

The  legal  relation  betwixt         The  legal  relation  of  man  to 

man  and  beings  possessed  nei-  beings  possessed  both  of  rights 

ther  of  rights  nor  obligations.  and  subjected  to  obligation. 

VACAT.  ADEST. 

For  these  are  irrational  be-         For   that  is  a  relation   be- 
ings, devoid  of  power  to  oblige,     twixt  man  and  man. 
and  towards  whom  no  obliga- 
tion can  be  constituted. 

III.  IV. 

The  legal  relation  subsisting         The   relation   betwixt   man 

betwixt  man  and  beings,  sub-  and  that  being  who  has  rights, 

jected  to  obligations,  but  de-  but  is  subjected  to  no  duties, 
void  of  rights. 

VACAT.  VACAT. 

For  these  would  be  men  de-         In  a  system  of  pure  philoso- 
void  of  personality  (slaves).  phy ;  for  such  a  being  is  no  ob- 

ject of  possible  experience. 

Division  of  Ethic  as  a  general  Si/stem  of  human  Offices  or  Duties. 


Elementology.  Methodology. 


Juridical  offices.     Ethical  offices.        Didactics.    Ascetics. 


Private     Public 
law.  law. 

Where  we  have  exhibited  at  once  the  materials  and  the 
architectonic  form  of  the  science. 


206  INTRODUCTION,  &C. 

The  law  of  nature  ought  not  to  be  divided,  as  is  often 
done,  into  natural  and  social,  but  into  natural  and 
CIVIL  OR  municipal;  the  first  is  called  private,  the  se- 
cond public  law;  for  to  the  state  of  nature,  not  social 
institutions,  but  the  civil  or  municipal,  are  to  be  oppos- 
ed. In  the  state  of  nature,  society  need  not  be  awant- 
ing,  but  only  that  civil  society,  securing  by  public  in- 
stitutions the  rights  of  man  ;  and  that  is  the  reason  why 
the  NATURAL  is  called  private  law  {Jus  privatum). 
*  *  *  * 

After  this  follows  a  course  of  theoretic  law,  which 
omitting,  we  arrive  at  ethics  or  morals  strictly  so 
called. 


THE  % 

METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS. 


PRELIMINARY. 

Ethics  signified  of  old  the  whole  of  moral  philosophy  in 
general,  and  this  was  also  called  the  system  of  the  offices 
(de  officiis).  But,  in  modern  times,  the  name  ethics  came 
to  be  confined  to  that  part  of  moral  philosophy  which 
treats  of  duties  not  cognisable  by  an  external  and  positive 
legislation.  Whence  it  has  come  that  the  general  system 
of  the  offices  falls  into  jurisprudence  treatingof  law  ex- 
ternal ;  and  into  morals,  which  is  independent  on  any 
outward  legislation.  But  in  the  present  translation  we 
follow  Kant,  and  have  restored  the  word  ethic  to  that  sig- 
nification in  which  it  was  originally  taken  by  the  sages  of 
antiquity,  as  comprehending  both  law  and  morals. 

I. EXPOSITION  OF  THE  NOTION  "  VIRTUE." 

The  notion  duty  implies,  in  the  very  essence  of  it,  the 
farther  notion  necessitation,  i.  e.  co-action  exercised  by  the 
law  upon  the  choice ;  and  this  co-action  may  be  either  fo- 
reign or  proper  (self-command).  The  ethical  imperative 
announced  by  its  categorical  behest  (an  absolutely  uncon- 
ditioned shall),  this  co-action,  which,  however,  cannot  be 
extended  to  all  Intelligents  whatsoever  (for  of  these  some 


208  OF  THE  NOTION  VIRTUE. 

may  be  "  hjoly'^) ;  but  is  valid  for  mankind  only,  as  phy- 
sical beings  endowed  with  reason,  who  are  unholy*  enough 
to  be  seduced  into  the  transgression  of  the  law,  even 
while  they  recognise  and  acknowledge  its  authority,  and, 
when  they  do  obey  it,  obey  unwillingly  (i.  e.  by  withstand- 
ing inclination) ;  in  which  point  indeed  self-co-action 
properly  consists.  But  since  man  is  at  the  same  time  a 
free  (moral)  agent,  the  notion  "  duty"  can  involve  no 
more  than  self-co-action  {i.  e.  by  the  naked  representation 
of  the  law),  at  least  when  regard  is  had  to  the  inward 
mobile  of  the  will ;  for,  if  the  case  were  otherwise,  it 
would  be  impossible  to  reconcile  any  such  co-action  with 
man's  liberty  of  choice.  But  where  the  constraint  is  in- 
ward, the  notion  "  duty"  comes  within  the  sphere  of 
morals. 

The  instincts  of  man's  physical  nature  give  birth  to 
obstacles  which  hinder  and  impede  him  in  the  execution 
of  his  duty.  They  are  in  fact  mighty  opposing  forces, 
which  he  has  to  go  forth  and  encounter  j  these  he  must 

*  And  yet  man,  as  a  moral  beinj^,  does,  when  he  considers  himself  ob- 
jectively, and  beholds  in  an  intellectual  apprehension  the  destiny  whi- 
therward his  reason  calls  him,  deem  himself  enough  holy,  to  violate  his 
law  only  unwillingly  and  with  compunction :  nor  can  there  exist  any 
one  so  irrecoverably  far  gone  and  decayed  in  ethical  apostacy,  as  not  to 
feel,  in  any  instance  of  transgression,  an  inward  warfare  and  self-dislike, 
against  which  he  is  compelled  to  struggle.  This  strange  spectacle,  and 
that  mankind  should  at  this  conjuncture  (where  the  fable  represents 
Hercules  betwixt  virtue  and  voluptuousness)  give  ear  rather  to  bis  ap- 
petites than  to  the  law,  is  quite  inexplicable  ;  for  we  can  explain  events 
only  by  assigning  a  cause  agreeably  to  the  laws  regulating  the  mecha- 
nism of  the  physical  system  ;  and  were  we  to  do  so  here,  then  were  the 
will  not  free.  Whereas  it  is  just  this  double  and  contrary  self-co-action, 
and  ITS  iNEviTABiLiTV,  that  first  of  all  reveals  to  mankind  that  amaz- 
ing quality  of  his  nature,  moral  freedom. 


OF  THE  NOTION  VIRTUE.  209 

deem  himself  able  to  overcome  by  his  reason,  and  that 
not  at  some  future  period,  but  even  now, — not  bit-by-bit, 
but  to  beat  all  down  at  one  single  blow.  He  must  judge 
that  he  can,  what  things  soever  the  law  ordains  that  he 
OUGHT  and  should. 

•  But  the  consciousness  of  the  power,  and  the  predeter- 
minate  resolve,  to  withstand  a  strong  and  unjust  enemy,  is 
VALOUR  ;  and,  in  regard  of  that  which  opposes  the  advance- 
ment of  the  moral  sentiments  within  us,  moral  valour,  i.  e. 
virtue.  Whence  it  has  resulted,  that  the  general  system 
of  the  offices  is,  in  that  part  which  brings  not  the  outward 
but  the  inward  freedom  under  control,  a  doctrine  or  the- 
ory of  virtue. 

Jurisprudence  treated  singly  of  the  formal  conditions 
of  man's  outward  freedom  (viz.  that  freedom  should  re- 
main consistent  with  itself,  in  the  event  of  its  maxims 
being  elevated  to  the  rank  of  law  universal),  i.  e.  it  inves- 
tigated law  only.  But  ethic  objects  a  matter  to  man's  free 
choice,  AN  END  given  by  pure  reason  for  him  to  aim  at, 
and  which  is  represented  as  an  objectively-necessary  end, 
and  so,  consequently,  as  a  "  duty."  For  since  the  appe- 
tites and  instincts  of  the  sensory  mislead  the  will  to  ends 
siibyersjve  of  morality,  legislative  reason  can  in  no  other 
manner  guard  against  their  inroad,  than  by  objecting  to 
the  will  an  opposite  and  contrary  and  moral  end,  given  in- 
dependently of  the  sensory,  and  so  a  priori. 

An  end  is  the  object  of  the  choice  of  a  reasonable 
being;  by  the  representation  of  which,  the  Intelligent  is  de- 
termined to  an  act  tending  to  obtain  and  realize  such  ob- 
ject. Now,  it  is  undoubted  that  I  may  be  forced  to  act 
80  as  to  be  merely  an  instrumental  towards  some  ulterior 
and  foreign  end ;  but  I  never  can  in  any  event  be  con- 

o 


2J0  OF  THE  NOTION  VIRTUE. 

strained  to  object  to  myself  my  end.  I  alone  can  assign 
and  fix  to  myself  the  end  I  will  to  aim  at.  But,  on  the 
hypothesis  that  I  stand  under  an  obligation  to  consti- 
tute, as  my  end,  somewhat  objected  by  reason  to  my  intel- 
lectual regards,  that  is,  that  I  ought,  over  and  above  the 
formal  determination  of  will  (treated  of  in  law),  to  super- 
add to  it  a  material  deter minator,  i.  e.  an  end,  contrary 
and  opposed  to  the  ends  brought  forth  by  sensitive  excite- 
ment ;  then  there  emerges  the  notion  of  an  end,  which  is 
in  itself  a  ground  of  duty ;  and  the  doctrine  of  such  an 
end  cannot  fall  under  the  sphere  of  law,  but  it  belongs  to 
morals,  which  alone  involve  in  their  very  notion  that  of 
self-co-action,  according  to  ethic  laws. 

Upon  this  account  ethics  may,  in  this  part,  be  defined 
to  be  THE  SYSTEM  OF  THE  ENDS  of  pure  practical  reason. 
Physical  co-action  and  self-co-action  mark  or  determine 
the  boundary  obtaining  betwixt  law  and  morals,  the  two 
grand  stems  of  the  science  of  ethics ;  and  that  ethics  must 
comprehend  duty,  to  observe  which,  no  one  can  be  con- 
strained physically  by  others,  is  just  a  corollary  from  the 
position,  that  it  is  a  doctrine  of  the  ends  of  reason  ;  it 
being  absurd  to  talk  of  force,  when  question  is  made  of 
the  practical  autonomy  of  the  agent  himself. 

Again,  that  ethics  is  a  doctrine  of  the  offices  of  virtue, 
results  from  the  definition  given  above  of  virtue,  taken  in 
conjunction  with  that  peculiar  obligation,  the  nature  of 
which  has  just  been  stated.  In  fact,  there  is  no  other  de- 
termination of  will,  except  the  determination  and  design 
to  adopt  an  end,  which  carries  already  in  the  very  notion 
of  it,  that  the  person  cannot  be  co-acted  to  it  physically 
by  the  will  of  another.  No  doubt  another  person  may 
force  me  to  do  what  is  contrary  to  my  own  design,  and 


OF  THE  NOTION  VIRTUE.  2ll 

such  deed  may  be  a  mere  mean  or  instrumental  toward 
gaining  the  ends  of  that  other  person  ;  but  this  he  cannot 
force  me  to,  that  I  should  make  his  ends  ray  own ;  and  it 
is  clear,  that  no  end  can  be  mine,  unless  I  make  it  so  by 
proposing  it  to  myself.  Indeed,  an  end  imposed  by  any 
other  would  be  a  contradiction — an  act  of  freedom  devoid 
of  liberty ;  but  there  is  no  contradiction  in  designing  an 
end,  to  have  which  end  is  the  person's  duty ;  for  here  I  co- 
act  myself,  and  this  is  quite  consistent  with  my  freedom. 
But  now  the  question  arises,  how  is  such  an  end  pos- 
sible ?  for  the  logical  possibility  of  the  notion  of  a  thing, 
is  insufficient  to  enable  us  to  conclude  upon  the  objective 
reality  of  the  thing  itself. 


ir. EXPOSITION   OF  THE    NOTION  OF  AN  END,  WHICH  IS  AT  THE 

SAME  TIME  A  DUTY. 

The  relation  of  an  end  to  duty  jmay  be  cogitated  in  a 
twofold  manner  :  either  beginning  with  the  end  to  assign 
the  maxiDa_fl£.actionsJn  harmony  with  duty,  or  beginning 
with_the  maxim  to  determinejhat_end,  which  it  is  a  duty 
incumbent  on  mankind  to  propose  to  himself.  Jurispru- 
dence advances  by  the  first  method.  Every  one  is  free  to 
give  his  actions  what  end  he  will,  but  the  principle  regu- 
lating the  causality  of  the  will  is  fixed  a  priori,  viz.  that 
the  freedom  of  the  agent  must  be  exercised  in  such  a  man- 
ner as  to  consist  with  the  freedom  of  every  other  person, 
conformably  to  law  universal. 

But  morals  strike  into  an  opposite  march :  here  we  can- 
not commence  with  the  ends  mankind  may  design,  and 
from  them  determine  and  statute  the  maxims  he  has  to 


212  OF  AN  END  WHICH  IS 

take,  i.  e.  statute  the  duty  he  has  to  follow ;  for  in  this 
latter  event,  the  grounds  of  his  maxims  would  be  experi- 
mental, which  we  know  beget  no  obligation,  the  idea  duty 
and  its  categorical  imperative  taking  their  rise  in  pure 
reason_only.  Nor  could  we  indeed  even  talk  of  duty,  were 
the  will's  inward  principles  based  on  tentative  and  expe- 
rimental ends,  these  being  all  selfish  and  egotistical.  In 
this  branch  of  ethics,  then,  the  idea  obligation  must  guide 
to  ends  which  we  ought  to  aim  at,  and  constitute  maxims 
pointing  to  those  ends  conformably  to  ethic  laws. 

Postponing  for  the  present  the  investigation  into  what 
these  ends  are  which  mankind  ought  to  propose  to  him- 
self, and  how  such  ends  come  to  be  possible,  we  must  re- 
mark, that  a  material  duty  of  this  kind  is  called  a  moral 
duty  or  virtuous  oifice ;  and  it  may  be  requisite  to  state 
upon  what  accounts  it  is  so. 

To  every  duty  there  corresponds  a  right,  considered  as 
a  TITLE  in  general ;  but  every  duty  does  not  import  that 
the  other  has  a  right  (a  legal  title)  juridically  to  co-act 
the  execution  of  duty  from  the  obliged  ;  but  where  duties 
are  coercible,  they  are,  strictly  speaking,  legal  duties  (duty- 
in-law).  Exactly  in  the  same  way,  to  every  obligation 
there  corresponds  the  notion  virtue ;  but  every  ethic  duty 
is  not  upon  that  account  one  of  the  offices  of  virtue :  that 
obligation,  for  instance,  is  not,  which  abstracts  from  all 
given  ends,  and  regards  the  bare  formal  of  the  will's  deter- 
mination, viz.  that  the  incumbent  action  be  performed  out 
of  regard  had  to  duty.  It  is  only  in  the  case  where  an 
action  is  at  once  both  an  end  and  a  duty,  that  a  virtuous 
ofiice  can  be  constituted  ;  of  this  latter  sort  there  may  be 
several,  and  so  different  virtues ;  whereas  of  the  former, 
as  there  can  be  but  one  ethical  obligement,  so  only  one 


AT  THE  SAME  TIME  A  DUTY.  213 

fluty,  i.  e.  one  virtuous  sentiment  extending  to  all  actions, 
of  wliatever  kind. 

Farther,  another  essential  distinction  obtaining  betwixt 
juridical  and  moral  obligements  is,  that  the  former  are 
coercible,  whereas  the  latter  depend  singly  upon  free  self- 
co-action.  Farther,  for  finite  holy  beings  (incapable  of 
being  tempted  to  swerve  from  duty),  there  can  be  no  doc- 
trine of  virtue,  but  a  science  of  ethics  singly,  which  is  an 
autonomy  of  practical  reason  ;  whereas  a  system  of  virtues 
treats  not  only  the  autonomy,  but  also,  at  the  same  time, 
of  the  AUTOKRATY  of  the  will,  i.  e.  is  a  doctrine  of  the 
force  reason  has  to  vanquish  and  beat  down  all  the  appe- 
tites which  oppose  the  execution  of  the  law.  A  force  not, 
indeed,  immediately  given  in  an  intuition,  but  rightly  in- 
ferred from  the  categorical  imperative.  Whence  it  results, 
that  man's  morality  is,  at  its  highest  grade,  nothing  more 
than  VIRTUE,  even  admitting  that  such  morality  were  al- 
together pure  {i.  e.  defecated  thoroughly  from  every  ad- 
mixture of  foreign  springs) ;  a  state  and  tone  of  soul  which 
fancy  has  impersonated  in  the  character  of  the  sage,  an 
IDEAL  whitherwards  mankind  ought  in  unremitting  pro- 
gression to  advance. 

Nor  can  virtue  be  explained  to  be  a  habit,  as  Cochins  has 
done  in  his  prize  essay,  where  he  treats  of  it  as  an  apti- 
tude in  morally  good  actions,  acquired  by  long-continued 
custom ;  for  when  such  use  and  wont  is  not  effectuated 
by  stable,  firm,  and  ever  more  and  more  clarified  first 
principles,  then  is  the  habitude, — like  any  other  mechan- 
ism brought  about  by  technical  reason, — neither  fortified 
against  all  assailants,  nor  has  it  any  guard  against  the 
sudden  fits  and  starts  new  enticements  and  unforeseen 
circumstances  may  occasion. 


214  WHY   SOMK  ENDS  ARE   DUTIES. 

Remark. — To  virtue  =  ^  «,  is  opposed  non-virtue  (moral 
weakness)  =  0,  as  its  logical  antipart ;  but  vice  =  —  a,  as  its 
real  antagonist.  And  it  is  a  question  not  only  devoid  of  mean- 
ing, but  even  offensive,  to  inquire  if  great  crimes  may  not  de- 
mand and  display  more  strength  of  soul  than  even  great  virtues  ; 
for  by  strength  of  soul  we  understand  the  stedfastness  of  man's 
will,  as  a  being  endowed  with  freedom,  i.  e.  in  so  far  as  he  is  in 
a  healthy  state  of  intellect,  and  retains  his  command  over  him- 
self. Great  crimes  are  on  the  contrary  paroxysms,  at  whose  as- 
pect the  sane  part  of  mankind  stand  aghast.  In  fine,  this  sort 
of  question  may  be  compared  to  the  question,  whether  a  person 
may  not  have  greater  physical  power  in  a  fit  of  frenzy  than  when 
in  his  right  wits ;  and  this  question  may  be  answered  in  the  af- 
firmative, without  allowing  him  upon  that  account  to  be  possess- 
ed of  greater  strength  of  soul :  for,  as  crimes  take  their  rise  from 
the  inverted  domination  of  the  passions  and  appetites  over  rea- 
son, where  no  strength  of  soul  is  at  all  conceivable,  this  ques- 
tion is  like  asking  if  a  man  in  a  fever  may  not  exhibit  more 
strength  than  when  in  health,  which  may  unhesitatingly  be  de- 
nied, because  the  want  of  health,  which  last  consists  in  the  due 
equilibrium  and  adjustment  of  all  a  man's  bodily  powers,  is  a 
weakening  of  the  system  of  his  forces,  according  to  which  sys- 
tem only,  it  is,  however,  that  we  can  state  any  estimate  of  his 
absolute  health. 


III. OF  THE   GROUND    UPON   WHICH  MAN  REPRESENTS  TO    HIM- 
SELF AN  END  WHICH  IS  AT  THE  SAME  TIME  A  DUTY. 

End  is  an  object  of  free  choice,  which  determines  itself 
by  the  representation  of  this  object  to  an  action,  whereby 
this  end  is  brought  forth.  Every  action  has  consequent- 
ly its  own  end  j  and  since  no  one  can  design  an  end  ex- 


WHY  SOME  EXDS  ARE  DUTIES.  215 

cept  by  HIMSELF  constituting  the  object  chosen  his  end,  it 
results  that  man's  aiming  at  any  particular  end  is  an  act  of 
his  own  freedom,  and  no  effect  operated  by  constitutional 
mechanism  of  his  system.  But  because  an  act,  fixing  an 
end,  is  a  practical  principle,  ordaining  not  a  means  (which 
were  a  hypothetical  commandment),  but  the  end  itself 
(».  €.  unconditionally),  it  follows  that  there  is  a  categorical 
imperative  of  pure  practical  reason,  connecting  the  idea 
duty  with  that  of  an  end  in  general. 

That  there  must  be  such  an  end,  and  a  categorical  im- 
perative corresponding  to  it,  is  apparent  from  this,  that 
where  there  are  free  actions,  there  must  also  be  ends, 
whitherwards  they  tend,  as  their  object ;  and  among  these 
ends,  there  must  be  some,  whereof  it  is  of  the  very  essence 
to  be  duties.  For  were  none  such  given,  then,  because  no 
action  can  be  aimless,  would  every  end  be  only  valid  in 
the  eye  of  reason  as  a  means  instrumental  and  conducive 
towards  some  farther  end,  and  a  categorical  imperative 
would  be  impossible ;  a  position  which  would  overthrow 
all  ethics. 

Accordingly  we  do  not  here  treat  of  ends  which  man- 
kind proposes  to  himself  by  force  of  the  physical  instincts 
of  his  system,  but  of  such  ends  as  he  ought  to  aim  at. 
The  former  might  be  found  a  technical  (subjective)  doc- 
trine of  ends,  and  would  contain  the  dictates  of  prudence 
in  choosing  one's  ends ;  but  the  latter  must  be  called  the 
ethical  (objective)  doctrine  of  ends,  a  distinction  which 
we  do  not  insist  upon,  because  the  science  of  ethics  is  in 
its  very  notion  contradistinguished  from  anthropology, 
the  latter  rising  upon  experimental  principles,  the  former 
again,  i.  e.  the  ethical  doctrine  of  ends,  treating  of  duties 
bottomed  upon  a  priori  principles  of  pure  practical  reason. 


216  WHAT  ENDS  ARE  DUTIES, 


IV. WHAT    ENDS  THEY  ARE,  THE  VERY  ESSENCE  WHEREOF  IT   IS 

TO  BE  DUTIES. 

Such  ends  are  one's  own  perfection, — our  neigh- 
bour's HAPPINESS. 

These  ends  cannot  be  inverted,  and  we  cannot  state  as 
such, — one's  own  happiness, — our  neighbour's  perfection. 

For  his  own  happiness  is  an  end  wliich  all  mankind  has 
by  force  of  the  physical  constitution  of  his  system,  conse- 
quently this  end  cannot  be  regarded  as  a  duty,  without 
stating  a  contradiction.  What  every  one  inevitably  wills, 
cannot  fall  under  the  notion  duty,  duty  importing  neces- 
siTATiON  to  an  end  unwillingly  adopted.  So  that  it  is  a 
contradiction  to  say  a  man  is  obliged  to  advance  his  own 
happiness  with  all  his  might. 

And  there  is  the  like  contradiction  in  saying  that  we 
ought  to  design  the  perfection  of  another,  and  to  hold  our- 
selves obliged  to  further  it ;  for  the  perfectness  of  another, 
when  considered  as  a  person,  consists  in  this,  that  he  can 
impose  upon  himself  his  own  end,  agreeably  to  his  own  un- 
derstanding of  his  duty ;  and  it  is  a  repugnancy  to  impose 
on  me  as  a  duty,  the  doing  that  which  singly  the  other 
person  can  accomplish. 


V. DILUCIDATION  OF  THESE  TWO  NOTIONS. 

A.  Owe's  Own  Perfection. 

The  word  perfection  is  open  to  many  an  interpreta- 
tion.    Thus,  when  used  in  ontology,  perfection  denotes 


WHAT  ENDS  ARE  DUTIES.  21% 

tlie  TOTALITY  of  the  multifarious,  which,  taken  together, 
do  in  the  aggregate  compose  one  thing.  Then,  again,  when 
used  in  teleology,  it  is  so  understood  as  to  signify  the 
exact  PROPORTiONATENESS  OF  MEANS  TO  ENDS.  Perfec- 
tion, taken  in  the  first  sense,  might  be  called  quantita- 
tive, in  the  second  qualitative  {formal).  The  material 
and  quantitative  perfection  is  one  only  (for  the  total  of  the 
parts  of  any  what  is  one  whole) ;  but  of  the  formal  there 
may  be  many  sorts  in  the  same  thing,  and  it  is  of  this  lagt 
jlone  that  we  here  treat. 

When  it  is  said  that  the  perfecting  of  his  nature  is  an 
end  which  it  is  man's  duty  to  propose  to  himself,  this  per- 
fection must  be  placed  in  that  which  is  the  effect  of  his 
own  activity,  not  any  gift  of  nature,  upon  which  account 
this  duty  can  be  nothing  else  than  the  culture  of  his  na- 
tural faculties,  the  principal  whereof  is  the  understanding, 
as  the  power  of  dealing  with  notions  and  ideas,  among 
others  with  the  ideas  of  duty ;  and  then,  next,  of  his  will 
to  discharge  all  his  duty. 

It  is  then  a  duty  incumbent  upon  mankind, — I.  To  de- 
velope  himself  more  and  more  from  the  animal  characters 
stamped  upon  him  by  his  brute  nature,  and  to  advance 
and  evolve  his  humanity,  which  alone  renders  him  capable 
of  designing  any  what  as  his  end.  He  ought  to  strip  off  his 
ignorance,  by  learning  to  correct  and  renounce  his  errors ; 
and  this  is  not  a  counsel  given  him  by  technically 
PRACTICAL  reason,  but  ethico-active  reason  ordains  it 
unconditionally,  in  order  that  he  may  be  worthy  of  the 
humanity  he  represents. 

II.  To  clarify,  and  to  carry  the  culture  of  his  will  to 
the  purest  grade  of  ethic  sentiment,  a  state  and  tone  of 
soul  where  the  law  itself  is  the  immediate  mobile  of  the 


(^ 


WHAT  ENDS  ARK  DUTIES. 


will,  and  where  duty  is  discharged  because  it  is  so.  And 
THIS  STATE  AND  TONE  OF  SOUL  is  an  in  Ward  ethical  per- 
fection, and  is  called  the  moral  sense,  because  it  is  a  feel- 
mg  of  the  effect  wrought  by  legislative  reason  upon  man's 
Wtivepower  of  conforming  to  the  law^  And  although 
this  feeling  has  been  too  often  fanatically  abused,  as  if  it 
were  a  peculiar  emotion  a.stir  in  the  mind  antecedently  to 
reason,  and  able  (like  the  genius  of  Socrates)  to  dispense 
with  her  tardy  determinations,  it  is  notwithstanding  an 
ethical  accomplishment,  enabling  mankind  to  make 
every  end  his  own,  when  that  end  is  also  his  duty. 


B.  My  Neighbour's  Happiness. 

Happiness,  i.  e.  contentment  and  satisfaction  with  one's 
external  lot,  in  so  far  as  its  permanence  is  secured,  is  the 
inevitable  desire  and  wish  of  every  human  nature  ;  but  it 
is  not  upon  that  account  an  end  affording  the  groundwork 
of  any  duty.  Again,  since  a  distinction  has  been  made 
by  some,  betwixt  what  they  term  physical  and  moral  hap- 
piness, whereof  the  former  is  stated  to  consist  in  man's 
enjoyment  and  acquiescence  in  the  goods  and  bounties 
bestowed  on  him,  in  free  gift,  by  nature,  but  the  latter  in 
his  own  self-contentment  and  acquiescence  in  his  own 
ethical  deportment,  it  is  needful  for  me  to  remark  (omit- 
ting all  censure  of  the  misuse  of  such  terms,  which  inclose 
a  contradiction)  that  the  latter  kind  of  state  belongs  to  the 
other  head,  that  of  perfection  ;  for  he  who  is  to  be  happy 
in  the  bare  consciousness  of  his  honesty,  possesses  that 
very  perfection  treated  of  in  the  former  title,  as  that  end 
which  it  was  man's  duty  to  puisue. 

That  happiness,  then,  which  it  is  my  end  and  my  duty 


WHAT  ENDS  ARE  DUTIES.  219 

to   further,   can   be  the  happiness   of    another    singly, 

WHOSE  ENDS  AND  INTERESTS  I  OUGHT  TO  MAKE  MY  OWN. 

What  others  may  deem  most  conducive  to  their  interests 
and  happiness,  rests  upon  their  determination  ;  it  stands, 
however,  always  at  my  option  to  decline  the  pursuit  of 
ends,  others  would  willingly  obtain,  if  I  hold  them  hurtful 
and  pernicious.  But  to  resist  or  evade  this  virtuous  office 
of  beneficence,  by  alleging  a  pretended  obligation  incum- 
bent on  me  to  study  my  own  physical  happiness,  is  in 
plain  fact  just  to  convert  my  private  and  subjective  end 
into  an  objective  one ;  and  yet  such  pretended  obligation 
has  repeatedly  been  urged  as  an  objection  to  the  forego- 
ing division  of  duties  (No.  IV.) :  the  objection  is  merely 
plausible  and  apparent,  and  the  following  remark  may 
serve  to  clear  the  matter  up. 

Grief,  poverty,  want,  and  pain,  are  unquestionably 
mighty  temptations  to  the  transgression  of  one's  duty ;  and 
hence  it  seems  as  if  wealth,  strength,  health,  which  keep 
out  the  inroad  of  the  first,  were  ends  incumbent  on  man-> 
kind  to  pursue,  i.  e,  it  looks  very  like  as  if  it  were  his 
duty  to  advance  and  study  his  own  interests  as  much  as 
those  of  others.  But  what  is  overlooked,  is  this,  that  in 
such  event  a  man's  general  welfare  is  not  the  end  aimed 
at,  but  is  no  more  than  a  means  allowed  as  instrumental 
towards  remo\ang  the  obstacles  which  might  stand  in  the 
way  of  the  person's  own  morality;  and  this  last  it  is^ 
which  is  the  true  and  real  end  of  his  exertions,  and  must 
needs  be  permitted,  no  one  having  a  right  to  demand  that 
I  should  sacrifice  for  him,  my  proper  end.  To  acquire 
wealth  is  thence  directly  and  in  itself  no  duty ;  but  indi- 
rectly it  may  become  so,  viz.  in  order  to  guard  against 
poverty,  and  that  wretchedness  which  might  come  accom- 


220  MORAL  DUTY  IS  OF 

panied  by  vice.  But  then  it  is  not  my  happiness,  but  my 
morality,  which,  to  uphold  in  its  integrity,  is  at  once  my 
end  and  my  duty. 

VI. MORALS     CONTAIN      NO     LAW     FOR     ACTIONS     (tHAT    WERE 

jurisprudence),    but      FOR     THE    INWARD     MAXIMS    SINGLY 
WHENCE  ACTIONS  TAKE  THEIR  RISE. 

The  notion  duty  relates  immediately  to  law,  even  when 
I  abstract  from  every  end  which  might  become  the  matter 
of  it.  This,  indeed,  was  indicated  by  the  supreme  formal 
principle  of  ethics  expressed  in  the  categorical  imperative, 
*'  So  act  that  the  maxim  of  thy  conduct  might  be  announ- 
ced as  law  universal."  But  in  this  part  of  ethics,  this  for- 
mula denotes  the  law  of  thy  own  special  individual  will, 
not  the  law  emanating  from  will  in  genere ;  in  which 
latter  case  there  would  be  room  for  the  will  of  some  other 
person,  and  the  duty  resulting  from  it  would  be  a  juridical 
obligation,  and  so  fall  beyond  the  domain  of  morals.  In 
this  part  of  ethics  the  maxims  are  regarded  as  such  sub- 
jective principles  as  are  not  unfit  to  be  elevated  to  the 
rank  of  law  in  a  system  of  universal  moral  legislation ; 
but  this  gives  them  only  a  negative  character,*  viz.  not  to 
be  repugnant  to  law  in  genere.  The  question,  therefore, 
is,  how  can  there  be  a  law  ordaining  positive  maxims  of 
conduct  ? 

The  notion  of  an  end  in  itself  a  duty — peculiar  to  this 

•  Duty  is  a  negative  conception  only,  i.  e.  it  expresses  that  the  will  is 
limited  to  the  condition  of  not  being  repugnant  to  a  potential  legislation 
universal ;  but  since  no  will  can  be  devoid  of  ends,  the  assigning  of  an 
end  a  priori,  upon  grounds  of  practical  reason,  is  the  ordaining  of  a  max- 
im to  act  towards  such  end.     T. 


INDETERMINATE  OBLIGATION.  221 

branch  of  ethics — is  what  founds  a  law  commanding  max- 
ims of  conduct,  by  subordinating  the  ends  which  all  man- 
kind have  to  the  objective  ends  which  all  mankind  ought 
to  have.  The  imperative,  thou  shalt  make  to  thyself,  this 
or  that,  thy  end,  points  to  the  matter  (the  object)  of  choice  : 
and  since  no  free  action  is  possible,  where  the  agent  does 
not  design  by  it  some  end  as  the  object  chosen,  a  maxim 
tending  to  such  end  need  only  be  fit  for  law  universal ; 
whereas,  if  that  end  be  in  itself  a  duty,  such  end-duty 
would  found  a  law  ordaining  me  to  adopt  the  maxim  ta- 
ken from  and  belonging  to  it.  For  man's  practical  max- 
ims may  be  adopted  arbitrarily,  and  it  is  always  in  his 
option  to  execute  them  or  not,  they  being  no  otherwise 
fettered  than  by  standing  under  the  restrictive  condition 
of  being  fit  for  law  universal,  this  being  the  formal  prin- 
ciple regulating  the  whole  conduct  of  life.  But  a  law 
takes  away  the  whole  optional  part  of  action,  and  so  dif- 
fers widely  from  all  expediential  dictates,  which  counsel 
what  means  conduce  best  to  certain  ends. 


VII MORAL  DUTY  IS  OF  INDETERMINATE  OBLIGATION,  BUT  THE 

JURIDICAL  OFFICES  ARE  STRICT. 

This  position  is  a  corollary  from  the  foregoing  (No.  VI.) ; 
for  where  the  law  ordains  not  the  action,  but  its  maxim 
only,  that  implies  that  it  leaves  to  free  choice  a  latitude 
in  the  execution  of  it,  that  is  to  say,  that  the  law  does  not 
rigidly  determine,  how  much  ought  to  be  done  toward 
the  end  which  is  our  duty,  but  an  indeterminate  obliga- 
tion  must  not  be  so  understood  as  if  it  left  a  space  open 


222  MORAL  DUTY  IS  OF 

for  exceptions  from  the  maxim  itself;  it  means  only  our 
title  to  limit  one  rule  of  duty  by  another  (e.  g.  to  limit  the 
general  social  duty  by  the  fraternal  or  filial),  which  vir- 
tually enlarges  the  field  for  the  practical  exercise  of  vir- 
tue. The  more  an  obligation  is  extensive,  the  more  in- 
determinate is  the  person's  obligement  to  act ;  neverthe- 
less, the  more  he  narrows  the  maxim  of  its  observance, 
so  as  to  make  it  approach  to  the  nature  of  a  strict  and 
forensic  obligation,  the  more  complete  is  the  virtue  of  his 
conduct. 

Duties  of  indeterminate  obligation  are  therefore  the 
only  offices  of  virtue.  To  discharge  them  is  merit  = 
+  a ;  their  transgression  is  not  straightway  guilt  = 
—  fl,  but  simply  moral  un worth  =  0.  Unless,  indeed, 
the  person  omitted  upon  system  the  observance  of  these 
duties.  Stedfastness  of  purpose  in  carrying  the  first  of 
these  into  action,  is  what  is  properly  styled  virtue.  Weak- 
ness in  the  second  is  not  so  much  vice,  as  rather  non- 
virtue,  t.  e.  want  of  moral  strength  (defectus  moralis). 
Every  action  repugnant  to  duty  is  transgression  ;  but 
deliberate  transgression,  done  upon  system,  is  that  only 
-which  properly  is  to  be  termed  vice. 

Although  the  conformity  of  a  man's  actions  to  the  law 
is  nothing  meritorious,  yet  to  observe  one's  juridical  obliga- 
tions as  duties  is ;  i.  e.  reverence  for  the  rights  of  man- 
kind is  meritorious,  for  hereby  a  person  makes  the 
rights  of  man  his  end,  and  so  extends  his  notion  of  obli- 
gation beyond  that  of  mere  debt  (officium  debiti).  Another 
may,  in  consequence  of  his  rights,  demand  from  me  ac- 
tions tallying  with  the  law,  but  he  cannot  likewise  insist 
that  the  representation  of  the  law  should   itself  be  the 


INDETERMINATE  OBLIGATION.  223 

ground  determining  my  will  to  action.  A  similar  remark 
holds  good  of  that  more  general  ethic  precept,  Act  duteotis- 
ly  out  of  regard  had  to  duty.  To  engrave  such  a  sentiment 
deep  in  one's  heart,  and  often  to  revivify  its  impression,  is 
MERITORIOUS,  for  it  goes  beyond  the  mere  act  incumbent 
to  be  done,  and  makes  the  law  itself  the  spring  of  con- 
duct. 

Upon  the  same  account,  those  duties  must  be  reckoned 
as  of  indeterminate  obligation,  which  are  observed  to  be 
attended  by  an  inward  ethical  reward  ;  or  rather,  to 
bring  the  parallel  yet  nearer  to  the  case  of  forensic  obliga- 
tions,— followed  by  a  susceptibility  for  such  rewards  ac- 
cording to  the  moral  law :  viz.  a  susceptibility  for  an  ethi- 
cal complacency,  surpassing  the  mere  simple  self-appro- 
bation (which  is  only  negative)  consequent  on  the  fulfil- 
ment of  the  law;  and  this  complacency  it  is,  which  is 
meant,  when  it  is  said  that  virtue  is  by  such  a  conscious- 
ness her  own  reward. 

This  merit,  which  a  man  may  have  in  regard  of  his  kind, 
by  advancing  their  common  and  known  ends,  and  so 
making  their  happiness  constitute  his^  may  be  called  a 
SWEET  MERIT,  and  the  consciousness  of  it  brings  forth  an 
ethical  delight,  at  which  ecstatic  banquet  others  may 
even  sympathetically  feast.  Whereas  the  bitter  merit  of 
advancing  the  true  weal  of  the  ignorant  and  unthankful, 
has  in  general  no  such  re-action,  and  brings  forth  no 
more  than  self-approbation,  although  this  last  is  in  such 
a  case  likely  to  be  more  pure  and  more  exalted. 


224  MORAL  DUTY  IS  OF 


VIII. EXPOSITION  OF  THK    MORAL  DUTIES  AS    DUTIES  OF  INDE- 
TERMINATE OBLIGATION. 

1.  My  otvn  Perfection,  as  End  and  Duty. 

A.  Physical  perfection,  i.  e.  culture  of  all  our  faculties  in 
general,  in  order  to  attain  the  ends  objected  to  us  by  rea- 
son. That  this  is  our  duty,  and  an  end  of  our  being, 
and  that  this  culture  rises  on  an  unconditionate  imperative, 
independently  of  any  advantages  to  which  such  culture 
may  perhaps  conduce,  may  appear  from  what  follows. 
The  ability  to  propose  to  one's  self  an  end,  is  the  charac- 
teristic of  humanity,  and  distinguishes  it  from  his  brute 
nature.  Along  with  the  ends  of  the  humanity  subsisting 
in  our  person,  goes  hand  in  hand  the  rational  will,  and 
together  with  that,  the  obligation  to  make  one's  self  well- 
deserving  of  mankind  by  general  culture,  in  carrying  to 
higher  and  higher  degrees  of  perfection  the  powers  in- 
trusted to  him,  i.  e.  to  develope  the  latent  energies  dor- 
mant in  the  unhewn  substratum  of  his  nature,  whereby 
the  brute  animal  is  first  of  all  changed  and  transformed 
into  the  man ;  all  which  is  in  itself  an  imperative  duty. 

But  this  duty  is  simply  moral,  i.  e.  of  indeterminate  ob- 
ligation :  how  far  any  one  ought  to  carry  the  improvement 
and  the  progression  of  his  faculties,  is  left  undetermined 
by  reason.  Besides,  the  difference  of  occasions  and  cir- 
cumstances one  may  come  into,  renders  quite  arbitrary 
the  choice  of  the  kind  of  calling  to  which  he  will  de- 
vote his  talent;  so  that  there  can  be  no  commandment 
of  reason  ordaining  given  actions,  but  ordaining  only  a 
maxim  regulative  of  conduct;  the  tenor  of  which  prin- 


INDETERMINATE  OBLIGATION.  225 

ciple  may  be  thus  conceived  :  "  Evolve  betimes  thy  cor- 
poreal and  mental  faculties,  that  thou  mayest  be  fitted  for 
any  kind  of  ends,  it  being  uncertain  which  of  them  may 
come  one  day  to  be  adopted  by  thee." 

B,  Ethical  perfection.  The  highest  grade  of  ethical 
perfection  possible  to  be  attained  by  man,  is  to  discharge 
his  duty  because  it  is  so ;  where  the  law  is  at  once  the 
rule  and  the  mobile  of  the  will.  Now,  at  first  sight,  it 
seems  as  if  this  were  a  strict  obligation,  and  that  the  su- 
preme principle  of  duty  called,  not  only  for  the  legality, 
but  likewise  for  the  morality  of  every  act,  and  that  it 
must  do  so  with  the  whole  rigour  and  severity  of  law. 
But,  in  fact,  the  law  concerns  itself  only  with  the  maxims 
of  conduct,  and  ordains  man  to  seek  the  ground  of  his  prac- 
tical maxims  in  the  law  itself,  not  in  any  sensitive  in- 
stiiict  or  by-views  and  ends  of  prejudice  and  advantage. 
No  individual  act,  then,  is  specially  ordained.  Besides, 
it  is  impossible  for  any  one  so  to  behold  or  fathom  the 
abysses  of  his  heart,  as  to  become  fully  convinced  of  the 
purity  of  his  moral  intentions,  and  of  his  sincerity,  even 
in  one  single  act,  however  clear  he  may  be  as  to  its  lega- 
lity. Imbecility,  oftener  than  any  other  cause,  deters  a 
man  from  the  hardihood  of  crime,  and  so  passes  with  him 
for  VIRTUE,  which,  however,  implies  a  certain  grade  of 
-^  strength.  >  And  how  many  may  there  be  who  have  long 
lived  lives  blameless  and  unrebukeable,  who  are,  after  all, 
only  lucky  in  having  escaped  temptation  ?  How  much 
ethical  content  may  belong  to  any  action,  cannot  be  ex- 
plored even  by  themselves. 

We  infer,  then,  that  the  duty  of  estimating  the  worth 
of  one's  actions,  not  legally  simply,  but  likewise  according 
to  their  morality,  is  one  of  indeterminate  obligation; 


226     •  MORAL  DUTY   IS  OF 

that,  in  other  words,  the  law  does  not  ordain  any  such 
inward  mental  act,  but  merely  that  it  ought  to  be  our 
maxim,  to  endeavour,  by  unremitted  assiduity,  to  make 
the  consciousness  of  duty  sufficient  by  itself  to  stir  the 
will  to  action. 


2.  My  Neighhcmr's  Happiness^  as  End  and  Dvtj/. 

A.  Physical  well-being.  General  benevolence  may  be 
unlimited,  for  in  all  this  nothing  need  be  done ;  but  the 
case  is  different  when  we  come  to  beneficence,  more  espe- 
cially when  actions  have  to  be  performed,  not  out  of  love 
to  others,  but  out  of  duty,  with  the  mortification  and  sa- 
crifice of  our  own  ends.  That  this  beneficence  is  duty,  re- 
sults from  this,  \st,  That,  because  our  self-love  goes  in- 
separably linked  hand  in  hand  with  the  appetite  to  be 
loved  by  others,  and,  in  case  of  need,  to  be  assisted  by 
them ;  a  state  of  things  in  which  we  make  ourselves  the 
end  of  others:  and,  2d,  That  since  a  maxim  of  this  kind 
can  only  have  ethical  virtue  to  oblige  the  will  of  others, 
when  it  is  potentially  fitted  for  law  universal,  it  follows, 
that  we  must  state  others  as  the  ends  of  our  will,  in  adopt- 
ing our  maxims  of  practical  conduct ;  i.  e.  the  happiness 
of  others  is  an  end  incumbent  on  us  as  a  duty. 

It  is  my  duty,  then,  to  yield  a  part  of  my  well-being, 
in  sacrifice  for  others,  without  hoping  any  indemnity,  be- 
cause it  is  my  duty;  and  it  is  impossible  to  assign  definite 
boundaries,  whither  and  how  far  this  duty  shall  extend. 
Its  extent  will  always  rest  on  the  peculiar  wants  of  each, 
and  these  wants  and  needs  each  particular  must  deter- 
mine for  himself.     Nor  can  it,  in  any  event,  be  expected 


INDETEKMiNATE  OBLIGATION.  227 

that  I  should  abandon  my  own  real  happiness  and  proper 
needs,  in  order  to  study  that  of  another ;  for  a  maxim 
containing  such  a  rule  would  be  found  repugnant  to  it- 
self, if  elevated  to  the  rank  of  law  universal.  This  duty, 
then,  is  indeterminate  only,  and  there  is  a  latitude  of 
doing  more  or  less  towards  discharging  it.  The  law  em- 
braces the  maxim  singly, — it  cannot  be  extended  to  spe- 
cial actions. 

B.  The  moral  welfare  of  our  neighbour,  is  no  doubt 
an  integral  part  of  his  general  felicity  (prosperity),  and 
it  is  incumbent  on  us  to  promote  it ;  but  this  obligation 
begets  a  negative  duty  only.  The  compunction  a  man  feels 
from  the  stings  of  conscience,  is,  although  of  ethical  ori- 
ginal, yet  physical  in  its  results,  just  like  grief,  fear,  and 
every  other  sickly  habitude  of  mind.  To  take  heed,  that 
no  one  fall  under  his  own  contempt,  cannot  indeed  be  my 
duty,  for  that  exclusively  is  his  concern.  However,  I 
ought  to  do  nothing  which  I  know  may,  from  the  consti- 
tution of  our  nature,  become  a  temptation,  seducing  others 
to  deeds,  conscience  may  afterwards  condemn  them  for. 
There  are,  however,  no  limits  assignable,  within  which 
our  care  of  the  moral  tranquillity  of  our  neighbour  is  to 
range;  the  obligation  consequently  is  indeterminate. 


IX.— WHAT  A  MORAL  DUTY  (OR  VIRTUOUS  OFFICE)  IS. 

Virtue  is  the  strength  of  the  human  will  in  the  execu- 
tion of  duty.  All  strength  is  ascertained  singly  by  the 
obstacles  it  is  able  to  overcome.  Virtue  has  to  combat 
against  the  physical  instincts  of  our  system,  when  these 
thwart  and  collide  with  man's  ethical  resolves.     And  be- 


WHAT  MORAL  DUTY  IS. 

cause  it  is  the  person  himself  who  lays  these  impediments 
in  the  way  of  his  own  maxims,  virtue  is  not  only  a  self- 
co-action  (for  then  one  physical  instinct  might  wage  war 
upon  another),  but  a  command  conducted  upon  a  principle 
of  inward  freedom ;  that  is,  a  self-co-action,  by  force  of 
the  naked  idea  duty,  and  the  law. 

Every  duty,  of  whatever  kind,  involves  the  notion  of 
necessitation  by  law ;  and  the  moral,  that  necessitation 
which  an  inward  legislation  can  alone  effect ;  but  the  ju- 
ridical, one  possible  also  by  an  external  and  foreign  legis- 
lation. Either  kind  imports  the  notion  of  a  co-active 
power,  and  this  co-action  may  be  proper  or  foreign.  The 
ethical  force  of  the  former  is  virtue ;  and  the  action  rising 
upon  such  a  sentiment  (reverence  for  law)  may  be  fitly 
termed  an  act  of  virtue,  even  although  the  law  should  an- 
nounce a  juridical  duty  only;  for  morals  alone  teach  to 
keep  inviolate  the  rights  of  mankind. 

But  that,  the  practice  whereof,  is  virtue,  is  not  upon 
that  account  one  of  the  offices  of  virtue — in  the  proper 
sense  of  the  words — the  first  referring  to  the  formal  of  the 
maxims,  the  second  to  their  matter — that  is,  to  an  end 
which  is  cogitated  as  duty.  But  because  the  ethical  oblige- 
ment  to  ends,  whereof  there  may  be  several,  is  indefi- 
nite,—the  law  ordaining  a  rule  of  deportment  only, — 
it  results  that  there  may  be  (differing  with  the  nature  of 
the  legitimate  ends  they  tend  to)  several  different  duties, 
which  may  all  be  called  duties  in  morality,  or  offices  of 
virtue,  because  they  are  subjected  to  voluntary  self-co-ac- 
tion only,  are  unsusceptible  of  coercive  measures  from 
without,  and  spring  from  ends  which  are  in  themselves 

DUTIES. 

Virtue,  considered  as  the  will's  unshaken  constancy  in 


WHAT  MORAL  DUTY   IS.  229 

adhering  to  tlie  decrees  of  duty,  can,  like  every  formal, 
be  only  one,  identic,  and  always  the  same  with  itself;  but 
in  respect  of  the  incumbent  ends  of  action,  i.  e.  the  ma- 
terials man  has  to  work  upon,  there  may  be  several  vir- 
tues ;  and  since  the  obligement  to  adopt  maxims  or  rules 
of  life,  resting  on  such  materials,  was  called  a  moral  duty, 
or  virtuous  office,  it  follows  that  the  offices  of  virtue  may 
be  several  and  distinct. 

The  supreme  principle  of  this  division  of  ethics  there- 
fore is,  "  Adopt  such  ends  in  thy  maxims  as  may  he  made 
imperative  on  all  mankind  to  design."  By  force  of  this 
principle,  each  man  is  stated  as  his  own  and  every  other's 
end;  and  it  is  now  not  enough  to  abstain  from  employing 
them  or  himself  as  means  to  his  own  end, — a  ease  which 
would  leave  him  quite  indifferent  to  his  fellows, — but  he 
is  beholden  to  make  all  mankind  his  end. 

This  position  in  morals  admits,  being  a  categorical  im- 
perative, of  no  proof;  but  some  account  may  be  given  of 
it,  i.  e.  a  deduction  from  the  nature  of  pure  practical  rea- 
son itself.  What  thing  soever  stands  so  related  to  huma- 
nity, one's  self  or  others,  as  possibly  to  be  an  end,  must 
be  declared  an  end,  reason  being  judge;  for  pi-actical  rea- 
son is  the  power  of  designing  ends,  and  to  assert  that  rea- 
son were  indifferent  in  regard  of  any  such,  i.  e.  to  main- 
tain that  reason  took  no  interest  in  them,  is  an  absurdity ; 
for  then  reason  would  miss  of  her  function  in  determin- 
ing the  maxims  and  rules  of  life,  which  maxims  rest  al- 
ways on  an  end ;  that  is,  in  other  words,  would  be  no 
practical  reason  at  all.  But  when  pure  reason  announces 
any  end  a  priori^  it  announces  at  the  same  time  that  end 
as  a  duty  incumbent  on  all  mankind  ;  and  this  is  the  kind 
of  duty  termed  a  virtuous  office  or  moral  duty. 


280  HOW  LAW  AND  MORALS  DIFFER. 


X THE  SUPREME  PRINCIPLE  OF  LAW  WAS  ANALYTIC — THAT 

OF  MORALS  IS  SYNTHETIC. 

It  was  evinced  in  law,  that  the  outward  co-active  power, 
so  far  forth  as  it  withstands  whatever  would  let  and  hinder 
the  mutual  freedom  of  the  subject,  could  be  made  consist- 
ent with  ends  in  general ;  and  that  this  position  holds 
good,  results  from  the  principle  of  contradiction.  I  need 
not  quit  the  idea  freedom,  but  need  only  to  evolve  the 
principle  analytically  out  of  it,  while  the  end  each  per- 
son may  propose  to  himself  may  be  what  it  will ;  so  then 
the  supreme  principle  of  law  was  analytical. 

On  the  contrary,  the  principle  of  morals  goes  out  of 
and  beyond  the  notion  of  external  freedom,  and  conjoins 
with  it,  conformably  to  law  universal,  an  end  which  it 
constitutes  a  duty ;  and  this  principle  is  synthetic  :  the 
possibility  of  the  synthesis  of  the  notions  contained  in  it  is 
explored  in  the  deduction  at  the  close  of  No.  IX. 

This  extension  of  the  notion  duty  beyond  that  of  out- 
ward liberty,  and  the  limiting  of  this  last  to  the  bare  for- 
mal condition  of  constantly  harmonizing  with  every  other 
person's  freedom,  depends  upon  the  fact,  that  here  ends 
are  drawn  into  consideration  from  which  law  altogether 
abstracts,  and  inward  freedom  put  in  room  of  outward 
co-action :  and  the  power  of  self-command  not  by  force 
of  other  instincts,  but  by  force  of  pure  practical  reason, 
which  disdains  all  such  intermediaries. 

To  constitute  the  juridical  imperative ;  the  law,  the 
power  to  execute  it,  and  the  will  regulating  the  maxims, 
were  the  elements  required.  But  whoso  prescribes  to 
himself  a  moral  duty,  has,  over  and  above  the  notion  of  his 


HOW  LAW  AND  MORALS  DIFFER.  231 

self-co-action,  the  farther  notion  of  an  end,  not  which  he 
already  has,  but  which  he  ought  to  have ;  which  end,  there- 
fore, goes  hand  in  hand  with  practical  reason,  whose  last, 
chief, and  unconditioned  end  (which,  however,  never  ceases 
to  be  duty)  consists  in  this :  that  virtue  is  its  own  end,  and 
is,  by  its  own  good-desert,  its  own  reward.  By  all  which, 
virtue  so  shines,  that  it  seems  even  to  eclipse  the  lustre 
of  holiness  itself,  which  cannot  so  much  as  be  solicited  to 
swerve  from  the  law.  This,  however,  is  a  deception,  and 
arises  in  this  manner,  that,  owing  to  our  having  no  stan- 
dard whereby  to  measure  the  grade  of  a  strength  except 
the  magnitude  of  the  obstacles  (in  us  the  appetites  and 
instincts  of  the  sensory)  it  has  been  able  to  subdue  and 
overcome,  we  are  led  into  the  mistake  of  holding  the  sub- 
jective conditions,  whereby  we  estimate  a  force,  tanta- 
mount to  the  objective  grounds  of  the  force  itself.  But 
when  virtue  is  compared  with  other  human  ends,  each  of 
which  may  have  its  own  several  obstacles  to  overcome,  it 
is  quite  true  that  the  inward  worth  of  virtue,  as  its  own 
end,  far  outweighs  the  value  of  all  utilitarian  and  experi- 
mental ends,  which  last  may  notwithstanding  go  hand-in- 
hand  with  it. 

It  is  quite  a  correct  expression  to  say,  that  man  is  un- 
der an  obligement  to  virtue,  as  ethic  strength;  for  although 
the  power  of  mastering  every  opposing  excitement  of  the 
sensory  may,  and  indeed  must,  be  absolutely  postulated 
— the  will's  causality  being  free — nevertheless  this  power 
is  in  its  strength  (robur)  a  matter  of  acquisition,  viz. 
where  the  force  of  the  ethical  spring  has  been  advanced 
by  the  contemplation  of  the  dignity  of  our  pure  rational 
law,  and  at  the  same  time  by  unremittingly  carrying  its 
decrees  into  execution. 


232  '    CONDITIONS  OF  MORALITY. 

XI, — A  table  of  all  moral  duties  may,  agreeably  to 
what]^has  been  just  advanced,  be  drawn  out  in  the  follow- 
ing manner : — 

The  matter  of  moral  duty. 


3 
o 

s 


I.  II. 

My  own   end,    which    is  Other's  ends,  to  advance 

likewise  my  duty.  which,  is  my  duty. 

(The    perfecting    of    my  (My    neighbour's    happi- 

nature.)  ness.) 


III.  IV. 

The  law,  which  is  likewise     The  end,  which  is  the  de- 
the  mobile  of  action.  terminator  of  the    will 

to  act. 
Whereon  depends  all  the     Whereon  depends  all  the 
morality  legality 

Of  all  free  determination  of  will. 

The  formal  of  duty. 


XII. EMOTIONS  PRE-REQUISITE  TOWARDS   CONSTITUTING   MAN 

A  MORAL  AGENT. 

There  are  such  ethical  predispositions,  that  where  a 
man  has  them  not,  neither  can  he  be  obliged  to  acquire 
them.  These  are,  (1),  the  moral  sense;  (2),  conscience; 
(3),  love  of  our  neighbour ;  and  (4),  reverence  for  one's 
self.  There  can  exist  no  obligation  to  endeavour  to  ac- 
quire these,  because  they  are  subjective  conditions  of 
man's  susceptibility  for  ethical  conceptions,  not  objective 
grounds  of  morality.    They  are  every  one  of  them  aesthe- 


CONDITIONS  OF  MORALIl'Y.  233 

tical,  and  given  antecedently  in  the  mind,  as  natural  pre- 
dispositions, fitting  man  for  becoming  a  partaker  of  ethic 
notions, — predispositions  given  and  subsisting  in  the  sub- 
stratum of  his  person,  which  therefore  cannot  be  said  to 
be  any  one's  duty  to  acquire  :  for  it  is  first  of  all  by  these 
that  he  is  rendered  the  subject  of  ethical  obligement. 
Man's  consciousness  of  them  is  not  originated  by  expe- 
rience and  observation,  but  they  must  be  deemed  the 
effects  of  the  moral  law  itself,  upon  the  mind. 

A.  The  moral  sense.  This  feeling  is  the  susceptibility 
for  pleasure  or  displacency,  upon  the  bare  consciousness 
of  the  harmony  or  of  the  discrepancy  of  our  actions  with 
the  law.  All  determination  of  choice  whatsoever  begins 
with  the  representation  of  the  intended  act,  and  passes 
through  the  feeling  of  pleasure  or  pain,  by  taking  an  in- 
terest in  the  act,  or  its  ulterior  end,  and  so  becomes  event ; 
and  this  internal  determination  of  the  sensory  (liking  or 
disliking)  is  either  a  pathognomic  or  an  ethical  emotion  : 
the  former  is  that  sensation  of  pleasure  which  may  exist 
antecedently  to  the  representation  of  the  law ;  the  latter 
is  that  complacency,  brought  forth  by  its  representation, 
and  which  can  only  follow  after  it. 

Now  there  can  be  no  duty  either  to  have  or  to  acquire 
any  such  feeling ;  for  all  consciousness  of  obligation  pre- 
supposes it,  and,  apart  from  it,  no  man  could  feel  the  ne- 
cessitation  accompanying  the  idea  duty ;  and  every  one 
must,  as  a  moral  being,  have  such  originarily  within  him  : 
an  obligement  in  regard  to  it  can  only  ordain,  that  this 
sensible  effect  of  the  law  be  cultivated  and  invigorated  by 
the  admiration  of  its  unknown  and  inscrutable  original, 
which  can  be  effected  by  showing  that  this  emotion, 
when  defecated  from  all  admixture  of  pathognomic  at- 


2S4i  CONDITIONS  OF  MORALITY. 

tractions,  is  then  most  enlivened  by  the  naked  energies  of 
reason. 

No  man  is  destitute  of  this  feeling ;  and  were  he  de- 
prived of  all  capacity  for  being  thus  affected,  he  would  be 
ethically  dead;  and  when,  to  speak  in  medical  language, 
his  moral  vitality  could  no  longer  stimulate  this  feeling, 
then  would  his  humanity  be  decomposed,  and  resolved 
into  his  animality,  and  he  could  not  be  distinguished  from 
the  common  herd  of  brute  natures.  We  have  no  specific 
and  individual  sense  of  moral  good  and  evil,  any  more 
than  we  have  a  sense  of  truth,  although  such  expressions 
are  not  unfrequently  employed ;  but  we  have  an  original 
susceptibility  for  having  our  free  choice  impelled  by  pure 
practical  reason  and  her  law ;  and  this  it  is  which  is 
termed  the  moral  feeling. 

B.  Of  conscience.  Conscience  is  original,  and  no  ad- 
ditamentum  to  our  person  ;  and  there  can  be  no  duty  to 
procure  one ;  but  every  man  has,  as  a  moral  being,  a  con- 
science. To  be  obliged  to  have  a  conscience,  would  be 
tantamount  to  saying,  man  stands  under  the  obligation  of 
acknowledging  that  he  is  obliged.  Conscience  is  man's 
practical  reason,  which  does,  in  all  circumstances,  hold 
before  him  his  law  of  duty,  in  order  to  absolve  or  to  con- 
demn him.  It  has  accordingly  no  objective  import ;  and 
refers  only  to  the  subject,  affecting  his  moral  sense  by  its 
own  intrinsic  action.  The  phenomenon  of  conscience  is 
accordingly  an  inevitable  event,  and  no  obligement  or 
duty ;  and  when  it  is  said  in  common  parlance,  that  such 
an  one  has  no  conscience,  that  means  merely  that  he  dis- 
regards its  dictates ;  for  had  he  none  in  real  fact,  then  he 
could  impute  to  himself  no  action,   as  either  conform  or 


CONDITIONS  OF  MORALITY.  235 

repugnant  to  the  law,  and  so  would  be  unable  even  to  co- 
gitate to  himself  the  duty  of  having  conscience. 

Omitting  all  the  various  divisions  of  conscience,  I  re- 
mark merely,  that  an  erring  conscience  is  a  chimera ;  for 
although,  in  the  objective  judgment,  whether  or  not  any 
thing  be  a  duty,  mankind  may  very  easily  go  wrong, — 
yet,  subjectively,  whether  I  have  compared  an  action 
with  my  practical  (here  judiciary)  reason,  for  the  behoof 
of  such  objective  judgment,  does  not  admit  of  any  mis- 
take ;  and  if  there  were  any,  then  would  no  practical  judg- 
ment have  been  pronounced — a  case  excluding  alike  the 
possibility  of  error  or  of  truth.  He  who  knows  within 
himself,  that  he  has  conducted  himself  agreeably  to  his 
conscience,  has  done  all  that  can  be  demanded  of  him, 
relatively  to  guilt  or  innocence.  His  obligement  can  ex- 
tend only  to  the  illuminating  his  understanding,  as  to 
what  things  are  duty,  what  not.  But  when  it  comes  to 
the  act,  or  when  a  man  has  acted,  conscience  speaks  in- 
evitably. We  cannot,  for  these  reasons,  say  that  man 
ought  to  obey  his  conscience ;  a  case  where  he  would  re- 
quire a  supplemental  conscience  to  control,  and  take  cog- 
nizance of  the  acts  of  the  first. 

The  only  duty  there  is  here  room  for,  is  to  cultivate 
one's  conscience,  and  to  quicken  the  attention  due  to  the 
voice  of  a  man's  inward  monitor,  and  to  strain  every  ex- 
ertion {i.  e.  indirectly  a  duty)  to  procure  obedience  to 
what  he  says. 

C.  Love  of  our  neighbour.  Love  is  an  affair  of  senti- 
ment, not  of  will ;  and  I  cannot  love  when  I  will,  and 
%i\\\  \qs,b  when  I  ought.  A  duty  to  love  is  therefore  chi- 
merical. Benevolence,  however,  considered  as  practical, 
may  very  well  stand  under  a  law  of  duty.     Sometimes 


286  CONDITIONS  OF  MORALITY. 

disinterested  wishes  for  the  good  of  our  neighbour  is 
called  love ;  but  this  is  improper.  Sometimes  even 
when  the  welfare  of  the  other  person  is  not  concern- 
ed, but  when  we  devotedly  surrender  all  our  ends  to  the 
ends  of  another  (superhuman  even),  love  is  talked  of, 
and  said  to  be  our  duty;  but  all  duty  is  necessitation, 
i.  e.  co-action,  even  where  it  is  self-co-action,  conform- 
ably to  a  law ;  but  whatsoever  is  done  by  constraint  and 
co-action,  that  is  not  performed  out  of  love. 

Acting  beneficently  to  our  fellows,  according  to  our 
ability,  is  our  duty,  and  that,  too,  whether  we  love  them 
or  not ;  and  this  duty  loses  nothing  of  its  importance,  even 
although  we  are  forced  to  make  the  sad  remark  that  our 
species  is  but  little  amiable  when  we  come  to  know  them 
better.  Misanthropy  is,  however,  at  all  times  hateful, 
even  when,  shunning  hostile  actions,  it  merely  induces 
the  man-hater  to  isolate  and  separate  himself  from  com- 
merce with  his  kind.  Beneficence  is  at  all  times  incum- 
bent upon  us  as  a  duty,  even  toward  a  misanthrope,  whom 
we  cannot  assuredly  love,  but  towards  whom  we  can  deal 
kindly. 

To  hate  the  vices  of  other  people  is  neither  our  duty 
nor  the  reverse,  but  simply  the  feeling  of  detestation  for 
them ;  a  sentiment  unrelated,  and  standing  in  no  connec- 
tion to  the  will,  and  vice  versa.  Beneficence  is  a  duty : 
he  who  is  often  engaged  in  the  discharge  of  this  duty,  and 
beholds  the  success  of  his  beneficent  designs,  comes  in  the 
end  to  love  him  whom  he  has  benefited.  When,  there- 
fore, it  is  said,  thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbour  as  thyself, 
that  is  not  to  be  understood,  thou  shalt  first  love  thy 
neighbour,  and  then  by  means  of  this  love,  act  kindly  to- 
wards him;  but,  contrariwise,  do  good  to  thy  fellow  men, 


CONDITIONS  OF  MORALITY.  237 

and  this  beneficence  will  work  in  thee  philanthropy,  i.  e. 
a  liabitude  or  inclination  to  be  beneficent. 

Benevolent  love  is  upon  these  accounts  only  indirectly 
a  duty ;  but  the  love  of  complacency  would  be  immediate 
and  direct.  To  be  constrained  by  duty  to  this  is,  however, 
a  contradiction ;  for  the  pleasure  of  complacency  is  imme- 
diately attached  to  the  perception  of  the  existence  of  the 
beloved  object ;  and  to  be  obliged  to  be  necessitated  to 
this,  is  absurd. 

D.  Of  reverence.  In  like  manner,  reverence  is  some- 
what altogether  subjective,  an  emotion  of  its  own  kind, — 
no  judgment  referring  to  any  object,  which  might  make  it 
incumbent  on  us  to  produce  and  establisli  this  emotion  :  for 
were  this  the  case,  such  a  duty  could  be  represented  only  by 
the  reverence  felt  towards  it ;  and  to  say  that  it  is  our  duty 
to  have  this  reverence,  would  be  tantamount  to  say,  we 
were  beholden  to  an  obligation.  So  that  when  it  is  said 
man  ought  to  reverence  himself,  that  is  improperly  said, 
and  it  should  rather  be  thus  couched.  The  law  within  him 
inevitably  extorts  reverence  from  him  for  his  own  being, 
and  this  peculiar  and  unique  emotion,  which  is  of  its  own 
kind,  is  the  ground  of  certain  duties,  i.  e.  certain  actions 
comporting  with  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself.  But 
it  is  ill  expressed  to  say,  we  have  a  duty  of  reverencing 
ourselves ;  for  mankind  must  first  of  all  revere  the  law 
before  he  can  so  much  as  cogitate  any  thing  as  his  duty. 


PRINCIPLES  OF  THE 


XIII. GENERAL    PRINCIPLES    OF    THE    METAPHYSIC    OF    ETHICS, 

ON  WHICH   EVERY  SCIENTIFIC  TREATISE  ON   MORALS  MUST   BE 
REARED. 

I.  First.  A  single  duty  can  rise  upon  one  only  ground 
of  obligation  ;  and  when  two  or  several  arguments  are  ad- 
duced to  support  it,  that  indicates  for  certain,  either  that 
as  yet  no  valid  reason  has  been  assigned,  or  else  that  they 
are  several  and  distinct  duties,  which,  by  mistake,  have 
come  to  be  regarded  as  one. 

For  since  every  ethic  argumentation  is  philosophical,  it 
is  a  rational  knowledge  rising  out  of  notions,  and  not,  as 
the  mathematics  are,  raised  upon  the  construction  of  no- 
tions. These  last  admit  of  several  different  demonstrations, 
because,  in  an  a  priori  intuition,  there  may  be  given  se- 
veral determinations  of  the  nature  of  an  object,  the  whole  of 
which  carry  the  cogitation  backwards  to  one  and  the  same 
common  ground.  Put  the  case,  that  we  wish  to  prove 
that  veracity  is  a  duty,  and  argue  first  from  the  detriment 
inflicted  on  others  by  the  lie,  and  then  support  this  argu- 
ment by  urging  the  internal  vileness  of  the  liar,  and  the 
violation  of  his  own  self-reverence, — and  it  is  observable, 
that  the  first  argument  proves  a  duty  of  benevolence,  not 
one  of  veracity,  i.  e.  is  no  proof  at  all  of  the  virtue  desi- 
derated. To  flatter  one's  self,  that,  by  adducing  several  bad 
arguments  in  support  of  one  position,  their  number  may 
make  up  what  is  wanting  in  their  cogency,  is  a  most  un- 
philosophic  stratagem,  and  betrays  at  once  guile  and  dis- 
honesty : — because  a  series  of  insufficient  reasons,  aggre- 
gated together,  cannot  eke  out  the  certainty  which  each 
wants ;  nay,  they  do  not  even  beget  a  probability  amongst 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  239 

them,— and  yet  this  is  the  common  artifice  of  the  rheto- 
rician. 

II.  Secondly.  The  difference  obtaining  betwixt  virtue 
and  vice,  cannot  be  stated  to  consist  in  the  grade  of  ad- 
hering to  given  maxims  and  rules  of  life ;  but  must  be 
sought  for  in  their  specific  qualities,  i.  e.  in  their  relation 
to  the  law :  that  is,  in  other  words,  the  lauded  principle 
of  Aristotle  is  false,  "  Virtue  is  the  mean  betwixt  ex- 
tremes." For  instance,  let  frugality  be  taken  as  a  mean 
betwixt  the  two  vices,  prodigality  and  avarice,  and  it  is 
clear  that  its  origin  as  a  virtue  cannot  be  explained  by 
gradually  decreasing  and  abating  the  first  of  these  vices ; 
neither  can  it  by  gradually  enlarging  the  expenses  of  the 
miser,  these  vices  being  incapable  of  being  so  taken,  as  if 
they  came  from  diametrically  opposite  directions,  and  met 
in  the  point  of  frugality  ;  but  each  vice  has  its  own  pro- 
per maxim,  and  these  have  qualities  making  them  incon- 
sistent with  one  another.  Upon  the  same  account,  no 
vice  can,  generally  speaking,  be  explained  by  saying  that 
it  is  a  practice  carried  to  excess  ;  as  when  it  is  said.  Prodi- 
gality is  excess  in  the  consumption  of  wealth  :  nor  yet,  that 
it  is  a  defect,  or  falling  short  in  practice.  Avarice  is  the 
failing  to  expend  one's  wealth.  For  since  the  grade  is  here 
left  undetermined,  and  yet  every  thing  is  made  to  depend 
on  this  degree,  whether  conduct  fall  in  with  duty  or 
otherwise,  it  is  plain  that  such  explanations  can  serve  no 
purpose. 

III.  Thirdly.  Duties  are  to  be  judged  of,  not  by  the 
power  man  attributes  to  himself,  of  being  able  to  fulfil 
them  ;  but,  contrariwise,  his  power  is  to  be  concluded  upon 
from  the  law,  which  commands  categorically ;  that  is,  we 
go,  not  by  the  experimental  acquaintance  taught  us  of 


240  OF  VIRTUE  IN  GENERE. 

mankind  by  observation,  but  by  tlie  intellectual  appreben- 
sion  we  have  of  what  we  ought  to  be,  as  conformed  to  the 
idea  of  humanity.  These  three  positions  towards  a  scien- 
tific treatise  on  morals,  are  pointed  against  these  old 
apophthegms. 

I.  There  is  one  only  virtue,  and  one  only  vice. 

II.  Virtue  is  the  keeping  of  the  due  mean  betwixt  ex- 
tremes. 

III.  Virtue  must,  like  prudence,  be  taught  us  by  expe- 
rience and  observation. 


XIV. OF  VIRTUE  IN  GENERE. 

Virtue  signifies  ethic  strength  of  will ;  but  this  does  not 
exhaust  the  whole  notion  of  it :  for  a  like  strength  may  be- 
long to  a  holy  (superhuman)  being,  in  whom  no  instinct 
re-acts  against  the  law,  and  who,  therefore,  executes 
the  whole  law  willingly.  Virtue  is  therefore  the  ethic 
strength  of  man  in  the  fulfilment  of  his  duty,  a  strength 
which  is  an  ethical  co-action,  by  force  of  one's  own  legis- 
lative reason,  so  far  forth  as  this  last  constitutes  itself  also 
at  the  same  time  the  executive  of  the  law.  This  ethico- 
active  reason  is  not  itself  a  duty,  nor  is  it  incumbent  on 
us  to  procure  it ;  but  it  announces  its  behest,  and  makes 
this  commandment  go  hand  in  hand  with  an  ethical  co- 
action,  possible  according  to  laws  of  inward  freedom ;  but 
because  this  co-action  has  to  be  irresistible,  strength  is  in- 
dispensable, and  the  grade  of  this  force  can  only  be  esti- 
mated by  the  magnitude  of  the  obstacles  springing  from 
the  person's  own  appetites  and  instincts,  and  to  which 
reason  has  to  rise  superior.     Vice,  the  offspring  of  illicit 


OF  VIRTUE  IN  GENERE. 


24t 


passion,  is  the  Hydra,  man  has  to  encounter  and  to  over- 
come ;  upon  which  account  this  ethic  strength,  as  valour 
{fortitudo  moralis),  constitutes  the  highest,  and  indeed  the 
only  martial  glory  of  the  brave  ;  and  this  it  is  which  has 
been  rightly  styled  wisdom,  because  this  wisdom  makes 
her  own  the  ends  of  man's  existence  here  below,  and  by 
possessing  this  alone,  is  any  one  rendered 

Liber,  pulcher,  honoratus,  Rex  denique  Regum, 

and  enabled  to  stand  invincible  against  all  assaults  of 
chance  or  fate ;  because  man  cannot  be  shaken  from  his 
own  self-possession,  nor  can  the  virtuous  be  stormed  out 
of  the  inexpugnable  fortress  of  his  own  virtue. 

The  encomiums  passed  upon  the  Ideal  of  Humanity  in 
his  ethical  perfection,  are  not  in  anywise  invalidated  by 
showing  how  contrary  mankind  are,  have  been,  and  very 
likely  will  be  ;  nor  can  anthropology,  which  gives  but 
a  tentative  and  experimental  knowledge  of  man,  at  all 
affect  or  impair  that  anthroponomy  which  is  reared  upon 
our  unconditionately  legislative  reason  ;  and  although  vir* 
tue  may  from  time  to  time  be  well-deserving  of  our  fel* 
low-men  {never  in  respect  of  the  law),  and  may  merit  a  re- 
ward, yet  it  ought  to  be  considered,  as  it  is  its  own  end, 
so  also  to  be  in  itself  its  own  reward. 

Virtue  represented  in  its  entire  perfection,  is  to  be  re* 
garded  as  if  it  held  possession  of  man,  and  not  as  if  hd 
had  appropriated  or  were  the  proprietor  of  it ;  in  which  last 
case,  it  would  seem  as  if  man  had  the  option  to  accept  or 
to  decline  her,  and  so  would  need  an  anterior  virtue  to  in- 
duce him  to  make  his  election  of  the  latter.  To  acknow- 
ledge several  virtues,  as  we  inevitably  must,  is  merely  to 
cogitate  different  moral  objects,  towards  which  the  will  \^ 

9 


242  OF  VIRTUE  IN  GENERE. 

guided  and  led  by  the  one  and  single  principle  of  virtue  ; 
and  the  same  remark  holds  of  the  contrary  vices.  Ex- 
pressions which  impersonate  the  one  or  other  of  them  are 
aesthetic  engines,  which  typify  a  moral  import.  An  es- 
thetic OF  ETHICS  is,  by  consequence,  no  part,  but  it  is 
a  subjective  exposition,  of  the  metaphysic  of  ethics  ;  and 
such  a  Critique  of  moral  taste  would  make  sensible  in  out- 
ward delineation,  those  emotions  effected  by  the  co-active 
force  of  the  law  upon  the  sensory.  Horror,  disgust,  &c.  &c. 
depict  in  lively  and  vivid  colours  the  ethical  antagonism 
of  the  will,  and  would  aid  in  counteracting  the  false  al- 
lurements of  sensitive  excitement. 

XV.— OF  THE  PRINCIPLE  DISTINGUISHING  BETWIXT  MORALS  AND 

LAW. 

This  separation,  obtaining  betwixt  the  two  main  branches 
of  ethics,  is  grounded  on  this,  that  the  idea  freedom,  com- 
mon to  both  these,  renders  necessary  a  distinction  of  du- 
ties into  the  offices  of  outward,  and  those  of  inward  liber- 
ty, whereof  the  latter  are  alone  moral.  Whence  it  results 
that  we  must  now  state  some  preparatory  remarks  on  in- 
ward freedom  as  the  condition  precedent  of  all  moral  duty, 
exactly  as  we  previously,  in  No.  XII.  held  a  preliminary 
discourse  on  conscience  as  the  condition  precedent  of  all 
obligement  whatsoever. 

OF  VIRTUE    ACCORDING   TO  THE    PRINCIPLES    OF  INWARD    FREE- 
DOM. 

Readiness  or  aptitude  is  a  facility  in  acting  in  a  parti- 
cular way,  and  is  a  subjective  perfection  of  choice ;  but 


OF  SELF-COMMAND  AND  APATHY.  243 

every  readiness  of  this  sort,  is  not  necessarily  a  free  or  11* 
beral  facility ;  for  when  it  degenerates  into  habit,  i.  e. 
when  the  uniformity  of  custom  slides  into  mechanical  ne- 
cessity, by  the  too  frequent  iteration  of  an  act,  such  inve- 
terate aptitude  is  no  product  of  freedom,  and  is  by  conse- 
quence no  ethical  facility ;  and  this  is  the  reason  why  vir- 
tue, as  we  have  said,  cannot  be  defined  to  be  a  readiness 
or  facility  in  acting  conformably  to  the  law ;  although 
it  might  be  so  defined,  were  we  to  add,  that  it  was  an  ap- 
titude of  determining  one's  self  so  to  act  by  the  represen- 
tation of  the  law;  for  then  the  habitude  would  cease  to 
be  a  quality  of  choice,  and  would  become  one  of  will, 
which  is  a  function  of  desire,  announcing  law  universal, 
by  the  maxims  of  conduct  it  adopts  :  and  such  a  readiness 
alone,  can  be  deemed  and  taken  for  a  part  of  a  virtue. 

This  inward  freedom  demands  two  things :  the  first, 
that  mankind,  in  any  unforeseen  emergency,  remain  mas- 
ter of  himself;  and,  second,  that  he  suffer  not  the  empire 
of  his  own  reason  to  be  usurped  by  his  appetites  and  pas- 
sions. The  state  and  tone  of  soul  is,  by  such  inward  free- 
dom, noble  and  erect ;  by  the  contrary,  abject,  servile. 


XVI.— VtRTDE,  so  FAR  FORTH  AS  IT  IS  BASED  UPON  A  PRINCIPLE 
OF  INWARD  FREEDOM,  DEMANDS,  FIRST  (POSITIVELY),  MAN's 
SELF-COMMAND. 

Emotion  and  passion  differ  essentially;  the  former 
sort  are  seated  in  the  sensory ;  and  as  these  feelings  are 
astir  in  the  mind,  prior  to  all  thought  and  reflection,  they 
hinder  and  obstruct  the  exercise  of  reason,  or  even  render 
it  for  the  time  impossible.     The  emotions  are  often  called 


244 


OF  SELF-COMMAND  AND  APATHY. 


transports  or  tempests  of  soiil ;  and  reason  promulgates 
to  us,  by  the  idea  virtue,  the  law  of  self-command.  How- 
ever, this  imbecility  in  the  exercise  of  reflection,  coupled 
with  the  headlong  impetuosity  of  emotion,  is  merely  non- 
virtue.  It  is  silly  and  childish,  and  is  not  inconsistent 
with  a  good  will,  and  has  this  advantage  peculiar  to  such 
a  frame  of  mind,  that  the  storm  soon  blows  over  ; — a  pro- 
pensity to  an  emotion,  e.  g.  to  wrath,  is  therefore  not 
nearly  so  much  allied  to  vice  as  a  passion  and  affection  is. 
These  last  denote  permanent  states  of  desire  ;  e.  g.  hatred, 
REVENGE,  as  contradistinguished  from  Anger  and  wrath. 
The  calm  and  composure  wherewith  mankind  incline  to 
those  admit  of  reflection,  forethought,  and  pi'edetermina- 
tion,  and  allow  the  mind  to  adopt  maxims  of  conduct 
tending  to  the  gratification  of  those  affections,  and  so,  by 
brooding  over  them,  allow  the  hate  to  strike  deep  root; 
by  all  which,  evil  is  deliberately  determined  on  to  be 
done,  which,  as  aggravated  wickedness,  is  a  true  crime.  • 
It  results,  therefore,  that  virtue,  in  so  far  as  it  depends 
upon  man's  inward  freedom,  addresses  to  mankind  an 
affirmative  commandment,  ordaining  him  to  bring  all  his 
feelings  and  passions  under  the  dominion  and  govern- 
ment of  his  reason ;  i.  e.  ordains  self-command;  and 
this  it  superadds  to  the  prohibitive  commandment  the- 
DUTY  of  apathy,  wlicreby  it  ordains  [negatively)  man 
not  to  allow  himself  to  have  it  lorded  over  him  either  by 
his  appetites  or  instincts ;  for  when  reason  does  not  take 
into  her  own  hands  the  administration  of  self-government, 
those  revolting,  subject  her  to  their  thraldom. 


OF  SELF-COMMAND  AND  APATHY.  245 


-XVII. VIRTUE,  AS  BASED  ON  A  PRINCIPLE  OF  fNWARD  FREE- 
DOM, DEMANDS,  SECOND  (i.  6.  NEGATIVELY),  APATHY,  CON- 
SIDERED AS  FORCE  OF  WILL. 

.  The  terra  apathy,  as  if  it  meant  bluntness  or  want  of 
feeling,  i.  e.  listlessness  or  indifference  in  regard  of  the 
objects  of  choice,  has  fallen  into  bad  repute.  People  have 
mistaken  it  for  a  weakness ;  a  misunderstanding  which 
may  be  obviated  by  denominating  this  dispassionateness, 
which  has  no  common  part  with  indifference,  the  ethic 
APATHY,  a  freedom  from  passion,  which  takes  place  then 
only,  when  the  increasing  reverence  for  the  law  has  so 
awed  and  ballasted  the  mind,  that  it  ceases  to  tumble  to 
and  fro,  and  to  be  agitated  by  the  storms  and  hurricane 
emotions  which  threaten  to  shipwreck  its  morality.  It  is 
but  the  seeming  strength  of  one  distempered,  to  allow  one's 
interest,  even  in  what  is  good,  to  degenerate  into  passion. 
An  affection  of  this  kind  is  called  enthusiasm,  and  so  gives 
occasion  for  that  just  medium  which  is  recommended  even 
in  the  practice  of  virtue. 

Insani  Sapiens  nomen  ferat,  sequus  iniqui 

"  Ultra  quam  satis  est,"  virtutem  si  petat  ipsam. — Hor. 

For  it  were  ridiculous  to  fancy  that  any  one  could  be- 
too  wise,  or  too  virtuous :  an  emotion  is  always  of  the 
sensory,  by  what  object  soever  it  may  be  excited.  The 
true  strength  of  virtue  is  the  mind  at  tranquillity,  esta- 
blished upon  a  well-pondered  and  stedfast  determination 
to  put  the  law  into  execution.  This  is  the  "  health"  of 
the  ethic  life.  While,  on  the  contrary,  enthusiastic  feel- 
ings, even  when  engendered  by  the  representation  of  good, 


246  OF  SELF-COMMAND  AND  APATHY. 

sparkle,  but  with  momentary  lustre,  and  leave  the  mind 
chill  and  exhausted.  He  again  might  be  called  chimeri- 
cally  virtuous,  who  admits,  in  his  system  of  morality,  of  no 
indifferent  things,  and  who  is  beset  at  every  step  with 
duties  strewed  along  his  path,  like  spring-guns ;  and 
deems  it  of  moment  whether  he  dine  on  fish  or  fowl, 
whether  he  drink  beer  or  wine,  although  they  all  agree 
alike  well  with  his  constitution.  But  if  the  doctrine  of 
virtue  were  to  deal  with  such  infinitesimal  duties,  her  em- 
pire would  be  transmuted  to  a  tyranny. 

Virtue  is  constantly,  progressive,  and  yet  it  has  always 
to  begin  again,  of  new,  from  the  beginning.  The  first  part 
of  this  position  results  from  this,  that  morality,  considered 
objectively,  is  an  ideal,  and  unattainable,  although  it  is 
our  incumbent  duty  to  press  with  advancing  footstep  un- 
remittipgly  toward  it :  the  second,  that  virtue  has  always 
to  start  afresh,  arises  subjectively  from  its  relation  to  the 
nature  of  man,  a  nature  ever  lying  so  open  to  the  pertur- 
bations of  appetite  and  instinct,  that  virtue  can,  in  its  com- 
bat with  them,  never  find  a  truce,  but  must  infallibly,  if 
she  keep  not  herself  in  the  van,  and  on  the  advance,  be 
driven  to  the  rear  and  forced  to  retrograde :  ethical  max- 
ims not  being,  like  the  technical,  based  on  habit  (which 
last  refers  to  the  physical  part  of  voluntary  determina- 
tion)—«o  much  so  indeed,  that  were  the  exercise  of  virtue 
to  become  habit,  the  agent  would  thereby  undergo  the  loss 
of  freedom ;  which,  however,  is  of  the  very  essence  of  all 
actions  performed  out  of  duty. 


Of  THE  SUBDIVISION  OF  MORALS.  247 


;       XVIII.<~<PRELIMINARY.      OF  THE  SUBDIVISION  OF  MORALS. 

The  principle  of  subdividing  ought  to  comprehend,— 

First,  As  to  the  formal  of  duty,  all  conditions  serving 
to  distinguish  this  part  of  general  ethics  from  the  science 
of  law,  a  desideratum  attained  by  the  following  :  1.  That 
no  moral  duty  admits  of  any  outward  legislation ;  2.  That 
while  all  duty,  of  whatever  kind,  must  rest  upon  the  law, 
yet,  in  morals,  the  commandment  of  duty  ordains  no  given 
action,  but  only  maxims  and  rules  of  life  tending  to  given 
ends  ;  3.  which  follows  from  the  second.  That  moral  duty 
is  of  indeterminate,  and  never  of  strict,  obligation. 

Second,  As  to  its  matter,  ethic  has  to  be  represented,  not 
as  a  system  of  duties  merely,  but  likewise  as  the  system 
of  the  ends  and  scope  of  practical  reason  ;  where  man  is 
shown  as  obliged  to  cogitate  himself  and  all  his  fellow- 
men  as  his  ends,  which  some  moralists  have  talked  of  as 
duties  of  self-love,  and  of  the  love  of  our  neighbour ;  but 
such  expression  is  inaccurate,  there  being  no  direct  obli- 
gation to  "  /are"  of  any  sort,  although  there  are  to  such 
actions  as  state  one's  self  and  others  as  their  ends. 

Thirdly,  As  for  the  distinction  betwixt  the  form  and  the 
matter  of  morals  {i.  e.  betwixt  an  action's  conformity  to 
law,  and  its  conformity  to  its  end),  we  have  to  remind 
the  reader,  that  not  every  ethical  obligation  is  a  moral 
duty ;  in  other  words,  that  reverence  for  law  begets  of  it- 
self no  end  which  can  be  represented  as  a  duty,  this  last 
alone  being  a  moral  duty.  There  is  the  one  onlyethical 
obligement,  but  several  moral  duties,  there  being  many 
objects  which  for  us  are  ends  that  we  are  obliged  to  pro- 
pose to  ourselves.    There  can,  however,  be  but  one  ethical 


248  OF  THE  SUBDIVISION  OF  MORALS. 

intent,  as  the  inward  ground  of  a  man's  determination  to 
fulfil  his  duty  ;  an  intention  extending  even  to  his  juridi- 
cal duties,  though  these  last  must  not  on  this  account  he 
lield  or  reputed  moral  duties.  Eveiy  subdivision  of  mo- 
rals will,  therefore,  have  respect  only  to  moral  duties.  The 
knowledge  of  the  ground  whereon  the  law  has  its  ethical 
virtue  to  oblige  the  will,  is  the  science  of  ethics  it- 
self, formally  considered. 

,-  Remark. — But  why,  it  will  be  asked,  have  I  divided 
morals  into  an  elementary  and  a  methodic  part,  seeing 
this  mode  of  division  has  been  dispensed  with  in  law  ? 
The  reason  is,  because  the  former  treats  of  duties  of  inde- 
terminate obligation,  the  latter  of  those  of  strict ;  whence 
it  happens,  that  the  latter  is  in  its  nature  rigid  and  pre- 
cise, and  requires,  no  more  than  the  mathematics,  general 
directions  (a  method)  for  judging,  but  shows  its  method 
to  be  true,  by  real  fact  and  event.  Morals,  on  the  con- 
trary, on  account  of  the  latitude,  admissible  in  its  duties 
of  indeterminate  obligation,  conducts  inevitably  to  ques- 
tions, calling  upon  the  judgment  to  determine  what  maxim 
ought  to  be  applied  in  any  given  case ;  and  this  maxim 
may  come  attended  by  its  secondary  or  subordinate  max- 
im, of  which  last  we  equally  demand  a  principle  for  ap- 
plying it  to  different  occurring  cases.  Thus  morals  falls 
Into  a  sort  of  casuistry,  law  is  quite  ignorant  of. 

Casuistry  is  then  neither  a  science  nor  a  part  of  any 
.science;  for,  were  it  scientific,  it  would  be  dogmatic  : 
and  it  is  not  so  much  a  method  for  finding  truth,  as  a  mere 
exercise  of  judgment  in  searching  for  it.  Cases  of  casuis- 
try are  therefore  interwoven,  not  systematically^  hnifrag- 
mentarily,  into  morals,  and  come,  in,  under  the  form  of 
gcholia,  as  add^nd^  to  tjie  system.     But  when  it  is  no 


OF  THE  SUBDIVISION  OF  MORALS.  249 

exercise  of  the  judgment  that  engages  us,  but  the  exercise 
of  reason  itself,  and  that  both  in  the  theory  and  in  the 
practice  of  her  duty,  then  does  this  last  belong  appropri- 
ately to  ethics,  being  the  methodology  of  pure  practical 
reason^  Its  methodic,  in  the  first  sort  of  exercise,  viz.  in 
the  theory  of  its  duty,  is  called  didactics  ;  and  this  last  is 
either  akroamatic  or  erotematic.  The  erotetic  method  is 
the  art  of  interrogating  out  of  the  pupil,  the  notions  of 
duty  he  already  is  possessed  of,  and  these  his  notions  may 
be  extracted  by  the  question,  either  out  of  his  memory  or 
out  of  his  reason  :  from  his  memory,  when  he  has  been 
previously  taught  how  to  answer,  where  the  method  is 
catechetic  :  from  his  reason,  when  it  is  fancied  that  what 
is  asked  him,  lies,  although  latent,  in  his  mind,  and  needs 
only  to  be  developed ;  and  this  is  the  diaIjOQIC  or  S0CRA7 
TIC  method. 

To  the  didactics,  as  the  method  of  theoretic  exercise, 
corresponds,  as  antipart,  the  ascetic  exercise,  which  is  that 
part  of  the  methodology,  where  it  is  taught  not  only  how 
the  notion  virtue,  but  likewise  how  man's  active  and  moral 
powers,  his  will,  may  be  gymnasticised  by  the  ascetic  exer- 
cise, and  cultivated. 

Agreeably  to  these  principles,  we  shall  divide  the  whole 
system  into  twd  parts,  the  elementology  and  the  metho- 
dology of  ethics.  Each  part  will  have  its  chapters  and 
divisions.  In  the  former  part,  the  order  of  the  chapters 
will  be  regulated  upon  the  diversity  of  the  persons  toward 
whom  obligations  may  be  constituted ;  in  the  second,  upon 
the  different  ends  reason  ordains  man  to  have,  and  accord- 
ing to  his  capacity  for  these  ends. 

XIX.  The  division  established  by  practical  reason  to- 
ward an  architectonic  of  the  system  of  her  ethical  con- 


250  OF  THE  SUBDIVISION  OF  MORALS. 

ceptions,  may  be  regulated  upon  a  twofold  principle,  either 
conjoined  or  separate  ;  the  one  represents,  materially,  the 
subjective  relation  obtaining  betwixt  the  obliged  and  the 
obligers ;  the  other,  formally,  the  objective  relation  obtain- 
ing betwixt  ethic  laws  and  the  offices  they  enjoin.  The 
first  division  proceeds  upon  that  of  the  different  living  be- 
ings in  relation  to  whom  ethical  obligement  maybe  thought 
as  subsisting ;  but  the  last  would  be  the  order  of  the  con- 
ceptions of  pure  ethico-active  reason,  which  conceptions 
correspond  to  each  duty  made  imperative  by  reason,  and 
belong  to  ethics  regarded  barely  as  a  science,  and  are 
therefore  indispensable  for  the  methodical  contexture  and 
arrangement  of  those  propositions  which  the  former  divi- 
sion may  throw  into  our  hands. 

The  former  division  of  morals,  agreeably  to  difference  of  the 
persons,  contains 

Duties 

, ^ , 

Of  man  to  mankind.      Of  man  towards  beings  of  another  kind. 


r  »     f  1 

To  himself.  To  others.  Towards  beings  infe-  Towards  superhu- 

rior  to  man.  man  beings. 

The  latter  division  of  ethics,  according  to  principles  of  a  sys- 
tem of  pure  practical  reason. 

Ethical. 
Elementology.  Methodology. 


-i\_- 


Dogmatics.       Casuistics.  Didactics.  Ascetics. 

which  second  division  exhibits  the  form  of  the  science,  and 
must,  as  its  ground-plan,  go  before  the  other. 


ELEMENTOLOGY  OF  ETHICS. 


,f  ;-<> 


BOOK  I. 

OF  THE  DUTIES  O.WJSD  BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF. 


INTRODUCTION.  ' 

§  1.   The  Notion  of  a  Duty  owed  by  Mankind  to  Himself  ap- 
pears at  first  sight  to  involve  a  contradiction. 

When  the  obligating  "  /"  is  taken  in  exactly  the  same 
sense  with  the  "  /"  obliged,  then  undoubtedly  duty  owed 
to  myself  imports  an  absurdity.  For  the  idea  duty  brings 
along  with  it  the  notion  of  passive  necessitation  (I  am 
obliged  or  beholden)  ;  whereas  in  a  matter  of  debt  owed  to 
myself,  I  figure  myself  to  be  the  obliger,  that  is,  in  a  state 
of  active  necessitation  (I,  the  very  same  person  with  the 
former,  am  the  Obligor).  And  a  position  announcing  a 
duty  owed  by  mankind  to  himself  (I  ought  to  oblige  my-» 
self),  would  state  an  obligement  to  become  obliged,  i.  e.  a 
passive  obligation,  which  were,  notwithstanding,  at  the  samd 
time  and  in  the  same  terms,  an  active  one ;  a  statement 
repugnant  to  itself,  and  contradictory.  The  contradiction 
contained  iii  such  a  proposition  may  be  set  under  a  yet 
clearer  light,  by  showing  that  the  author  of  the  obligation 
could  always  grant  a  dispensation  to  the  obliged  from  the 
obligement;  that  is,  by  consequence,  when  the  Author  and 


254  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

the  Subject  of  the  obligation  are  the  same,  then,  in  such 
case,  the  obliger  would  not  be  at  all  beholden  to  any  duty 
imposed  by  him  upon  himself;  and  this  again  is  just  the 
contradiction  above  insisted  on. 

§  2.  There  are  Duties  owed  by  Man  to  Himself, 

For,  put  the  case,  that  there  were  in  effect  no  such  self- 
incumbent  duties,  then  would  all  other  duties,  even  the 
outward  ones,  be  abolished ;  for  I  only  acknowledge  my- 
self beholden  and  obliged  to  others,  so  far  forth  as  I  at 
the  same  time,  along  with  the  other,  put  that  obligation 
upon  myself;  the  law,  by  dint  whereof  alone  I  can  re- 
cognise myself  to  be  obliged,  emanating  in  every  instance 
from  my  own  practical  reason.  By  this  reason  I  am  ne- 
cessitated, and  so  am  at  the  same  time  my  own  necessi- 
t^or.* 

§  3.  Schdion  of  this  Apparent  Antiruymy. 

Man  regards  himself,  when  conscious  of  a  duty  to  him- 
self, in  a  twofold  capacity ;  first,  as  a  sensible  being,  i,  e, 
as  a  man,  where  he  ranks  only,  as  one  among  other  sorts 
of  animals ;  but,  second,  he  regards  himself  not  only  as  an 
intelligent  being,  but  as  a  very  reason  (for  the  theore- 
tic function  of  reason  may  perhaps  be  a  property  of 
animated  matter),  resident  in  a  region  inscrutable  to 
sense,  and  manifesting  itself  only  in  morally  practical  re- 
lations, where  that  amazing  quality  of  man's  nature— 
FREEDOM — is  revealed  by  the  influence  reason  exerts  upon- 
/   tHe  determination  of  the  will. 

•  Even  in  common  speech  we  say,  This  is  what  I  owe  to  myself. 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  255 

Mankind,  then,  as  an  Intelligent  physical  being  (homo 
phenomenon),  is  susceptible  of  voluntary  determination 
to  active  conduct  by  the  suggestions  of  his  reason ;  but 
in  all  this  the  idea  of  obligation  does  not  enter.     The 
very  same  being,  however,  considered  in  respect  of  his 
personality  (homo  noumenon),  t.  e.  cogitated  as  one  in- 
vested with  inward  freedom,  is  a  being  capable  of  having 
obligation  imposed  upon  him,  and,  in  particulai*,  of  be- 
coming obligated  and  beholden  to  himself,  i.  e.  to  the 
humanity  subsisting  in  his  person;  and,  so  considered  in 
this  twofold  character,  mankind  can  acknowledge  the  ob- 
ligations ho  stands  under  to  himself,  without  incurring 
any  contradiction,  the  notion  man  being  now  understood 
to  be  taken  in  a  twofold  sense.- 

%  4i.  On  the  Principle  of  subdividing  the  Duties  owed  by 
Man  to  Himself. 

This  division  can  take  place  only  according  to  the  dif- 
ferent objects  incumbent  on  him,  for  there  can  be  no 
room  for  it  in  respect  of  the  self-obliging  subject ;  the 
obliger  and  the  obligated  is  always  just  one  and  the  same 
person ;  and  although  we  may  theoretically  distinguish  be- 
twixt man's  soul  and  his  body,  as  distinct  qualities  of  his 
system  and  known  nature,  yet  it  is  quite  disallowed  to 
regard  them  as  different  substances,  founding  distinct  ob- 
ligations in  respect  of  them,  and  so  we  cannot  be  entitled  (  ^ 
to  divide  our  duties  into  those  owed  to  the  body,  and 
those  due  to  the  soul.  Neither  experience  nor  the  deduc- 
tions of  reason  afford  us  any  ground  to  hold  that  man  has 
a  soul  (meaning  by  soul,  a  spiritual  substance  dwelling 


256  -OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

in  his  material  framework,  distinct  from  the  last,  arid  in- 
dependent of  it)  ;  and  we  do  not  know  whether  life  may 
or  may  not  be  a  property  of  matter.  However,  even  on 
the  hypothesis  that  man  had  a  soul,  still  a  duty  owed  by 
man  to  his  body  (as  tlie  subject  obliging)  would  be  quite 
in  cogitable. 

First.  There  can  obtain,  therefore,  only  one  objective 
division,  extending  at  once  to  the  form  and  to  the  matter 
of  the  duties  owed  by  man  to  himself,  the  first  whereof,  the 
formal  duties,  are  limitary  or  negative  duties  ;  the  second, 
the  material,  are  extensive  and  positive  duties  owed  by 
man  to  himself:  the  former  forbid  mankind  to  act  con- 
trary to  the. ends  and  purposes  of  his  being,  and  so  con- 
cern simply  his  ethical  selfrpreservation  ;  the  latter  ordain 
him  to  make  a  given  object  of  choice  his  end,  and  com- 
mand the  perfecting  of  his  own  nature.  Both  these,  as 
moral  duties,  are  elements  of  virtue  j  the  one  as  duties  of 
omission  [sustine  et  abstine),  the  other  as  duties  of  com- 
mission (viribus  concessis  utere) ;  the  first  go  to  constitute 
man's  ethic  health  {ad  esse),  and  to  the  preservation  of 
/the  entireness  of  his  system,  both  as  objected  to  his  exte- 
rior and  to  his  interior  senses  {i.  e.  support  his  recepti- 
vity) ;  the  second  constitute  his  ethic  opulence  {ad  melius 
•esse),  a  wealth  consisting  in  the  possession  of  functions 
adapted  for  the  realization  of  all  ends,  in  so  far  as  these 
powers  and  functions  are  matters  of  acquisition,  and  be- 
long to  self-culture  as  an  active  and  attained  perfection. 
The  first  principle  of  duty  is  couched  in  the  adage,  "  na- 
turce  convenienter  vive"  i.  e.  "maintain  thyself  in  the 
ORIGINAL  perfection  OF  THY  NATURE;"  the  second,  in 
the  position, /7er^ce  te  utjinem,  perfice  te  ut  medium"  study 

TO  PERFECT  AND  ADVANCE  THY  BEING. 


I 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  257 

But  second.  There  is,  however,  a  subjective  division  of 
the  duties  owed  by  man  to  himself;  that  is,  such  an  one, 
where  mankind,  the  subject  of  the  obligement,  regards 
himself  as  an  animal,  though  also  at  the  same  time  moral 
being,  or  as  a  moral  being  singly. 

Now,  the  instincts  of  man's  animal  nature  are  three- 
fold, viz.  1.  the  instinctive  love  of  life,  whereby  nature  pre- 
serves the  individual ;  2.  that  instinct  whereby  nature 
aims  at  the  preservation  of  the  kind ;  and  3.  and  lastly, 
those  appetites  of  hunger  and  thirst  which  are  intended 
for  enlivening  the  frame, — keeping  it  fitted  for  its  ends, — 
and  at  the  same  time  for  securing  an  agreeable,  though 
only  animal  enjoyment  of  existence.  The  vices  which 
are  here  subversive  of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself, 
are  1.  self-murder,  2.  the  unnatural  use  of  the  appetite 
for  sex,  3.  that  excess  in  meat  or  drink  which  obtunds 
and  lames  the  functions  of  the  soul.  As  for  the  duty 
owed  by  man  to  himself  as  a  moral  being  singly,  it  is 
FORMAL,  and  consists  in  the  coincidence  of  the  maxims  of 
his  will,  with  the  dignity  of  the  humanity  subsisting  in 
hts  person ;  by  consequence,  in  the  prohibition  not  to 
renounce  the  pre-eminence  of  his  rank,  which  consists  in 
his  power  of  acting  upon  systematic  principles  and  rules 
of  life:  that  is,  in  the  injunction  not  to  despoil  himself 
of  his  inward  freedom, — that  he  become  not  thereby  the 
toy  and  foot-ball  of  his  own  appetites  and  instincts,  and  so  | 
a  mere  thing.  The  vices  subversive  of  this  duty  are  ly- 
ing, avarice,  and  spurious  humility.  These  vices  rest  on 
maxims  diametrically  opposed,  even  already  by  their 
form,  to  the  characters  of  mankind  as  a  moral  being; 
that  is,  they  are  formally  repugnant  to  and  subversive  of 
the  inborn  dignity  of  man's  nature,  his  inward  freedom, 

R 


1^58 


OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 


Atid  make  $t,  as  it  Wefre,  a  mail's  maxim  to  have  nonie,  and 
Hg6  no  character  ;  that  is,  to  slattern  himself  down  to  zero, 
^iid  so  to  sink  beneath  contempt.  The  virtue  opposed  to 
all  these  vices  is  self-reverence,  and  might  be  called 

THE    LOVE    OF    ONe's    OWN    INWARD  HONOUR;    a    Cast    of 

thought  having  no  common  part  with  pride,  which  last 
is  A  LOVE  AND  AMBITION  OF  OUTWARD  HONOURS,  and  may 
be,  as  it  often  is,  abject  and  vile.  This  pride  (superbia) 
is  particularly  treated  of  in  the  sequel,  under  this  title,  as 
a  VICE. 


APOTOME  I. 
ot'i*ttE  DUTIES  OF  Perfect  and  determinate  obligation. 

CHAPTER  I. 

o!f  the  tJUTY  owed  by  MANKIND  TO  HIMSELF  IN  RESPECT  OF 
HIS  ANIMAL  PART. 

§  5. 

The  first  if  not  chiefest  duty  incumbent  upon  man- 
kind, in  respect  of  his  brute  nature,  is  his  self-conser- 
vation in  his  animal  estate.  The  anti-part  of  this  obli- 
gation is  the  deliberate  and  forethought  destruction  of 
his  animality ;  and  this  may  be  considered  as  either  total 
or  partial.  The  total  we  call  self-murder  ;  the  partial, 
again,  is  either  material  or  formal ; — material,  when  a  man 
bereaves  himself  of  any  integrant  part  or  organ  of  his 


^Y^AN  TO  HI^EI^F.  259 

body,  by  demembration  or  mutilation  ;  formal,  when 
by  excess  man  suffers  himself  to  be  bereft,  for  a  mliih  or 
for  ever,  of  the  use  of  the  physical  functions  of  his  sys- 
:tem,  and  so  likewise  indirectly  of  his  etl^ic  rationality, 
self-obstupefaction. 


§  6.     Of  Self-murder. 

The  voluntary  divestiture  of  man's  animal  part  can  be 
called  SELF-MURDER,  only  then  when  it  is  shown  that 
£uch  an  act  is  criminal.  A  crime  which  may  be  perpe- 
trated, either  simply  on  our  own  person,  or  also  at  the 
^same  time  and  by  consequence  upon  the  person  of  ano- 
ther, e.  g.  as  when  one  in  pregnancy  kills  herself. 

Self-destruction  is  a  crime— murder.  Suicide  may  no 
doubt  be, considered  as  the  transgression  of  the  duty  owed 
by  any  one  to  his  fellow-men ;  as  a  viplation  of  the  con- 
jugal obligations  incumbent  upon  spouses ;  as  a  disregard 
of  the  duty  owed  by  a  subject  to  his  government  (the 
state) ;  or,  lastly,  as  a  dereliction  of  one's  duty  to  God, 
the  person  quitting  without  his  permission  the  post  in- 
trusted to  him  by  God  in  the  world.  But  none  of  these 
amount  to  the  crime  of  murder  ;  and  the  question  at  pre- 
sent to  be  considered  is,  whether  or  not  deliberate  self-de- 
struction is  a  violation  of  man's  duty  towards  himself, 
even  when  abstraction  is  made  from  all  those  other  con- 
siderations ;  that  is,  whether  man  ought  to  acknowledge 
himself  beholden  to  the  self-conservation  of  his  animal 
part  (nay,  most  strictly  and  exactly  beholden  so  to  act, 
and  that  too  by  force  singly  of  his  personality).  That  a 
man  can  injure  himself,  appears  absurd  (volenti  non  fit 
injuria)  ;  and  this  was  the  reason  why  the  Stoics  consider- 


.  260  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

ed  it  to  be  a  prerogative  of  the  sage  to  walk  with  undis- 
turbed soul  out  of  life  as  out  of  a  smoky  room,  not  urged 
by  any  present  or  apprehended  evils,  but  simply  because 
he  could  no  longer  sustain  with  eflFect  his  part  in  life  ; 
and  yet  this  very  courage,  this  strength  of  soul  to  advance 
undauntedly  to  death,  arguing  his  recognition  of  some- 
what prized  by  him  far  higher  than  life,  ought  to  have 
taught  him  not  to  despoil  a  being  of  existence  possessing 
so  mighty  a  mastery  and  control  over  the  strongest  forces 
in  his  physic  system. 

Mankind,  so  long  as  duty  is  at  stake,  cannot  renounce 
his  personality;  that  is,  by  consequence,  never, — duty  be- 
ing always  his  incumbent  debt ;  and  it  is  a  contradiction 
to  hold  that  any  one  were  entitled  to  withdraw  himself 
from  his  obligations,  and  to  act  free,  in  such  sense  as  to 
need  no  ground  of  warrant  for  his  conduct.  To  abolish, 
then,  in  his  own  person  the  subject  of  morality,  is  tanta- 
mount to  expunging  with  all  his  might  the  very  being  of 
morality  from  the  world,  which  morality  is,  however,  an 
end  in  itself.  Whence  we  conclude,  that  to  dispose  of 
one's  life  for  some  fancied  end,  is  to  degrade  the  humani- 
ty subsisting  in  his  person  (homo  noumenon),  and  intrust- 
ed to  him  (homo  phenomenon)  to  the  end  that  he  might 
uphold  and  preserve  it. 

For  any  one  to  deprive  himself  of  an  integral  part  of 
his  frame,  to  dismember  or  mutilate  his  organs,  as  when, 
for  instance,  any  one  sells  or  gifts  a  tooth  to  be  trans- 
planted into  the  jaw  of  another,  or  to  submit  to  emascu- 
lation to  gain  an  easier  livelihood  as  a  singer,  and  so  on, 
are  acts  of  partial  self-murder.  The  like  observation, 
however,  does  not  hold  of  the  amputation  of  a  decayed  or 
mortified  member,  which  it  might  be  even  dangerous  to 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  261 

keep.  Neither  can  we  say  that  it  is  a  violation  of  one's 
person  to  remove  what  is  a  part  and  pertinent,  but  still  no 
organ  of  the  body,  e.  g.  to  cut  one's  hair ;  but  were  this 
done  with  a  view  to  making  gain  by  the  sale  of  one's 
tresses,  such  an  act  could  not  be  regarded  as  altogether 
devoid  of  blame. 

Casuistics. — Is  it  self-murder  to  devote  one's  self,  like 
Gurtius,  to  certain  death  for  the  liberation  of  his  coun- 
try ?  Is  martyrdom — the  deliberate  offering  of  one's  self 
up  for  the  benefit  of  mankind  at  large — capable  of  being 
regarded,  like  the  former,  as  a  trait  of  a  heroic  charac- 
ter ? 

Is  it  allowed  to  anticipate  an  unjust  sentence  of  death 
by  suicide  ?  Even  wei-e  the  sovereign  to  grant  this  permis- 
sion, as  Nero  to  Seneca  ? 

Can  we  regard  it  as  a  crime,  on  the  part  of  our  late 
great  monarch,*  that  he  always  bore  about  with  him  a 
poison,  probably  in  order  that  if  he  should  be  taken  in 
war,  which  he  always  carried  on  in  person,  he  might  not 
be  compelled  to  accept  conditions  of  ransom  too  burden- 
some to  his  country  ?  A  motive  we  are  entitled  to  ascribe 
to  him,  as  it  is  not  likely  he  was  impelled  to  it  by  mere 
arrogancy. 

A  patient  feeling  decided  symptoms  of  hydrophobia, 
after  the  bite  of  a  mad  dog,  declared,  that  as  this  com- 
plaint was  incurable,  he  would  destroy  himself,  lest,  as 
he  stated  in  his  testament,  he  should,  in  a  paroxysm  of  the 
disease,  occasion  some  disaster  to  his  fellow-men.  It  is  de- 
manded if  he  acted  wrong? 

He  who  inoculates  himself  for  small-pox,  hazards  his 

*  Frederick  II. 


262  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

life  on  aA  uncerfainfy,  even  although  he  does  so  with  a 
view  to  its'  Aiore  effectual  preservation,  and  places  himself 
in  a  much  more  ambiguous  relation  to  the  law,  than  the 
mariner,  who  does  not  excite  the  storm  which  he  encotrri- 
iers,  whereas  this  other  is  himself  the  catuse  of  his  running 
the  risk  of  death.     Is  such  inoculation  lawful  ? 

§  7.  Of  Self-defilement. 

\  As'  the  love  of  life  is  bestowed  upon  us  for  the  preser- 
1  vation  of  our  person,  so  the  love  of  sex  for  the  continu- 
ance of  our  kind.  Either  appetite  is  a  last  end  purposed 
by  nature ;  by  end  is  to  be  understood  that  connexion 
obtaining  betwixt  a  cause  and  its  effect,  where  the  cause, 
although  unintelligent,  is  nevertheless  cogitated  according 
fo  the  analogy  it  bcSars  to  dn  understanding,  that  is,  is 
spolcen  of  and  taken  as  if  it  intentionally  and  of  design 
tended  to  the  eduction  of  its  own  effect.  In  this  way,  a 
question  arises,  if  the  power  of  propagating  one's  species 
stands  under  a  restrictive  law ;  or  if  a  person  who  exer- 
cises such  a  faculty  may,  without  subverting  any  duty  by 
doing  so,  overlook  that  end  of  nature,  and  employ  his  in- 
tersexual  organs  as  the  mere  engine  of  brute  pleasure. 

in  the  elementary  principles  of  law,  we  took  occasion 
to  show,  that  mankind  could  not  serve  himself  of  the  per- 
son of  another,  in  order  to  this  enjoyment,  except  subject 
to  tte  liriiitary  conditions  of  a  particular  legal  contract 
(marriage),  iti  which  event  two  persons  become  mutually 
obliged  to  one  another.  But  the  question  ethics  under- 
takes is  this.  Whether  there  be  or  not  a  duty  owed  by 
man  to  himself,  in  respect  of  this  appetite,  the  violation 
whereof  attaints  (not  merely  degrades)  the  humanity 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  !^fy§ 

inhabiting  his  person.  The  appetite  itself  is  called  lust, 
and  the  vice  it  gives  birth  to  is  called  impurity.  The 
virtue,  again,  raised  upon  this  instinct  of  the  sensory  is 
termed  chastity  ;  and  this  chastity  is  now  to  be  repre- 
sented as  a  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself.  A  lust  is  sai4 
to  be  unnatural,  when  a  man  is  impelled  to  it,  not  by  a 
real  given  matter  objected  to  his  sensory,  but  by  the  py^- 
ductive  power  of  his  imagination,  depicting  to  him  in 
fancy  the  object,  contrary  to  the  epd  aimed  at  by  nature  j 
for  the  power  of  appetition  is  then  put  into  operation  in 
fiuch  a  manner  as  to  evade  or  subvert  the  ends  of  nature ; 
9,ud>  in  truth,  an  end  yet  more  important  thati  the  en4 
proposed  by  nature  in  the  instinctive  love  of  life :  this 
tending  only  to  the  conservation  of  the  individual,  tluit  to 
the  upholding  uninterrupted  the  succession  of  the  species. 

That  this  unnatural  use  (and  so  abuse)  of  one's  sexual 
organs,  is  a  violation,  in  the  highest  degree,  of  the  duty 
owed  by  any  to  himself,  is  manifest  to  everybody;  and 
is  a  thought  so  revolting,  that  even  the  naming  this  vice 
by  its  own  name  is  regarded  as  a  kind  of  immorality, 
which  is  not  the  case,  however,  with  self-murder,  which 
no  one  hesitates  to  detail  in  all  its  horrors,  and  publish  to 
the  world  in  specie  facti  ;  just  as  if  mankind  at  large  felt 
ashamed  at  knowing  himself  capable  of  an  act  sinking 
him  so  far  beneath  the  brutes. 

And  yet  to  prove  upon  grounds  of  reason  the  inadmis- 
sibility of  that  unnatural  excess,  and  even  the  disallowed- 
ness  of  a  mere  irregular  use  of  one's  sexual  part,  so  far  forth 
as  they  are  violations  (and  in  regard  of  the  former,  even 
in  the  highest  possible  degree)  of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to 
himself,  is  a  taslc  of  no  slight  or  common  difficulty.  Tha 
ground  of  proving  is  to  be  sought  no  doubt  in  this,  that 


264  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

man  meanly  abdicates  his  personality,  when  he  attempts 
to  employ  himself  as  a  hare  means  to  satisfy  a  brutal 
lust.  At  the  same  time,  the  high  and  prodigious  enormi- 
ty of  the  violation  perpetrated  by  man  against  the  huma- 
nity subsisting  in  his  person,  by  so  unnatural  and  porten- 
tous a  lust,  which  seems,  as  we  have  said,  formally  to 
transcend  in  magnitude  the  guilt  of  self-murder,  remains 
unexplained  upon  this  argument ;  unless,  perhaps,  it 
might  be  urged,  that  the  headlong  obstinacy  of  the  suicide, 
who  casts  away  life  as  a  burden,  is  no  effeminate  surren- 
der to  sensitive  excitement,  but  shews  valour,  and  so 
leaves  ground  for  reverencing  the  humanity  he  repre- 
sents ;  while  this  other  resigns  himself  an  abandoned  out- 
cast to  brutality,  enjoying  his  own  self-abuse,  that  is,  he 
makes  himself  an  object  of  abomination,  and  stands  be- 
reft of  all  reverence  of  any  kind. 

§  8.  Of  Self-obstupefaction  by  Excessive  Indulgence  in 
Meats  and  Drinks. 

The  vice  existing  in  this  species  of  intemperance,  is 
not  estimated  by  the  prejudice,  or  bodily  pains,  mankind 
may  entail  upon  himself,  as  the  sequents  of  his  excess ; 
for  then  we  should  regulate  our  judgment  upon  a  prin- 
ciple of  conveniency  (^.  e.  on  a  system  of  eudaimonism), 
which,  however,  affords  no  ground  of  duty,  but  only  of  a 
dictate  of  expediency ;  at  least  such  principle  gives  birth 
to  no  direct  obligations. 

The  inordinate  gratification  of  our  bodily  wants,  is  that 
abuse  of  aliments  which  obtunds  the  operations  of  the  in- 
tellect; drunkenness  and  gluttony  are  the  two  vices  fall- 
ing under  this  head.     The  drunkard  renounces,  for  the 


BY  pAN  TO  HIMSELF.  265 

! 
seductive  goblet,  that  rationality  which  alone  pi-oclaims 
the  superiority  of  his  rank ;  and  is,  while  in  his  state  of 
intoxication,  to  be  dealt  with  as  a  brute  only,  not  as  a 
person.  The  glutton,  gorged  with  viands,  obtunds  his 
powers  for  a  while,  and  is  incapacitated  for  such  exer- 
cises as  demand  suppleness  of  body,  or  the  reflections  of 
the  understanding.  That  the  putting  one's  self  into  such 
a  situation,  is  a  grave  violation  of  what  a  man  owes  to 
himself,  is  self-evident.  The  former  state  of  degradation, 
abject  even  beneath  the  beasts,  is  commonly  brought  about 
by  the  excessive  use  of  fermented  liquors,  or  of  stupifying 
drugs,  such  as  opium,  and  other  products  of  the  vege- 
table kingdom ;  the  betraying  power  whereof  lies  in 
this,  that  for  a  while  a  dreamy  happiness,  and  freedom 
from  solicitude,  or  perhaps  a  fancied  fortitude,  is  begotten, 
which,  after  all,  concludes  in  despondency  and  sadness, 
and  so  unawares,  and  by  insensible  and  unsuspected  steps, 
introduces  the  need  and  want  to  repeat  and  to  augment 
the  stupifying  dose.  Gluttony  must  be  reputed  still  lower 
in  the  scale  of  animal  enjoyment ;  for  it  is  purely  passive, 
and  does  not  waken  to  life  the  energies  of  fancy — a  fa- 
culty susceptible  for  a  long  time  of  an  active  play  of  its 
perceptions  during  the  obstupefaction  of  the  former,  upon 
which  account  gluttony  is  the  more  beastly  vice. 

Casuistics. — Can  we,  if  not  as  the  panegyrists,  yet  as 
the  apologists  of  wine,  accord  to  it  a  use  bordering  on  in- 
toxication, so  far  forth  as  it  animates  conversation,  and 
combines  the  society  by  the  frankness  it  produces  ?  Can 
we,  in  any  event,  say  of  wine  what  Seneca  has  said 
when  talking  of  Cato,  Virtus  ejus  incaluit  mero  ?  But  who 
is  he  who  will  assign  a  measure  to  one,  who  stands  on 
the  brink  of  passing  into  a  state,  where  all  eyesight  fails 


OF  THE   DUTY  OWED 

him  to  measure  any  thing,  nay,  whose  disposition  is  in 
full  march  to  go  beyond  it  ?  To  employ  opium  or  ardent 
spirits  as  instruments  of  one's  animal  gratification,  is  very 
much  akiu  to  meanness  ;  because  these,  by  their  soporific 
welfare,  render  the  individual  mute,  reserved,  and  unso- 
cial ;  upon  which  accounts  it  is  that  these  are  allowed  only 
in  medicine.  Mahometanism  has  made  but  an  injudi- 
cious selection,  when  it  forbids  wine,  and  allows  the  use  of 
opium  in  its  stead. 

A  banquet  (Lord  Mayor's  feasjt)  is  a  formal  invitation 
to  a  double  intemperance  in  both  kinds,  although  it  has, 
over  and  above  the  stimulating  of  one's  physical  existence, 
a  reference  to  a  moral  end,  viz.  the  advancing  of  man's 
social  intercourse  with  his  species.  Yet,  because,  when- 
ever the  number  of  the  guests  exceeds,  as  Chesterfield 
says,  the  number  of  the  muses,  the  very  multitude  ob 
structs  the  social  exchange,  and  admits  only  the  talking 
to  one's  immediate  neighbours,  i.  e.  since  a  feast  is  an  in- 
stitution subverting  its  own  end,  it  remains  to  be  regard- 
ed only  as  a  seduction  to  excess,  i.  e.  to  immorality,  and 
to  a  violation  of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself.  To 
what  extent  is  mankind  ethically  entitled  to  give  ear  to 
such  invitations  ? 


CHAPTER  II. 

OF  THE    DUTY  OWED    BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF,  AS  A   MORAL    BEING 

SINGLY. 

This  duty  is  opposed  to  the  vices  of  lying,  avarice,  and 
false  humility. 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  261" 

§  9.  Of  Lying. 

The  highest  violation  of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  him- 
self, considered  as  a  moral  being  singly  (owed  to  the  hu- 
manity subsisting  in  his  person),  is  a  departure  from  truth, 
or  lying.  That  every  deliberate  untruth  in  uttering  one's 
thoughts  must  bear  this  name  in  ethics,  is  of  itself  evident, 
although  in  law  it  was  only  styled  fraud  or  falsehood, 
when  it  violated  the  rights  of  others — ethics  giving  no 
title  to  vice  on  account  of  its  harmlessness  ;  for  the  dis- 
honour {i.  e.  to  be  an  object  of  ethical  disdain)  it  entails, 
accompanies  the  liar  like  his  shadow.  A  lie  may  be  either 
external  or  internal ;  by  means  of  this  he  falls  under  the 
contempt  of  others,  but  by  means  of  thxiU  falls,  which  is 
much  worse,  under  his  own,  and  violates  the  dignity  of  hu- 
manity in  his  own  person.  We  say  nothing  here  of  the  da- 
mage he  may  occasion  to  other  people,  the  damage  being 
no  characteristic  of  the  vice  ;  for  it  would  then  be  turned 
into  a  violation  of  the  duty  owed  to  others :  nor  yet  of  the 
damage  done  by  the  liar  to  himself ;  for  then  the  lie,  as  a 
mere  error  in  prudence,  would  contradict  only  the  hypo- 
thetical, not  the  categorical  imperative,  and  could  not  be 
held  as  violating  duty  at  all.  A  lie  is  the  abandonment, 
and,  as  it  were,  the  annihilation,  of  the  dignity  of  a  man. 
He  who  does  not  himself  believe  what  he  states  to  ano- 
ther person  (were  it  but  an  ideal  person),  has  a  still  less 
value  than  if  he  were  a  mere  thing ;  for  of  the  qualities  of 
this  last  some  use  may  be  made,  these  being  determinate 
and  given ;  but  for  any  one  to  communicate  thoughts  to  an- 
other by  words  intended  to  convey  the  contrary  of  what 
the  speaker  really  thinks,  is  an  end  subversive  of  the  pur- 
pose and  design  for  which  nature  endowed  us  with  a  fa- 


368  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

culty  of  interchanging  thought,  and  is  upon  these  accounts 
a  renunciation  of  one's  personality,  after  which  the  liar  goes 
about,  not  as  truly  a  man,  but  as  the  deceptive  appear- 
ance of  one  only.  Veracity  in  one's  statements  is  called 
CANDOUR  ;  if  such  statements  contain  promises,  fidelity  : 
both  together  make  up  what  is  called  sincerity. 

A  lie,  in  the  ethical  signification  of  the  word,  consider- 
ed as  intentional  falsehood,  need  not  be  prejudicial  to 
others  in  order  to  be  reprobated,  for  then  it  would  be  a 
violation  of  the  rights  of  others.  Levity,  nay,  even  good- 
nature, may  be  its  cause,  or  some  good  end  may  be  aimed 
at  by  it.  However,  the  giving  way  to  such  a  thing  is  by 
its  bare  form  a  crime  perpetrated  by  man  against  his  own 
person,  and  a  meanness,  making  a  man  contemptible  in 
his  own  eyes. 

The  reality  of  many  an  inward  lie,  the  guilt  whereof 
man  entails  upon  himself,  is  easily  set  forth ;  but  to  ex- 
plain the  possibility  of  such  a  thing  is  not  so  easy ;  and  it 
looks  like  as  if  a  second  person  were  required,  whom  we 
intended  to  deceive,  since  deliberately  to  deceive  one's 
self,  sounds  like  a  contradiction. 

Man  as  a  moral  being  (homo  noumenon),  cannot  use 
himself  as  a  physical  being  (homo  phenomenon),  as  a  mere 
instrument  of  speech,  nowise  connected  with  the  internal 
end  of  communicating  his  thoughts;  but  he  is  bound  to 
the  condition,  under  his  second  point  of  view,  of  making 
his  declaration  harmonize  with  his  inward  man,  and  so  is 
obliged  to  veracity  towards  himself.  Mankind  thus  per- 
verts himself,  when  he  bubbles  himself  into  the  belief  in 
a  future  judge,  although  he  find  none  such  within  him- 
self, in  the  persuasion  that  it  can  do  no  harm,  but  may, 
on  the  contrary,  be  of  service,  inwardly  to  confess  such 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  269 

faith  before  the  Searcher  of  his  Heart,  in  order,  in  any 
event,  to  insinuate  himself  into  his  favour.  Or  otherwise, 
supposing  him  to  entertain  no  doubts  on  this  point,  still 
he  may  flatter  himself  that  he  is  an  inward  reverer  of  His 
law,  although  he  knows  no  other  incentive  than  the  fear 
of  hell. 

Insincerity  is  just  want  of  conscientiousness,  i.  e.  of  sin- 
cerity in  a  man's  avowals  to  his  inward  judge,  cogitated 
as  a  person  different  from  himself.  To  take  this  matter 
quite  rigidly,  this  would  be  insincerity,  to  hold  a  wish 
framed  by  self-love  for  the  deed,  because  the  end  aimed 
at  by  it  is  good  ;  and  the  inward  lie  told  by  a  man  to  him- 
self, although  a  violation  of  his  duty  towards  himself, 
commonly  goes  under  the  name  of,  and  is  taken  for,  a 
weakness,  pretty  much  in  the  same  way  as  the  wish  of  a 
lover  to  find  only  good  qualities  in  his  adored,  seals  his 
eyes  to  her  most  glaring  defects.  However,  this  insin- 
cerity in  the  statements  declared  by  man  to  himself,  de- 
serves the  most  serious  reprehension ;  for,  from  this 
rotten  spot  (which  seems  to  taint  the  vitals  of  humani- 
ty), the  evil  of  insincerity  spreads  into  one's  intercourse 
with  one's  fellow-men,  the  maxim  of  truth  being  once 
broken  up. 

Remark. — It  is  exceedingly  remarkable,  that  holy  writ 
dates  the  original  of  evil,  not  from  the  fratricide  of  Cain 
(against  which  nature  revolts),  but  from  the  first  lie;  and 
states  the  author  of  all  evil  under  the  denomination  of  the 
Liar  from  the  beginning,  and  the  Father  of  lies ;  although 
reason  can  give  no  account  of  this  proneness  of  mankind 
to  hypocrisy ;  which  deflective  tendency  must  however 
have  preceded  man's  actual  lapse,  an  act  of  freedom  not 
admitting,  as  physical  effects  do,  a  deduction  and  explana- 


mSnb 


OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 


tion  from  the  law  of  cause  and  effect,  this  last  law  refer- 
ring singly  to  phenomena. 

Casuistical  Questions. — Are  falsehoods  out  of  pure 
politeness  (the  most  ohedient  servant  at  the  end  of  a  let- 
ter), lying  ?  No  one  is  deceived  by  them.  An  author  asks, 
"  How  do  you  like  my  new  work  ?"  Now  the  answer 
might  be  given  illusorily,  by  jesting  upon  the  captious- 
ness  of  such  a  question  ;  but  who  has  wit  enough  always 
ready  ?  The  smallest  tarrying  in  replying  must,  of  itself, 
mortify  the  author.  Is  it  then  allowed  to  pay  him  com- 
pliments ? 

If  I  lie,  in  matters  of  importance,  in  the  actual  busi- 
ness of  life,  must  I  bear  all  the  consequences  resulting 
from  my  falsehood?  One  gives  orders  to  his  servant,  if 
any  call  for  him,  to  say  he  is  not  at  home :  the  domestic 
does  so,  and  becomes  in  this  way  the  cause  of  his  master's 
finding  opportunity  to  commit  a  crime,  which  would  other- 
wise have  been  prevented  by  the  messenger-at-arms,  who 
came  to  execute  his  warrant.  On  whom,  according  to 
ethic  principles,  does  the  blame  fall  ?  Unquestionably,  in 
part  upon  the  servant,  who  violated  by  his  lie  a  duty 
owed  by  him  to  himself,  the  consequences  of  which,  also, 
will  be  imputed  to  him  by  his  own  conscience. 


§  10.     Of  Avarice. 

I  understand  in  this  chapter  not  rapacious  avarice,  the 
propensity  to  extend  one's  gains  beyond  one's  needs,  in 
order  to  sumptuous  fare;  but  the  avarice  of  hoarding, 
which,  when  sordid,  makes  a  man  a  miser,  not  so  much 
because  it  disregards  the  obligations  of  charity,  as  because 
it  narrows  and  contracts  the  proper  enjoyment  of  the 


BY  HI  AN  TO  HIMSELF.  271 

^oods  of  life  within  the  measure  of  one's  real  wants,  and 
so  is  repugnant  to  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself. 

It  is  in  the  exposition  of  this  vice  that  we  can  best  dis- 
play the  inaccuracy  of  all  those  accounts  of  virtue  and 
vice  which  make  them  differ  in  "  degree^'''  and  show  clearly 
at  the  same  time  the  inapplicability  of  Aristotle's  famous 
"principle,  that  virtue  is  the  mean  betwixt  two  extreme 
vices. 

Thus,  when,  for  nistance,  I  regard  frugality  as  the 
mean  betwixt  prodigality  and  avarice,  and  state  this  me- 
dium as  one  of  degree,  then  the  one  vice  could  not  pass 
tinto  its  opposite  and  contrary  (which,  however,  is  not 
unfrequent),  except  by  passing  through  the  intermediate 
virtue,  and  in  this  way  virtue  would  come  to  be  a  dimi- 
nishing vice,  i.  e.  a  vice  at  its  vanishing  quantity ;  and  the 
true  inference  from  this  would  be,  in  the  present  instance, 
that  the  perfect  point  of  moral  duty  would  consist  in 
making  no  use  at  all  of  the  bounties  of  fortune. 

Neither  the  measure  nor  the  quantum  of  acting  upon  a 
maxim,  but  that  maxim's  objective  principle,  is  what  con- 
stitutes the  act  a  vice  or  a  virtue.  The  maxim  of  the  ava- 
ricious and  rapacious  prodigal  is  to  accumulate  wealth, 
in  order  that  he  may  enjoy  it ;  that  of  the  sordidly  avari- 
cious, or  MISER,  is,  oil  the  contrary,  to  acquire  and  to  keep 
accumulated  his  wealth,  where  he  makes  the  bare  pos- 
session of  it  his  end,  and  dispenses  with  the  enjoyment. 

The  peculiar  characteristic  of  the  miser  is  this,  that  he 
adopts  the  principle  of  hoarding  up  the  means  conducive 
to  many  ends,  with  the  inward  reservation,  never  to  ap- 
ply such  means  to  their  destined  uses,  and  so  to  bereave 
himself  of  all  the  amenities  and  sweets  of  life ;  a  maxim 
utterly  subversive  of  the  duty  a  man  owes  to  himself. 


272 


OF  THE  DUTY  OMI  ED 


we  treat  here  only  of 


Profusion  and  hoarding,  then,  diff  3r  not  in  degree,  but 
they  are  specifically  distinct  in  res]3ect  of  their  contrary 
and  inconsistent  maxims.* 

Casuistical  Question. — Since 
duties  owed  to  one's  self,  and  rapacious  avarice  (insatiable 
cupidity  of  wealth),  and  the  avarice  of  hoarding,  rest  on 
the  common  ground  of  self-love,  and  seem  both  objection- 
able, merely  because  they  conclude  in  poverty,  in  the  case 


*  The  position,  one  ought  never  to  ovi:R.DO  or  under-do  any- 
thing, says  nothing,  for  it  is  tautological.  What  is  it  to  over-do  ? 
Ans.  To  do  more  than  is  right.  What  is  ii^  to  under-do  ?  To  do  less 
than  is  right.  What  is  meant  by  one  ought  ?  Ahs.  It  is  not  right  to 
do  more  or  less  than  is  right.  If  this  be  the  wisdom  to  be  pumped  from 
Aristotle,  we  have  made  a  bad  choice  in  our  fountain. 

There  is  betwixt  truth  and  falsehood  no  ijnean,  although  there  is  be- 
twixt frankness  and  reserve  :  the  reserved  takes  care  that  every  thing  he 
says  is  true,  but  he  does  not  tell  the  whole  truth,  and  a  medium  may  be 
assigned.  Now,  it  is  quite  natural  to  ask  the  moralist,  to  indicate  this 
golden  mean  ;  which,  however,  cannot  be  done,  for  both  virtues  admit  of 
a  certain  latitude,  and  the  bounds  put  to  candour  and  reserve  is  a  matter 
for  a  man's  judgment,  and  so  is  a  question  felling  under  the  pragmatic 
rules  of  prudence,  and  not  under  the  impel'ative  of  morality  :  that  is 
to  say,  the  solution  affects  a  question  of  indeterminate  obligation,  and 
must  not  be  handled  as  if  it  were  strict  and  definite.  He  therefore  who 
obeys  the  laws  of  duty,  may,  if  he  do  more  than  prudence  would  pre- 
scribe, in  a  given  conjuncture,  commit  in  so  far  a  fault ;  but  he  commits 
none,  in  so  far  as  he  rigidly  adheres  to  his  m)ral  maxims,  much  less  a 
vice  in  so  doing  ;  and  Horace's  lines, 

Insani  sapiens  nomen  ferat,  sequlus  iniqui 
Ultra  quam  satis  est,  virtutem  si  petat  ipsam, 

contain  downright  falsehood,  if  taken  to  the  letter.  Sapiens  seems  to 
mean  a  good,  dog-trot,  prudent  man,  who  doe$  not  feed  his  imagination 
with  any  phantastic  idea  of  perfection,  which  is  to  be  aspired  to,  though 
not  attained,  which  last  exceeds  man's  power,  snd  we  would  run  up  ethics 
into  an  absurdity.  But  to  be  too  virtuous,  .  e.  too  attached  and  de- 
voted to  duty,  is  as  much  as  drawing  a  right  li  ne  too  straight,  or  a  circle 
too  round. 


I 


BY  xMAN  TO  HIMSELF.  273 

of  the  former,  issuing  in  unexpected,  in  that  of  the  latter, 
in  a  voluntary  indigence  (by  force  of  the  determination 
to  live  in  poverty) — since,  I  say,  all  this  is  the  case,  the 
question  might  be  raised,  if  they  are  either  of  them  at  all 
vices,  and  not  rather  mere  imprudencies,  and  so  not  fall- 
ing within  the  sphere  of  the  duties  owed  by  man  to  him- 
self; but  the  sordid  avarice  is  not  a  mere  misunderstood 
economy,  it  is  an  abject  and  servile  enthralling  of  a 
man's  self  to  the  dominion  of  money,  and  is  a  submitting 
to  cease  to  be  its  master,  which  is  a  violation  of  the  duty 
owed  by  man  to  himself :  It  is  the  opposite  of  that  gene- 
rous liberality  of  sentiment  (not  of  munificent  liberality, 
which  is  no  more  than  a  particular  case  of  the  former), 
which  determines  to  shake  itself  free  from  every  consider- 
ation whatever,  the  law  alone  excepted,  and  is  a  defrau- 
dation committed  by  man  against  himself.  And  yet,  what 
kind  of  law  is  that,  whereof  the  very  inward  legislator 
knows  not  the  application?  Ought  I  to  retrench  the  out- 
lays of  my  table,  or  the  expenses  of  my  dress  ?  Should  I 
in  youth,  or  in  my  old  age  ?  Or  is  there,  generally  speak- 
ing, any  such  virtue  as  that  of  thrift  ? 


§  11.  Of  False  and  Spurious  Humility. 

Man,  as  a  part  of  the  physical  system  (homo  phenome- 
non, animal  rationale),  is  an  animal  of  very  little  mo- 
ment, and  has  but  a  common  value  with  beasts,  and  the 
other  products  of  the  soil.  Even  that  he  is  superior  to 
those  by  force  of  his  understanding,  gives  him  only  a 
higher  external  value  in  exchange,  when  brought  to  the 
market  along  with  other  cattle,  and  sold  as  wares. 

s 


274  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 

But  man  considered  as  a  person,  i.  e.  as  the  subject  of 
ethico-active  reason,  is  exalted  beyond  all  price :  for  as 
such  (homo  noumenon),  he  cannot  be  taken  for  a  bare 
means,  conducive  either  to  his  own  or  to  other  persons' 
ends,  but  must  be  esteemed  an  end  in  himself;  that 
is  to  say,  he  is  invested  with  an  internal  dignity  (an  ab- 
solute worth),  in  name  of  which,  he  extorts  reverence  for 
his  person,  from  every  other  finite  intelligent  throughout 
the  universe,  and  is  entitled  to  compare  himself  with  all 
such,  and  to  deem  himself  their  equal. 

The  humanity  of  our  common  nature  is  the  object  of 
that  reverence  exigible  by  each  man  from  his  fellow, 
which  reverence,  however,  he  must  study  not  to  forfeit. 
He  may,  and  indeed  he  ought  to  estimate  himself  by  a 
measure,  at  once  great  and  small,  according  as  he  con- 
templates his  physical  existence  as  an  animal,  or  his  co- 
gitable being,  according  to  the  ethical  substratum  of  his 
nature.  Again,  since  he  has  to  consider  himself  not 
merely  as  a  person,  but  also  as  a  man,  that  is,  as  such  a 
person  as  has  imposed  upon  him  duties  put  upon  him  by 
his  own  reason,  his  insignificance  as  an  animal  ought 
neither  to  impair  nor  affect  his  consciousness  of  his  dig- 
nity as  a  rational,  and  he  ought  not  to  forget  his  ethical 
self-reverence  springing  from  his  latter  nature;  that  is  to 
say,  he  ought  not  to  pursue  those  ends  which  are  his  du- 
ties servilely,  or  as  if  he  sought  for  the  favour  of  any  other 
person  :  he  ought  not  to  renounce  his  dignity,  but  al- 
ways to  uphold  in  its  integrity,  his  consciousness  of  the 
loftiness  of  the  ethical  substratum  of  his  nature  ;  and  this 
self-reverence  is  a  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself. 

The  consciousness  and   feeling  of  one's  little  worth, 
when  compared  with  the  law,  is  ethical  humility:  the 


I 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  275 

over-persuasion  that  a  man  has  a  great  deal  of  moral 
worth,  but  only  owing  to  his  neglecting  to  quadrate  him- 
self with  the  law,  is  ethical  arrogancy,  and  might  be  call- 
ed SELF-RIGHTEOUSNESS.  But  to  renounce  all  claim  to 
any  moral  worth,  in  the  hope  of  thereby  acquiring  a  bor- 
rowed and  another,  is  false  ethical  humility,  and  may  be 
called  SPIRITUAL  hypocrisy. 

Humility,  understood  as  a  low  opinion  of  one's  self, 
when  compared  with  other  persons,  is  no  duty  (nor,  ge- 
nerally speaking,  in  comparison  with  any  finite  being, 
although  a  seraph)  :  the  active  endeavour,  in  such  com- 
parison, to  find  one's  self  equal  or  superior  to  others,  in 
the  imagination  of  thereby  augmenting  his  inward  worth, 
is  AMBITION,  a  vice  diametrically  opposed  to  the  duty 
we  owe  to  others  ;  but  the  studied  declinature  of  all  one's 
proper  ethic  worth,  considered  as  a  mean  for  ingratiating 
one's  self  into  the  favour  of  another  (be  that  other  who  he 
may),  is  false  and  counterfeit  humility — (hypocrisy, 
flattery)— and  a  degradation  of  one's  personality,  sub- 
verting the  duty  he  owes  to  himself. 

Upon  an  exact  and  sincere  comparison  of  a  man's  self 
with  the  moral  law  (its  holiness  and  rigour),  true  humility 
must  infallibly  result;  but,  from  the  very  circumstance 
that  we  can  know  ourselves  capable  of  such  an  inward 
legislation,  and  that  the  physical  man  finds  himself  com- 
pelled to  stand  in  awe  of  the  ethical  man  in  his  own  per- 
son, there  results  also  at  the  same  time  a  feeling  of  exal- 
tation, and  the  highest  possible  self-estimation,  as  the 
consciousness  of  one's  inward  worth,  by  force  of  which  he  is 
raised  far  beyond  all  price,  and  sees  himself  invested  with 
an  inalienable  dignity,  inspiring  him  with  reverence  for 
himself. 


276 


OF  THE  DUTY  OWED 


§   12. 


This  duty,  in  respect  of  the  dignity  of  our  humanity, 
can  be  rendered  more  sensible  by  such  precepts  as  the 
following. 

Become  not  the  slaves  of  other  men.  Suffer  not  thy 
rights  to  be  trampled  under  foot  by  others  with  impuni- 
ty. Make  no  debts  thou  mayest  be  unable  to  discharge. 
Receive  no  favours  thou  canst  dispense  with,  and  be  neither 
parasites  nor  flatterers,  nor,  for  they  differ  but  in  degree, 
beggars.  Live  then  frugally,  lest  one  day  thou  come  to 
beggary.  Howling  and  groaning,  nay,  a  mere  scream  at  a 
bodily  pain,  is  beneath  thy  dignity  as  a  raian,  more  espe- 
cially when  conscious  that  thou  hast  thyself  demerited  it. 
Hence  the  ennoblement  of  (averting  of  ignominy  from)  the 
death  of  a  malefactor,  by  the  constancy  with  which  he 
meets  his  fate.  To  kneel  or  prostrate  thyself  upon  the 
earth,  in  order  to  depicture  in  a  more  lively  image  to  thy 
fancy,  thy  adoration  of  celestial  objects,  derogates  from 
thy  dignity  as  a  man ;  as  does  also  the  worshipping  of 
them  by  images  :  for  then  thou  humblest  thyself,  not  be- 
fore an  IDEAL,  the  handy  work  of  thy  reason,  but  beneath 
an  IDOL,  the  workmanship/of  thy  hands. 

Casuistics. — Is  not  the  elation  of  mind  in  self-reve- 
rence, considered  as  a  consciousness  of  the  lofty  destiny 
of  man,  too  much  akin  to  arrogance,  i.  e.  to  self-conceit, 
to  make  it  advisable  to  summon  up  to  it,  not  only  in  re- 
spect of  the  moral  law,  but  even  in  respect  of  other  men  ? 
or  would  not  self-denial  in  this  particular  invite  others  to 
despise  our  person,  and  so  be  a  violation  of  what  is  due 
by  man  to  himself? — Fawning  and  scraping  to  another 
is  in  any  event  unworthy  of  a  man. 


BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF. 


277 


Are  not  the  different  styles  of  address,  and  the  especial 
marks  of  respect,  denoting,  with  such  painful  anxiety, 
difference  of  rank  in  society, — all  which  differs  widely 
from  politeness,  a  thing  indispensable  for  mutually  re- 
verencing one  another, — the  thou,  he,  they,  your  high 
WISDOM,  YOUR  REVERENCE,  &c.  &c.  in  which  pedantry 
the  Germans  go  beyond  all  nations  on  the  earth,  the  Indian 
castes  perhaps  alone  excepted, — are  not,  I  say,  these, 
proofs  of  a  widely  spread  tendency  among  mankind  to 
false  and  spurious  humility  ?  (hae  nugse  in  seria  ducunt). 
— However,  he  who  first  makes  himself  a  worm,  dare  not 
complain  when  he  is  trampled  under  foot. 


CHAPTER  III. 

OF  THE  DUTY  OWED  BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF  AS  HIS  OWN  JUDGE. 

§  13. 

The  idea  duty  always  involves  and  objects  to  the  mind 
that  of  necessitation  by  law  (law  being  an  ethical  impera- 
tive limiting  our  freedom),  and  belongs  to  our  moral  un- 
derstanding, which  prescribes  the  rule.  The  inward  im- 
putation of  an  act,  however,  as  of  an  event  falling  under 
the  law,  belongs  to  the  judgment,  which  being  the  sub- 
jective principle  of  the  imputation  of  an  act,  utters  its  ver- 
dict whether  or  not  any  given  deed  {i.  e.  act  subsumible 
under  law)  has  been  done  or  not,  after  which  reason  pro- 
nounces sentence,  i.  e.  connects  the  act  with  its  legal  con- 
sequences, and  so  absolves  or  condemns  ;  all  which  is  car- 
ried on  before  a  court  of  justice,  as  if  in  the  presence  of 


278 


OF  THE  DUTY  OWED  BY  MAN 


an  ethical  person  sitting  to  give  effect  to  the  law.  The 
consciousness  of  an  internal  tribunal  in  man,  before  which 
his  thoughts  accuse  or  excuse  him,  is  what  is  called  con- 
science. 

Every  man  has  conscience,  and  finds  himself  inspected 
by  an  inward  censor,  by  whom  he  is  threatened  and  kept 
in  awe  (reverence  mingled  with  dread) ;  and  this  power 
watching  over  the  law,  is  nothing  arbitrarily  (optionally) 
adopted  by  himself,  but  is  interwoven  with  his  substance. 
It  follows  him  like  his  shadow,  however  he  may  try  to 
flee  from  it.  He  may  indeed  deafen  himself  by  pleasures 
or  by  business,  or  he  may  lull  himself  into  a  lethargy ;  but 
this  is  only  for  a  while,  and  he  must  inevitably  come  now 
and  then  to  himself;  nor  can  he  hinder  himself  from  ever 
and  anon  awaking,  whereupon  he  hears  his  dreadful  and 
appalling  voice.  In  the  last  stage  of  reprobation  man  may 
indeed  have  ceased  to  heed  him,  but  not  to  hear  him  is 
impossible. 

This  originary  intellectual  and  ethical  (for  it  refers  to 
duty)  disposition  of  our  nature,  called  conscience,  has  this 
peculiarity,  that,  although  this  whole  matter  is  an  affair 
of  man  with  himself,  he  notwithstanding  finds  his  reason 
constrained  to  carry  on  the  suit,  as  if  it  were  'at  the  insti- 
gation of  another  person ;  for  the  procedure  is  the  con- 
duct of  a  cause  before  a  court.  Now,  that  he  who  is  the 
accused  by  his  conscience  should  be  figured  to  be  just  the 
same  person  as  his  judge,  is  an  absurd  representation  of  a 
tribunal;  since  in  such  event  the  accuser  would  always  lose 
his  suit.  Conscience  must  therefore  represent  to  itself  al- 
ways some  one,  other  than  itself,  as  judge,  unless  it  is 
to  arrive  at  a  contradiction  with  itself.     This  other  may 


TO  HIMSELF  AS  HIS  OWN  JUDGE  279 

be  either  a  real — or  an  ideal  person  the  product  of  rea- 
son.* 

Such  an  ideal  person,  authorized  to  sit  as  jwdge  in  the 
court  of  conscience,  must  be  a  searcher  of  the  heart, 
for  the  tribunal  is  erected  in  the  interior  of  man.  Far- 
ther, he  must  hold  all-obligatory  power,  i.  e.  be  such 
a  person,  or  at  least  be  figured  as  if  he  were  a  person,  in 
respect  of  whom  all  duty  may  be  represented  as  his  com- 
mandments, because  conscience  is  judge  over  all  free  ac- 
tions. Lastly,  he  must  have  all  power  (in  heaven  and  in 
earth)  to  absolve  and  to  condemn,  these  properties  being  of 
the  very  essence  of  the  functions  of  a  judge:  apart  from 
his  being  endowed  wherewith,  he  could  give  no  effect  to 
the  law.  But  since  he  who  searches  the  heart,  and,  hav- 
ing all-obligatory  power,  is  able  to  absolve  and  to  condemn, 
is  called  God,  it  follows  that  conscience  must  be  regarded 

•  The  twofold  personality  in  which  the  man  who  accuses  and  judges 
himself,  has  to  cogitate  himself,  this  double  self,  forced  on  the  one  hand 
to  appear  trembling  at  the  bar  of  a  tribunal,  where,  on  the  other  hand, 
he  sits  as  judge,  invested  as  his  birth-right,  with  such  authority,  needs 
some  explanation,  lest  reason  seem  to  be  involved  in  a  contradiction 
with  itself.  I  at  once,  accused  and  accuser,  am  numerically  one  and  the 
same  person,  but,  as  the  subject  of  the  moral  legislation,  based  on  the 
idea  freedom  (Jiomo  tioutnenon)^  must  be  considered,  though  only  for  a 
practical  behoof,  as  diverse  from  the  phenomenal  man  endowed  with 
reason.  I'or  a  practical  behoof  only,  we  say,  because  of  the  relation  ob- 
taining  betwixt  the  cogitable  and  the  sensible  systems  speculation  gives 
no  theory.  And  this  specific  difference  betwixt  the  real  and  the  pheno- 
menal man  is  the  difference  of  the  superior  and  inferior  faculties  by  which 
man  is  characterised.  The  former  accuse,  the  latter  appear  in  defence  : 
after  closing  the  record,  the  inward  judge,  as  he  who  is  invested  with 
judiciary  authority,  utters  the  doom  of  bliss  or  woe,  as  ethical  sequents 
of  the  deed  ;  but  in  this  capacity  (which  is  that  of  a  sovereign  governor) 
we  are  unable  to  investigate  any  further  the  sources  of  its  power,  but 
are  constrained  to  stand  in  awe  of  the  unconditionate  jubeo  or  veto  of 
our  reason. 


280  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED  BY  MAN 

as  a  subjective  principle  implanted  in  the  reason  of  man, 
calling  for  an  account  of  every  action  before  God.  Nay, 
this  notion  of  responsibility  is  at  all  times  involved,  how- 
ever darkly,  in  every  act  of  moral  self-consciousness. 

This  is  not  by  any  means  to  say,  that  man  is  entitled, 
and  still  less  that  he  is  bound,  to  believe  in,  as  real,  any 
such  Supreme  Being,  answering  to  the  idea,  to  which  con- 
science inevitably  points ;  for  the  idea  is  given  him  not 
objectively  by  speculative  reason,  but  subjectively  only, 
by  practical  reason  obliging  itself  to  act  conformably  to 
this  representation.  And  mankind  is,  by  means  of  this 
idea,  but  merely  from  its  analogy  to  that  of  a  sovereign 
lawgiver  of  the  universe,  led  to  figure  to  himself  conscien- 
tiousness (in  the  old  language  of  the  empire  religio),  as 
a  responsibility  owed  to  a  most  holy  being,  different 
from  ourselves,  and  yet  most  intimately  present  to  our 
substance  (moral  legislative  reason),  and  to  submit  our- 
selves to  his  will  as  if  it  were  a  law  of  righteousness. 
The  notion  of  religion  in  genere,  is  therefore  just  this,  that 
it  is  a  principle  of  esteeming  of  all  our  duties  as  if  they 
were  divine  commandments. 

1.  In  an  affair  of  conscience,  man  figures  to  himself  a 
pre-admonitory  or  warning  conscience,  before  he  decides 
on  acting ;  and  here  the  minutest  scruple,  when  it  refers 
to  an  idea  of  duty  (somewhat  in  itself  moral),  and  over 
which  conscience  is  the  alone  judge,  is  of  weight,  nor  is  it 
ever  regarded  as  a  trifle ;  nor  can  what  would  be  a  real 
transgression,  be  declared  according  to  the  sayingof  minima 
non  curat  prcBfor,  a  bagatelle  or  peccadillo,  and  so  left 
for  an  arbitrary  and  random  determination.  Hence,  hav- 
ing a  large  conscience  is  the  same  with  having  none. 

2.  As  soon  as  an  act  is  determined  on  and  completed. 


TO  HIMSELF  AS  HIS  OWN  JUDGE.  281 

the  accuser  immediately  presents  himself  in  the  court  of 
conscience,  and  along  with  him  there  appears  a  defen- 
der, and  the  suit  is  never  decided  amicably,  but  according 
to  the  rigour  of  the  law.     After  which  follows, 

3.  The  sentence  of  conscience  upon  the  man,  either 
ABSOLVING  or  CONDEMNING,  which  concludcs  the  cause. 
As  to  which  final  judgment,  we  remark,  that  the  former 
sentence  never  decrees  a  reward  as  the  gaining  of  some- 
thing which  was  not  there  before,  but  leaves  room  only 
for  satisfaction  at  escaping  condemnation.  The  bliss 
therefore  announced  by  the  consoling  voice  of  conscience 
is  not  POSITIVE  (as  joy),  but  only  negative  (tranquilliza- 
tion  after  previous  apprehension) ;  a  blessedness  capable 
of  being  ascribed  to  virtue  only,  as  a  warfare  with  the  in- 
fluences of  the  evil  principle  in  man. 

§14.  The  first  Commandment  of  all  Duties  owedhy  Man  to 

himself. 

This  is,  KNOW  thyself,  not  after  thy  physical  perfec- 
tion, but  after  thy  ethical,  in  reference  to  thy  dut^. 
Search,  try  thy  heart,  whether  it  be  good  or  evil,  whe- 
ther the  springs  of  thy  conduct  be  pure  or  impure ;  and 
how  much,  either  as  originally  belonging  to  thy  substance 
or  as  acquired  by  thee,  may  be  imputable  to  thy  account, 
and  may  go  to  make  up  thy  moral  state. 

This  self-examination,  which  seeks  to  fathom  the  scarce- 
ly penetrable  abysses  of  the  human  heart,  and  the  self- 
knowledge  springing  from  it,  is  the  beginning  of  all  hu- 
man wisdom.  For  this  wisdom,  which  consists  in  the  ac- 
cordance of  the  will  of  an  intelligent  with  the  last  end  of 
his  existence,  requires  in  man,  first,  that  he  disembarrass 


282  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED  BY  MAN 

himself  of  an  inward  impediment  (an  evil  will,  nestled  in 
his  person) ;  and,  second,  the  unremitted  effort  to  develope 
his  originary  inamissible  substratum  for  a  good  one.  Only 
the  Avernan  descent  of  self-knowledge  paves  a  way  to  self- 
apotheosis. 

§15. 

This  ethical  self-knowledge  guards,  first,  against  the  fa- 
natical detestation  of  one's  self  as  a  man,  and  against  a 
disdain  of  the  whole  human  race  in  general.  It  is  only  by 
force  of  the  glorious  substratum  for  morality  within  us, 
which  substratum  it  is  that  renders  man  venerable,  that  we 
are  enabled  to  find  any  man  despicable,  or  to  hand  our- 
selves over  to  our  own  contempt,  when  seen  to  fall  short  of 
this  august  standard;  an  ethical  disregard  attaching  to 
this  or  that  man  singly,  never  to  humanity  in  general. 
And  then  it  guards,  secondly,  against  the  fond  and  fatal 
self-delusion  of  taking  a  bare  wish,  however  ardent,  for 
any  index  of  a  good  heart ;  and  obviates  irregular  self-es- 
timation. Even  PRAYER  is  no  more  than  a  wish,  inwardly 
uttered  in  the  presence  of  a  Searcher  of  the  Heart.  Im- 
partiality, in  judging  of  ourselves,  when  compared  with 
the  law,  and  sincerity  in  a  man's  own  self-confession 
of  his  own  inward  ethical  worth  or  unworth,  are  the  du- 
ties owed  by  man  to  himself,  immediately  founded  on  this 
first  commandment  of  self-knowledge. 


TO  HIMSELF  AS  HIS  OWN  JUDGE.  283 


EPISODE. 

§  16.  Of  an  Amphiboly  of  the  Reflex  Moral  Notions ;  where- 
by Mankind  is  led  to  regard  what  is  only  a  Duty  towards 
himself,  as  if  it  were  a  Duty  owed  by  him  to  others. 

To  judge  on  grounds  of  naked  reason,  man  has  no  du- 
ties imposed  upon  him,  except  those  owed  by  him  to  hu- 
manity in  general  (himself  or  others)  ;  for  his  ohlige- 
ment  towards  any  person  imports  ethical  necessitation  by 
that  person's  will.  The  necessitating  (obliging)  subject 
must  then,  in  every  instance,  be,  first,  a  person ;  and 
must,  SECOND,  be  a  person  objected  to  our  knowledge  in 
experience  and  observation ;  for,  since  man  has  to  work 
towards  the  end  of  that  person's  will,  this  is  a  relation 
possible  only  betwixt  two  given  existing  beings,  no  ima- 
ginary or  barely  cogitable  persons  becoming  the  final 
cause  and  scope  of  any  one's  actions.  But  experience  and 
observation  teach  a  knowledge  of  no  other  being,  except 
our  fellow-men,  capable  of  obligation,  whether  active  or 
passive.  Mankind  can,  therefore,  have  no  duty  toward 
any  being,  other  than  his  fellow-men ;  and  when  he  figures 
to  himself  that  there  are  such,  this  arises  singly  from  an 
amphiboly  of  his  reflex  moral  notions ;  and  this  fancied 
duty  owed  by  him  to  others  is  no  more  than  a  duty 
to  himself,  he  being  misled  to  this  misunderstanding  by 
confounding  what  is  duty  to  himself  in  regard  of  other 
beings,  with  a  duty  toward  those  others. 

This  fancied  duty  may  extend,  either  to  impersonals, 
or  if  to  personal,  yet  to  invisible  beings,  not  objected 
to  our  sensory.  The  former  will  be  either  the  physical  mat- 


284.  OF  THE  DUTY  OWED  BY  MAN 

ter  of  the  universe,  or  else  its  organized  but  impercipient 
products ;  or,  lastly,  that  part  of  nature  which  we  see  en- 
dowed with  choice,  motion,  and  perception  (minerals,  (2.) 
plants,  (3.)  animals).  The  latter  will  have  a  reference  to 
super-human  beings,  cogitated  as  spiritual  substances 
(God,  angels).  And  we  now  ask,  does  there  obtain,  be- 
twixt these  different  kinds  of  beings  and  man,  any  rela- 
tion of  duty ;  and  if  so,  what  is  the  nature  and  extent  of 
this  obligation  ? 

§  IT. 

In  regard  of  the  beautiful  but  lifeless  objects  in  na- 
ture, to  indulge  a  propensity  to  destroy  them,  is  subver- 
sive of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself.  For  this  spirit 
of  destruction  lays  waste  that  feeling  in  man,  which, 
though  not  itself  ethical,  is  yet  akin  to  it,  and  aids  and 
supports,  or  even  prepares  a  way  for  a  determination  of 
the  sensory,  not  unfavourable  to  morality,  viz.  the  emo- 
tion of  disinterested  complacency  in  somewhat  quite  apart 
from  any  view  of  its  utility,  e.  g.  as  when  we  find  delight 
in  contemplating  a  fine  crystallization,  or  the  unutterable 
beauties  of  the  vegetable  kingdom. 

In  regard  of  the  animated  but  irrational  part  of  the  cre- 
ation, it  is  undoubted  that  a  savage  and  cruel  treatment 
of  them  is  yet  more  inly  ^repugnant  to  what  man  owes  to 
himself;  for  it  blunts  and  obtunds  our  natural  sympathy 
with  their  pangs,  and  so  lays  waste,  gradually,  the  physi- 
cal principle  which  is  of  service  to  morality,  and  assists 
greatly  the  discharge  of  our  duty  towards  other  men.  But 
to  kill  them,  or  to  set  them  on  work  not  beyond  their 
strength  (which  labour  man  himself  must  undertake),  is 


TO  HIMSELF  AS  HIS  OWN  JUDGE.         285 

in  nowise  disallowed ;  although  to  torture  them,  with  a 
view  to  recondite  experiments  subsei'ving  a  mere  specula- 
tion, which  could  be  dispensed  with,  is  detestable.  Nay, 
gratitude  for  the  services  of  an  old  horse,  or  house-dog, 
is  indirectly  a  duty,  namely,  an  indirect  duty  in  regard 
OF  these  animals ;  for,  directly^  it  is  no  more  than  what  a 
man  owes  to  himself. 

§18. 

In  regard  of  a  Being  transcending  all  bounds  of  know- 
ledge, but  whose  existence  is  notwithstanding  given  to  us 
in  idea,  viz.  the  Godhead,  we  have  in  like  manner  a  duty 
called  RELIGION,  which  is  the  duty  of  recognising  all  our 
duties,  AS  IF  THEY  WERE  divine  commandments.  But 
this  is  not  the  consciousness  of  a  duty  toward  God.  For 
since  this  idea  rises  singly  upon  our  own  reason,  and  is 
made  by  ourselves  for  the  behoof  of  explaining  theoreti- 
cally the  symmetry  and  fitness  of  means  to  ends  observed 
in  the  fabric  of  the  universe,  or  practically  to  give  added 
force  to  the  main-spring  of  action,  it  is  manifest  that  we 
have  nowhat  given,  toward  whom  an  obligation  could 
be  constituted;  and  his  reality  would  first  need  to  be 
established  by  experience  (or  revealed).  And  the  duty 
we  have  here  is  to  apply  this  indispensable  idea  of  reason 
to  the  moral  law  within  us,  where  it  proves  of  the  great- 
est ethical  fertility.  In  this  practical  sense,  it  may  be 
asserted,  that  to  have  religion  is  a  duty  owed  by  man  to 
himself. 


286  OF  THE  MORAL  DUTY 


APOTOME  11. 

OF    THE    INDETERMINATE     MORAL    DUTIES    OWED    BY    MAN    TO 
HIMSELF  IN  REGARD  OF  HIS  END. 

§  19.  Of  the  Duty  owed  by  Him  to  Himself  of  advancing  his 
Physical  Perfection. 

The  culture  of  all  the  different  resources  of  mind,  soul, 
and  body,  as  means  conducive  to  many  ends,  is  a  duty 
owed  by  man  to  himself.  Man  owes  it  to  himself  as  a 
reasonable  being,  not  to  allow  to  go  to  rust  and  lie  dor- 
mant, the  latent  energies  and  native  elements  of  his  sys- 
tem, whereof  his  reason  might  one  day  make  use.  And 
even  were  he  to  rest  contented  with  the  measure  of  talent 
nature  had  endowed  him  with,  as  his  birthright,  still  it 
ought  to  be  upon  grounds  of  reason,  that  he  should  in- 
struct such  a  remaining  satisfied  without  so  moderate  a 
share  of  capacity ;  for,  being  a  person  capable  of  design- 
ing ends,  or  of  proposing  himself  to  others  as  an  end,  he 
ought  to  stand  indebted  for  the  development  and  amelio- 
ration of  his  powers,  not  to  any  physical  instinct  of  his 
system,  but  to  his  own  liberty,  whereby  he  freely  decides 
how  far  he  will  carry  them.  This  duty,  then,  is  altogether 
independent  on  any  advantages  the  culture  of  his  facul- 
ties as  means  to  ends  may  procure  to  him — for  per- 
haps the  advantage,  according  to  Rousseau's  views,  might 
lie  in  the  uncultivated  roughness  of  a  savage  life->-but 
is  founded  on  a  commandment  of  ethico-active  reason, 
and  a  duty  imposed  on  man  by  himself  to  advance  and 
ameliorate  the  condition  of  his  humanity,  according  to 


OWED    BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  287 

the  diversity  of  the  ends  assigned  him,  and  to  make  him- 
self, in  a  practical  point  of  view,  adapted  to  the  final  des- 
tinies of  his  being. 

Powers  of  mind  we  call  those  faculties  whose  exer- 
cise is  possible  by  force  of  reason  singly.  They  are  crea- 
tive, so  far  forth  as  their  use  is  independent  on  experi- 
ence and  observation,  and  rests  on  principles  a  priori. 
Some  of  their  products  are,  the  mathematics,  logic,  and 
metaphysic  of  ethics,  which  two  last  fall  under  the  head 
of  philosophy,  viz.  the  speculative  philosophy,  where  this 
word  is  taken,  not  to  signify  wisdom,  as  it  ought  to  do, 
but  only  science;  which  last,  however,  may  be  subser- 
vient to  advancing  the  ends  of  practical  wisdom. 

Powers  of  soul,  again,  are  those  which  stand  at  the 
command  of  the  understanding,  and  of  the  rule  this  last 
prescribes  in  order  to  attain  the  end  it  designs,  and  so 
depend  to  a  certain  extent  on  observation  and  experience. 
Instances  of  such  powers  are,  memory,  imagination,  and 
the  like,  from  which  learning,  taste,  the  graces  of  out- 
ward and  inward  accomplishments  take  their  rise,  and 
which  can  be  employed  as  instrumental  to  a  vast  variety 
of  ends. 

Lastly,  the  culture  of  our  bodily  powers  (gymnastic 
properly  so  called)  is  the  caring  for  the  stuff  and  materials 
of  the  man,  apart  from  which  instrument  and  engine,  his 
ends  could  not  be  exerted  into  acts ;  consequently,  the  in- 
tentional and  regular  revivifying  of  man's  animal  part  is 
a  duty  owed  by  mankind  to  himself. 


288  OF  THE  MORAL  DUTY 


§20. 


Which  of  these  natural  perfections  may  he  the  more 
eligible,  and  in  what  proportion,  when  compared  with  the 
remainder,  it  may  be  his  duty  to  design  them  as  his  ends, 
must  be  left  to  the  private  reflection  of  each  individual, 
who  will  decide,  according  to  his  taste  for  this  or  that 
kind  of  life,  and  according  to  the  estimate  he  may  make 
of  his  ability,  whether  he  should  follow  some  handicraft, 
or  a  mercantile  employment,  or  become  a  member  of  a 
learned  profession.  Because,  over  and  above  the  neces- 
sity man  stands  in  of  providing  for  his  livelihood,  a  ne- 
cessity which  never  can  of  itself  beget  any  obligation,  it 
is  a  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself  to  make  himself  of  use 
to  the  world;  this  belonging  to  the  worth  of  the  humani- 
ty he  represents,  and  which  therefore  he  ought  not  to  de- 
grade. 

But  this  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself  in  regard  of  his 
physical  perfection,  is  only  of  indeterminate  obligation. 
Because  the  law  ordains  only  the  maxims  of  the  action, 
not  the  act  itself;  and,  in  regard  of  this  last,  determines 
neither  its  kind  nor  its  degree,  but  leaves  a  vast  latitude 
for  man's  free  choice  to  roam  or  settle  in. 


§  21.  Of  the  Duty  owed  by  Man  to  Himself  of  advancing 
his  Ethical  Perfection. 

This  consists,  first  of  all,  subjectively^  in  the  purity  of 
his  moral  sentiments,  where,  freed  from  all  admixture  of 
sensitive  excitement,  the  law  is  itself  alone  the  spring  of 
conduct ;  and  actions  are  not  only  conformable  to  what  is 


OWED  BY  MAN  TO  HIMSELF.  289 

duty,  but  are  performed  because  it  is  so, — be  ye  holy  is 
here  the  commandment; — and,  second,  objectively ^  consists 
in  attaining  his  whole  and  entire  moral  end,  i.  e.  the  exe- 
cution of  his  whole  duty,  and  the  final  reaching  of  the 
goal  placed  before  him  as  his  mark, — the  commandment 
here  is,  be  ye  perfect.  The  endeavour  after  this  end  is, 
in  the  case  of  mankind,  never  more  than  an  advancement 
from  one  grade  of  ethical  perfection  to  another.  If  there 
be  any  virtue,  if  there  be  any  praise,  that  study  and  pursue. 

§22. 

This  duty  towards  one's  self,  is  in  its  quality,  determi- 
nate and  strict ;  but  in  degree  it  is  of  indeterminate  obliga- 
tion, and  that  on  account  of  the  frailty  of  human  nature  ; 
for  that  perfection  which  it  is  our  constant  and  incumbent 
duty  to  PURSUE,  but  never  (at  least  in  this  life)  to  at- 
tain, and  the  obeying  which,  can  by  consequence,  consist 
only  in  urging  after  it  with  an  unfaultering  and  progres- 
sive step,  is  no  doubt,  in  regard  of  the  object  (the  idea  to 
realize  which,  is  end),  detei*rainate,  strict,  and  given;  but 
in  regard  of  the  subject,  is  but  a  duty  of  indeterminate  ob- 
ligation owed  by  mankind  to  himself. 

The  depths  of  the  human  heart  are  inscrutible.  Who 
has  such  an  exact  self-knowledge  as  to  be  able  to  say, 
when  he  feels  the  impelling  force  of  duty,  that  the  mobile 
of  his  will  is  swayed  singly  by  the  naked  idea  of  the  law, 
and  to  declare  that  other  sensitive  excitements  may  not 
work  along  side  of  it  and  pollute  it, — such  as  by-views  of 
advantage,  or  of  avoiding  harm  ? — considerations  which 
on  occasion  might  serve  the  turn  of  vice.  Again,  as  for 
that  perfection  which  concerns  the   accomplishment  of 


290  OF  THE  MORAL  DUTY  OWED 

one's  end,  there  can,  it  is  true,  be  only  one  virtue  objec- 
tively in  idea, — the  ethical  strength  of  one's  practical 
principles;  but  subjectively,  in  point  of  real  fact  and  event, 
a  vast  number  of  virtues,  of  the  most  heterogeneous  na- 
ture, amongst  which  it  is  not  impossible  some  vice  may 
lui'k,  although  it  escapes  observation,  and  is  not  so  call- 
ed, on  account  of  the  virtues  in  whose  company  it  ap- 
pears. But  a  sum  of  virtues,  the  completeness  or  defects 
of  which  no  self-knowledge  can  accurately  detect,  can  be- 
get only  an  indeterminate  obligation  to  perfect  our  moral 
nature. 

Whence  we  conclude,  that  all  the  moral  duties,  in  re- 
spect of  the  ends  of  the  humanity  subsisting  in  our  per- 
son, are  duties  of  indeterminate  obligation  only. 


BY  MAN  TO  HIS  NEIGHBOUR.  291 


BOOK  II. 

OF  THE  MORAL  DUTIES  OWED  BY  MANKIND  TOWARD  HIS 
FELLOW-MEN. 


CHAPTER  I. 

OF  THE  DUTV  OWED  TO  OTHERS,  CONSIDERED  SIMPLY  AS  MEW. 

APOTOME  I. 

OF  THE  OFFICES  OF  CHARITY. 

§  23. 

The  principal  division  of  these  obligations,  may  be 
made,  into  such  duties  as  oblige  our  fellow-men,  when  we 
discharge  them ;  and,  second^  into  those  which,  when  ob- 
served, entail  upon  the  other  no  obligation  of  any  sort. 
To  fulfil  the  former  is,  in  respect  of  others,  meritorious; 
to  fulfil  the  latter,  of  debt  only.  Love  and  reverence 
are  the  emotions,  which  go  hand  in  hand,  with  our  dis- 
charge of  these  two  kinds  of  offices.  These  emotions  may 
be  considered  separately,  and  in  practice  they  may  sub- 
sist, each  for  itself  and  apart  from  the  other.     Love  of 


292  ON  THE  OFFICES 

our  neighbour  may  take  place  even  while  he  deserve  but 
little  REVERENCE  :  as,  on  the  contrary,  reverence  is 
due  to  every  man,  althougli  deemed  hardly  worth  our 
love.  But,  properly  speaking,  they  are  at  bottom,  in- 
separably united  by  the  law,  in  every  duty  owed  by  us,  to 
our  neighbour ;  but  this  in  such  a  manner,  that  some- 
times the  one  emotion  is  the  leading  principle  of  the  duty 
of  the  person,  along  with  which,  the  other  follows  as  its 
accessory.  Thus  we  regard  ourselves  obliged  to  benefit 
the  poor ;  but  because  this  favour  would  imply  his  de- 
pendence for  his  welfare  on  my  generosity,  a  case  which 
would  be  humiliating  for  the  other,  it  becomes  my  far- 
ther duty  so  to  behave  to  him  who  accepts  .my  gift,  as  to 
represent  this  benefit  either  as  a  bare  incumbent  duty 
upon  my  part,  or  as  a  trifling  mark  of  friendship,  and  to 
spare  the  other  such  humiliation,  and  to  uphold  his  self- 
reverence  in  its  integrity. 

§24. 

When  we  speak,  not  of  laws  of  nature,  but  of  laws  of 
duty  as  regulating  the  external  relation  of  man  to  man, 
we  then  regard  ourselves  in  a  cogitable  ethic  world, 
where,  by  analogy  to  the  physical  system,  the  combina- 
tion of  Intelligents  is  figured  to  be  effected  by  the  joint 
action  and  re-action  of  attractive  and  repellent  forces. 
By  the  principle  of  mutual  love,  they  are  destined  for  ever 
to  APPROACH,  and  by  that  of  reverence,  to  preserve  their 
due  ELONGATION  from  one  another ;  and  were  either  of 
these  mighty  moral  pririjeiples  to  be  suspended,  the  moral 
system  could  not  be  upheld,  and,  unable  to  sustain  itself 
against  its  own  fury,  would  retrovert  to  chaos. 


OF  CHARITY.  293 

§25. 

But  LOVE  must  not  be  here  understood  to  mean  an 
emotion  of  complacency  in  the  perfection  of  other  people, 
there  being  no  obligation  to  entertain  feelings ;  but  this 
love  must  be  understood  as  the  practical  maxim  of  good- 
will, issuing  in  beneficence  as  its  result. 

The  same  remark  holds  of  the  reverence  to  be  de- 
monstrated towards  others,  which  cannot  be  understood 
simply  to  mean,  a  feeling  emerging  from  contrasting  our 
own  worth  with  that  of  another, — such  as  a  child  may  feel 
for  its  parents,  a  pupil  for  his  ward,  or  an  inferior  for  his 
superior  in  raqk, — but  must  be  taken  to  mean,  the  practi- 
cal maxim  of  circumscribing  our  own  self-esteem,  by  the 
representation  of  the  dignity  of  the  humanity  resident  in 
the  person  of  another ;  that  is,  a  practical  reverence. 

This  duty  of  the  free  reverence  owed  to  other  men  is 
properly,  negative  only,  viz.  not  to  exalt  ourselves  above 
others.  It  is  in  this  way  analogous  to  the  juridical  duty 
^^  to  do  no  wrong"  and  so  might  be  taken  for  a  strict  and 
determinate  obligation ;  but,  regarded  as  a  moral  duty, 
and  a  branch  of  the  offices  of  charity,  it  is  a  duty  of  in- 
determinate obligation. 

The  duty  of  loving  my  neighbour  may  be  thus  express- 
ed,— that  it  is  the  duty  of  making  my  own  the  ends  and 
interests  of  others,  in  so  far  as  these  ends  are  not  immo- 
ral. The  duty  of  reverencing  my  neighbour  is  expressed 
in  the  formula,  to  lower  no  man  to  be  a  bare  means  in- 
strumental towards  the  attaining  my  own  ends,  i.  e.  not 
to  expect  from  any  man  that  he  should  abase  himself  to 
be  the  footstool  of  my  views. 

By  discharging  the  former  duty,  I  at  the  same  time  ob- 


294  ON  THE  OFFICES 

lige  the  other ;  I  make  myself  well-deserving  of  him.  But 
by  the  observance  of  the  latter  I  oblige  only  myself,  and 
keep  myself  within  ray  own  bounds,  so  as  not  to  withdraw 
from  the  other  any  of  that  worth  he  is  entitled  as  a  man 
to  put  upon  himself. 

§  26.     Of  Philanthropy  in  general. 

The  love  of  our  fellow-men  must,  because  we  under- 
stand by  it  practical  benevolence,  be  understood,  not  as  a 
love  of  complacency  in  our  species,  but  as  a  maxim  ac- 
tively to  befriend  them.  He  who  takes  delight  in  the 
welfare  of  his  fellows,  considered  merely  as  belonging  to 
his  own  species,  is  a  philanthropist, — a  Friend  of  Man- 
kind in  general.  He  who  alone  finds  delight  in  the  mi- 
sery and  woes  of  his  neighbour,  is  a  misanthrope.  An 
EGOTIST  is  he  who  beholds  with  indifference  the  good  or 
the  bad  fortunes  of  his  neighbour.  While  that  person 
who  shuns  society  because  he  is  unable  to  regard  his  fel- 
lows with  complacency,  although  he  wishes  them  all  well, 
would  be  an  ^Esthetic  misanthrope  ;  and  his  aversion 
from  his  kind  might  be  called  anthropophoby. 

§  27. 

Whether  mankind  be  found  worthy  of  love  or  not,  a 
practical  principle  of  good-will  (active  philanthropy)  is 
a  duty  mutually  owed  by  all  men  to  one  another,  accord- 
ing to  the  ethical  precept  of  perfection,  love  thy  neigh- 
bour as  thyself;  for  every  ethical  relation  obtaining  be- 
tween man  and  man  is  a  relation  subsisting  in  the  repre- 
sentation of  pure  reason,  i.  e.  is  a  relation  of  mankind's 


OF  CHAKITY.  295 

free  actions,  according  to  maxims  potentially  fit  for  law 
universal,  which  maxims  can  therefore,  in  no  event,  be 
founded  on  an  emotion  of  selfishness.  The  constitution  of 
my  nature  forces  me  to  desire  and  will  every  other  person's 
benevolence ;  wherefore,  conversely,  I  am  beholden  to  en- 
tertain good-will  towards  others ;  but,  again,  because  all 
others,  except  myself,  are  not  all  mankind,  a  maxim  ex- 
pressing my  active  good-will  towards  all  others,  would 
want  the  absolute  universality  whereby  alone  the  law  has 
ethical  virtue  to  oblige ;  consequently  the  ethical  law  of 
benevolence  must  include  my  own  person  likewise  with 
others,  as  the  object  of  the  commandment  announced  by 
practical  reason  : — which  is  not  to  say,  that  I  thereby  be- 
come obliged  to  love  myself,  such  self-love  obtaining  of  its 
own  accord,  and  inevitably,  but  states,  that  legislative 
reason,  which  embraces  in  its  idea  of  humanity  the  whole 
race  (t.  e.  me  likewise),  includes  in  its  universal  legisla- 
tion, myself  likewise,  under  the  duty  of  reciprocal  bene- 
volence ;  and  so  renders  it  allowed  for  me  to  wish  well 
to  myself,  under  the  condition  that  I  cherish  good-will 
towards  every  other  person  ;  my  maxim  being  thus  alone 
fitted  for  law  universal,  whereon  is  based  every  law  of 
duty  whatsoever. 

§28. 

The  good-will  expressed  in  universal  philanthropy,  is 
extensively  the  greatest  possible,  but  intensively  (in  degree) 
the  most  contracted ;  and  to  say  of  any  one,  that  he  is 
interested  in  the  welfare  of  his  neighbour,  as  a  general 
philanthropist,  is  to  say,  that  the  interest  he  takes  in  him 
is  just  the  smallest  possible, — he  is  merely  not  indifferent. 


296  ON  THE  OFFICES 

But  of  my  fellows,  one  stands  nearer  to  me  than  ano- 
ther ;  and,  so  far  as  good-will  is  concerned,  I  am  nearest 
to  myself:  how  does  this  harmonise  with  the  formula, 
*'  iMve  thy  neighbour  as  thyself?"  If  one  is  more  my  neigh- 
bour (nearer  to  me  in  the  obligation  of  benevolence)  than 
another,  and  I  thus  am  bound  to  more  benevolence  to- 
ward one  person  than  toward  another,  and  am,  more- 
over, nearer  to  myself  than  to  any  other  person ;  then  it 
would  appear,  that  it  cannot  without  contradiction  be 
asserted  that  I  ought  to  love  all  others  as  myself;  this  mea- 
sure, self-love,  admitting  no  difference  of  degree.  The 
smallest  reflection,  however,  shows  that  the  benevolence 
here  intended,  is  not  a  bare  wish,  which  last  is  properly 
an  acquiescence  in  the  happiness  of  my  neighbour,  while 
I  myself  contribute  nothing  towards  it,  according  to  the 
adage, — Every  one  for  himself  God  for  us  all;  but  that  we 
have  to  understand  an  active  practical  beneficence,  which 
makes  the  welfare  of  others  its  end :  and  so  in  wishes 
I  may  have  an  equal  kind  intent  to  all,  while  actively  the 
degree  may  be  carried  to  any  extent  or  measure,  accord- 
ing to  the  difference  of  the  beloved  persons,  some  of 
whom  may  stand  nearer  to  me  than  others,  and  all  this 
without  violating  the  absolute  universality  of  the  maxim. 


OF  CHARITY.  297 


THE    OFFICES    OF    CHARITY    ARE,    A.    BENEFICENCE;    B.    GRATI- 
TUDE ;    C.  SYMPATHY. 

A.  Of  the  Duty  of  Beneficence. 

To  enjoy  the  bounties  of  fortune,  so  far  as  may  be  need- 
ful to  find  life  agreeable,  and  to  take  care  of  one's  animal 
part,  but  short  of  effeminacy  and  luxury,  is  a  duty  incum- 
bent on  us  to  ourselves ;  the  contrary  of  which  would  be, 
sottishly  to  deprive  one's  self  of  the  bounties  of  fortune, — 
either  out  of  avarice,  servilely,  or  out  of  an  outrageous 
discipline  of  one's  natural  appetites,  fanatically, — things 
both  of  which  are  repugnant  to  the  duty  owed  by  man- 
kind to  himself. 

But  how  comes  it,  that,  over  and  above  the  benevolent 
wish,  which  costs  me  nothing,  my  fellows  are  entitled  to 
expect  that  this  wish  should  become  practical,  and  be 
exerted  into  action,  that  is,  how  can  we  evince  that  be- 
neficence is  due  to  the  necessitous,  from  him  who  is  pos- 
sessed of  means  empowering  him  to  become  kind.  Bene- 
volence or  good-will  is  the  pleasure  we  take  in  the  pros- 
perity and  happiness  of  our  neighbour:  beneficence,  again, 
would  be  the  maxim  to  make  that  happiness  our  end ; 
and  the  duty  to  do  so,  is  necessitation  by  the  subject's 
own  reason,  to  adopt  this  maxim  as  his  universal  law. 

It  is  by  no  means  evident,  that  any  such  law  is  origi- 
nated by  reason ;  on  the  contrary,  it  would  seem,  that  the 
maxim,  "  Every  one  for  himself  God  for  us  all,^'  were  far 
more  natural.  -n 


298 


ON  THE  OFFICES 


§  30. 

To  deal  kindly  toward  our  brethren  of  mankind  who 
are  in  distress,  without  hoping-  for  any  thing  in  return, 
and  to  aid  them  in  extricating  themselves  out  of  it,  is  a 
mutual  duty  incumbent  on  us  all. 

For,  every  one  who  himself  is  in  difficulties,  desires  to 
be  aided  by  other  men ;  but  if,  on  the  contrary,  he  were 
to  make  the  rule  general,  not  to  succour  others  when  dis- 
tressed, then  would  every  one  refuse,  or  at  least  be  en- 
titled, when  such  a  law  were  announced  as  of  catholic  ex- 
tent, to  refuse  to  him  all  assistance  ;  that  is,  a  selfish  prin- 
ciple of  this  kind,  would,  when  elevated  to  the  rank  of 
law  universal,  be  self-contradictory  and  self-destructive, 
that  is,  would  be  contrary  to  duty ;  whence,  conversely, 
we  hold  the  social  principle  of  mutual  and  joint  assist- 
ance to  one  another  in  case  of  need,  an  universal  duty 
owed  by  man  to  man  :  for,  as  fellow-beings,  i.  e.  neces- 
sitous (by  the  finite  constitution  of  their  natures),  they 
ought  to  consider  themselves  as  stationed  in  this  one  dwell- 
ing to  be  fellow- workers  to  one  another. 

§31. 

Beneficence,  where  a  man  is  rich,  i.  e.  enjoys  the 
means  of  happiness  to  superfluity  and  beyond  his  own 
wants,  is  to  be  looked  upon  by  the  benefactor,  not  even 
as  a  meritorious  duty,  although  his  neighbour  be  obliged 
by  it.  The  pleasure  which  he  procures  to  himself,  and 
which,  after  all,  costs  him  no  sacrifice,  is  a  kind  of  moral 
luxury.  He  must  likewise  studiously  avoid  all  appear- 
ance of  intending  to  oblige  the  other  by  this  means,  be- 


OF  CHARITY.  299 

cause,  otherwise,  it  would  not  be  truly  a  benefit  done  to, 
but  an  obligation  thrust  upon,  his  neighbour,  to  come'un- 
der  which,  must  needs  make  the  latter  stand  a  grade  lower 
in  his  own  eyes.  He  ought  rather  so  to  carry  himself, 
as  if  he  were  the  obliged  and  honoured  by  his  neighbour's 
acceptance  of  his  kindness,  that  is,  he  ought  so  to  figure 
to  himself,  and  so  to  represent  the  favour,  as  if  it  were  of 
mere  debt,  and  rather,  when  possible,  exercise  his  good 
deeds  quite  in  private.  This  virtue  might  deserve  a  yet 
greater  name,  when  the  ability  to  give  benefits  is  curtail- 
ed, and  the  soul  of  the  benefactor  is  so  strong  as  to  take 
upon  himself,  in  silence,  the  evils  which  he  spares  the 
other  from  undergoing ;  a  case  where  he  must  be  deemed 
ethically  wealthy. 

Casuistics. — How  far  ought  the  outlay  expended  by 
any  one  in  deeds  of  charity  to  be  carried  ?  Surely  not  till 
we  ourselves  came  to  stand  in  need  of  our  friends'  gene- 
rosity ?  What  may  a  benefit  be  worth,  offered  to  us  by  a 
dead  hand  in  his  testament  ?  Does  he  who  uses  the  right 
conferred  upon  him  by  the  law  of  the  land,  of  robbing 
some  one  of  his  freedom,  and  then  making  the  other  happy, 
according  to  his  own  notions  of  enjoyment ;  can,  I  say, 
such  a  man  be  regarded  as  a  benefactor,  in  consequence 
of  the  parental  care  he  may  take  of  his  slave's  welfare  ? 
or  is  not  the  unrighteousness  of  bereaving  any  one  of  his 
freedom  so  grave  a  violation  of  the  rights  of  man,  that  all 
the  advantages  his  master  could  bestow,  would  cease  to 
deserve  the  name  of  kindness  ?  or  can  he  become  so  well- 
deserving  of  his  slave  by  kindness,  as  to  counteract  and  re- 
deem theviolation  committed  by  him  against  his  slave's  per- 
son? It  is  impossible  that  I  can  act  kindly  toward  any  other 
(infants  and  madmen  excepted)  by  force  of  my  idea  of  his 


300  ON  THE  OFFICES 

happiness,  but  only  by  studying  his  ideas  of  welfare,  to 
whom  I  wish  to  exhibit  my  affection,  no  kindness  being 
truly  shown  when  I  thrust  upon  him  a  present  without 
his  will. 


B.  Of  the  Duty  of  Gratitude. 

Gratitude  is  the  venerating  of  another  on  account  of  a  be- 
nefit we  have  received  from  him;  the  sentiment  or  emo- 
tion which  goes  hand  in  hand  with  such  a  judgment,  is 
that  of  reverence  toward  the  benefactor  we  are  beholden 
to ;  whereas  this  other  stands  toward  the  receiver  in  the 
relationship  of  love.  A  mere  heart-felt  generous  good- will 
toward  another,  for  a  kindness  shown  us,  even  apart  from 
any  demonstrated  regard,  deserves  the  name  of  a  moral 
duty ;  and  this  would  indicate  a  distinction  betwixt  an 
affectionate  gratitude  and  an  active  thankfulness  for  a 
favour. 

Gratitude  is  a  duty,  i.  e.  not  a  mere  maxim  of  prudence, 
to  engage  my  benefactor  to  yet  greater  degrees  of  kind- 
ness, by  professing  my  obligation  for  what  he  has  already 
done ;  for  that  would  be  to  use  him  as  a  means  toward 
my  by-ends;  but  gratitude  is  immediately  made  neces- 
sary by  the  moral  law,  i.  e.  it  is  a  duty. 

But  gratitude  must  be  regarded  still  further  as  a  sacred 
duty,  i.  e.  as  such  a  duty,  which  to  violate,  would  be  to 
extinguish  the  moral  principles  of  benevolence,  even  in 
their  source;  for  that  ethical  object  is  sacrosanct  and 
holy,  in  regard  of  whom,  the  obligation  can  never  be  ade- 
quately acquitted  and  discharged  (that  is,  where  the  per- 
son who  is  indebted  must  always  stand  under  the  obliga- 
tion).    All  other  is  only  ordinary  and  vulgar  duty.    But 


OF  CHARITY.  301 

there  is  no  retribution  which  can  acquit  a  person  of  a  con- 
ferred benefit,  the  benefactor  having  always  the  good-de- 
sert of  being  first  in  the  benevolence,  an  advantage  which 
the  receiver  cannot  take  away.  However,  even  without 
any  active  returns,  a  bare  cordial  good-will  toward  the  be- 
nefactor is  of  itself  a  kind  of  gratitude;  in  this  state  of 
mind,  we  say  that  a  person  is  grateful. 

§33. 

As  for  the  extent  of  gratitude,  it  is  not  by  any  means 
confined  to  contemporaries,  but  goes  back  to  our  ances- 
tors, even  to  those  whom  we  cannot  certainly  name.  And 
this  is  the  reason  why  it  is  considered  indecorous  not  to 
defend  the  ancients  as  much  as  possible,  against  all  at- 
tacks, invective,  and  slights ;  the  ancients  being  here  con- 
sidered as  our  teachers ;  althougli  it  were  a  ridiculous 
opinion  to  grant  to  them  any  superiority  over  the  moderns, 
merely  on  account  of  their  antiquity,  either  in  their  talents 
or  in  their  kind  intentions  toward  humanity,  and  to  disre- 
gard what  is  new,  in  comparison  of  what  is  old,  as  if  the 
world  were  continually  declining  from  its  primitive  per- 
fection. 

§  34. 

But  as  to  the  intensity  of  this  duty,  i.  e.  the  degree  in 
which  we  may  be  obliged  to  this  virtue,  that  is  to  be  esti- 
mated by  the  advantage  we  have  derived  from  the  benefit, 
and  the  disinterestedness  which  prompted  the  benefactor  to 
bestow  it  on  us,  the  least  degree  of  gratitude  would  be, 
when  our  benefactor  is  alive,  to  repay  to  him  the  identic 


302  ON  THE  OFFICES 

service  performed  for  us,  or,  when  be  is  no  more,  to  show 
like  services  to  others.  In  all  which,  we  must  take  good 
heed  not  to  regard  the  benefit  as  a  burden  we  would  wil- 
lingly be  rid  of  and  discharge,  but  rather  to  hold  and  to 
accept  of  the  occasion  as  an  ethical  advantage,  i.  e.  as  an 
opportunity  afforded  us  to  exercise  and  practise  this  virtue 
of  gratitude,  which  does,  by  combining  the  ardour  of  bene- 
volence with  its  tenderness  (perpetual  unremitted  atten- 
tion to  the  minutest  shades  of  this  duty),  invigorate  the 
growth  of  philanthropy. 

C.  Of  the  Duty  of  Sympathy. 

To  have  a  fellow-feeling  with  the  joys  and  sorrows  of 
our  friends,  is  no  doubt  a  physical  emotion  only ;  and  is 
an  aesthetic  susceptibility  of  pleasure  or  pain,  on  perceiv- 
ing these  states  obtain  in  another.  There  arises,  however, 
from  this  disposition  of  our  nature,  a  particular,  but  only 
conditionate  duty,  called  humanity,  to  cultivate  and  em- 
ploy these  physical  springs  as  means  of  advancing  an  ef- 
fective and  rational  benevolence.  The  duty  is  called  hu- 
manity, man  being  now  regarded,  not  as  a  reasonable 
being,  but  as  an  animal  endowed  with  reason.  This  sym- 
pathy may  be  regarded  either  as  seated  in  the  will  and 
the  ability  to  communicate  to  one  another  what  we  feel, 
or  as  seated  in  that  physical  susceptibility,  which  nature 
has  implanted  in  us,  for  feeling  in  common  the  delights  or 
misery  of  our  neighbour.  The  former  is  free  or  liberal, 
and  depends  on  practical  reason  ;  the  second  is  unfree  and 
illiberal,  as  in  pity,  and  may  be  called  contagious, — like 
a  susceptibility  for  heat  or  for  distempers.  The  obligation 
extends  to  the  former  only. 


J 


OF  CHAKITY.  303 

It  was  a  lofty  cogitation  of  the  Stoic  sages,  when  they  said, 
I  would  wish  I  had  a  friend,  not  to  assist  me  in  poverty, 
sickness,  captivity,  and  so  on,  but  whom  I  might  be  able 
to  assist  and  rescue  :  and  yet  this  very  Sage  again  thus 
speaks,  when  the  case  of  his  friend  is  gone  past  remedy, 
what  concern  is  it  of  mine  ?  i.  e.  he  rejected  pity. 

And,  in  truth,  when  another  suffers,  and  I  allow  my- 
self to  be  infected  by  his  sorrow,  which,  however,  I  can- 
not mitigate  nor  avert,  then  two  persons  suffer,  although 
naturally  the  evil  affects  one  singly ;  and  it  is  quite  in- 
conceivable that  it  can  be  any  one's  duty  to  augment  the 
physical  evils  in  the  world ;  and  consequently  there  can 
be  no  obligation  to  act  kindly  out  of  pity.  There  is 
likewise  an  offensive  variety  of  this  pity,  called  mercy, 
by  which  is  meant  that  kind  of  benevolence  shown  to  the 
unworthy ;  but  such  an  expression  of  benevolence  ought 
never  to  take  place  betwixt  man  and  man,  no  one  being 
entitled  to  boast  of  his  worthiness  to  be  happy. 

§35. 

But  although  it  is  no  direct  duty  to  take  a  part  in  the 
joy  or  grief  of  others,  yet  to  take  an  active  part  in  their  lot 
is ;  and  so  by  consequence  an  indirect  duty,  to  cultivate 
the  sympathetic  affections,  and  to  make  them  serve  as  in- 
struments enabling  us  to  discharge  the  offices  of  a  hu- 
mane mind,  upon  ethical  principles.  Thus  it  is  a  duty 
not  to  avoid  the  receptacles  of  the  poor,  in  order  to  save 
ourselves  an  unpleasant  feeling,  but  rather  to  seek  them 
out.  Neither  ought  we  to  desert  the  chambers  of  the 
sick,  nor  the  cells  of  the  debtor,  in  order  to  escape  the 
])ainful  sympathy  we  might  be  unable  to  repress,  this  emo- 


304  OF  THE  VICES 

tion  being  a  spring  implanted  in  us  by  nature,  prompting 
to  tbe  discharge  of  duties,  which  the  naked  representa- 
tions of  reason  might  be  unable  to  accomplish. 

Casuistical  Question. — Would  it  not  be  better  for 
the  world  if  all  morality  and  obligation  were  restricted  to 
the  forensic  duties,  and  charity  left  among  the  adiapho- 
RA?  It  is  not  easy  to  foresee  what  effect  such  a  rule 
might  have  on  human  happiness.  But,  in  this  event, 
the  world  would  want  its  highest  ethical  decoration — 
charity — which  does  by  itself  alone,  even  abstractedly 
from  all  its  advantages,  represent  the  world  as  one  fair 
moral  whole. 


OF  THE  VICES  SPRINGING  FROM    THE  HATRED  OF  OUR  FELLOWS, 
AND  WHICH  ARE  OPPOSED  TO  THE  DUTIES  OF  PHILANTHROPY. 

§36. 

These  vices  form  the  detestable  family  of  envy,  in- 
gratitude, and  MALICE  ;  but  the  hate  is  in  these  vices 
not  open  and  A'iolent,  but  veiled  and  secret ;  and  so,  to  the 
forgetfulness  of  one's  duty  toward  one's  neighbour,  su- 
peradds meannesSi  that  is,  a  violation  of  wliat  a  man  owes 
to  himself. 

A.  Envy  is  the  propensity  to  perceive  the  welfare  of 
our  neighbour  with  a  grudge,  even  though  our  own  hap- 
piness does  not  suffer  by  it,  and,  when  it  rises  to  the  ex- 
treme of  tempting  any  one  actively  to  diminish  his  neigh- 
bour's happiness,  is  the  highest  and  most  aggravated  kind 
of  envy,  although  otherwise  it  is  most  commonly  no  more 
than  JEALOUSY,  and  is  only  indirectly  a  wicked  senti- 


CONTRARY  TO  CHARITY.  305 

ment,  viz.  an  ill-will  at  finding  our  own  happiness  cast 
into  the  shade  by  the  surpassing  prosperity  of  our  neigh- 
bour ;  and  is  a  displeasure  arising  from  not  knowing  how 
to  estimate  our  own  advantages,  by  their  own  intrinsic 
worth,  but  singly  by  comparing  them  with  those  enjoyed 
by  others  ;  from  hence  come  the  expressions,  the  enviable 
concord  and  happiness  of  a  married  pair,  or  of  a  family, 
just  as  if  these  were  cases  where  it  were  quite  allowed  to 
envy.  The  mov^ements  of  envy  are  implanted  in  the  hu- 
man heart,  and  it  is  only  their  utterance,  which  can  raise 
it,  to  the  shocking  and  disgraceful  spectacle  of  a  peevish, 
self- tormenting  passion,  which  aims,  in  its  inward  wish,  at 
the  destruction  and  ruin  of  the  good  fortune  of  another, — 
a  vice  alike  contrary  to  what  is  due  from  us  to  our  neigh- 
bour and  to  ourselves. 

B.  Ingratitude  towards  one's  benefactor  is,  according 
to  the  common  judgment  of  mankind,  one  of  the  most 
odious  and  hateful  vices  ;  and  yet  our  species  is  so  noto- 
rious for  it,  that  every  one  holds  it  for  likely  that  he  may 
create  himself  enemies  by  his  benefits.  The  ground  of 
the  possibility  of  such  a  vice,  lies  in  the  misunderstood 
duty  owed  to  one's  self,  not  to  come  to  need,  or  to  sum- 
mon up,  others  to  assist  us,  which  lays  us  under  obligation 
to  them ;  but  rather  to  support  alone,  the  calamities  of 
life,  than  to  pester  our  friends  with  them,  and  so  to  stand 
in  their  debt,  which  places  us  to  others  in  the  rela- 
tion of  clients  to  a  patron,  a  state  subversive  of  a  man's 
proper  self-estimation.  And  this  is  the  reason  why  gra- 
titude to  those  who  have  been  by  necessity  before  us  and 
our  antecessors,  is  always  generously  expressed :  but  scan- 
tily to  our  contemporaries ;  or  why  even  sometimes  we 
invert  the  latter  relation,  and  show  the  contrary  of  grati- 

u 


306  or  THE  VICES 

tude,  to  make  insensible  the  unequal  obligation.  How- 
ever, this  is  a  vice  at  which  humanity  always  revolts,  not 
only  on  account  of  the  prejudice,  which  such  an  example 
must  entail,  by  deterring  mankind  from  benevolence  (for 
this  benevolence  would,  when  the  ethic  sentiment  is  pure, 
be  only  so  much  the  more  worth,  when  disdaining  even  this 
hope  of  recompense),  but  because  the  duties  of  philanthropy 
are  inverted,  and  the  want  of  love  is  transmuted  to  a  title 
to  hate  those  by  whom  we  have  been  first  beloved. 

C.  Malice  is  the  exact  counterpart  of  sympathy,  and 
denotes  joy  at  the  sorrow  of  another ;  nor  is  it  any  stran- 
ger to  our  frame ;  but  it  is  only  when  it  goes  so  far  as  to 
do  ill,  or  to  assist  the  miscreant  in  executing  his  nefarious 
designs,  that  it  appears  in  all  its  horrors,  and  presents  the 
finished  form  of  misanthropy,  or  the  hatred  of  our 
SPECIES.  It  is  quite  inevitable,  by  the  laws  of  imagination, 
not  to  feel  more  vividly  our  own  welfare  or  good  deport- 
ment, when  the  miseries  or  the  scandalous  behaviour  of 
others,  serve  as  a  foil  to  set  off  the  brighter  hues  of  our 
own  state ;  but  to  find  immediate  joy  in  the  existence  of 
such  portentous  disasters  as  subvert  the  general  welfare  of 
our  kind,  or  to  wish  that  such  enormities  should  happen, 
is  an  inward  hate  of  mankind,  and  the  veriest  anti-part  of 
the  offices  of  charity  which  are  incumbent  on  us.  The 
insolence  of  some  upon  uninterrupted  prosperity,  and  their 
arrogancy  upon  their  good  deportment  (properly  upon  their 
good  fortune,  to  have  escaped  seduction  to  any  public 
vice),  both  which  advantages  the  selfish  imputes  to  him- 
self as  his  deserts,  are  the  causes  productive  of  this  miser- 
able joy  on  their  reverse  of  fortune,  a  joy  quite  opposed 
to  the  sympathetic  maxim  of  honest  Chremes,  "/«m  a  mauy 
and  I  take  an  interest  in  all  that  relates  to  inankind," 


CONTRARY  TO  CHARITY.  307 

Of  this  joy  in  tlie  misery  of  another,  there  is  a  sort 
which  is  at  once  the  sweetest,  and  which  seems  even  to  rest 
on  some  title  of  justice,  nay,  where  it  would  appear  that 
we  stood  under  an  obligation  to  pursue  the  misery  of  an- 
other as  our  end,  abstracting  from  all  views  of  our  own 
advantage,  and  that  is  the  case  of  the  desire  for  vengeance. 

Every  act  violating  the  rights  of  man  deserves  punish- 
ment, by  which  the  sufferer  is  not  only  indemnified,  but 
where  the  crime  itself  is  avenged  upon  the  transgressor. 
Punishment,  however,  is  no  act  emanating  from  the  pri- 
vate authority  of  the  injured,  but  from  that  of  a  tribunal 
different  from  himself,  which  gives  effect  to  the  Laws  of  a 
Sovereign  to  whom  all  are  subject ;  so  that  when  we  con- 
sider mankind  as  in  a  society  (as  Ethic  demands  of  us) 
combined,  not  by  civil  laws,  but  by  laws  of  reason  sing- 
ly, it  remains  that  no  one  can  be  entitled  to  decern  a  pu- 
nishment, and  to  avenge  the  insults  received  from  man- 
kind, except  He  who  is  the  Supreme  moral  Lawgiver ; 
and  He  alone,  i.e.GoB,  can  say,  "  Vengeance  is  mine;  I  will 
repay. ^'  Upon  this  account  it  is  a  moral  duty,  not  only 
not  to  pursue  with  avenging  hatred  the  aggressions  of 
another,  but  even  not  to  summon  up  the  Judge  of  the 
World  to  vengeance ;  partly  because  man  has  himself  so 
much  guilt  as  to  stand  too  much  in  need  of  pardon ;  and 
also  partly  and  principally  because  no  vengeance  or  punish- 
ment ought  to  be  inflicted  out  of  hatred.  Placability 
is  therefore  a  duty  owed  by  man  to  man,  which,  however, 
is  not  to  be  confounded  with  a  soft  tolerance  of  injuries. 
This  last  consists  in  abstaining  from  employing  rigorous 
means  to  obviate  the  continued  provocations  offered  us  by 
others ;  and  would  be  an  abandonment  of  one's  rights, 
and  a  violation  of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself. 


308  OF  THE  REVERENCE  OWED 

Remark. — All  those  vices  which  make  human  natm*e 
hateful  when  they  are  practised  upon  system,  are  objec- 
tively inhuman;  but,  subjectively,  experience  teaches  us 
that  they  belong  to  our  species.  So  that  though  some  people 
may,  from  their  extreme  horror  of  them,  have  called  such 
vices  DEVILISH,  and  the  opposite  virtues  angelic,  yet  such 
notions  express  only  a  maximum,  used  as  a  standard,  in 
order  to  compare  the  particular  grade  of  morality  an  ac- 
tion has,  by  assigning  to  man  his  place  in  heaven  or  in  hell, 
without  allowing  a  middle  station  betwixt  either  for  him 
to  occupy.  Whether  Haller  has  hit  it  better,  when  he 
speaks  of  man  being  an  ambiguous  mongrel  betwixt  angel 
and  brute,  I  shall  here  leave  undecided ;  but  to  halve  or 
strike  averages  when  comparing  heterogeneous  things, 
gives  birth  to  no  definite  conception ;  and  nothing  can  as- 
sist us  in  classifying  beings,  according  to  the  unknown 
differences  of  their  ranks.  The  first  division  into  angelic 
virtues  and  devilish  vices  is  exaggerated,  the  second  is  ob- 
jectionable ;  for  though  mankind  do,  alas  !  sometimes  fall 
into  brutal  vices,  yet  that  is  no  ground  for  assigning  to 
their  vices,  a  root  peculiar  to  our  species,  as  little  as  the 
stunting  of  some  trees  in  the  forest,  justifies  us  in  taking 
them  for  a  particular  kind  of  shrub. 


APOTOME  II. 

OF  THE  DUTY  OF  REVERENCE  OWED  TO  OTHERS. 

Moderation  in  one's  pretensions,  i.  e.  the  voluntary  cir- 
cumscription of  a  man's  own  self-love  by  the  self-love  of 
others,  is  modesty  or  discreetness.  The  wantof  this  mo- 


BY  MAN  TO  HIS  NEIGHBOUR.  309 

deration  in  regard  of  the  demands  we  make  to  be  loved  by 
others,  is  self-love  ;  but  this  indiscreetness  in  pretend- 
ing to  the  consideration  of  others,  is  self-conceit.  The 
reverence  I  entertain  toward  any  one,  or  that  observance 
which  another  may  demand  from  me,  is  the  recognition  and 
acknowledgment  of  a  dignity  in  the  person  of  another ; 
i.  e.  of  a  worth  exalted  beyond  all  price,  and  admitting  no 
equivalent,  in  exchange  for  which  the  object  of  my  esti- 
mation could  be  bartered.  The  judgment  that  somewhat 
is  possessed  of  no  worth  at  all,  is  contempt. 

§38. 

Every  man  may  justly  pretend  to  be  reverenced  by  his 
fellows,  and  he  ought  in  turn  to  accord  to  them  his. 
Humanity  is  itself  a  Dignity ;  for  no  man  can  be  employed, 
neither  by  others  nor  by  himself,  as  a  mere  instrument, 
but  is  always  to  be  regarded  as  an  end ;  in  which  point,  in 
fact,  his  Dignity,  i.  e.  his  Personality  consists,  and  where 
he  stands  pre-eminent  over  all  other  creatures  in  the  world, 
— not  of  his  kind,  and  which  yet  may  be  used,  and  stand 
at  his  command.  And  as  he  cannot  dispose  of  himself  for 
any  price  (which  would  be  subversive  of  his  own  self- 
reverence),  neither  is  he  at  liberty  to  derogate  from  the 
equally  necessary  self-reverence  of  others  as  men,  i.  e.  he 
is  obliged  practically  to  recognise  the  Dignity  of 
every  other  man's  Humanity,  and  so  stands  under  a  duty 
based  on  that  reverential  observance,  which  is  necessarily 
to  be  demonstrated  towards  every  other  person. 


310  OF  THE   REVERENCE  OWED 

§39. 

To  DESPISE  others,  i.  e.  to  refuse  them  that  reverence  we 
owe  to  mankind  at  large,  is,  in  any  event,  contrary  to  duty: 
to  think  but  little  of  them,  when  compared  with  others,  is 
sometimes  inevitable,  but  externally  to  demonstrate  such 
disregard,  is  at  all  times  offensive.  What  thing  soever  is 
dangerous,  is  no  object  of  disregard,  and  consequently  the 
vicious  is  not  so ;  and  if  my  superiority  to  his  attacks 
should  authorize  me  to  say  I  despise  him,  the  only  mean- 
ing such  words  can  have  is,  that  there  is  no  danger  to  be 
apprehended  from  him,  even  though  I  take  no  precau- 
tions, because  he  shows  himself  in  his  full  deformity. 
Nevertheless,  I  am  not  entitled  to  refuse,  even  to  the  vi- 
cious, all  consideration  in  his  capacity  as  a  man,  this  last 
being  inalienable,  although  the  other  make  himself  un- 
worthy of  it.  Hence  it  comes  that  some  punishments  are 
to  be  reprobated,  as  dishonouring  Humanity  (such  are 
drawing  and  quartering,  to  be  devoured  by  wild  beasts, 
demembration  of  the  eyes  and  ears),  which  are  often  more 
grievous  to  the  unhappy  sufferer,  than  the  loss  of  goods 
and  life,  on  account  of  the  afflicting  degradation  they  im- 
port (and  impeding  his  pretending  to  the  reverence  of 
others,  which  indeed  every  man  must  do) ;  and  they  also 
make  the  spectator  blush,  to  know  that  he  belongs  to  a 
race,  which  some  dare  to  treat  in  such  a  manner. 

Note. — Upon  this  is  founded  a  duty  of  reverence  for 
man,  even  in  the  logical  use  of  reason;  viz. not  to  repre- 
hend his  blunders  under  the  name  of  absurdities,  not  to  say 
that  they  are  inept,  but  rather  to  suppose  that  there  must 
be  something  true  at  bottom  in  them,  and  to  endeavour 
to  find  out  what  this  is :  to  which  would  be  attached  the 


BY  MAN  TO  HIS  NEIGHBOUR.  311 

still  further  duty,  of  exerting  ourselves  to  discover  the 
false  appearance  by  which  the  other  was  misled  {i.  e.  the 
subjective  of  the  judgment,  which  by  mistake  was  taken 
for  objective),  and  thus,  by  explaining  to  him  the  ground 
of  his  error,  to  uphold  for  him  his  reverence  for  his  own 
understanding.  And  truly,  when  we  deny  all  sense  to  an 
adversary,  how  can  we  expect  to  convince  him  that  he  is 
in  the  wrong.  The  same  remark  holds  of  the  reproach  of 
vice,  which  ought  never  to  be  allowed  to  rise  to  a  com- 
plete contempt  of  the  vicious,  so  as  to  refuse  him  all  moral 
worth;  this  being  a  hypothesis  according  to  which  he 
never  could  redintegrate  his  moral  character, — a  state- 
ment repugnant  to  the  very  idea  of  a  man,  who  being,  as 
such,  a  moral  being,  can  never  lose  the  originary  substra- 
tum for  a  good  will. 

§  40. 

Reverence  for  law,  which  subjectively  was  styled  the 
moral  sense,  is  identic  with  what  is  called  the  sense  of 
duty ;  and  this  is  the  reason  why  the  demonstration  of  re- 
verence toward  mankind,  as  a  moral  agent  (highly  vene- 
rating the  Law),  is  a  duty  owed  by  others  towards  him, 
and,  in  his  case,  a  right  which  he  cannot  abdicate.  The 
standing  upon  this  right,  is  called  the  love  of  honour,  and 
the  expression  of  it,  in  one's  external  conduct,  is  deco- 
rum : — the  infraction  whereof  is  what  is  called  "  scandaly^' 
and  is  a  disregard  of  this  right,  which  may  be  followed  as 
an  example  by  others,  whence  it  is  highly  reprehensible 
to  give  any  such ;  although,  to  take  such  scandal,  at 
what  is  merely  paradoxical,  and  a  mere  deviation  from 
the  common  fashion,  is  a  mere  fantastic  whim  mistaking 


312  OF  THE  VICES 

the  uncommon  for  the  disallowed,  and  an  error  highly 
prejudicial  and  perilous  to  virtue.  For,  the  reverence  due 
to  others,  who  display  by  their  conduct  an  example,  ought 
never  to  degenerate  into  a  mere  servile  copying  of  their 
manners  (which  would  be  to  raise  a  custom  into  the  autho- 
rity of  a  law),  a  tyranny  of  the  popular  use  and  wont,  al- 
together subversive  of  the  duty  owed  by  man  to  himself. 

§  41. 

To  omit  the  offices  of  charity,  is  merely  non-virtue 
(a  fault) ;  but  to  neglect  the  duties  founded  on  the  incum- 
bent reverence  due  to  every  man  whatsoever,  is  a  vice. 
When  the  first  are  disregarded,  no  one  is  offended ;  but 
by  the  breach  of  the  latter,  the  just  rights  of  mankind  are 
affected  :  the  one  is  merely  negative  of  virtue  ;  but  that 
which  not  only  is  no  moral  acquisition,  but  which  abolish- 
es that  worth  which  ought  otherwise  to  belong  to  the  sub- 
ject, is  vice.  Upon  this  account,  the  duties  owed  toward 
one's  neighbour,  in  respect  of  the  reverence  he  is  entitled 
to  challenge,  admit  of  a  negative  enunciation  only ;  i,  e. 
this  moral  duty  is  expressed  indirectly,  by  forbidding  its 
opposite. 


§  42.    OF    THE   VICE    SUBVERSIVE   OF    THE   REVERENCE   OWED   BY 
US  TO  OTHERS. 

These  Vices  are,  A.  Pride  ;  B.  Backbiting  ;  C.  Sneering, 

Pride  (superbia),  i.  e.  the  thirst  to  be  always  upper- 
most, is  a  kind  of  ambition,  where  we  impute  to  others, 


CONTRARY  TO  REVERENCE.  313 

that  they  will  think  meanly  of  themselves  when  contrast- 
ed with  us,  and  is  a  vice  subverting  that  reverence  for 
which  every  man  has  a  legal  claim. 

Pride  differs  entirely  from  "^er^,"  considered  as  a  love 
of  honour,  i.  e.  care  to  abate  nothing  of  one's  dignity  as 
a  man,  when  compared  with  others;  and  which ^er^^  is  on 
that  account  often  spoken  of  as  noble,  for  the  proud  de- 
mands from  others  a  reverence  which  he  refuses  to  return 
them.  But  this  j^er^  becomes  faulty,  and  even  insulting, 
when  it  presumes,  that  others  will  occupy  themselves  with 
its  importance. 

That  PRIDE  is  UNJUST  is  manifest  of  itself;  for  it  is  a 
courting  of  followers  by  the  ambitious,  whom  he  deems 
himself  entitled  to  handle  contemptuously,  and  so  is  re- 
pugnant to  the  reverence  due  to  humanity  in  general.  It 
is  also  FOLLY,  since  it  uses  means  to  attain  somewhat  as  an 
end,  which  is  nowise  worth  being  followed  as  such.  Nay, 
it  is  even  stupidity,  i.  e.  an  insult  upon  common  sense,  to 
use  such  means  as  must  produce  directly  the  contrary 
eflFect ;  since  every  man  refuses  his  reverence  to  the  proud, 
the  more  the  haughty  endeavours  after  it.  But  it  is 
perhaps  not  quite  so  obvious  that  the  proud  is  always,  at 
the  bottom  of  his  soul,  mean  and  abject  ;  for  he  never  could 
impute  to  others,  that  they  would  think  lightly  of  them- 
selves in  comparison  with  him,  were  he  not  inwardly  con- 
scious that,  on  a  reverse  of  fortune,  he  would  have  no 
diflSculty  to  sneak  in  his  turn,  and  to  renounce  every  pre- 
tension to  be  reverenced  by  others. 


314  .       OF  THE  VICES 

§  43.  B.  Detraction. 

To  speak  evil  of  one's  neighbour,  or  backbiting,  by 
which  I  do  not  mean  calumny,  a  verbal  injury  which 
might  be  prosecuted  before  a  court  of  justice,  but  by 
which  I  understand  the  appetite  (apart  from  any  particu- 
lar purpose)  to  spread  about  reports  to  the  disparagement 
of  the  reverence  due  to  others,  is  contrary  to  the  reve- 
rence owed  to  mankind  in  general ;  because  every  scandal 
we  give,  weakens  this  reverence,  on  which  emotion  how- 
ever, depends  the  spring  toward  the  moral-good,  and  in 
fact  tends  to  make  people  disbelieve  in  its  existence. 

The  studied  and  wilful  propagation  of  any  what,  im- 
peaching the  honour  of  another  (not  made  judicially  be- 
fore a  court),  even  allowing  it  were  quite  true,  diminishes 
the  reverence  due  to  mankind  at  large,  and  goes  to  throw 
upon  our  species  a  shadow  of  worthlessness,  and  tends 
finally  to  make  misanthropy  or  contempt  the  ruling 
cast  of  thinking  mankind  entertain  for  one  another,  and 
blunts  away  the  moral  sense,  by  habituating  the  person 
to  the  contemplation  of  scenes  and  anecdotes  of  his  neigh- 
bour's vileness.  It  is  therefore  a  duty,  instead  of  a  ma- 
lignant joy,  in  exposing  the  faults  of  others,  so  as  thereby 
to  establish  one's  self  in  the  opinion  of  being  as  good,  at 
least  not  worse,  than  others ;  to  cast,  on  the  contrary,  a 
veil  of  charity  over  the  faults  of  others,  not  merely  by 
softening  our  judgments,  but  by  altogether  suppressing 
them  ;  because  examples  of  reverence  bestowed  on  others 
may  excite  the  endeavour  to  deserve  it.  Upon  this  self- 
same account  the  spying  and  prying  into  the  customs 
and  manners  of  others,  is  an  insulting  pretext  to  a  know- 
ledge of  the  world,  and  of  mankind,  against  which,  every 


CONTRARY  TO  REVERENCE.  315 

man  may  justly  set  himself,  as  violating  the  reverence  due 
him. 

§  44.  C.  Scorn. 

The  propensity  to  exhibit  others  as  objects  of  ridicule, 
SNEERING  {persiflage)  i.  e.  the  making  the  faults  of  others 
the  immediate  object  of  one's  amusement,  is  wickedness, 
and  quite  diflPerent  from  jesting,  where,  amid  familiar 
friends,  certain  peculiarities  of  one  of  their  number  are 
laughed  at,  but  not  to  scorn  ;  but  to  exhibit,  as  the  object 
of  ridicule,  one's  real  faults,  or,  still  more,  alleged  faults, 
as  were  they  real,  with  the  intent  of  depriving  any  one  of 
the  reverence  due  to  his  person,  and  the  propensity  to  do 
so  by  biting  sarcasm,  is  a  sort  of  diabolic  pleasure,  and 
is  so  much  the  graver  a  violation  of  the  duty  of  reverence 
owed  toward  other  people. 

Contradistinguished  from  this,  is  the  jocose  retortion, 
nay  even  the  sarcastic  retortion,  of  the  insolent  attacks  of 
an  adversary,  where  the  «neerer  (or  generally  a  mali- 
cious but  impotent  antagonist)  is  sneered  down  in  return, 
and  is  a  just  defence  of  that  ^verence  we  are  entitled  to 
exact  from  the  other.  But  when  the  topic  is  no  object 
of  wit,  and  one  in  which  reason  takes  an  ethical  interest, 
then  it  is  better,  no  matter  how  much  soever  the  adver- 
sary may  have  sneered,  and  so  have  exposed  many  points 
for  ridicule  and  sarcasm,  and  is  also  more  conformable 
to  the  dignity  of  the  matter,  and  to  the  reverence  due  to- 
ward humanity,  either  to  make  no  defence  at  all  against 
the  attack,  or  otherwise  to  conduct  it  with  dignity  and 
seriousness. 

Note. — It  will  be  observed,  that  in  the  foregoing  chap- 


816  OF  THE  VICES  CONTRARY  TO  REVERENCE. 

ter,  it  is  not  virtues  that  are  insisted  on,  but  rather  the 
contrary  vices  which  have  been  reprehended ;  and  this 
arises  from  the  very  notion  of  reverence,  which,  as  we  are 
bound  to  demonstrate  it  towards  others,  is  but  a  negative 
duty  singly ;  I  am  not  obliged  to  revere  others  (regarded 
simply  as  men),  i.  e.  to  pay  them  positive  veneration.  The 
whole  reverence  to  which  I  am  naturally  beholden  is  to- 
ward the  law ;  to  observe  which  law  and  its  reverence, 
in  my  intercourse  with  my  fellow-men,  is  a  universal  and 
unconditionate  duty,  although  it  is  not  to  entertain  posi- 
tive reverence  toward  other  men  in  general,  nor  to  be- 
stow upon  them  any  such  ;  whereas  the  other,  viz.  the  ne- 
gative, is  the  originary  reverence  owed  to,  and  challenge- 
able from  whomsoever.  The  reverence  to  be  demonstrat- 
ed to  others,  according  to  their  diflferent  qualities  and 
various  accidental  relations,  such  as  age,  sex,  descent, 
strength  or  fragility,  and  those  things  which  mainly  rest 
on  arbitrary  institutions,  cannot  be  expounded  at  length, 
nor  classed  in  the  metaphysic  principles  of  ethics,  since 
here  we  study  singly  the  pure  principles  of  reason. 


CHAPTER  II. 
§  45. 

OF  THE  ETHICAL  DUTIES  OWED  BY  MANKIND  TOWARD  ONE  ANO- 
THER IN  REGARD  OF  THEIR  STATE  AND  CONDITION. 

This  chapter,  consisting  of  a  single  paragraph,  is  omit- 
ted as  immaterial. 


OF  FRIENDSHIP.  31T 


CONCLUSION  OF  THE  ELEMENTOLOGY. 

OF  FRIENDSHIP. 

§  46.  Of  the  Intimate  Blending  of  Lave  with  Reverence  in 
Friendship. 

Friendship,  regarded  in  its  perfection,  is  tlie  union  of 
two  persons  by  mutual  equal  love  and  reverence.  It  is 
then  an  Ideal  of  sympathy  and  of  fellow-feeling,  in  weal 
or  woe,  betwixt  the  reciprocally  united  by  their  ethical 
good- will ;  and  if  it  do  not  effectuate  the  whole  happiness 
of  life,  still  the  adopting  such  a  double  of  good-will,  into 
both  their  sentiments,  comprehends  in  it,  a  worthiness  to 
become  so ;  whence  it  results,  that  to  seek  friendship,  is 
a  duty. 

But  although  friendBhip,  as  a  maximum  of  reciprocal 
kind  intent,  is  no  vulgar  and  common,  but  an  honourable 
duty,  proposed  to  us  by  reason :  still  it  is  easy  to  see,  that 
an  entire  friendship,  is  a  naked,  although  a  practically  ne- 
cessary idea,  and  unattainable  in  any  given  circumstances. 
For  how  can  any  man  exactly  measure  and  adjust  the 
due  proportion  obtaining  between  the  duty  of  reverence 
and  that  of  love  toward  his  friend  ?  For,  should  the  one 
party  become  more  fervent  in  love,  then  he  must  dread 
lest  he  sink  upon  that  very  account  in  the  reverence  of 
the  other.  How  can  it  then  be  reasonably  expected,  that 
both  the  friends  should  bring  into  a  due  equipoise,  that 
love  'and  esteem  which  are  required  to  constitute  this 
virtue  ?  The  one  principle  is  attractive,  the  other  repel- 
lent ;  so  that  the  former  ordains  approximation,  while  the 


31ft 


OF  FRIENDSHIP. 


latter  demands  that  a  decorous  distance  be  maintained, 
a  limitation  of  intimacy  expressed  in  the  well-known  rule, 
"  that  even  the  very  best  friends  must  not  make  them- 
selves too  familiar;"  and  which  conveys  a  maxim,  valid  not 
only  for  the  superior  towards  the  inferior,  but  also  vice 
versa  ;  for  the  superior  finds  his  dignity  encroached  on 
unadvisedly,  and  might  perhaps  willingly  wish  the  reve- 
rence of  his  inferior  suspended  for  the  instant,  but  never 
abrogated,  which,  if  once  injured,  is  irrecoverably  gone 
for  ever,  even  though  the  old  ceremonial  be  re-established 
on  the  former  footing. 

Friendship,  therefore,  in  its  purity  and  entirety,  figured 
to  be  attainable,  as  between  Orestes  and  Pylades,  Theseus 
and  Pirithous,  is  the  hobby  of  novel-writers;  whereas 
Aristotle  has  said,  Alas  !  my  friends,  there  is  no  friend- 
ship. The  following  remarks  may  serve  to  point  out  the 
difficulties  encumbering  it. 

Viewed  ethically,  it  is  doubtless  a  duty,  that  one  friend 
make  the  other  aware  of  his  faults,  for  that  is  for  his  good, 
and  so  is  one  of  the  offices  of  charity;  but  his  other  half 
discovers  in  this,  a  want  of  reverence,  and  fears  that  he 
has  already  sunk  in  this  esteem,  or  at  least  is  apprehen- 
sive, since  he  is  scrutinised  and  censured,  that  this  danger 
is  close  at  hand ;  nay,  that  he  is  watched  and  observed  by 
his  friend,  appears  to  him  already  akin  to  insult. 

A  friend  in  need,  how  desirable  is  he  not  ?  that  is,  when 
he  is  an  active  fi'iend,  ready  to  help  out  of  his  own  re- 
sources and  exertion.  It  is,  however,  a  grievous  burden 
to  be  chained  to  the  destiny  of  another,  and  to  go  laden 
with  a  foreign  sorrow.  Upon  this  account,  friendship  is 
not  a  union  intended  for  mutual  and  reciprocal  advantage; 
but  this  union  must  be  purely  moral,  and  the  assistance 


OF  FBIENDSHIP.  319 

either  may  count  upon  from  the  other,  in  case  of  need, 
cannot  be  held  the  end  and  motive  towards  it,  for  then 
the  one  party  would  forfeit  the  reverence  of  the  other  ;  this 
help  can  only  be  undei'stood  to  signify  and  denote  the  out- 
ward mark  of  their  inward  hearty  good-will,  without  ever 
suffering  it  to  be  put  to  trial,  which  is  dangerous ;  each 
friend  magnanimously  endeavouring  to  spare  his  counter- 
part any  burden,  and  not  only  to  support  it  all  alone 
himself,  but  farther,  altogether  to  hide  and  conceal  it 
from  his  view,  while  he  at  the  same  time  can  always  flat- 
ter himself,  that  in  an  exigency  he  could  confidently  call 
for  aid  on  the  other.  But  when  the  one  accepts  a  benefit 
from  the  other,  then  he  may  count  on  an  equality  in  their 
love,  but  not  in  their  reverence ;  for  he  plainly  stands  one 
grade  lower,  being  indebted,  and  unable  to  oblige  in  re- 
turn. 

Friendship  is,  on  account  of  the  sweetness  of  the  sen- 
sation arising  from  the  mutual  possession  of  one  another, 
approaching  indeed  almost  to  a  melting  together,  some- 
what so  exceedingly  tender,  that  when  it  is  hung  upon 
feelings,  it  is  not  secure  a  single  instant  from  interrup- 
tion, but  demands  for  its  guard  that  the  mutual  surren- 
der and  confidence,  be  conducted  upon  principles  or  firm 
rules  circumscribing  love  by  demands  of  reverence.  Such 
interruptions  are  frequent  among  the  uneducated,  which 
yet  do  not  produce  any  rupture  (for  biting  and  scratching 
is  common  folks'  wooing)  ;  they  cannot  let  each  other 
alone,  and  yet  cannot  bring  themselves  into  harmony,  the 
very  rupture  being  wanted  to  sustain  the  intimacy,  and 
give  a  relish  to  the  sweetness  of  reconciliation.  At  all 
events,  the  love  of  friendship  cannot  be  impassioned  ;  for 
this  is  blind,  and  in  the  sequel  evaporates. 


SS&  OF  FRIENDSHIP. 

§47. 

Moral  friendship,  as  contradistinguished  from  the  ses- 
thetical,  is  the  entire  confidence  of  two  people,  who  reci- 
procally impart  to  one  another  their  private  opinions  and 
emotions,  so  far  as  such  surrender  can  consist  with  the 
reverence  due  from  one  to  the  other. 

Man  is  destined  for  society,  although  in  part  unsocial ; 
and  in  his  progress  through  life,  he  feels  the  mighty  need 
to  confide  himself  to  others,  and  that  without  having  any 
farther  end  in  view.  On  the  other  hand,  he  is  warned  to 
fear  the  misuse  others  might  make  of  this  disclosure  of 
his  sentiments,  and  so  sees  himself  compelled  to  lock  up 
within  himself  a  good  deal  of  the  judgments  he  forms, 
particularly  with  regard  to  other  men.  He  would  fain  con- 
verse with  others  relative  to  their  opinions  of  the  govern- 
ment, religion,  and  what  they  think  of  the  society  he 
mixes  in  ;  but  he  dare  not  hazard  it,  for  others,  by  cauti- 
ously concealing  their  sentiments,  might  employ  his  to 
his  disadvantage.  He  would  willingly  unbosom  to  ano- 
ther his  wants,  defects,  errors,  and  faults ;  but  he  must 
dread  that  that  other  would  conceal  Ais,  and  that  he  might 
forfeit  that  other's  reverence,  were  he  to  disclose  his  si- 
tuation candidly. 

So  that  if  he  find  a  man  who  has  good  sentiments  and 
understanding,  and  to  whom  he  can  open  up  his  heart 
unreservedly,  without  apprehending  that  danger,  and  who 
generally  falls  in  with  his  way  of  thinking,  then  he  may 
give  vent  to  his  thoughts.  He  is  no  longer  alone,  im- 
prisoned with  his  opinions,  but  goes  forth  to  enjoy  free- 
dom, which  he  is  precluded  from,  amidst  the  great  mass  of 
people.     Every  -one  has  secrets,  and  dare  not  blindly  in- 


OF  FRIENDSHIP.  321 

trust  himself  to  others,  partly  owing  to  the  ignoble  cast  of 
thinking  of  the  most,  who  would  abuse  the  secret  against  his 
interests,  and  partly  owing  to  the  want  of  understanding 
of  many,  i.  e.  their  indiscretion,  and  being  unable  to  dis- 
criminate betwixt  what  things  are  fit  to  be  repeated  and 
what  not.  Now  it  is  exceedingly  seldom  to  find  those 
qualities  together  in  the  same  Subject,  especially  since 
friendship  demands  that  this  intelligent  and  intimate  friend 
deem  himself  obliged  not  to  communicate  the  secret  he  has 
been  intrusted  with,  to  any  other,  how  trust-worthy  so- 
ever he  may  think  him,  at  least  without  the  consent  of  the 
other. 

Notwithstanding  all  this,  the  pure  moral  friendship  is 
no  ideal,  but  is  to  be  found  extant  here  and  there,  in  its 
perfection.  But  that  intermeddling  friendship  which  mo- 
lests itself  with  the  ends  of  other  men,  even  though  it  does 
so  out  of  love,  can  have  neither  the  purity  nor  that  en- 
tireness,  which  is  indispensable  towards  a  defined  maxim, 
and  is  only  an  ideal  in  wish,  which,  in  cogitation,  it  is  true, 
has  no  bounds,  but  must  in  observation  and  experience 
shrink  within  a  very  narrow  compass. 

A  FRIEND  OF  MAN,  is  he  wlio  takes  an  aesthetic  parti- 
cipation in  the  welfare  of  his  race,  and  who  never  will  dis- 
turb it,  but  with  inward  regret.  This  phrase,  however, 
FRIEND  OF  MAN,  is  more  limited  than  that  of  a  philan- 
thropist, for  the  FRIEND  cherishes  the  representation  of 
the  equality  of  his  species,  and  has  at  least  the  idea  of 
becoming  indebted  to  them,  even  while  he  obliges  them, 
where  he  figures  to  himself  all  mankind  as  brethren  un- 
der a  common  Father,  who  wills  their  joint  and  common 
happiness.  For  the  relation  of  protector,  as  benefactor, 
relatively  to  the  protected,  is  no  doubt  one  of  love,  but 


322  OF  THE  SOCIAL  VIRTUES. 

not  of  friendship,  the  reverence  due  from  each  to  other 
not  being  alike.  The  duty  to  cherish  good-will  to 
MANKIND  AS  THEIR  FRIEND  (a  neccssary  condescension), 
and  the  laying  to  heart  of  this  duty,  serves  as  a  guard 
against  pride,  which  is  tx>o  apt  to  invade  the  prosperous, 
who  possess  the  resources  of  good  deeds. 


APPENDIX. 

§  48.    OF  THE  SOCIAL  VIRTUES. 

It  is  a  duty  both  to  one's  self  and  to  others  to  bring  his 
ethical  accomplishments  into  society,  and  not  to  isolate 
himself;  to  make,  no  doubt,  himself  still  the  immoveable 
centre  of  his  own  principles,  but  then  he  ought  to  regard 
this  circle  which  he  has  drawn  around  him  as  capable  of 
expansion,  till  it  swell  to  the  size  of  the  most  cosmopoliti- 
cal  spirit,  not  in  order  immediately  to  advance  the  end  of 
the  whole  world,  but  only  to  advance  the  means  which  in- 
directly tend  thitherwards,  viz.  urbanity  of  manners,  so- 
ciability, aifability,  and  decorum,  and  so  to  accompany  the 
Graces  with  the  Virtues ;  to  establish  which  companion- 
ship, is  itself  one  of  the  offices  of  virtue. 

All  these  are,  it  is  true,  no  more  than  mere  by-work 
(parerga),  or  accessory  virtues,  giving  a  fair  virtuous  ap- 
pearance. These,  however,  never  deceive,  as  every  body 
knows  for  how  much  they  are  to  pass  current.  They  are  va- 
lid only  as  small  coin,  and  yet  conduce  to  strengthen  man's 
virtuous  sentiments,  were  it  even  merely  by  awakening 
the  endeavour  to  bring  this  outward  form  as  near  as  pos- 
sible to  a  reality,  in  rendering  us  accessible,  conversible. 


OF  THE  SOCIAL  VIRTUES.  323 

polite,  hospitable,  and  engaging  in  our  daily  intercourse ; 
which  things,  although  one  and  all  of  them,  no  more  than 
a  mere  manner  of  behaviour,  do,  by  being  obligatory 
forms  of  sociability,  at  the  same  time  oblige  others,  and 
promote  the  cause  of  virtue,  by  making  it  beloved. 

A  question  may,  however,  be  raised,  whether  we  may 
venture  to  frequent  the  society  of  the  wicked?  But  we 
cannot  avoid  meeting  with  them,  unless  by  withdrawing 
from  the  world ;  and  besides,  our  judgment  as  to  their  cha- 
racters is  incompetent.  But  whenever  vice  is  a  scandal, 
i.  e.  is  an  openly  given  example  of  unblushing  contempt 
for  strict  laws  of  duty,  and  does  therefore  entail  the  in- 
famy of  dishonour,  then  all  former  intercourse  must  be 
broken  up,  or  at  least  carried  on  as  sparingly  as  possible, 
even  should  the  law  of  the  land  annex  no  punishment  to 
the  crime ;  for  to  continue  in  society  with  such  a  person, 
is  to  throw  a  stain  on  honour,  and  to  prostitute  the  virtues 
of  sociability  to  whomsoever  is  rich  enough  to  bribe  his 
parasites  with  the  voluptuousnesses  of  luxury. 


METHODOLOGY  OF  ETHICS. 


METHODOLOGY  OF  ETHICS. 


APOTOME  I. 


DIDACTIC  OF  ETHICS. 


§49. 

That  virtue  must  be  acquired,  and  is  not  innate,  results 
from  the  very  notion  of  it,  and  does  not  need  that  we 
should  recur  to  what  observation  and  experience  teaches 
in  Anthropology ;  for  the  ethic  strength  were  not  virtue, 
unless  it  were  brought  forth  by  the  firmness  of  man's  re- 
solution when  combating  against  such  mighty  withstand- 
ing appetites.  It  is  the  product  of  pure  practical  reason, 
so  far  forth  as  this  last  does,  by  the  consciousness  of  her 
superiority  in  freedom,  gain  the  mastery  over  those. 

That  ethics  therefore  can,  and  needs  must  be  taught,  is 
corollary  only  from  the  position,  that  it  is  not  born  with 
us.  It  is  accordingly  a  science  (a  doctrine^  t.  e.  a  demon- 
strated theory)  ;  but  since,  by  the  mere  knowledge  how  we 
ought  to  behave,  no  power  is  gained  of  exerting  that 
knowledge  into  act,  the  old  Stoics  were  of  opinion  that 
virtue  could  not  be  taught  hortatively  by  the  naked  repre- 


328 


DIDACTIC 


sentatioD  duty,  but  behoved  to  be  cultivated  by  the  asce- 
tic exercise  of  encountering  the  inward  enemy  in  man. 
For  no  man  can  straightway  do  anywhat  he  wills  to  do, 
unless  he  have  first  tried  his  powers,  and  practised  them ; 
to  which,  however,  the  determination  must  be  taken  all 
at  once.  And  in  the  case  of  virtue,  any  intention  to  ca- 
pitulate with  vice,  or  parley  as  to  the  gradual  evacuation 
of  its  territory,  would  be  itself  impure,  and  even  vicious ; 
and  the  product  of  such  a  sentiment  could  not  be  virtue, 
this  last  depending  on  one  only  principle. 


§  50. 

Now,  as  to  virtue's  scientific  method, — and  every  scien- 
tific doctrine  must  be  methodic  if  it  is  not  to  be  tumul- 
tuary,— this  method  cannot  be  fragmentary,  but  must  be 
systematic,   if  ethics   is  to  be  represented  as  a  science. 
But  the  treatment  of  it  may  be  either  acroamatic,  or  it 
may  be  erotematic.     In  the  former  case,  those  whom  we 
address  are  auditors  simply ;  in  the  latter,  we  interrogate 
the  pupil.     This  erotematic  method,  again,  is  subdivided 
into  the  dialogical,  where  the  science  is  questioned  out  of 
the  pupil's  reason,  and  into  the  catechetic,  where,  out  of 
his  memory.     When  we  intend  to  evolve  anywhat  out  of 
the  reason  of  another,  it  can  be  done  only  by  the  dialogue, 
the   master  and  the  disciple  mutually  interrogating  and 
responding.     The  master  conducts  by  his  questions  the 
pupil's  train   of  thinking,  by  merely   laying  before  him 
certain  select  instances,  adapted  for  starting  the  substra- 
tum of  given  notions.     The  disciple  is  thus  aroused  to 
the  consciousness  of  his  own  ability  to  think,  and  even 
does,  by  his  re-interrogation  (called  forth  by  the  obscurity 


OF  ETHICS. 


329 


or  the  doubtfulness  of  his  master's  tenets),  teach  the  teach- 
er, how  best  to  frame  the  dialogue  :  as  the  old  proverb  has 
it,  docendo  disdmus. 

§51. 

The  first  and  most  necessary  instrumental  for  convey- 
ing ethical  information  to  the  altogether  untutored,  would 
be  an  ethical  catechism.  It  ought  to  go  before  the  reli- 
gious catechism,  and  to  be  taught  separately,  and  quite  in- 
dependent of  it,  and  not,  as  is  too  often  done,  taught  along 
with  it,  and  thrust  into  it,  as  it  were  by  parentheses ;  for 
it  is  singly  on  pure  ethic  principles  that  a  transit  can  be 
made  from  virtue  to  religion,  and  when  the  case  is  other- 
wise, the  confessions  are  insincere.  Upon  this  account 
it  is  that  our  most  celebrated  theological  dignitaries  have 
hesitated  to  compose  a  catechism  for  the  statutable 
FAITH  (creed),  and  thereby  to  stand,  as  it  were,  surety 
for  it ;  whereas,  one  might  have  thought  that  so  scanty 
a  service  was  the  very  least  we  were  entitled  to  expect, 
from  the  vast  stores  of  their  learning. 

On  the  contrary,  the  composition  of  a  pure  moral  cate- 
chism as  a  ground-sketch  of  the  moral  duties,  does  not 
lie  open  to  the  like  scruple  or  to  the  same  difficulty ;  the 
whole  matter  of  it,  admitting  of  being  evolved  out  of  every 
person's  common  sense ;  and  its  form  only,  requiring  adap- 
tation to  the  didactic  rules  of  an  elementary  instruction. 
The  formal  principle,  however,  of  this  kind  of  instruction, 
does  not  admit  of  the  dialogo-Socratic  method,  the  pupil 
not  yet  knowing  what  he  has  to  ask.  The  teacher,  there- 
fore, alone  catechises  ;  and  the  answers,  which  are  to  be 
methodically  elicited  from  the  reason  of  the  pupil,  should 


SSO  DIDACTIC 

be  drawn  up  iu  definite,  unchanging  terms,  and  then  in- 
trusted for  conservation  to  his  memory.  In  which  latter 
point  it  is,  that  the  catechetic  method  differs  from  the 
acroamatic,  where  the  teacher  alone  speaks ;  as  also  from 
the  dialogic,  where  the  interrogatories  are  mutual. 

§52. 

The  experimental  mean,  the  technique  of  moral  educa- 
tion, is  the  good  example  of  the  teacher  himself,  his  own 
conduct  being  exemplary,  and  the  warning  one  of  others  ; 
for,  copying  is  what  first  starts  the  causality  of  the  will 
of  the  unlearned,  and  induces  him  to  project  those  max- 
ims which,  in  the  sequel,  he  adopts.  Habit  is  the  esta- 
blishment of  a  continual  and  permanent  appetite,  apart 
from  any  maxim,  and  springs  from  abandonment  to  re- 
peated gratification,  and  is  merely  a  mechanism  of  the 
sensory,  and  not  any  principle  of  cogitation  ;  and  to  wean 
one's  self  from  it,  is  usually  more  difficult  than  to  bring 
it  forth.  But  as  to  the  power  of  examples  (whether  to 
good  or  to  evil)  offered  to  our  propensity  for  copying,  it 
is  to  be  noted,  that  the  conduct  of  no  one,  can  become  the 
rule  of  ours,  so  as  to  found  any  maxims  and  principles  of 
virtue  ;  these  consisting  always  just  in  the  subjective  auto- 
nomy of  every  man's  own  practical  reason,  where  no 
external  behaviour  but  only  the  law  is  the  standard 
whereon  we  regulate  the  determinations  of  our  will.  The 
instructor  will,  for  this  reason,  never  say  to  an  ill-thriv- 
ing pupil,  take  an  example  from  that  good,  orderly,  stu- 
dious boy ;  for  the  pupil  can  only  take  occasion  to  hate 
his  model,  from  seeing  himself  placed  by  him  in  so  disad- 
vantageous a  light.     A  good  example  ought  not  to  be 


OF  ETHICS.  331 

made  a  copy,  but  should  be  used  to  serve  in  showing  the 
practicability  of  our  duty.  It  is  not  a  comparison  with 
any  other  man  "  as  he  is,""  but  with  the  idea  of  humanity 
«  as  he  ought  to  be"  i.  e.  with  the  law,  that  must  sup- 
ply the  preceptor  with  an  infallible  standard  of  educa- 
tion. 


OBSERVATION. 

FRAGMENT  OF  SUCH  A  MORAL  CATECHISM. 

The  preceptor  questions  out  of  the  reason  of  his  scho- 
lar what  he  wishes  to  teach  him ;  and  if,  by  hazard,  this 
last  cannot  answer,  then  the  other  dexterously  suggests 
to  him  the  responses. 

Preceptor.  What  is  thy  chief  desire  in  life  ? 
Scholar.  Remains  silent. 

P.  That  every  thing  should  succeed  and  prosper  with 
thee,   according  to  thy  whole  heart  and  wish, — how  is 
such  a  situation  called  ? 
S.  is  silent. 

p.  It  is  called  happiness  (welfare,  comfort,  entire  feli- 
city). Now,  suppose  that  thou  had'st  confided  to  thee  all 
the  happiness  which  is  at  all  possible ;  would'st  thou  keep 
it  to  thyself,  or  would'st  thou  impart  some  of  it  to  others  ? 
S.  I  would  share  it  with  my  fellows,  that  they  also 
might  be  happy  and  contented. 

P.  Good  :  that  says  somewhat  for  thy  heart.  Let  us 
now  see  how  it  stands  with  thy  head.  Would'st  thou  give 
the  sluggard,  cushions  to  while  away  his  time  in  sloth? 
would'st  thou  allow  the  drunkard  wine,  and  the  occasions 


332  DIDACTIC 

of  excess ;  or  give  the  deceiver  captivating  form  and  man- 
ners, that  he  might  entrap  others  ?  would'st  thou  give  the 
robber  intrepidity  and  strength  ?  These  are  some  means, 
whereby  each  of  the  above,  hope  to  become  happy,  after  a 
manner. 

S.  Oh,  no  ;  not  at  all. 

P.  So  that,  if  thou  had'st  at  thy  disposal  all  possible 
happiness,  and  had'st  likewise  the  completely  good-will 
to  bestow  it,  thou  would'st  not  unreflectingly  confer  it  on 
the  first  comer,  but  would'st  previously  inquire  how  far 
he  might  be  worthy,  of  such  happiness  as  he  aspired  after ; 
but  as  for  thyself,  thou  would'st  probably,  without  hesita- 
tion, provide  for  thee  whatever  would  conduce  to  thy 
welfare. 
S.  Yes. 

P.  But  would  not  then  the  question  occur  to  thee,  to 
inquire  if  thou  thyself  wert  altogether  worthy  of  such 
happiness  ? 

S.  Yes,  it  would. 

P.  That  within  thee  which  pants  for  happiness,  is  ap- 
petite :  that,  again,  which  limits  and  restricts  this  appetite 
for  happiness  to  the  prior  condition  of  thy  being  worthy 
of  it,  is  thy  reason  :  and  that  thou  by  force  of  thy  rea- 
son can'st  contain  and  conquer  thy  appetites,  that,  is  the 
freedom  of  thy  will.  And  in  order  to  know  what  is  to  be 
done  to  partake  of  happiness,  and  at  the  same  time  not 
to  become  unworthy  of  it,  the  rule  and  the  instruction  lies 
all  alone  in  thy  reason  ;  that  is  to  say,  it  is  not  needful 
for  thee  to  learn  the  rule  of  thy  conduct  from  observation 
and  experience,  nor  from  others  in  education.  Thy  own 
REASON  teaches  and  commands  thee  forthwith  what  thou 
hast  to  do  :  e.  g.  suppose  the  case  were  put,  that  by  a 


OF  ETHICS.  333 

dexterous  lie  thou  could'st  extricate  thyself  or  thy  friend 
from  some  near  embarrassment,  and  that  without  preju- 
dice to  any  other, — what  would  thy  reason  say  to  such 
a  matter  ? 

S.  Reason  says  that  I  ought  not  to  lie,  be  the  advan- 
tages of  falsehood  ever  so  great.  Lying  is  mean,  and 
makes  man  unworthy  to  be  happy.  Here  is  an  uncondi- 
tionate  injunction  of  reason  to  be  obeyed,  in  the  face  of 
which  all  appetite  and  inclination  must  be  silent. 

P.  How  do'st  thou  call  this  absolute  necessity  of  acting 
conformably  to  a  law  of  reason  ? 
S.  Duty. 

P.  The  observance,  then,  of  a  man's  duty  is  the  only 
and  the  unchanging  condition  of  his  worthiness  to 
be  made  happy  ;  and  these  two  are  identic  and  the  same. 
But  admitting  that  thou  wert  conscious  of  such  a  good 
and  effective  will,  whereby  thou  mightest  deem  thyself 
worthy,  at  least  not  unworthy,  of  felicity,  can'st  thou 
ground  upon  that,  any  certain  hope  of  becoming  one  day 
happy  ? 

S.  No,  not  upon  that  alone ;  for  it  is  neither  in  our 
own  power  to  secure  our  welfare,  nor  is  the  course  of  na- 
ture so  adjusted  as  to  fall  in  with  good-desert ;  and  the 
chances  of  life  depend  on  events  over  which  we  have  no 
control.  Our  happiness  must  remain  a  bare  wish,  and 
cannot  even  convert  itself  to  hope,  unless  some  foreign 
power  undertake  it  for  us. 

P.  Has  reason  any  grounds  for  believing  in,  as  real, 
any  such  supreme  power,  dealing  out  happiness  and  misery 
according  to  desert  and  guilt,  having  sway  over  the  whole 
physical  system,  and  governing  the  world  with  the  ex- 
treraest  wisdom  :  i.  e.  to  hold  that  God  is  ? 


334  DIDACTIC 

S.  Yes  ;  for  we  discover  in  those  works  of  nature  we 
can  judge  of,  manifested,  the  traces  of  a  wisdom  so  vast 
and  profound,  that  we  can  account  for  it  only  by  ascrib- 
ing it  to  the  unsearchable  skill  of  a  Creator,*  from  whom 
we  deem  ourselves  entitled  to  expect  a  no  less  admirable 
adjustment  of  the  world's  moral  order,  which  latter  is  in- 
deed its  highest  harmony ;  that  is  to  say,  we  may  one  day 
hope  to  become  partakers  of  happiness,  if  we  do  not,  by 
our  forgetfulness  of  duty,  make  ourselves  unworthy  of  it. 

§53. 

In  this  catechism,  which  ought  to  go  in  detail  over  all  the 
virtues  and  vices,  it  is  of  the  most  vital  moment  that  the 
behests  of  duty  be  not  based  on  any  advantages  or  incon- 
veniences springing  from  their  observance,  to  the  man 
who  stands  obliged  by  them,  no  not  even  on  the  good  re- 
sults accruing  to  others ;  but  that  abstraction  being  made 
from  all  such,  those  behests  be  immediately  grounded  on 
the  pure  moral  law  itself,  the  others  may  indeed  be  men- 
tioned, but  only  by  the  by,  and  as  superfluities.  It  is 
the  shame,  and  not  the  damage,  that  goes  hand  in  hand 
with  vice,  that  is  at  all  points  to  be  insisted  on.  For 
when  the  dignity  of  virtue  in  action  is  not  extolled  beyond 
every  thing,  then  is  the  very  idea  duty  thawed  down  and 
resolved  into  a  mere  dictate  of  expediency.  That  which 
ennobles  and  gives  state  to  man  fades  out  of  his  con- 
sciousness, and  he,  despoiled  of  the  enchantm£nt  that 
would  have  guided  him  unscaithed  through  life,  stands 


*  This  does  not  contradict  what  was  said  at  p.  159.     There  the  ques- 
tion was  oi  a  priori  knowledge.    Here  Kant  only  talks  of  belief.  (T.) 


OF  ETHICS.  335 

venal  for  any  price,  his  seductive  appetites  may  bid  for 
him. 

When  these  instructions  have  been  exactly  and  wisely 
evolved  from  the  reason  of  the  pupil,  according  to  the  dif- 
ferent stages  of  rank,  age,  or  sex,  mankind  may  be  pre- 
sented in  :  then  there  remains  yet  somewhat  which  inly 
searches  and  shakes  the  soul  to  its  foundation,  and  places 
man  in  a  position,  where    he  can   only  behold  himself, 
struck  with  unbounded  admiration  at  the  aspect  of  the 
originary  substratum  of  his  nature; — an   impression  no 
time  can  ever  afterwards  deface.    When  all  his  duties  are 
briefly  recapitulated  to  him  in  their  order,  and  he  is  made 
observant  at  each  one  of  them,  that  no  evils,  nor  tribula- 
tions, nor  ills  of  life,  no  not  even  imminent  death,  which 
may  be  threatened,  if  he  adhere  faithful  to  his  duty,  are 
able  to  Jessen,  or  to  take  away  his  consciousness  of  being 
independent  on  all  such,  and  their  master.  Then  the  ques- 
tion lies  very  near  him.   What  is  that  within  thee  that 
dare  trust  itself,  to  go  forth  to  encounter  and  to  brave 
every  vicissitude  in  the  physical  system,  within  thee  and 
without  thee ;  in  the  confident  conviction  that  thou  can'st 
surmount  the  whole  of  them,  if  they  collide  with  thy  ethi- 
cal resolves?    When  this  question,  which  presents  itself 
of  its  own  accord,  but  which  far  transcends  all  ability  of 
speculative  reason  to  investigate  or  explore, — when  this 
question,  I  say,  is  once  laid  properly  to  heart,  then  must 
even  the  incomprehensible  of  the  might  retected  in  this 
part  of  self-knowledge,  fire    the  soul  to  unsheath  a  yet 
keener  energy  of  reason,  and  prompt  her  to  the  more  inly 
hallowing  of  her  law,  the  more  temptation  solicits  to  for- 
sake it. 

In  this  ethic  catechetical  instruction,  it  would  conduce 


336  DIDACTIC  OF  ETHICS. 

not  a  little  to  facilitate  the  advancement  of  the  pupil,  to 
propose,  at  the  analysis  of  each  duty,  a  few  questions  in 
casuistry,  and  then  let  the  whole  scholars  try  their  skill 
in  disentangling  themselves  from  the  puzzle.  Not  alone 
because  this  manner  of  sharpening  the  judgment  is  the 
very  best  adapted  to  the  capacity  of  beginners,  but  espe- 
cially because  it  is  man's  nature  to  acquire  a  liking  and 
relish  for  studies  he  is  at  length  well  versant  in,  and  has 
urged  to  the  grade  of  science ;  and  thus  the  pupil  is  un- 
awares drawn  over,  by  unsuspected  steps,  to  the  interests 
of  morality.  ,; 

But  it  is  of  the  very  last  moment,  in  all  education,  not 
to  mix  up  and  amalgamate  the  religious  with  the  moral 
catechism  ;  and  yet  of  higher,  not  to  suffer  "  tJw£^  to  pre- 
cede "  this"  but  always  to  endeavour,  with  the  greatest 
diligence  and  detail,  to  bring  the  understanding  to  the 
clearest  insight  in  ethical  topics ;  for,  when  the  case  is 
otherwise,  religion  slides  imperceptibly,  and  in  the  se- 
quel into  HYPOCRISY  ;  and  mankind  is  driven  hy  fear,  to 
lie  in  the  face  of  his  own  conscience,  an  acknowledgment 
of  duties  in  which  his  heart  takes  no  share. 


THE  ASCETIC  OF  ETHICS.  33T 


APOTOME  II.  • 

THE  ASCETIC  EXERCISE  OF  ETHICS. 

§54. 

The  rules  for  the  exercise  of  virtue,  are  intended  to 
bring  about  and  establish  these  two  moods  or  frames  of 
mind,  viz.  to  make  it  (1)  hardy  and  (2)  cheerful  in  the 
discharge  of  duty.  Virtue  has  to  combat  obstacles,  for 
the  vanquishing  of  which  she  has  to  rally  all  her  forces  ; 
and  is  also  sometimes  summoned  to  quit  and  yield  up  the 
joys  of  life,  the  loss  of  which  may  well  sadden  the  soul, 
and  might  even  make  it  dark  and  sulky.  But  he  who 
does  not  do,  what  he  has  to  do  with  alacrity,  but  renders 
the  servile  services  of  bondage,  finds  no  inward  worth  in 
the  obeying  of  the  law,  but  dislikes  it ;  and  will  shun  as 
much  as  possible  all  occasions  of  observing  it. 

The  culture  of  virtue,  i.  e.  the  ethical  ascetics,  has,  in 
regard  of  its  first  element,  i.  e.  for  the  valiant,  dauntless 
indefatigable  practice  of  virtue,  no  other  than  the  old 
watchword  of  the  Stoa  {avt^ov  xai  uTe^ov,  bear  and  for- 
bear). Bear,  endure  the  evils  of  life  without  complaint ; 
FORBEAR,  abstain  from  its  superfluous  enjoyments.  This  is 
a  kind  of  diatetics,  enabling  man  to  keep  himself  ethically 
in  health.  Health  however  is,  after  all,  only  a  negative 
satisfaction,  and  is  not  itself  capable  of  being  made  sen- 
sible. Something  must  be  superadded  (viz.  the  second 
element)  to  make  us  taste  the  sweet  amenity  of  life,  and 
which  must  still  be  only  moral.  This  is  the  having  a 
serene,  gay,  and  ever  joyous  heart,  according  to  the  sen- 


338  THE  ASCETIC  OF  ETHICS. 

timent  of  the  virtuous  Epicurus.  And  who,  indeed,  can 
have  more  reason  to  be  contented  with  himself,  and  gay  ; 
nay,  who  so  able,  even  to  regard  it  as  a  duty  owed  by 
him  to  himself,  to  transplant  himself  into  a  serene  and 
joyous  frame  of  mind,  and  to  make  it  habitual,  as  he  who 
is  aware  of  no  wilful  transgression,  and  knows  himself 
secured  against  a  lapse  (hie  murus  aheneus  esto)  ?  The  an- 
ti-part of  all  this,  however,  is  the  ascetic  exercise  of  the 
monasteries,*  which,  inspired  by  superstitious  fear,  and 

•  A  reply  made  hy  Kant  to  Schiller  may  belong  to  this  place.  The 
common  objection  in  Germany  to  Kant's  Ethics  is,  that  it  is  too  rigoris- 
tical ;  and  the  poet,  in  his  paper  on  grace  and  decorum,  affirms  that  Kant's 
ideas  of  duty  and  obligation  are  best  fitted  to  produce  monastic  manners, 
being  subversive  of  all  physical  grace,  and  proper  only  for  slaves.  Here 
is  the  answer  of  the  philosopher.  He  distinguishes  betwixt  the  idea  duhj 
and  the  beneficial  effects  of  virtue.  The  first  admits  of  no  grace,  on  ac- 
count of  the  awe  and  sense  of  the  sublime,  which  follow  on  its  repre- 
sentation ;  the  sublime  disdaining  charms  and  embellishment  as  only 
proper  to  the  beautiful :  but  permanent  effects  of  active  virtue  on  him 
who  has  fulfilled  his  duty,  may  be,  and  often  are,  advantageous,  and  ap- 
pear as  graceful  and  decorous. 

"  So  that  were  the  question  put,  which  then  is  the  right  determina- 
tion of  the  sensory  wherewith  duty  is  to  be  obeyed  ?  i.  e.  what  is  the 
TEMPERAMEVT  of  virtue,  valiant,  and  by  consequence  joyous  ?  or 
anxious  and  dejected  ?  Scarce  any  answer  would  be  needed ;  so  slavish  a 
state  and  tone  of  soul  never  can  be,  where  the  law  itself  is  not  hated; 
and  the  glad  and  joj'ous  heart,  on  the  execution  of  duty  (not  complacen- 
cy in  recognising  it)  betokens  that  the  virtuous  sentiments  are  genuine, 
— nay,  is  the  test  that  piety  is  real, — piety  consisting  not  in  the  sclf-re- 
proachings  of  a  whining  sinner  (a  state  of  mind  I  look  upon  as  exceedingly 
equivocal,  and  which  is,  for  the  most  part,  the  man's  inward  upbraidings 
at  having  erred  against  a  dictate  of  prudential  expediency),  but  in  the 
stedfast,  unfaultering  determination  to  make  the  matter  better  in  all 
time  to  come.  And  this  purpose  gaining  in  life  and  force  by  the  con- 
stancy wherewith  the  ascetic  knows  he  has  adhered  to  it,  must  needs  ef- 
fectuate a  joyful  disposition.  Apart  from  which,  no  one  can  be  certain 
that  he  loves  good,  i,  e.  has  adopted  it  into  his  m&xims."  (Kant's  Reli- 
gion, p.  11.)     Tr. 


THE  ASCETIC  OF  ETHICS.  '  339 

the  hypocritical  disesteem  of  a  man's  own  self,  sets  to 
work  with  self-reproaches,  whimpering  compunction,  and 
a  torturing  of  the  body,  and  is  intended  not  to  result  in 
virtue,  but  to  make  expurgation  for  sins,  where,  by  self- 
imposed  punishment,  the  sinners  expect  to  do  penance, 
instead  of  ethically  repenting  of  them  («.  e.  merely  for- 
saking them  by  the  undecaying  energy  of  the  representa- 
tion of  the  law) ;  but  this  custom  of  imposing  and  exe- 
cuting punishment  upon  a  man's  own  self  (which  en- 
closes a  contradiction, — punishment  demanding  the  sen- 
tence of  another),  cannot  beget  that  hilarity  which  goes 
hand  in  hand  with  virtue,  and  would  rather  tend  to  en- 
gender a  covert  hatred  of  the  behests  of  duty.  All  ethi- 
cal gymnastic  consists,  therefore,  singly  in  the  subjugat- 
ing the  instincts  and  appetites  of  our  physical  system,  in 
order  that  we  remain  their  master  in  any  and  all  circum- 
stances hazardous  to  morality ;  a  gymnastic  exercise  ren- 
dering the  will  HARDY  and  robust,  and  which,  by  the  con- 
sciousness of  regained  freedom,  makes  the  heart  glad. 
To  feel  compunction,  is  inevitable  on  the  remembrance  of 
former  sins, — it  is  even  a  duty  not  to  suffer  it  to  fade  on 
such  reminiscence;  but  this  compunction,  and  the  inflic- 
tion of  a  penance,  such  as  fasting,  are  totally  distinct  and 
disparate  ethical  operations,  the  latter  whereof,  understood 
not  in  a  diatctical,  but  pious  sense,  is  cheerless,  sad,  and 
gloomy,  makes  virtue  hateful,  and  scares  away  her  sup- 
porters. The  discipline  exercised  by  man  upon  himself, 
can  only  by  its  attendant  hilarity  and  alacrity  become 
welcome  and  exemplary. 


340  *  CONCLUSION  OF  THE 


CONCLUSION  OF  THE  ETHICS. 

RELIGION,  AS  A  DOCTRINE  OF  THE  DUTIES  OWED  TO  GOD,  FALLS 
BEYOND  THE  BOUNDARY  OF  PURE  MORAL  PHILOSOPHY. 

Although  the  last  result  obtained  in  our  inquiry  into 
the  reach  and  extent  of  the  a  priori  operations  of  hu- 
man understanding  was,  that  speculative  reason  declared 
the  existence  of  God  problematical ;  yet  the  belief  in 
God  being  here  admitted,  and  it  being  farther  admitted, 
that  the  doctrine  of  religion  is  an  integral  part  of  the 
general  system  of  the  offices,  the  question  now  raised  re- 
spects the  determining  the  boundary  of  the  science, 
whereof  it  is  part.  Are  we  to  regard  it  as  belonging  to 
morals  (to  law  in  no  event,  for  the  rights  of  man  cannot 
comprehend  it)  ?  or  is  it  to  be  considered  as  falling  out  of 
and  beyond  the  domains  of  pure  moral  philosophy  ? 

The  formal  of  religion,  explained  to  be  "  the  aggregate  of 
our  duties,  as  if  they  were  divine  commandmeivts^^  belongs 
to  the  philosophy  of  morals ;  since  it  expresses  singly 
the  relation  obtaining  betwixt  reason  and  that  idea  of 
God  itself  evolves,  and  the  duty  to  have  religion  is  not 
thereby  made  any  duty  owed  by  us  toward  God,  as  a 
being  existing  out  of  and  beyond  our  own  ideas ;  for  we 
expressly  abstract  from  such  existence.  That  all  human 
duties  must  be  cogitated  agreeably  to  this  form  (by  refer- 
ring them  to  a  Divine  a  priori  Will),  rests  on  aground  sub- 
jectively logical  only.  We  cannot  easily  depicture  to  our- 
selves in  thought,  obligation  (ethical  necessitation),  ex- 
cept by  figuring  to  ourselves  another  and  His  will — God, 
— whose  vicegerent  is  our  universally  legislative  reason  ; 
but  this  duty  in  relation  to  the  Divinity  (strictly  in  rela- 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  341 

tion  to  the  idea  we  frame  to  ourselves  of  such  a  Being),  is 
a  duty  owed  by  mankind  to  himself;  i.  e.  is  not  an  ob- 
jective duty  to  perform  certain  services  to  anotlier,  but  a 
subjective  obligation  only,  to  strengthen  the  ethic  springs 
of  our  own  legislative  reason. 

As  for  the  matter  of  religion,  as  a  whole  of  duties  to- 
ward God,  and  of  the  worship  to  be  rendered  him,  such  ob- 
ligations would  be  particular,  not  emanating  from  uni- 
versally legislative  reason.  They  could  not  upon  this 
account  be  cognisable  a  priori,  but  could  be  known  by  ex- 
perience and  observation  singly,  that  is,  they  would  be 
duties  of  REVEALED  RELIGION,  rested  on  divine  command- 
ments in  the  proper  sense  of  the  words  ;  and  such  duties 
w^ould  require  to  set  forth,  not  the  bare  idea  of  the  God- 
head for  our  practical  behoof,  but  the  existence  of  this 
Being  as  given  mediately  or  immediately  in  observa- 
tion and  experience.  A  religion  of  this  kind,  however, 
how  well  founded  soever  it  may  be,  can  never  constitute 
a  part  of  pure  moral  philosophy. 

Religion,  therefore,  considered  as  the  doctrine  of  the 
duties  owed  toward  God,  falls  far  beyond  all  limits  of  pure 
ethics;  and  these  remarks  are  subjoined  here  in  justifica- 
tion of  the  present  treatise,  where  the  author  has  not,  with 
a  view  to  its  completeness,  inserted,  as  is  usual,  any  re- 
ligious duties. 

There  may  undoubtedly  be  a  doctrine  of  "  religion 
within  the  limits  of  naked  reason,"  where  it  is  not 
affirmed  that  the  positions  were  originated  at  first  by  rea- 
son {for  this  might  be  too  much  presumption  p.  8,  Vor- 
rede  Streit  d.  FacuUdten,  T.),  but  rest  in  part  on  historical 
documents  and  the  tenets  of  a  revelation,  and  where  we 
treat  only  of  the  harmony  of  this  last,  with   what  is 


349  CONCLUSION  OF  THE 

taught  by  pure  practical  reason.  But  neither  is  this  kind 
of  doctrine  of  religion  pure,  but  is  mixed  and  applied  to 
the  Critique  of  a  given  document ;  and  for  this,  ethics,  as 
pure  practical  philosophy,  can  afford  no  room. 

Remark. — All  the  ethical  relations  obtaining  betwixt 
Intelligents,  and  involving  a  principle  of  the  mutual  har- 
mony of  their  wills  with  one  another,  may  be  reduced  and 
classed  along  with  the  emotions  of  love  and  reverence; 
and  where  th6  principle  is  practical,  the  will's  determina- 
tion upon  the  former  points  to  the  ewe?  of  the  other  person, 
but  upon  the  latter  to  his  right.  If  now  there  be  such  a 
person  as  to  have  rights  only  and  no  duties  toward  others 
(God),  and  the  others,  conversely,  owe  merely  duties 
and  have  no  rights,  then  is  the  principle  of  the  ethic  re- 
lation betwixt  them  transcendent;  whereas  that  of  man 
to  man,  whose  wills  recipi'ocally  limit  one  another,  is  im- 
manent. 

The  end  of  the  Godhead  in  creating,  and  his  provi- 
dence of  man,  we  can  only  depicture  to  ourselves  as  an 
end  of  love,  i.  e.  that  he  wills  their  happiness;  but  the 
principle  of  his  will  in  regard  of  the  reverence  (awe)  we 
owe  him,  which  limits  the  operations  of  the  principle 
pointing  to  the  end  willed,  i.  e.  the  principle  of  his  divine 
rights,  can  be  no  other  than  that  of  justice  ;  we  might, 
speaking  as  we  must  do  after  the  fashion  of  men,  lay 
down  this  position,  that  God  created  his  intelligent  uni- 
verse that  he  might  have  somewhat  to  love  or  be  loved 
by  in  turn.  But  then,  again,  as  extensive,  nay  more  so 
(for  the  principle  is  restrictive,  and  conditions  the  end),  is 
the  demand,  which,  even  our  own  reason  tells  us,  divine 
justice,  as  punitive,  may  challenge.  A  reward  cannot 
be  expected,  on  the  score  of  justice,  from  the  Supreme 


METAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  343 

Being,  by  Intelligents  wlio  have  no  rights,  but  only  duties : 
they  can  only  hope  for  it  from  His  benignity  and  love; 
for  wages  there  can  be  no  claim  ;  and  a  remunerative  jus- 
tice is  a  contradiction  in  the  relation  cf  God  to  man. 

There  is,  however,  in  the  idea  of  the  judiciary  func- 
tion of  a  Being  exalted  beyond  the  possibility  of  any  in- 
fraction of  his  ends,  somewhat  hard  to  be  reconciled  with 
the  relation  of  tnan  to  God,  viz.  the  idea  of  a  lesion  com- 
mitted against  the  Sovereign  Majesty  of  the  Governor  of 
the  World,  where  the  question  is  not  of  the  violations  of 
the  rights  of  man,  perpetrated  by  mankind  upon  one  an- 
other, and  which  God  might  as  Judge  avenge ;  but  of  a 
lesion  which,  it  would  seem,  affected  the  rights  of  God  him- 
self; an  idea  altogether  transcendent,  t.  e.  which  goes  quite 
beyond  the  range  of  any  punitive  justice  we  as  men  can 
instance  in,  and  presents  surd  and  impossible  principles, 
not  capable  of  being  brought  to  coincide  with  those  em- 
ployed in  everyday  life,  and  which,  therefore,  are  for  our 
reason  blank  and  empty. 

This  idea  of  divine  punitive  justice  has  been  personified. 
It  is  not  a  particular  being  who  dispenses  it,  for  then  it 
would  be  found  contrary  to  the  principles  of  justice;  but 
justice  itself  cogitated  in  substance  (called  eternal  jus- 
tice), which,  like  fate  in  the  old  poets,  is  even  above  Ju- 
piter, announces  her  law  with  an  iron  indeilectible  neces- 
sity, the  grounds  of  which  we  are  unable  to  explore. — Of 
this,  examples.  Punishment,  according  to  Horace,  never 
leaves  out  of  her  siglit  the  culprit  who  stalks  audaciously 
away  before  her,  but  limps  unremittingly  after  him  until 
she  overtake  him. — Innocent  blood  cries  for  vengeance. — 
Crime  cannot  remain  unavenged ;  and  if  the  transgressor 
suffer  not,  yet  his  iniquities  are  visited  on  his  posterity; 


344  CONCLUSION  OF  THE    ' 

6r  if  vengeance  is  not  in  this  life  inflicted,  it  must  in  an- 
other, after  deatli,  which  is  expressly  postulated  and  be- 
lieved in,  that  the  demand  of  eternal  justice  may  be  satis- 
fied.— I  will  tolerate  no  blood-guiltiness  to  come  over  my 
land,  said  once  a  well-thinking  prince,  by  granting  pardon 
to  a  malignant  assassinating  duellist,  for  whom  ye  entreat 
my  grace. — The  debt  of  sins  must  be  discharged,  even 
though  an  innocent  were  required  for  a  sacrifice  (in  which 
event  his  sorrows  could  not  be  called  punishment,  he  hav« 
ing  transgressed  no  law) ;  hence  we  see,  that  the  justice 
to  which  we  attribute  such  decrees,  is  not  a  person  admi- 
nistering a  judiciary  function  (for  he  could  not  speak  thus 
without  violating  the  rights  of  others),  but  that  bare  jus- 
tice as  a  transcendent  principle,  and  cogitated  to  an  invi- 
sible subject,  defines  the  right  of  this  personified  Being.  All 
which  is  in  harmony  no  doubt  with  the  formal  of  the  prin- 
ciple of  creation,  but  is  contrary  to  its  matter,  the  end,  which 
must  still  be  the  happiness  of  mankind ;  for,  on  account  of 
the  vast  multitude  of  criminals  who  allow  their  catalogue  of 
sins  to  run  on  increasing,  this  principle  of  punitive  justice 
would  come  to  put  the  end  of  Creation,  not  in  the  love 
of  the  Creator  (as  we  cannot  but  think  it),  but  in  the  rigid 
maintenance  of  his  right  (i,  e.  would  make  his  right  itself 
the  end  of  the  creation,  called — the  glory  of  god)  ;  and 
yet,  since  this  justice  is  only  a  negative  principle  limitary 
of  the  other  (benevolence),  to  affirm  this,  is  contrary  to 
the  principles  of  practical  reason,  or  seems  to  be  so  ;  for, 
in  such  event,  practical  reason  would  hold  that  there  could 
have  been  no  room  for  creation,  leading  to  results  so  con- 
trary to  the  design  and  intention  of  the  Author,  whose 
end  we  can  only  depicture  to  ourselves  to  have  been  that 
of  love. 


MliTAPHYSIC  OF  ETHICS.  346' 

Ethics  then,  can,  as  pure  practical  philosophy,  based 
on  man's  own  inward  legislation,  treat  singly  of  the  rela- 
tion obtaining  betwixt  man  and  man,  and  this  is  for  us 
the  alone  compi'ehensible ;  but  as  for  relations  obtaining 
betwixt  God  and  man,  these  far  transcend  all  our  powers 
of  knowledge,  and  are  absolutely  incomprehensible;  and 
this  confirms  what  we  advanced  above,  that  ethics  could 
not  extend  itself  beyond  the  boundary  of  the  duties  owed 
by  mankind  to  one  another. 


APPENDIX. 

BY  THE  TRANSLATOR. 


APPENDIX. 


oW  RATIONALISM  AND  SUPRA-RATIONALISM. 

BIBLIOLOGY. 

Kant.     Religion  innerhalb  der  Grentzen  d.  reinen  Vernunft. 
Konigsberg,  Zweite  Auflage,  1794. 
Religion  within  the  bounds  of  Naked  Reason.     Konigsberg, 
2d  edition,  1794. 

Kant.     Streit  der  Facultaten.     Konigsberg,  1798. 

The  Battle  of  the  Faculties.  This  book  is  dedicated  to  Dr 
Staudlin,  and  was  originally  intended  for  his  Theo- 
logical Journal.  Republished  by  Tieftrunk  in  the 
third  volume  of  Kant's  Miscellaneous  Writings.  Halle, 
1799. 

Staudlin.  Geschichte  der  Sittenlehre  Jesu.  Giittingen,  1799. 
History  of  the  Ethic  of  Jesus. 

Staudlin's  Rationalismus  und  Supernaturalismus.  Giittingen, 
1825. 

Der  Prophet  lesaia.     Neu  iibersetzt  und  mit  einem  Commentar 
begleitet,  von  Dr  W.  Gesenius.     Leipzig,  1820. 
Gesenius'  Translation  and  Commentary  on  Isaiah. 

The  Divine  Legation  of  Moses  demonstrated.  By  W.  Warbur- 
ton,  D.  D.  Lord  Bishop  of  Gloucester,  V.  Y.  and  Lon- 
don, 1812. 

Thus  have  we  seen  how  ethic  issues  in  religion ;  and  the 
reader  who  has  made  himself  acquainted  with  Kant's  tenets, 
cannot  fail  to  have  been  struck  by  the  strong  resemblance  ob- 


360  APPENDIX. 

taining  betwixt  the  Ethic  of  pure  Reason  and  the  moral  scheme 
of  Christianity.  So  alike  indeed  are  they,  that  in  Germany 
they  are  usually  taken  to  be  the  same ;  only  it  is  said  in  the  case 
of  holy  writ,  the  doctrines  are  historical,  whereas,  in  the 
hands  of  our  author,  morals  have  been  ushered  into  public  view 
arrayed  in  the  vestment  of  a  strictly  scientific  garb. 

Now,  to  facilitate  the  understanding  of  what  the  Germans 
mean  by  saying  that  a  theory  may  be  subjectively-historical, 
although  at  the  same  time  objectively -rational,  let  us  take  for  a 
moment  a  supposed  example  from  a  more  familiar  science.  Let 
it,  for  instance,  be  granted  that  the  modern  Cophts  had  forgotten 
their  mathematics,  and  that,  to  reinstruct  them  in  that  geometry 
which  once  sprang  from  Egypt,  our  Royal  Society  should  depute 
some  of  their  body  to  make  a  landing  at  Alexandria,  and  there 
instruct  the  Cophts  in  the  long-forgotten  doctrines  of  their  fa- 
thers. Then  suppose  farther,  that  the  learned  men  thus  com- 
missioned should,  to  prevent  these  barbarians  from  again  letting 
drop  out  of  mind  the  truths  of  geometry,  think  fit  to  record 
their  proceedings  in  a  book ;  and,  to  object  the  memory  of  it  )'et 
more  to  their  minds,  should  farther  cut  the  fields  into  the  dia- 
grams needed  for  the  demonstrations,  intersecting  the  soil  with 
circular,  elliptic,  or  parabolic  segments  of  canals,  as  the  case 
might  be  ;  and  that  the  book  of  geometry  should  be  made  spe- 
cially to  refer  to  these  local  figures  i  then  would  the  Cophts 
have  a  historical  and  local  geometry,  and  such  geometry  would 
be  QUITE  TRUE,  for  it  would  contain  the  scientific  in  it,  and  the 
one  would  not  be  contrary  to  the  other ;  so  that  a  Copht,  who 
had  begun  and  ended  his  geometric  studies  by  help  of  the  his- 
toric VOLUME,  and  had  seen  the  requisite  configurations  of  space 
in  the  local  diagrams  of  his  country  and  its  canals,  would 
nevertheless  have  in  him  as  sound  and  exact  a  geometry  as  any 
other  person,  who,  apart  from  any  such  historical  and  local  ve- 
hicle, had  entered  at  once  on  a  course  of  purely  scientific  ma- 
thematics. The  Cophts,  however,  being  barbarous,  might  long 
think  that  the  knowledge  of  geometry  adhered  to  these  local  con- 
figurations, and  was  inseparable  from  them,  and  could  have  no  es- 
tablisbmpnt  anart  f'-^ro  tlipir  written  book,  until,  in  due  course  of 


APPENDIX.  ,  351 

time,  some  mathematician  of  a  more  independent  order  of  think- 
ing might  arise,  to  whom  it  would  become  manifest  that  all  this 
geometry  had  its  ground  and  evidence  in  naked  reason  ;  and 
this  insight  being  gained,  he  would  observe  that  the  historical 
and  local  geometry  might  be  dispensed  with,  although  quite  true  ; 
and  that  the  main  value  the  Royal  Society's  record  could  have 
had,  must  have  been  that  of  subserving  the  purpose  of  a  vehi- 
cle to  introduce  the  pure  science.  For  tl>e  pure  science,  being 
once  attained,  would  continue  to  subsist  by  itself,  and  on  its 
own  evidence. 

In  exactly  the  same  way,  it  may  perhaps  (Kant  would  say) 
be  a  matter  of  fact  that  mankind  had  forgotten  the  ethical 
SYSTEM,  and  that  it  was  necessary  for  a  celestial  intelligent 
of  most  exalted  rank  to  appear  on  earth,*  at  a  time  when  we 
were  ignorant,  "  dead  in  trespasses  and  sins"  nay,  even  this  per- 
son's enemies,  by  the  antipathy  obtaining  betwixt  our  maxims 
of  conduct  and  his ;  and  that  this  supra-terrestrial  Being  taught 
the  only  true  solution  of  the  question  of  the  sum  mum  bonum, 
and  brought  under  our  notice  the  doctrine  of  an  invisible  and 
supersensible  state,  called  the  kingdom  of  God,  which  two 
points,  the  beginning  and  end  of  ethics,  do  covertly  imply  a 
whole  system  of  that  science ; — that  he  presented  farther,  in 
his  own  deportment,  a  sensible  outline  and  configuration  of  that 
ethic  he  had  taught, — rose  moreover  from  the  dead,  and  re- 
turned whence  he  came,  thereby  shadowing  forth  a  diagram  of 
that  immortality,  he  first  brought  to  light,  as  an  ethical  element 
needed  for  the  solution  of  the  dialectical  difficulties  attaching 
to  the  question  of  the  summum  bonum ; — then  all  this  being  re- 
corded in  a  book,  and  his  example,  of  which  his  benevolent  ad- 
vent would  be  great  part,  being  narrated,  would  give  a  histori- 

•  Unquestionably,  the  cogitation, — that  such  godlike  person  was  from 
'  everlasting  possessed  of  this  excelsity  and  beatitude ;  that  of  these  he 
voluntarily  divested  himself  for  the  sake  of  the  unworthy,  even  for  his 
enemies,  in  order  to  rescue  them  from  everlasting  ruin, — is  a  thought 
that  must  tkterniine  our  minds  to  admiration,  love,  and  graiitude  to- 
ward him.     {Religion,  p.  (lO.) 


35S  APPENDIX. 

cal  and  local  ethic;  and  this  ethic  would  be  quite  true,  for 
it  would  contain  the  scientific  in  it,  and  the  only  mistake  man- 
kind might  perhaps  commit,  would  be  the  supposing  that  there 
could  be  no  ethic  apart  from,  and  unconnected  with,  the  narra- 
tive, until  at  length  a  philosopher  of  a  higher  order  became  ob- 
servant that  all  this  ethic  had  its  ground  and  authority  in  naked 
reason  ;  that  the  belief  in  an  invisible  kingdom  of  God*  could 
be  arrived  at  by  an  investigation  a  priori ;  that  this  cogitation 
is,  strictly  speaking,  not  knowledge,  but  a  faith  ;  and  that, 
apart  from  this  ethical  faith  in  a  higher  and  supersensible  order 
of  things,  it  is  idle  to  hope  rationally  for  any  moral  con- 
duct, although  fanatically  we  may,  as  the  Stoics  did.  And 
when  once  this  a  priori  insight  was  attained,  the  history,  al- 
ihough perfectly  true,  might,  as  a  mere  vehicle,  be  dispened  with. 
The  HISTORICAL  BELIEF  would,  it  is  clear,  not  be  contrary  to,  or 
inconsistent  with,  the  pure  a  priori  ethical  belief  ;  and  who- 
ever should  begin  a  good  life,  from  Scripture,  or  from  the  de- 
monstrated theory,  would  have  eventually  the  self-same  moral 
character :  acting,  in  the  one  case,  from  the  immediate  represent- 
ing of  the  law, — in  the  other,  from  the  law  made  exhibitive  in  the 
example.f  And  if  this  opinion  be  correct,  then  it  may  with  the 
greatest  propriety  be  affirmed,  not  only  that  reason  and  reve- 
lation are  in  the  greatest  harmony,  but  that  they  are  absolutely 
identic 

Herein,  then,  consists  the  rationalism  of  divines  in  Germany. 
It  consists  in  holding  the  identity  of  the  historical  with  the  ethi- 

•  Kant's  Ideal  Empire  of  Ends-in-Themselves,  p.  83  of  the  foregoing 
translation. 

•^  A  living  belief  in  the  Son  of  God  is  standard  and  spring  at  once. 
•  •  *  But,  on  the  contrary,  the  belief  in  this  self-same  archetype  in 
his  phenomenon, — as  God-man, — is  a  posteriori  and  historical,  and  so  not 
identic  with  the  a  priori  principles  of  reason.  •  *  •  And  yet  in  his 
phenomenon,  it  is  not  that  of  him  falling  under  sense,  but  that  in  him 
which  corresponds  to  the  ethical  archetype  latent  in  our  own  reason,  that 
is,  properly  speaking,  the  object  of  saving  and  justifying  faith  ;  and  such 
a  faith  is  quite  identic  with  the  principles  of  a  walk  and  conversation 
acceptable  to  God.     {Religion,  p.  174.) 


APPENDIX.  S58 

cal  belief,  where,  however,  what  are  mere  historical  details,  are 
deemed  to  be  no  more  than  a  vehicle  for  the  latter.  With  this 
explanation,  we  are  in  a  condition  to  fix  precisely  the  meaning 
of  the  words, — naturalism,  rationalism,  and  supra-ra- 
TioNALisM.  If  a  man  deny  altogether  the  possibility  of  such  a 
historical  vehicle,  then  he  is  a  naturalist.  If  he  admit  a  his- 
toric promulgation  of  ethic  and  religion,  but  contend  that  the 
history  can  be  no  more  than  a  mere  vehicle,  then  he  is  a  ra- 
tionalist. Should  he  however  hold,  that  the  history  is  some- 
what more  than  a  mere  vehicle,  and  that  the  narrative  is  itself  a 
part  of  religion,  or  perhaps  of  ethic,  then  he  is  a  supra-ra- 
tionalist. 

Kant  was  a  Rationalist.  He  invariably  admitted  the  possibility 
of  a  revelation,  but  maintained  that  such  historical  belief  could 
be  nothing  more  than  a  mere  vehicle  toward  the  ethical.  As  a 
rationalist,  indeed,  he  was,  by  his  very  assuming  such  a  name, 
compelled  to  abide  within  the  bounds  of  all  rational  insight. 
Hence  he  never  did,  as  the  Naturalists,  deny  or  dispute  the  pos- 
sibility of  revelation,  nor  yet  the  necessity  of  such  a  thing 
as  a  divine  means  towards  the  introduction  of  a  true  religious 
feith.  He  left,  on  the  contrary,  ample  room  for  Supra-rational- 
ism,  and  even  said  the  ethical  faith  leaves  a  man  always  open 
/or  the  historical,  in  ^o  far  as  he  find  this  last  conducive  to  the 
enlivening  of  his  pure  moral  and  religiotis  sentiments,  which  belief 
can  alone  in  this  way  have  any  inward  moral  worth,  as  it  is  then 
free,  and  unextorted  by  any  threat.* 

The  Translator  inclines  to  the  opinion  of  the  Supra-rationalists, 
and  takes  the  historical  faith  to  be  itself  a  part  of  religion.  All 
religion  is  a  doctrine  of  duty  ;  and  in  his  opinion  this  duty  may 
affect  the  will  in  a  twofold  manner.  The  duty  arising  out  of  the 
historical  belief  must,  of  course,  be  represented  as  autonomic,  and 
cannot  be  represented  as  founded  simply  on  a  divine  command- 
ment ;  for  then  the  imperative  would  be  no  more  than  an  ecclesi- 
astical statute  for  the  behoof  of  a  church.  The  historical  faith, 
therefore,  although ^c?e*  imperata,  must  be  Wkew'i&e  fides  historice 
elicita.\    First,  then,  it  is  clear  that  the  history  of  Christ's  advent, 

•  RtHgion,  p.  281.  f  Jbid.  p.  247-250. 


Sbi  APPENDIX. 

death,  and  departure, — the  mbssianic-historical,  orBiBLicAi, 
BELIEF,  as  commonly  understood, — being  admitted,  the  obUgation 
of  gratitude  toward  him  is  immediately  constituted ;  and  this  ob- 
ligation is  imposed  by  a  man's  own,  and  so  by  even/ other  reason, 
e.g.  THE  DIVINE.  Acknowledgment  and  thanks  can  no  longer 
be  paid  to  Christ  personally,  and  can  therefore  only  be  discharged 
by  active  gratitude  toward  our  fellow-men.  Regarded  in  thie 
light,  it  is  one  of  the  duties  of  religion  to  advance  the  ends  of 
our  fellow-men,  out  of  gratitude  to  Christ.  A  determination  of 
will  of  this  sort,  where  we  reproduce  in  ourselves  a  transcript  of 
Christ's  friendship  for  us,  superadds  sympathy  to  that  practical 
reverence,  whereunto  we  are  naturally  beholden  by  the  law,  and 
ought  to  be  represented  as  a  determination  of  will  sui  generis,  i.  e. 
one  made  possible  singly  by  the  history — of  divine  command- 
ment, and  yet  most  entirely  free  and  autonomic, — A  new  com- 
mandment, &c.*     {John,  xiii.  34.) 

Second,  In  respect  of  the  determination  of  will  by  the  idea  of 
the  summum  bonum.  A  Supra-rationalist  would  hold,  that  such 
immortality,  and  access  to  the  kingdom  of  God,  are  put  within 
our  reach,  by  what  Christ  did  and  suffered  for  mankind,  for  the 
full  and  plenary  gaining  of  this  last  end, — restoration  to  our  lost 
inheritance, — is  represented  in  holy  writ,|  as  the  fruit  of  Christ's 
having  expurgated  man's  infraction  of  the  law.  When  therefore 
an  individual  determines  his  will  by  the  idea  of  the  summum  bo- 
num, he  will,  if  a  believer  in  the  history,  think  it  a  duty  to  super- 
add to  the  bare  ethical  representation,  and  to  the  adoration  of  the 
Godhead  involved  in  this  second  determination  of  will,  the  imme- 
diate emotion  of  gratitude  toward  Christ.  This  latter  state  of  will 
seems  to  be  that  spoken  of  by  Peter  the  apostle,  in  his  first  chapter 
of  his  first  epistle,  v.  3-9,  and  in  the  doxologies  to  Christ  in  the 
Apocalypse.   In  this  opinion  the  Translator  is  supported  by  know- 

-  •  James  on  Christian  Charity, — a  book  which,  though  containing  much 
to  which  no  Kantist  can  subscribe,  has  nevertheless  the  advantage  of 
representing  the  study  of  the  character  of  Christ  as  fitted  to  beget,  esta- 
blish, and  make  permanent,  a  benevolent  determination  of  will  of  a  par- 
ticular sort. 

•f  Warburton,  Div.  Leg.  book  ix. 


APPENDIX.  356 

ing,  that  all  orthodox  divines  have  concurred  in  representing  the 
scriptural  spring  to  active  virtue,  as  the  hope  of  that  everlasting 
life  and  blessedness  which  God  has  prepared  for  the  just  in  hea- 
ven. They  only  neglected  to  state  what  Kant  has  insisted  on  in 
his  dialectic  of  the  summum  bonum,  that  in  this  representation  of 
immortality  the  moral  law  is  covertly  involved,  and  that  the 
law  is  in  truth  still  the  formal  determinator  of  the  will,  even  while 
fixed  on  the  summum  bonum  as  its  matter  and  last  end.  These 
obligations  of  gratitude  ought  not  to  be  discharged  grudgingly, 
or  as  a  burden,  but  ought  to  be  joyously  undertaken  and  gone 
through  as  a  high  ethical  advantage,  assisting  us  to  cultivate  the 
virtues  of  charity  and  humanity,  and  so  to  conjoin  *'  the  warmth 
of  an  affection  with  the  stability  of  principle." 

These  distinctions  may  seem  to  some  too  shadowy.  They  are 
notwithstanding  of  great  moment,  as  they  go  to  prevent  the  his- 
torical faith  from  being  so  mistaken,  as  to  issue  in  heteronomy, 
and  are  completely  in  harmony  with  the  spirit  and  genius  of 
Kant's  system, — the  only  difference  betwixt  the  Author  and  his 
Translator  being,  that  the  former  would  hold  the  historical  belief 
optional,  whereas,  in  the  opinion  of  the  latter,  it  is  commanded. 

The  possibility  of  such  a  divine  commandment  seems  to  be  ad- 
mitted, at  least  not  denied,  at  p.  249  of  the  Religion  Innerhalb  ; 
but  in  the  Streit  der  FacuUdten^  p.  107,  we  find  Kant  maintain- 
ing, that  to  suppose  the  historical  faith  incumbent  as  a  duty,  is 
SUPERSTITION, — a  position  which  he  certainly  ought  to  have  ad- 
vanced in  his  work  on  religion,  had  he  held  that  opinion  in  1794, 
instead  of  introducing  it,  for  the  first  time,  almost  as  an  obiter 
dictum,  in  a  small  pamphlet  published  in  1798, — a  pamphlet 
which  otherwise  could  scarcely  ever  have  been  regarded  as  con- 
stituting any  part  of  his  philosophic  system.  This  opinion  he 
did  not  even  hold  in  1796,  when  his  ethic  first  came  out ;  for  the 
possibility  of  positive  divine  commandments  is  therein  twice  over 
expressly  admitted,  which  he  could  not  have  done,  had  he  then 
been  persuaded  that  to  believe  in  a  narrated  imperative 
(^tJie  essence  whereof  must  be  to  command,  inter  alia,  itself  to  be  be- 
lieved), was  a  superstitious  or  heathenish  creed.  The  Streit  der 
Facultdten  is,  however,  a  work  to  which  the  Translator  is  not  in- 
clined to  pay  much  attention,  partly  from  the  great  age  of  the 


856  APPENDIX. 

author,  who,  at  any  rate,  was  then  bordering  on  dotage,  and  had 
previously  complained  that  he  was  incapacitated  for  abstract 
thinking ;  and  partly  because  the  preface,  if  not  open  exactly  to 
the  odious  charge  of  wilful  .lying,  shows  that  Kant  had  lately 
been  making  ample  use  of  the  privilege  claimed  in  his  Elements 
of  Law  (p.  202  of  the  foregoing  Translation),  to  say  what  he  liked, 
whether  true  or  untrue.  But  if  our  philosopher  was  capable  of 
prevaricating  or  equivocating  with  his  king  on  the  subject  of 
Christianity,  we  must  watch  with  great  jealousy  any  conclusion 
he  may  have  arrived  at,  while  labouring  under  so  gross  a  bias, 
more  especially  when  contrary  to  the  hitherto  acknowledged  spi- 
rit of  his  system.  It  is  matter  of  great  regret  to  the  Translator 
to  find  himself  compelled  to  call  in  question  the  candour  of  an 
individual  for  whom  he  entertains  so  high  an  admiration  ;  but  it 
is  needless  to  cloak  the  notorious  infirmity  or  depravity  even  of 
those  whom  we  would  willingly  regard  as  the  best  of  men.  The 
Translator  considers  it  due  to  the  reader  to  acquaint  him  with 
this  circumstance,  *  so  as  to  enable  him  the  better  to  make  up 
his  mind  in  judging  for  himself  betwixt  the  two  conflicting  theo~ 
ries  of  the  rationalists  and  supra-rationalists. 

It  is,  however,  interesting  to  know  what  the  objections  or  dif- 
ficulties are,  opposed  by  Kant  to  the  possibility  of  a  positive  di- 
vine commandment.  There  seems  to  have  been  with  Kant  a 
double  obstacle  ;  the  first  turns  on  the  question  of  the  expurgation 
of  sins,  the  second,  on  the  imagination  that  the  historical  belief 
could  add  nothing  to  any  man's  moral  character. — First,  it  is  usual- 
ly supposed  that  reason  leaves  us  totally  in  the  dark  as  to  the  want 
of  our  own  righteousness,  and  the  forgiveness  of  our  sins.  But  this 
is  not  the  case.  It  is  no  doubt  quite  true  that  reason  cannot  tell 
whether  an  atonement  may  be  required  or  not.  But  reason  can 
say  thus  much,  that  if  any  such  atonement  be  at  all  needed,  then 
since  man  cannot  perform  it  for  himself,  and  since  he  cannot 
make  what  he  has  done  undone,  then  this  redemption  from  evil, 
if  any,  must  be  done  by  some  one  for  him,  i.  e.  must  be  entirely 

*  The  whole  details  of  this  story  are  to  be  found  in  Blackwood'' $  Ma- 
gazine for  August  1830.  The  castigation  there  administered  is  severe, 
but  just. 


APPENDIX.  367 

and  altogether  gratis.  There  can  therefore  be  no  gift  of 
righteousness  to  be  accepted  by  man,  but  rather  that  righteous- 
ness, if  any  such  there  be,  must  be  gratuitously  adjudged  to 
his  accoimt  by  the  upholder  of  the  moral  law,  and  the  forgive- 
ness of  sins  cannot  possibly  be  clogged  with  any  condition  what- 
soever. That  this  is  what  reason  teaches,  and  indeed  must 
teach,  on  this  subject,  appears  everywhere  from  Kant's  writings 
on  religion.  But  continental  commentators  on  the  gospel  have 
generally  represented  the  expurgation  of  sins,  as  conditioned, 
either  by  faith,  or  by  acceptance  of  the  pardon,  or  by  repentance  ; 
and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  Kant  saw  in  this  doctrine  a  tenet 
directly  militating  against  what  he  knew  upon  grounds  a  priori 
to  be  one  of  the  ethical  notices  of  reason ;  *  and  therefore  event- 
ually issuing  in  superstition  and  hypocrisy, — a  stumbling-block, 
that  at  once  vanishes  the  moment  we  become  aware  that  the  ex- 
purgation of  sins  is  absolutely  gratuitous,  "  being  justified  gratis 

*  I  lay  down  this  position  as  requiring  no  proof.     Every  thing  mak- 

KIND  FANCIES  HE  CAN  DO,  OVER  AND  ABOVE  GOOD  MORAL  CONDUCT, 
IN  ORDER    TO    MAKE  HIMSELF  ACCEPTABLE    TO    GOD,    IS    MERE    FALSE 

WORSHIP  or  THE  Deity.  I  Say,  whatever  man  fancies  he  can  do  ;  for 
that  something,  beyond  all  our  exertions,  may  lie  in  the  mysteries  of 
supreme  wisdom,  possible  to  be  performed  by  God  alone,  and  making  us 
acceptable  in  his  sight,  is  not  denied  by  me.  But  even  if  the  church 
were  to  promulgate,  as  revealed,  any  such  mystery,  still  the  opinion,  that 
to  believe  in  this  revelation,  as  taught  in  the  sacred  volume,  and  to  con- 
fess, whether  inwardly  or  outwardly,  such  belief,  were  anywhat  in  itself 
rendering  us  acceptable  to  God,  would  be  a  dangerous  delusion  in  reli- 
gion. For  thit  belief,  considered  as  the  inward  self-confession  of  one's 
stedfast  conviction,  is  so  certainly  an  act,  extorted  by  fear,  that  an 
honest  upright  man  would  rather  accept  any  other  condition  ;  because 
all  outward  ceremonial  worship,  mankind  can  regard  as  only  somewhat 
supererogatory  to  be  gone  through ;  whereas  here  he  violates  his  con- 
science,  by  declaring  in  its  presence  what  he  is  not  {and  cannot  become  ? 
Tr.)  convinced  of.  The  confession,  therefore,  with  regard  to  which,  he 
persuades  himself,  that  it  {at  the  acceptance  of  a  proffered  boon)  will  make 
him  acceptable  to  God,  is  somewhat  which  he  imagines  he  can  do,  in  ad- 
dition to  the  moral  conduct  that  the  law  ordains  him  to  execute  in  the 
world,  and  which  is  done  for  the  worship  of  God  singly. — (Religion,  p. 
260-61.) 


368  APPENDIX. 

by  hisgrace,"(ii?o»?.iii.24) — and  that,  too,  whether  we  regard  this 
redemption  from  evil  negatively,  as  a  mere  remission  of  the  pains 
of  law,  ov  positively,  as  moreover  an  investiture  with  righteousness, 
whereby  we  become  fully  conformable  to  the  law,  and  so  alto- 
gether acceptable  in  the  sight  of  God.  That  interpretation 
which  makes  the  well-known  words — the  righteousness  of  God — 
signify  our  plenary,  and  not  merely  supplementary,  conformity 
to  law,  by  a  divine  work — is,  under  any  aspect,  incompatible  with 
Kant's  system,  L  e.  with  reason,  and  may  therefore  be  passed 
over  by  all  Kantists,  without  any  farther  remark. 

With  regard  to  Kant's  second  objection,  it  is  obvious  that 
Kant  must  speak  ah  ignoranlia ;  for  having  been  an  unbeliever 
in  the  history,  he  could  not  know  whether  a  practical  assent 
to  it  would  support  or  overthrow  his  morality.  That  great  ad- 
vantages are  to  be  derived  from  a  lively  belief  in  the  narrative, 
is  an  opinion  very  widely  spread  and  very  commonly  entertain- 
ed, and  is  what  has  just  been  affirmed  by  the  Translator.  We 
may  therefore  regard  this  also  as  disposed  of.  Although,  un- 
doubtedly, if  any  one  should  find  the  historical  belief  prejudicial 
to  his  ethical  estate, — as  has  by  some  been  asserted, — it  would 
be  impossible  for  such  a  person  to  represent  to  himself  the  Chris- 
tian faith  as  an  incumbent  duty. 

Books  have  been  written  to  show  that  the  practical  effects  of 
vital  Christianity  excel  those  of  bare  Rationalism  ;  and  this  has 
probably  been  done  with  a  view  not  only  to  extol  the  Chris- 
tian dispensation,  but  likewise  to  contradict  what  Kant  has  said 
at  page  24,  Of  the  Groundwork,  of  the  strength  of  the  unaided 
energies  of  reason.  But  it  is  clear  that  no  duty  can  be  founded 
on  any  by-views  of  advantage  or  disadvantage;  and  even  when 
it  is  admitted  that  religious  determinations  of  will,  do  lend  an 
added  force  to  its  inward  mobile  ;  still,  because  such  determina- 
tions of  will  are  adopted  singly  out  of  regard  had  to  the  au- 
thority of  an  unconditionally-necessitating  commandment,  and 
since,  in  such  material  determinations,  the  moral  law  is  at  all 
times  covertly  involved,  there  is  no  need  to  depart  from  the  fun- 
damental position  that  the  naked  moral  law  is  by  far  the  mighti- 
est spring  to  action.  Besides,  Kant  never  intended  to  say  that 
the  primary  emotion   reverence  could  not   be  supported  and 


APPENDIX.  359 

sustained  by  being  conjoined  with  one  or  other  of  the  second- 
ary emotions,  such  as  an  emotion  of  beauty,*  or  a  feeling  of  bene- 
volence. However,  where  no  reverence  has  gone  before,  there 
a  secondary  emotion  is  good  for  nothing  ;  and  the  culture  of  gra- 
titude ought  to  be  conducted  upon  system  as  a  point  of  duty, 
not  at  hap-hazard  as  an  affair  of  taste. 

In  addition  to  the  two  above-mentioned  objections,  Kant 
suggests  sundry  minor  and  special  others,  such  as,  that  belief 
cannot  fall  under  an  imperative  at  all,  and  that  the  essentials 
of  religion  must  needs  consist  in  that  only  of  it  which  is  apriori ; 
and  that  therefore  the  history  being  a  posteriori,  must  of  neces- 
sity be  extra-essential,  though  not  upon  that  account  imma- 
terial or  superfluous.  German  theologians  posterior  to  Kant  have 
endeavoured  to  show  that  there  is  no  truth  in  the  history  at  all ; 
and  unquestionably  in  this  way  the  whole  debate  betwixt  Ra- 
tionalism and  Supra-rationalism  is  expunged.  Gesenius,  in  his 
commentary  on  Isaiah,  and  De  Wette  on  Daniel,f  have  exerted 
themselves  to  dry  up  Christianity  in  its  sources,  i.  e.  in  the  Mes- 
sianic prophecies  ;  and  Schleiermacher  on  Luke  has  registered 
the  contradictions  discoverable  in  the  Gospels.  The  researches 
of  a  future  age  will  doubtless  bring  what — to  this  extent— is  a 
mere  affair  of  historical  inquiry,  to  a  final  and  satisfactory  re- 
sult. Meanwhile,  the  Translator  has  held  himself  bound  to  state 
what  he  conceives  to  be  immediate  obligations  springing  from 
the  historic  narrative,  the  truth  of  that  narrative  being  presup- 
posed. 

*  Critik  d.  Urtheilskraft,  p.  51.  The  union  of  taste  with  reason  serves 
as  an  underground  for  adding  a  self-maintaining  and  balancing  mental 
equilibrium  to  that  cast  of  thought  which  is  only  to  be  acquired  by  toil 
and  labour  .  .  .  Properly  speaking,  neither  does  the  notion  perfec- 
tion gain  by  the  perception  beauty,  nor  beauty  by  perfection  ;  but  the 
collective  representative  faculty  gains  in  force  when  both  understanding 
and  sense  are  brought  into  harmony. 

•f  Daniel  in  Ersch  and  Gruber's  Encyclopadie. 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  THE  APPENDIX. 


There  is  in  the  Advocates'  Library  a  German  abridgment,  by  an  Ano- 
nymous Writer,  of  Kant'B  Religion.  It  is  bound  up  in  the  same  volume 
with  Kant's  Prize  Essay.  What  follows  is  the  first  two  chapters  of 
Kant's  Book,  thus  sketched  in  marginal  outline  by  his  Commentator. 


Chapter  I. 

ON  THE  DEFLECTION  OF  THE  WILL  FROM  THE  LAW. 
§1. 

That  the  world  lieth  in  wickedness,  is  a  very  old  complaint. 
All  histories  give  the  world,  at  its  outset,  a  good  beginning ; 
but  then  they  come  on  the  instant  to  a  lapse,  and  talk  of  a  de- 
scent, with  accelerated  speed,  into  evil. 

§2. 
'  In  modern  days,  philosophers  and  pedagogues  have  good-na- 
turedly embraced  the  contrary  to  that  opinion,  and  maintained 
that  the  world  is  perpetually  on  the  march  toward  a  better  and 
a  better  state,  for  which  advance  toward  perfection  the  sub- 
stratum exists  in  the  nature  of  man. 

§3. 
'  In  this  embarrassed  state  of  the  matter,  it  occurs  to  every  one 
to  put  the  question,  Whether  or  not  there  may  not  be  room  for 
holding  that  man  is  by  nature  neither  good  nor  bad  ?  or,  other- 
wise, for  asserting  that  mankind  is  both  of  them  at  once,  i.  e. 
good  sometimes,  and  at  other  times  evil  ? 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  361 

§4. 
To  judge  by  observation  and  experience,  this  last  would  seem 
the  correct  opinion.     But  when  weighed  in  the  balance  of  pure 
reason,  man's  character  must  be  otherwise  estimated. 

§5. 
This  more  rigid  and  rigorous  estimation  rises  upon  this  posi- 
tion, a  position  of  the  first  moment  in  ethics,  that  our  free 
choice  can  never  be  determined  by  any  spring  to  any  act,  ex- 
cept so  far  forth  as  we  have  adopted  such  spring  into  our 
maxim ;  i.  e.  have  stated  it  as  a  universal,  according  to  which 
we  will  to  conduct  ourselves.  ' 

§6. 
The  moral  law  is  of  itself  the  all-sufficient  spring  of  will,  and 
he  who  has  established  it  as  his  maxim  is  morally  good.  Who- 
so acts  not  according  to  it  has  not  made  it  his  maxim,  but  has, 
by  consequence,  made  some  other  spring  different  from  the  law 
his  maxim,  and  so  is  morally  bad.  The  sentiment  of  mankind 
is  therefore  never  indifferent  relatively  to  the  law  ;  and  he  ne- 
ver can  be  neither  good  nor  evil. 

§7. 
In  like  manner,  mankind  cannot  be  in  some  points  of  charac- 
ter morally  good,  while  he  is  at  the  same  time  in  others  evil ; 
for  is  he  in  any  point  good,  then  the  moral  law  is  his  maxim ; 
but  is  he  likewise,  at  the  same  time,  in  some  other  points  bad, 
then  quoad  these,  the  moral  law  is  not  his  maxim.  But  since 
that  law  is  one  and  universal,  and  as  it  commands  in  one  act  of 
life,  so  in  all,  then  the  maxim  referring  to  it  would  be  at  once 
universal  and  particular,  which  is  a  contradiction. 

§8. 

That  one  or  other  of  these  sentiments  belongs  to  man  at  his 
birth  by  nature,  does  not  mean  to  say  that  the  man  who  holds 
such  sentiments  is  not  their  author,  but  simply  that  he  has  not 
at  any  time  acquired  them  ;  i.  e.  that  his  good  or  evil  must  be 


362  POSTSCRIPT   TO  APPENDIX. 

placed  as  a  ground  in  him  prior  to  all  experimental  exercise  of 
his  freedom,  and  hence  comes  in  this  way  to  be  represented 
as  already  co-existent  with  him  at  his  birth,  not  as  if  his  birth 
were  the  cause  of  it. 

§9. 

What  then  are  we  to  say  of  man  ?  Is  he  by  nature  good 
or  evil  ? 

§  10. 

The  originary  predispositions  of  our  nature  which  immediate- 
ly refer  to  will  and  the  determinableness  of  choice,  are  these. 

(1.)  The  substratum  of  man's  animality  as  a  living  being. 

(2.)  The  substratum  of  his  humanity  as  a  living  and  also 
intelligent  being. 

(3.)  The  substratum  of  his  personality  as  an  intelligent  and 
accountable  being. 

§  11  and  12. 
Man's  animality  may  be  all  fitly  comprehended  under  the  title 
of  mechanical,  instinctive  self-love.  There  are  three  branches 
of  it ;  the  love  of  life,  of  sex,  and  of  society.  On  these  appetites 
may  be  ingrafted  every  virtue,  as  also  every  vice.  These  last, 
when  in  extreme,  beget  the  beastly  vices,  gluttony,  licentious- 
ness, and  lawless  violence. 

§  13  and  14. 

The  predisposition  for  humanity  may  be  classed  under  the 
head  of  rational,  comparative  self-love  ;  for  which  theoretic  rea- 
son is  required.  On  it  is  grafted  the  civilized  vices  of  envy,  in- 
gratitude, and  malice,  which  are  also  called  devilish  vices. 

§  15. 

Man's  predisposition  for  personality,  is  his  susceptibility  for 
that  reverence  toward  the  moral  law,  which  (reverence)  is  suf- 
ficient to  constitute  the  law  the  determinator  of  his  free  re- 
solves  (susceptibility  for   reverence   toward   the    law   is    the 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  363 

moral  sense).  This  reverence  can  only  by  force  of  freedom 
become  the  determinator  of  an  actual  volition ;  but  the  ability 
to  make  it  such  requires  a  substratum  in  humanity,  whereupon 
nothing  evil  can  be  grafted.  Now  this  power,  inseparable  from 
pure  practical  reason,  is  the  immediate  substratum  of  human 
nature  for  morality. 

§16. 
These  three  predispositions  are  all  originary,  as  they  belong 
to  the  possibility  of  the  nature  of  man.  They  are  not  only  good, 
so  far  as  they  are  in  nowise  contrary  to  the  moral  law  ;  but 
they  are  even  substrata  towards  excellence  ;  i.  e.  they  advance 
the  observance  and  execution  of  the  law. 

§  17. 

By  evil  is  understood  the  irrationality,  not  of  an  appetite,  but 
of  a  free  resolve  ;  and  to  such  evil  there  is  no  predisposition  in 
human  nature  at  all  conceivable.  But  the  ground  of  the  possi- 
bility of  evil  must  be  figured  as  originating  from  man's  own  free- 
dom, and  entailed  by  him  upon  himself;  and  such  ground  must 
of  necessity  be  cogitated  for  the  behoof  of  an  ethical  judgment. 

§18. 
This  adopted  and  self-entailed  ground  of  the  possibility  of 
evil  consists  in  an  act  of  freedom,  which  is  itself  already  evil, 
which  act  is  the  ground  of  merely  evil  acts  of  freedom.  It  is  a 
("  Hang")  proneness  to  evil,  somewhat  noway  belonging  to  the 
possibility  of  a  man,  but  which,  as  self-entailed  by  all  men  on 
themselves,  now  belongs  to  his  actuality,  and  is  so  far  natural, 
though  not  original ;  upon  which  account  mankind  comes  to  be 
regarded  as  by  nature  evil. 

§19. 

Since  now  the  inward  character  of  the  ethically  good  or  evil 
consists  in  the  will's  maxims,  i.  e.  in  the  general  rules  which  a 
person  prescribes  and  appoints  by  freedom  to  himself,  and  by 
which  rules  he  makes  either  the  law,  or  an  emotion  of  pleasure 


364  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

or  pain  apart  from  the  law,  the  determinator  of  his  free  resolve  : 
it  results  that  the  adventitious,  self-entailed  ground  of  the  pos- 
sibility of  evil,  i.  e.  that  the  {Hang)  bias  to  evil  consists  in  an 
evil  maxim,  which  is  the  groundwork  of  all  other  evil  maxims, 
and  may  be  cogitated  as  a  universal  evil  maxim,  under  which 
the  particular  evil  maxims  are  subsumed. 

§20. 
This  universal  maxim,  by  adopting  which  the  ("  Hang")  bias 
to  evil  is  entailed,  consists  in  the  free  and  general  resolve  occa- 
sionally to  swerve  from  the  moral  law ;  and  by  force  of  such 
maxim,  the  {Hang)  bias  to  evil  precedes  every  act  pointing  to  a 
given  object  of  choice,  as  that  evil  act  whereby  man  has  corrupt- 
ed his  will,  and  is  himself  become  evil.  As  the  root  of  all  other 
evil  in  man,  this  {Hang)  bias  to  evil,  residing  in  the  universal 
evil  maxim,  is  called  the  radical  evil  of  human  nature. 

§21. 
There  may  be  three  different  grades  of  this  proneness  to  evil : 
(1.)  Frailty  in  not  adhering  to  good  maxims  once  for  all  deter- 
mined on ;  (2.)  Impurity,  or  the  mixing  up  evil  maxims  with 
the  good  ones ;  (3.)  Vitiosity,  the  (Hang)  proneness  to  act 
upon  simply  evil  maxims,  which  may  farther,  as  the  (Hang) 
bias  to  postpone  the  moral  springs  to  the  immoral,  be  called 
corruption,  and,  as  a  {Hang)  bias  to  invert  the  ethical  order  of 
the  springs  of  will,  may  be  called  the  perversity  or  perverted- 
NE5S  of  the  human  heart. 

§22. 
'  The  common  ground  whence  all  these  immoral  acts  spring 
cannot,  as  is  usually  done,  be  placed  in  the  sensory  and  its  ap- 
petites and  wants ;  for  they  have  no  immediate  tendency  to 
evil — nay,  they  afford  even  opportunity  to  good,  and  show  forth 
the  moral  sentiments  in  their  full  strength.  The  ground  of  the 
{Hang)  Bias  to  evil  cannot  therefore  be  found  in  man's  sensi- 
tive nature ;  and  how  varied  soever  it  may  be  by  climate,  consti- 
tution, &c.  the  sensory  contains  too  little  to  yield  such  a  result. 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  365 

§23. 

The  ground  of  this  evil  cannot  any  more  be  sought  in  a  cor- 
ruptedness  of  moral  legislative  reason,  as  if  reason  had  abrogat- 
ed and  defaced  the  authority  of  the  law,  and  rebelled  against 
the  obligation  founded  on  it ;  for  that  is  too  much,  and  perhaps 
impossible.  To  suppose  a  revolted  and  absolutely  wicked  will 
is  therefore  too  much,  and  goes  beyond  the  bias  {Hang)  to  evil, 
and  would  characterize  man  as  devilish. 

§24. 
Moral  evil  cannot  then  be  deduced  either  from  the  sensory, 
or  from  reason  ;  it  can,  however,  be  evolved  from  freedom,  and 
the  law  regulating  the  causality  of  the  will,  by  the  following  in- 
vestigation a  priori. 

§  23  and  26. 
By  virtue  of  the  predisposition  to  good,  the  moral  law  forces 
itself  irresistibly  on  the  will ;  and  were  no  other  springs  of  choice 
astir  in  the  mind,  man  would  unhesitatingly  adopt  it  into  his  su- 
preme maxim  of  conduct,  and  so  act.  According  to  the  con- 
stitution of  his  sensory,  pleasure  and  pain  are  no  less  necessary ; 
and  were  there  no  counter-springs,  he  would,  according  to  the 
principle  of  self-love,  follow  his  natural  instincts.  Were,  then, 
either  spring  alone,  mankind  would  adopt  and  make  it  the 
singly-suflficient  determinator  of  his  will,  and  so  be  in  the  one 
case  quite  good,  in  the  other  quite  evil.  §  26.  But  since  in 
the  human  mind  both  springs  are  naturally  united,  and  man 
adopts  both  into  his  maxim,  he  would,  if  the  moral  good  de- 
pended solely  on  the  diflFerence  of  the  two  springs,  be  at  once 
both  good  and  evil,  which,  however,  cannot  be  cogitated  without 
a  contradiction. 

§  27. 

The  moral  quality  of  the  will  depends,  therefore,  not  on  the 

difference  of  the  springs  man  has  adopted  into  his  maxims,  but 

in  the  subordination  which  his  freedom  has  introduced  among 

them  ;^for  since  they  cannot  subsist  along-side  of,  i.  e.  co-ordi- 


366  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

nated  to  one  another,  freedom  states  the  one  as  the  condition 
of  the  other,  the  one  as  means  to  the  other,  which  is  end. 

§28. 
Mankind  is  upon  this  account  only  evil,  in  so  far  as  he  per- 
verts the  ethic  order  of  his  springs  of  choice. 

§29. 
This  subordination  of  the  moral  law  to  the  principles  of  self- 
love,  is  the  original  sin  of  humanity,  from  which  all  other  evil 
actions  are  to  be  derived. 

§  30. 
This  insubordination  makes  itself  manifest,  in  so  far  as  man- 
kind counts  bare  legality  for  morality,  and  conversely  immorali- 
ty for  a  mere  illegality,  and  is  prone  to  take  the  absence  of  vice 
for  virtue,  and  its  presence  for  a  venial  fault.  This  insincerity 
in  deceiving  one's  self,  extends  itself  next  so  as  to  deceive  others, 
and  if  not  wickedness,  is  at  least  worthlessness. 

§31. 
The  actual  existence  of  a  ("  Hang")  Bias  adopted  by  freedom 
to  invert  the  order  of  the  springs  of  action,  can  only  be  elicited 
by  conscience's  impartial  judgment  of  itself.  But  this  judgment 
is  corroborated  by  a  host  of  examples,  which  history  and  ob- 
servation throw  into  our  hands. 

§  32  and  33. 
Examples.     North  American  Indians.     Wars  in  civilized  so- 
ciety.* 

•  Upon  this  peculiar  bia?  of  the  will  is  founded  an  obligation  lui  generis, 
i.  e.  one  owed  by  the  whole  human  race  to  itself,  viz.  to  enter  into  an 
Ethical  Society,  called  church,  where  all  mankind  are  rallied  round  the 
standard  of  the  law  for  the  purpose  of  upholding,  supporting,  and  advan- 
cing the  ethical  end  and  interests  of  their  whole  species. 

It  is  owing  to  this  aberration  of  the  will  from  the  law  that  the  state  of 
nature,  whether  juridical  or  ethical,  is  a  state  of  war,  and  that  each 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  367 

§36. 

The  radical  evil  rooted  in  human  nature  has  consequently,  as 
an  act  of  freedom,  no  origin  in  time ;  neither  can  it  be  deduced 
from  any  cause  different  from  freedom  ;  it  is  therefore  impene- 
trable. 

§4-1. 

The  incomprehensible  of  the  origin  of  evil  is  thus  expressed 
by  the  Scripture,  where  it  represents  evil  as  already  resident  in 

man,  before  entering  into  Society^  invades  either  the  outwakd  FaEEDOM 
of  his  neighbour,  i.  e.  his  rights  of  property,  or  overturns  his  ikwahd 
FREEDOM,  i.  e.  his  morality.  It  is"  merely  requisite  for  mankind  to  come 
together  to  awaken  mutually  in  one  another's  breasts  such  vices  as  envy, 
covetousness,  or  hate  ;  for  even  while  they  may  not  as  yet  seduce  one 
another  into  crime,  still  the  bare  presence  of  another  individual  is  of  it- 
self sufficient  to  bring  out  the  ethical  antagonism  of  both  their  wills.  The 
dictate  of  reason,  therefore,  is  to  quit  the  state  of  nature  and  combine  in 
society  ;  and  as  mankind  quitted  the  juridical  state  of  nature  and  enter- 
ed into  civil  society  to  secure  their  personal  freedom  and  rights,  so  rea- 
son in  like  manner  calls  upon  them  to  forsake  their  natural  estate  of  mu- 
tual ethical  hostility,  and  to  enter  into  an  universal  Ethical  Society  in  or- 
der to  protect  the  inward  freedom  of  the  race.  As  the  civil  common- 
wEALTH  is  called  a  state,  so  the  ethic  commonwealth  bears  a  pecu- 
liar name,  and  is  called  church. 

But  the  laws  of  the  Ecclesiastical  Society  cannot,  from  the  very  idea  of 
it,  be  OUTWARD,  i.  e.  forensic.  The  legislation  combining  all  mankind 
in  an  ethical  society  can  be  inward  only,  i.  e.  moral  ;  and  hence  no  one 
except  a  moral  lawgiver  can  be  regarded  as  at  the  head  of  such  ethical 
association,  combining  the  whole  family  of  man  under  one  common  mo- 
ral law. 

The  institution  of  a  church  is  upon  these  grounds  a  work  to  be  ex- 
pected not  so  much  from  man,  as  rather  to  be  undertaken  by  God  himself; 
and,  in  Kant's  opinion,  this  is  the  only  conceivable  case  where  reason  can 
allow  us  to  hold  that  there  is  room  to  figure  to  ourselves  the  Ethical  Le- 
gislator granting  us  his  divine  aid,  namely,  to  set  a  church  a  going, 
in  order  thereby  to  advance  the  ethical  ends  and  interests  of  us  mankind 
who  are  subjects  in  his  ethical  realm.  Consequently  it  is  a  duty  of  na- 
tural RELIGION,  not  alone  of  revealed,  to  become  a  member  of  the 
church,  ».  e.  of  the  universal  ethical  society,  and  that  too  whether  we  be- 
lieve the  church  to  be  a  positive  divine  institution|or_the  contrary.  (Tr.) 


368  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

a  spirit  of  a  lofty  and  excelse  nature,  and  man  as  only  become 
evil  by  being  seduced  into  it,  and  so  not  out  and  out  corrupted, 
but  as  still  capable  of  amendment,  and  where  there  is  yet  a  hope 
of  a  return  to  that  good  from  which  he  has  swerved. 

§42. 

How  it  is  possible,  that  a  man,  naturally  and  radically  bad, 
should  become  good,  is  incomprehensible.  For  how  can  an  evil 
tree  bring  forth  good  fruit  ?  But  since,  by  the  foregoing  inves- 
tigation, a  good  tree  has  brought  forth  evil  fruit,  the  lapse  from 
good  into  evil  is  not  one  whit  more  comprehensible  than  the  re- 
turn from  evil  toward  good ;  and  since,  notwithstanding  our  lapse, 
the  law  ordains  unremittingly  that  we  become  better  men,  the 
possibility  of  it  cannot  be  denied,  even  though  our  own  endea- 
vour were  insufficient,  and  should  only  make  us  susceptible  of  a 
higher  aid. 

§43. 
The  restoration  of  the  originary  substratum  toward  good  in 
its  power,  is  not  the  re-acquisition  of  a  lost  ethic  spring,  but  is 
only  the  reviving  of  reverence  in  its  purity  as  the  sufficient  spring 
of  the  determination  of  choice. 

§44. 
This  restoration  to  purity  can  only  be  represented  as  a  retro- 
version of  the  perverted  cast  of  thinking,  i.  e.  of  a  change  of 
character,  by  a  revolving  of  the  sentiments,  demanding  as  it  were 
a  new  birth  or  creation  of  the  whole  inner  man.  This  revolv- 
ing of  the  cast  of  thinking  turns  about  the  last  ground  of  adopt- 
ing maxims,  by  force  of  one  single  unalterable  determination, 
which  contains,  so  far  as  it  is  inflexible,  the  ground  of  a  perpe- 
tual reform. 

§  45  and  46. 
This  change  of  character,  and  the  amelioration  of  conduct 
springing  from  it,  cannot  be  regarded,  without  a  contradiction,  as 
a  gift  of  the  Deity,  but  only  as  an  educt  from  our  own  freedom ; 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  869 

since,  if  otherwise,  it  could  not  be  imputed  to  us ;  and  such  change 
not  being  ours,  would  leave  us  neither  morally  better  nor  worse. 

§47. 

Against  this  commandment  of  self-amelioration,  sluggish  and 
lazy  reason  offers  all  sorts  of  impure  religious  ideas  in  defence. 
By  help  of  such,  a  man  flatters  himself  God  will  make  him  happy, 
and  dispense  with  his  moral  amendment;  or,  otherwise,  he  ima- 
gines God  will  forthwith  make  him  better,  quite  apart  from  his 
own  exertions,  provided  that  he  only  pray  for  it ;  as  if,  in  the 
eye  of  an  all-seeing  person,  praying  amounted  to  any  thing  more 
than  wishing ;  and  if  a  wish  were  enough,  who  is  there  who 
would  not  have  a  good  character  ? 

§48. 
According  to  the  spirit  of  genuine  moral  religion,  which  of 
all  the  public  ones  that  have  appeared,  Christianity  alone  is, 
this  is  the  principle,  "  that  every  one  must  do  as  much  as  he  can 
to  render  himself  a  better  man ;"  and  it  is  only  by  not  burying  his 
talent,  or  hiding  it  in  a  napkin,  that  he  may  hope  that  what  he 
cannot  do  himself  will  be  supplied  from  above.  Nor  is  it  at  all 
requisite  that  any  man  should  know  wherein  this  help  consists  ; 
nay,  it  is  perhaps  inevitable,  that  even  were  the  mode  in  which 
it  is  granted  revealed  at  some  time  or  other,  different  men  should 
not  at  some  other  time  entertain  different  notions  with  the 
greatest  sincerity  about  the  matter,  so  that  this  farther  prin- 
ciple would  come  to  apply  :  "  It  is  not  essential,  and  so  not  ne- 
cessary,  for  any  one  to  know  what  God  does  or  ha^  already  done 
for  his  salvation,  but  it  is  by  all  means  necessary  for  him  to  know 
what  he  himself  has  to  do,  in  order  to  render  himself  wortJiy  of  such 
aid." 


2  a 


370 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 


Chapter  II. 

OF  THE  ENCOUNTER    BETWIXT    THE  GOOD  AND  THE  EVIL    PRIN- 
CIPLE FOR  THE  DOMINION  OVER  MAN. 


§49. 

Opposed  to  the  radical  evil  stands  holiness,  i.  e.  the  ethical 
perfection  of  humanity,  which  is  possible  for  every  man  by  the 
originary  predispositions  of  his  personality,  and  which  is  by  the 
moral  law  made  necessary.  If  personified,  the  one  is  the  principle 
of  evil ;  the  other  stands  contradistinguished  to  it,  in  the  capa- 
city of  the  principle  of  good. 

§50. 

This  good  principle  is  an  Ideal,  in  so  far  as  by  its  means  hu- 
manity is  represented,  not  as  it  is,  but  as  it  ought  to  be  ;  i.  e. 
where  mankind  is  figured  as  making  the  law  his  determining 
spring  of  conduct,  and  as  adhering  to  this  universal  mobile  in  all 
his  particular  determinations. 

§51. 

This  Idfeal  is  altogether  sui  generis,  and  is  unique  in  its  kind, 
having,  quoad  the  wiW,  practically,  objective  reality ;  i.  e.  it  is  ne- 
cessary by  the  moral  law,  and  is  commanded  to  every  man  to 
realise  it  in  his  own  person,  a  matter  possible  by  a  constant  ap- 
proximation towards  it  for  ever  {objectively),  and  subjectively  by 
his  adopting  the  moral  law  into  his  supreme  and  most  universal 
maxim,  so  taking  upon  him  the  sentiments  of  that  Ideal. 

§52. 

Viewed  in  its  relation  to  the  Godhead  when  personified,  this 
practically  necessary  Ideal  of  the  holiness  of  finite  Intelligents 
must  be  cogitated  according  to  these  following  determinations. 

a.  In  regard  of  its  origin,  as  extant  in  God  from  everlasting ; 
in  so  far  therefore  no  created  thing,  but  begotten  and  emanating 
from  the  essential  character  of  the  Godhead,  which  can  only  be 
figured  as  infinite  morality — the  only-begotten  son  of  God. 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  371 

§53. 

b.  In  reference  to  the  world  as  the  end  and  aim  or  creation, 
he  must  be  regarded  consequently  as  the  Divine  Word,  the 
Fiat  tchereby  all  things  are,  and  loithout  which  nothing  was  made 
that  is  made, — the  brightness  of  his  Father's  glory, — in  him  God 
loved  the  world. 

§54. 

c.  In  reference  to  human  nature,  it  is  somewhat  whereof  man 
is  not  the  author,  but  which  has  taken  up  its  abode  in  man,  al- 
though mankind  cannot  explain  how  human  nature  should  be 
susceptible  of  it ;  therefore,  as  somewhat  which  has  descended 
from  heaven  to  earth,  and  taken  upon  it  human  nature,  tJie  Word 
became  flesh,  and  dwelt  among  us.  Again,  since  holiness  is  alone 
the  character  of  the  Godhead,  the  practical  necessity  of  this 
holiness  in  man,  is  cogitated  as  the  descent  of  Deity  to  man  in 
a  state  of  humiliation  of  the  Son  of  God,  uniting  itself  to  hu- 
manity, whereby  also  man  is  elevated  to  the  grade  of  divinity. 

§55. 
In  this  practically  necessary  Ideal  of  holiness,  we  learn  far- 
ther the  only  thing  possible  and  requisite  for  us  to  know  concern- 
ing the  Godhead,  viz.  the  will  of  God,  by  fulfilling  which  we  alone 
learn  how  to  love  God  worthily ;  thus  alone  do  we  reach  the  Father 
through  the  Son.  No  one  has  seen  God  at  any  time  ;  the  only- 
begotten,  from  the  bosom  of  the  FaiJter,  he  hath  revealed  him. 

§56. 
The  actual  adopting  of  the  sentiments  of  this  Ideal  is  the  only 
condition,  but  also  the'certain  means,  of  becoming  acceptable  to 
God.     To  such  as  received  him,  gave  he  power  to  become  tlie  chil- 
dren of  God. 

§57. 
This  Ideal,  as  the  archetype  of  pattern  for  our  imitation,  can. 
only  be  represented  under  the  figure  of  a  man,  who,  in  respect 
of  the  Physique  of  his  nature,  is  as  nearly  related  to  mankind,  as, 
in  respect  of  the  Ethique,  to  the  Deity. 


372  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

§  58. 

The  conviction  that  this  Ideal  has  objective  reality,  and  is 
consequently  to  be  met  with  in  human  nature,  is  the  belief  that 
the  Son  of  God  took  upon  him  our  nature.  And  the  conviction 
that  to  adopt  sentiments  adequate  and  conform  to  this  ideal  is 
practically  necessary,  is  the  alone  justifying  and  saving  faith  in 
the  Son  of  God. 

§59. 
Whoso  holds  this  practical  faith  in  the  Son  of  God,  and  is 
conscious  within  himself  of  such  moral  sentiments  as  enable  him 
justly  to  hold  that  he  would  under  any  similar  temptations  ad- 
here unchangeably  to  the  archetype  of  humanity,  he  and  he  alone 
is  entitled  to  deem  himself  an  object  not  unworthy  of  the  di- 
vine favour. 

§60. 
A  perfect  man  would  unquestionably,  by  virtue  of  his  prac- 
tical faith,  be  quite  upright  and  acceptable  to  God ;  but  how 
can  such  practical  belief  justify  us,  who  continue  all  our  lives 
imperfect  ?  how  can  a  righteousness,  which  ought  to  consist  in 
a  life  exactly  commensurate  and  conformed  to  this  practical 
belief,  be  regarded  as  ours  ?  There  are  three  obstacles  which 
seem  to  hinder  this  from  being  possible. 

§61. 
The  first  difficulty  impeding  the  reality  of  this  faith,  which 
justifies  a  man  only  by  an  unremitted  observance  of  the  law, 
seems  to  lie  here — the  law  ordains  holiness.  Be  ye  holy,  as 
your  Father  which  is  in  heaven  is  holy.  But  we  men  are  only 
always  on  the  march  from  a  defective  state  of  good  to  a  better, 
even  after  we  adopt  the  law  into  our  supreme  and  most  univer- 
sal maxim,  i.  e.  adopt  the  sentiments  of  that  practically  neces- 
sary ideal.  But  how  should  it  be  possible  that  a  holy  lawgiver 
can  take  such  good  sentiment  in  the  room  of  an  imperfect  ser- 
vice ? 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  373 

§62. 
To  clear  up  this  difficulty,  we'must  bethink  ourselves  that  the 
deed  remains  at  all  times  faulty,  since  we  as  men  are  inevitably 
fettered  to  the  conditions  of  time,  which  imports  a  constant 
progression  from  defective  goodness  to  higher  and  better  stages  ; 
so  that  our  good  deeds  made  exhibitive  as  phenomena,  must  at 
all  times  be  regarded  as  disconform  to  a  holy  law.  The  Search- 
er of  the  Heart,  however,  tests  the  sentiment,  which  is  super- 
sensible, and  the  source  and  fountain  of  the  deed  ;  which  senti- 
ment, containing  the  ground  of  a  constant  progression  onwards 
for  ever,  is  estimated  in  the  pure  intellectual  intuition  of  a 
Searcher  of  the  Heart  as  an  entire  whole,  and  so  as  somewhat 
perfect. 

§63. 
The  practical  faith  in  the  Son  of  God  begets  in  this  way  the 
hope  that  we,  by  adopting  his  holy  sentiment,  may,  notwith- 
standing the  inevitable  defectiveness  of  all  actions  in  time,  be 
regarded  as  holy,  on  account  of  the  advancement  for  ever  to- 
ward it  effectuated  by  that  sentiment. 

§  64. 
The  second  difficulty  attaching  to  this  reality  of  justifying 
and  saving  faith  is  presented  by  the  following  question,  how 
can  any  man  become  assured  of  the  permanency  of  a  sentiment 
to  advance  constantly  in  good  ? 

§65. 
The  bare  consciousness  of  a  present  pure  sentiment  is  noway 
sufficient  to  furnish  a  confident  conviction  of  our  persisting  in 
good  ;  nay,  this  might  on  the  contrary  amount  to  a  perilous  self- 
confidence,  when  not  supported  by  the  experience  of  a  really 
amended  life  since  the  epoch  of  that  supposed  revolution  of 
character.  This  observed  experience  is  what  first  begets  a 
well-founded  and  rational  hope  that  our  character  is  truly  al- 
tered, and  warrants  an  expectation  that  the  grace  of  God  may 
supply  what  may  be  still  wanting  to  consolidate  our  ethical  re- 
solution to  advance. 


374  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

§  66. 

The  third  and  most  serious  difficulty  in  the  way  of  this  self- 
justification  is,  lastly,  this:  Although  the  adopted  holy  sentiment, 
and  change  of  character  consequent  thereon,  be  never  so  per- 
manent, still  mankind  began  from  evil,  and  this  past  guilt  he 
never  can  abolish  ;  for,  to  make  no  more  new  debts  after  he 
has  repented,  is  no  paying  or  discharging  of  his  old  ones.  Nei- 
ther can  he  perform  any  thing  supererogatory,  for  it  is  always 
his  duty  to  execute  all  the  good  possibly  in  his  power.  Lastly, 
this  guiltiness  cannot  be  taken  away  by  any  other  person,  so^ar 
as  we  can  see;  for  it  is  an  all-personal  and  most  untransfer- 
able obligation,  viz.  a  debt  of  sin,  and  obligation  to  punishment ; 
and  this  only  the  blameworthy  himself  can  undergo.  No  In- 
nocent, how  magnanimous  soever,  can  bear  it  for  the  guilty. 

§67. 
The  solution  of  this  difficulty  depends  upon  the  following : 
Supreme  justice  must  be  satisfied,  evil  must  be  punished.  But 
this  punishment  follows  of  its  own  accord  upon  the  change  of 
sentiment ;  which  one  act  is  exit  from  evil  and  entrance  into 
good,  self-crucifixion  of  the  old  and  putting  on  of  the  new  man. 
This  exit  out  of  evil  is  then  (regarded  as  the  death  of  the  old 
man,  and  crucifying  of  the  flesh)  of  itself  a  sacrifice,  and  entrance 
upon  a  long  train  of  sufferings  in  life,  which  the  amended  encoun- 
ters merely  for  the  sake  of  that  moral  good  ;  which  sufferings 
and  sorrow  properly  belonged  to  the  old  man,  the  new  man  being 
ethically  another ;  and  since  the  good  sentiment  of  the  peni- 
tent proves  its  sincerity  by  his  willingly  undertaking  all  the  suf- 
fering and  sorrow  which  arise  to  the  old  man  from  the  persever- 
ance of  the  new  man  in  good,  mankind  may  in  this  way  hope 
that  the  adopting  of  this  holy  sentiment  may  satisfy  divine  jus- 
tice for  the  guilt  incurred  prior  to  this  self-devotement  to  the 
ideal  of  moral  excellence. 

§  68. 
Agreeably,  then,  to  this  deduction  of  the  idea  of  a  justifica- 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  ST5 

tion  of  the  once  guilty,  but  now  transmuted  to  sentiments  accep- 
table in  the  sight  of  God,  we  conclude  that  the  sentiment 
involved  in  the  ideal  of  an  ethically  perfect  man  (§  56)  is  the 
condition  of  our  sanctification,  growth  in  good,  and  justification  ; 
and  that  the  adopting  such  sentiment  as  one's  own,  begins,  es- 
tablishes, and  effects  a  perpetual  progression  for  ever  in  amelio- 
ration. Hence  we  say  (58)  that  by  the  Son  of  God  we  are  sanc- 
tified, forgiven,  and  justified,  and  He  by  his  perfect  holiness 
comes  in  the  room  of  our  defective  deed  (63).  Farther  (65), 
He  becomes  surety  to  us  for  aid  requisite  to  permanent  endur- 
ance, and  (67)  redeems  us  from  the  guilt  of  sin. 

§69. 
This  deduction  exhibits  a  notion  of  redemption  and  of  vica- 
rious substitution,  in  which  notion  the  ethically-necessary  libe- 
ration from  self-entailed  guilt — i,  c.  expurgation — is  really  cogi- 
tated, and  cogitated  in  such  a  manner  as  can  alone  be  brought 
into  harmony  with  an  ethical  cast  of  thought,  viz.  as  a  grace  or 
favour,  to  be  hoped  for  singly  when  respect  is  had  to  a  sincere 
and  solemn  change  effectuated  by  freedom ;  the  want  of  which 
free  change  of  heart  no  expiation  can  supply,  nor  yet  invocations 
nor  hosannahs  of  the  vicarious  Ideal  of  Holiness ;  nor,  if  such 
change  is  there,  can  these  add  anywhat  to  its  validity. 

§70. 
This  deduction  affords,  first,  consolation ;  second,  rigid  self- 
investigation  ;  third,  guards  against  slumbering  security. 

§71. 

The  sacred  volume  gives  an  account  of  the  combat  betwixt 
the  good  and  the  evil  principle  under  the  form  of  a  history; 
it  represents  two  principles  contrary  and  opposed  to  one  ano- 
ther, as  heaven  from  hell,  as  persons  without  and  outside  of 
man,  who  not  only  prove  their  strength  against  one  another, 
but  also  endeavour  to  make  good  their  claims,  as  if  legally  be- 
fore a  Supreme  Judge. 


376  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

§72. 
Agreeably  to  the  spirit  of  this  historic  narrative,  man  was 
originally  gifted  with  the  lordship  and  dominion  of  all  the 
goods  of  the  earth  ;  but  of  this  he  was  only  to  hold  the  fee,  and 
to  do  homage  to  his  liege  Lord  and  Creator,  who  retained  the  su- 
periority of  the  property.  Immediately  there  appears  an  Evil 
Being,  who  by  a  lapse  lost  all  his  estates  in  heaven,  and  seeks 
now  to  re-acquire  others  on  earth. 

§73. 
But  because  this  Evil  Person  is  a  spirit  of  the  higher  order, 
earthly  and  terrestrial  objects  yield  him  no  delight.  He  seeks  a 
dominion  over  the  minds  and  wills,  by  making  the  progenitors 
of  mankind  swerve  from  their  Lord,  and  subservient  to  him  ;  by 
all  which  he  succeeds  in  being  recognized  as  the  Superior  of 
the  goods  of  the  earth,  and  as  the  Prince  of  this  World.  Thus, 
in  despite  of  the  Good  Principle,  a  kingdom  of  evil  was  erected, 
to  which  all  mankind  descending  from  Adam  have  enthralled 
themselves,  by  voluntarily  perverting  the  order  of  their  springs 
of  Action. 

§74. 
The  Good  Principle  defended  itself  against  the  alleged  title 
of  the  Evil  Principle  to  rule  over  mankind,  by  erecting  the 
Jewish  Theocracy,  which  was  set  apart  for  the  public  and  sole 
veneration  of  his  name.  But  because  the  minds  of  the  subjects 
in  this  kingdom  were  directed  to  observances  and  ceremonies, 
and  not  to  the  internal  morality  of  their  sentiments,  this  insti- 
tution did  not  much  encroach  upon  the  reign  of  darkness. 

§75. 
At  a  time  when  the  Jewish  people  were  ready  to  revolt,  all 
at  once  there  appeared  some  one,  whose  Wisdom  was  as  it  had 
come  down  from  heaven,  and  who  announced  himself,  as  to  his 
doctrine  and  example,  both  as  a  true  and  real  man,  and  as  a 
Divine  Ambassador,  of  such  extraction  as  by  his  originary  in- 
nocence not  to  be  included  in  the  Covenant  which  all  the  rest 


POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX.  377 

of  mankind,  by  their  representative  (Adam),  had  entered  into 
with  the  Evil  Principle,  and  in  whom,  therefore,  the  Prince  of 
this  World  had  nothing. 

§76. 

The  Prince  finding  the  security  of  his  government  endanger- 
ed, offered  him  the  whole  world  in  fee  if  he  would  do  homage 
to  hiijn  for  it ;  and  as  this  offer  did  not  succeed,  he  withdrew 
from  this  stranger  while  on  earth  all  that  could  make  life  agree- 
able ;  nay,  he  excited  persecution  against  him,  calumniated  the 
purity  of  his  intentions,  and  followed  him  even  to  death,  yet 
without  being  able,  by  such  violent  invasion,  to  shake  his  sted- 
fastness  or  generosity,  either  in  doctrine  or  example. 

§77.  ■       ■ 

His  death,  the  extreme  grade  of  human  suffering,  was  the  fi- 
nished exhibition  of  the  Good  Principle,  i.  e.  of  the  Archetype 
of  Humanity,  in  its  entire  moral  perfection,  as  a  pattern  to  be 
copied-  by  every  one,  and  which  was  then,  nay,  may  be  at  all 
times,  of  the  greatest  influence,  by  showing  forth,  in  the  most 
glaring  contrast,  the  freedom  of  the  Children  of  Heaven,  and 
the  bondage  of  a  mere  Son  of  Earth,  "  He  came  unto  his  own, 
and  his  own  received  him  not ;  but  to  such  as  received  him,  he 
gave  power  to  be  called  the  children  of  God ;"  i.  e.  He  by  his 
example  threw  open  the  gate  of  freedom  to  every  one  who  chose 
to  die,  like  him,  to  every  thing  which  kept  them  chained  to  this 
earthly  life,  disadvantageously  to  their  morality,  and  gathers 
from  among  men  under  his  authority,  a  peculiar  people,  zealous 
of  good  works,  leaving  the  meanwhile  those  who  prefer  the  ser- 
vitude of  immorality  to  their  chains. 

§78. 
When  this  popular  narrative  is  divested  of  its  veil,  we  imme- 
diately observe  that  the  spirit  and  genius  of  it  is  valid  and  of 
import  at  all  times,  and  for  the  whole  world.     This  Spirit  is 

2b 


378  POSTSCRIPT  TO  APPENDIX. 

§79. 

Tliat  there  is  absolutely  no  salvation  for  mankind  but  in  the 
adopting  in  their  inmost  sentiments  of  genuine  moral  princi- 
ples ;  that  their  adoption  is  withstood,  not  by  the  sensory,  but 
by  a  self-demerited  perversity,  whereby  man  has  deranged  his 
springs  of  action,  and  submitted  himself  a  slave  to  the  Evi 
Principle  ;  a  perversity  to  be  met  with  in  all  men,  and  capable 
of  being  overcome  and  counterbalanced  by  nowhat  except  by 
the  idea  of  the  Ethic-good  in  its  entire  purity — going  hand  in 
hand  with  the  conscious  conviction  that  such  ideal  really  be- 
longs to  the  internal  predisposition  of  our  humanity  (i.  e.  by  the 
practical  faith  in  the  Son  of  God,  58). 

§80. 
By  the  effect  which  this  faith  (idea  of  moral  excellence), 
when  kept  clear  of  all  foreign  admixture,  gradually  takes  upon 
the  mind,  the  person  becomes  assured  that  the  dreaded  powers 
of  evil  have  no  share  in  him,  and  that  the  gates  of  hell  shall  not 
ultimately  prevail  against  him  ;  an  assurance  only  to  be  sought 
for  in  the  criterion  of  a  self-active,  well-regulated  life.  Lastly,  an 
endeavour  such  as  the  present  to  find  in  the  Scripture  a  sense 
quite  in  harmony  with  the  most  sacrosanct  notices  of  reason,  is 
to  be  looked  on  not  only  as  allowed,  but  as  a  very  duty ;  and  we 
may  remind  ourselves  of  the  saying  of  Jesus  to  his  disciples  re- 
lative to  some  one  who  took  his  own  mode  of  going  to  work,  but 
which  eventually  issued  in  the  same  result:  "  Forbid  him  not  : 
for  he  who  is  not  against  us,  is  for  us." 


THE  END. 


EDINBURGH- 
PrinteJ  by  Thomas  Allan  &  Company, 
265  High  Street 


51] 


ERRATA. 

Page  35,  line  22,  for  vihen,  read  ■winch. 

—  44,   —    15,  for  his,  read  thit- 

—  83,   —    19,  at  the  end  of  the  line,  after  </ta/,  insert  t<. 

—  137,  —  15,  for  may  he  used  as  an  end,  read  at  a  mean. 

—  138,  —  4,  for  emitted  an,  read  eschewed  a. 

—  160,  —  3,  for  that  tee  quit  the,  read  quit  not  the. 

—  168,  —  4,  for  in,  read  on. 

—  188,  —  \,  ior  oUigation  is  announced,  is  the,  re&d  olligation  is,  an- 

nounced the. 

—  215,    —   24,  dele  be. 

—  272,  fourth  line  from  bottom,  dele  rce. 


& 


,<>1 

,:«i^ 


-? 


i8 


1 


NOV  -  B  1988 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POO* 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBR/